diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'old/66914-0.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/66914-0.txt | 14486 |
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 14486 deletions
diff --git a/old/66914-0.txt b/old/66914-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 55e71e4..0000000 --- a/old/66914-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14486 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg eBook of Hildreth's "Japan as it was and is", Volume -II (of 2), by Richard Hildreth - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you -will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before -using this eBook. - -Title: Hildreth's "Japan as it was and is", Volume II (of 2) - A Handbook of Old Japan - -Author: Richard Hildreth - -Editor: Ernest W. Clement - -Contributor: W. M. Elliot Griffis - -Release Date: December 9, 2021 [eBook #66914] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -Produced by: MFR, Les Galloway and the Online Distributed Proofreading - Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from - images generously made available by The Internet Archive) - -*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HILDRETH'S "JAPAN AS IT WAS AND -IS", VOLUME II (OF 2) *** - Transcriber’s Notes - -Obvious typographical errors have been silently corrected. Variations -in hyphenation have been standardised but all other spelling and -punctuation remains unchanged. - -Italics are represented thus _italic_, and superscripts thus y^{en}. - - - - - “JAPAN AS IT WAS AND IS” - - A HANDBOOK OF OLD JAPAN - - II - - - _Uniform with this Work_ - - - A HANDBOOK OF MODERN JAPAN. By ERNEST W. CLEMENT. With two maps and - seventy-two illustrations from photographs. _Sixth edition._ Price, - $1.40 _net_. - - A. C. MCCLURG & CO. - - _Chicago_ - - -[Illustration: PROCESSION OF FEUDAL LORDS - - From _Official History of Japan_] - - - - - HILDRETH’S - - “JAPAN AS IT WAS AND IS” - - A HANDBOOK OF OLD JAPAN - - - EDITED, WITH SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES, BY - ERNEST W. CLEMENT - AUTHOR OF “A HANDBOOK OF MODERN JAPAN,” ETC. - - - INTRODUCTION BY - WM. ELLIOT GRIFFIS - - _With One Hundred Illustrations and Maps_ - - VOLUME II - - [Illustration] - - CHICAGO - A. C. McCLURG & CO. - 1906 - - - COPYRIGHT - A. C. McCLURG & CO. - 1906 - - - Published September 29, 1906 - - - THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, CAMBRIDGE, U. S. A. - - - - -CONTENTS - -VOLUME II - - - CHAPTER XXXII - - PAGE - - Post-Houses—Imperial Messengers—Inns—Houses—Their - Furniture and Interior Arrangements—Bathing and Sweating - House—Gardens—Refreshment Houses—What they Provide—Tea 1 - - CHAPTER XXXIII - - Number of People on the Road—Princely Retinues—Pilgrims to - Ise—Junrei Pilgrims—Naked Devotees—Religious Beggars—Begging - Order of Nuns—Yamabushi, or Mountain Priests—Buddhist - Beggars—Singular Bell-Chiming—Hucksters - and Peddlers—Courtesans 15 - - CHAPTER XXXIV - - Departure from Nagasaki—Train of the Dutch—The Day’s - Journey—Treatment of the Dutch—Respect shown them in - the Island of Shimo—Care with which they are watched—Inns - at which they lodge—Their Reception and Treatment - there—Politeness of the Japanese—Lucky and Unlucky - Days—Seimei, the Astrologer 31 - - CHAPTER XXXV - - From Nagasaki to Kokura—Shimonoseki—Water Journey to - Ōsaka—Description of that City—Its Castle—Interview - with the Governors—From Ōsaka to Miyako—Jodo and its - Castle—Fushimi—Entrance into Miyako—Visit to the Chief - Justice and the Governors—Description of Miyako—Palace - of the Dairi—Castle—Manufactures and Trade—Authority - of the Chief Justice—Police—Crimes 45 - - CHAPTER XXXVI - - Lake Ōtsu—Mount Hiei[zan]—Japanese Legends—A Japanese - Patent Medicine—Kwannon—Miya—Arai—Policy of the - Emperors—Kakegawa—A Town on Fire—Suruga—Kunō—Passage - of a Rapid River—Fuji-no-yama, or Mount Fuji—Crossing - the Peninsula of Izu—Second Searching Place—Purgatory - Lake—Odawara—Coast of the Bay of Yedo—A - Live Saint—Kanagawa—Shinagawa—Yedo—Imperial - Castles and Palace 67 - - CHAPTER XXXVII - - Personages to be visited—Visit to the Emperor—First Audience—Second - Audience—Visit to the Houses of the Councillors—Visits - to the Governors of Yedo and the Temple Lords—Visit - to the Houses of the Governors of Nagasaki—Audience of - Leave—Return—Visits to Temples in the Vicinity of Miyako—A. D. - 1691-1692 85 - - CHAPTER XXXVIII - - Further Decline of the Dutch Trade—Degradation of the - Japanese Coins—The Dutch threaten to withdraw from Japan—Restrictions - on the Chinese Trade—Probable Cause of the - Policy adopted by the Japanese—Drain of the Precious Metals—New - Basis upon which Future Trade must be arranged 109 - - CHAPTER XXXIX - - Thunberg’s Visit to Japan—Searches and - Examinations—Smuggling—Interpreters—Deshima—Imports and - Exports—Unicorn’s Horn and Ginseng—Soy—The Dutch at Deshima—Japanese - Mistresses—Japanese Women—Studying the - Language—Botanizing—Clocks—New Year’s Day—Trampling - on Images—Departure for Yedo—Journey through - the Island of Shimo—Japanese Houses and Furniture—Manufacture - of Paper—Practice of Bathing—Shimonoseki—Voyage - to Ōsaka—Children—From Ōsaka to Miyako—Agriculture—Animals—A. D. - 1775-1776 114 - - CHAPTER XL - - Japanese Merchants—Journey from Miyako to Yedo—Botany of - the Mountains—Rainy Weather—Coverings for the Head and - Feet—Yedo—Astronomers and Physicians—Acupuncture—Moxa - [_Mogusa_]—Other Japanese Remedies—Method of - wearing the Hair—Visits to the Emperor and his Chief Officers—Japanese - Dress—Books and Maps—Succession of Emperors—Departure - from Yedo—Gnats—Fire-Flies—Threshing—Vegetables - and Fruits—Condition of the Japanese Farmer—Casting - Copper—Actors and Dancers—Thunberg’s Opinion of - the Japanese—A. D. 1775-1776 139 - - CHAPTER XLI - - Isaac Titsingh—His Residence in Japan—Translations from the - Japanese—Annals of the Dairi—Memoirs of the Shōgun—Liberal - Ideas in Japan—Marriage Ceremonies—Funeral Ceremonies—Mourning—Feast - of Lanterns—A. D. 1779-1791 163 - - CHAPTER XLII - - Exploration of the Northern Japanese Seas—First Russian Mission - to Japan—Professorship of Japanese at Irkutsk—New Restrictions - on the Dutch—Embarrassments growing out of the War - of the French Revolution—American Flag at Nagasaki—Captain - Stewart—Ingenuity of a Japanese Fisherman—Heer - Doeff, Director at Deshima—Suspicious Proceedings of Captain - Stewart—Russian Embassy—Klaproth’s Knowledge of Japanese—Doeff’s - First Journey to Yedo—Dutch Trade in 1804 and - 1806—An American Ship at Nagasaki—The British Frigate - “Phaeton—No Ships from Batavia—The Dutch on Short - Allowance—English Ships from Batavia—Communication - again suspended—Dutch and Japanese Dictionary—Children - at the Factory—A. D. 1792-1817 190 - - CHAPTER XLIII - - Golownin’s Capture and Imprisonment—Conveyance to Hakodate—Reception - and Imprisonment—Interpreters—Interviews with - the Governor—Removal to Matsumae—A Pupil in Russian—A - Japanese Astronomer—Escape and Recapture—Treatment - afterwards—Savants from Yedo—Japanese Science—European - News—A Japanese Free-Thinker—Soldiers—Their - Amusements—Thoughts on a Wedding—Domestic Arrangements—New - Year—Return of the “Diana”—Reprisals—A - Japanese Merchant and his Female Friend—Second Return of - the “Diana”—Third Return of the “Diana”—Interview on - Shore—Surrender of the Prisoners—Japanese Notification—The - Merchant at Home—The Merchant Class in Japan—A. D. - 1811-1813 212 - - CHAPTER XLIV - - Renewal of the Dutch Trade—Captain Gordon in the Bay of - Yedo—Fisscher—Meylan—Siebold—British Mutineers—Voyage - of the “Morrison”—Japanese Edict—The “Saramang” at - Nagasaki—The “Mercator” in the Bay of Yedo—Commodore - Biddle in the Bay of Yedo—Shipwrecked Americans—French - Ships of War at Nagasaki—The “Preble” at Nagasaki—Surveying - Ship “Mariner” in the Bays of Yedo and Shimoda—New - Notification through the Dutch—A. D. 1817-1850 245 - - CHAPTER XLV - - Foreign Relations—New Shōgun—Dutch Trade—Chinese Trade—American - Embassy—Its Object—Letter to the Emperor—Perry’s - First Visit to the Bay of Yedo—Death of the Shōgun—Perry’s - Second Visit to the Bay of Yedo—Negotiation of a - Treaty—The Treaty as agreed to—Shimoda—Hakodate—Additional - Regulations—Japanese Currency—Burrow’s Visit - to the Bay of Yedo—Third Visit of the American Steamers—Russian - and English Negotiations—Exchange of Ratifications—Earthquake 274 - - CHAPTER XLVI - - New Dutch Treaty—Mr. Harris, American Consul at Shimoda—His - Convention with the Japanese—His Journey to Yedo—Second - Visit to Yedo—Conditional Treaty—British Treaty—French - and Russian Treaties—Japanese Embassies to the - United States—A. D. 1854-1860 325 - - - APPENDIX - - NOTE A—Provinces by Circuits 343 - - " B—Bibliography 344 - - " C—Use of Fire-Arms in the East 346 - - " D—Fernam Mendez Pinto 348 - - " E—Earliest English and Dutch Adventurers in the East—Goa 350 - - " F—Japanese Daring and Adventure Exterior to the Limits of - Japan 353 - - " G—List of Japanese Year Periods 357 - - " H—Chronological Table of Emperors and Empresses 360 - - " I—Omitted Documents 362 - - INDEX 369 - - - - -LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - -VOLUME II - - - PAGE - - Procession of Feudal Lords _Frontispiece_ - - A Scene in a Tea Garden 8 - - A Native Postman; Toko-no-ma 16 - - In a Japanese Garden 32 - - A Daimyō’s Procession 40 - - Image of Jizō 48 - - An Ancient Warrior 56 - - An Archer 64 - - The Marketing and Preparation of Food: A Kitchen, showing - Utensils; A Fishmonger 72 - - A Carpenter Shop 80 - - Ploughing; A Freight Cart 88 - - Views at Fushimi: Doll and Toy Shops; Entrance to Inari Temple 100 - - A View of Fuji 104 - - View of Hakone; Lake Biwa 112 - - The Ear-mound at Kyōtō 128 - - Kwannon, Goddess of Mercy 136 - - Scenes among the Silk Workers: Reeling; The Culture of the - Worms 144 - - Industrial Workers: An Umbrella-maker; A Charcoal Vender 152 - - Interior View of a Typical Japanese House 160 - - A Scene in the House of a Noble 178 - - A Japanese Bed 186 - - The Cultivation of Grain: Threshing and Cleaning Grain; Coolies - in a Rice Field; Women carrying Rice 194 - - The Processes of Weighing and Pounding Rice 202 - - A Coolie with Straw Raincoat 210 - - Farm Scenes: Coolies carrying Bamboo Baskets; An Irrigation - System 218 - - Artisans for the Common People: Repairing Wooden Clogs; Repairing - Tatami 226 - - Scenes in the Home: The Doctor’s Call; Hairdressing; A Blind - Masseur 234 - - Scene in a Common School 242 - - The Wedding Ceremony 250 - - A Buddhist Funeral 258 - - A Shintō Funeral 264 - - Scenes in Japanese Cemeteries 272 - - Players at the Game of “Go” 280 - - Theatrical Representations: The “No” Dance; Chrysanthemum - Figures 288 - - Japanese Wrestlers 296 - - Portrait of Commodore Oliver H. Perry 304 - - The Reception of Commodore Perry by the Japanese Emperor 312 - - Scene in the Harbor of Uraga 320 - - Portrait of Townsend Harris 328 - - The Old and the New: Junks; The New Battleship “Mikasa” 336 - - Nihombashi, Tōkyō 344 - - A Modern Street Scene in Tōkyō 352 - - - - - JAPAN - - AS IT WAS AND IS - - - - -CHAPTER XXXII - - _Post-houses—Imperial Messengers—Inns—Houses—Their Furniture and - Interior Arrangements—Bathing and Sweating House—Gardens—Refreshment - Houses—What they provide—Tea._ - - -“To accommodate travellers, there is, in all the chief villages and -hamlets, a post-house, belonging to the lord of the place, where, at -all times, they may find horses, porters, footmen, etc., in readiness, -at certain settled prices. Travellers, of all ranks and qualities, with -their retinues, resort to these post-houses, which lie at from six to -sixteen English miles distance from each other, but are, generally -speaking, not so good nor so well furnished upon Kiūshiū as upon the -great island Nippon, where we came to fifty-six in going from Ōsaka to -Yedo. These post-houses are not built for inn-keeping, but only for -stabling and exchange of horses, for which reason there is a spacious -court belonging to each; also clerks and bookkeepers enough, who keep -accounts, in their master’s name, of all the daily occurrences. The -price of all such things as are to be hired at these post-houses is -settled, not only according to distances, but with regard to the -goodness or badness of the roads, to the price of victuals, forage, -and the like. One post-house with another, a horse to ride on, with -two portmantles and an _atotsuke_, may be had for eight sen a mile. -A horse, which is only saddled, and hath neither men nor baggage to -carry, will cost six sen; porters and kago-men, five sen, and so on. - -“Messengers are waiting, day and night, at all these post-houses, to -carry the letters, edicts, proclamations, etc., of the emperor and the -princes of the empire, which they take up the moment they are delivered -at the post-house, and carry to the next with all speed. They are -kept in a small, black varnished box, bearing the coat of arms of the -emperor or prince who sends them, which the messenger carries upon his -shoulder, tied to a small staff. Two of these messengers always run -together, that in case any accident should befall either of them upon -the road, the other may take his place, and deliver the box at the next -post-house. All travellers, even the princes of the empire and their -retinues, must retire out of the way and give a free passage to the -messengers who carry letters or orders from the emperor, which they -take care to signify at a due distance by ringing a small bell. - -“There are inns enough, and tolerable good ones, all along the road. -The best are in those villages where there are post-houses. At these -even princes and princely retinues may be conveniently lodged, treated -suitably to their rank, and provided with all necessaries. Like other -well-built houses, they are but one story high, or, if there be two -stories, the second is low, and good for little else but stowage. The -inns are not broader in front than other houses, but considerably -deep, sometimes forty ken, or two hundred and forty feet, with a -_Tsubo_—that is, a small pleasure-garden—behind, enclosed with a neat -white wall. The front hath only lattice windows, which, in the daytime, -are kept open. The folding screens and movable partitions which divide -the several apartments, unless there be some man of quality with his -retinue at that time lodged there, are also so disposed as to lay open -to travellers, as they go along, a very agreeable perspective view -across the whole house into the garden behind. The floor is raised -about three feet above the level of the street, and by jetting out, -both towards the street and garden, forms a sort of gallery, which is -covered with a roof, and on which travellers pass their time, diverting -themselves with sitting or walking. From it, also, they mount their -horses, for fear of dirtying their feet by mounting in the street. - -“In some great inns there is a passage, contrived for the conveniency -of people of quality, that, coming out of their norimono, they may walk -directly to their apartments, without being obliged to pass through the -fore part of the house, which is commonly not over clean, and makes -but an indifferent figure, being covered with poor, sorry mats, and -the rooms divided only by ordinary screens. The kitchen is in this -fore part of the house, and often fills it with smoke, as they have no -chimneys, but only a hole in the roof to let the smoke through. Here -foot travellers and ordinary people live, among the servants. People of -fashion are accommodated in the back part of the house, which is kept -clean and neat to admiration. Not the least spot is to be seen upon the -walls, floors, carpets, window screens, in short, nowhere in the room, -which looks as if it were quite new, and but newly furnished. There -are no tables, chairs, benches, or other furniture in these rooms. They -are only adorned with some _Miseratsie_ (?), of which more presently, -put into or hung up in the rooms, for travellers to amuse their leisure -by examining, which, indeed, some of them very well deserve. The -_Tsubo_, or garden behind the house, is also very curiously kept, for -travellers to divert themselves with walking in it, and beholding the -beautiful flowers it is commonly adorned with. - -“The rooms in Japanese houses have seldom more than one blank wall, -which is plastered with clay of Ōsaka, a good fine sort, and so left -bare, without any other ornament. It is so thin that the least kick -would break it to pieces. On all other sides the room has either -windows or folding-screens, which slide in grooves, as occasion -requires. The lower groove is cut in a sill, which runs even with the -mats, and the upper one in a beam, which comes down two or three feet -from the ceiling. The beams in which the grooves run are plastered with -clay of Ōsaka. The ceiling, to show the curious running of the veins -and grain of the wood, is sometimes only covered with a thin, slight -layer of a transparent varnish. Sometimes they paste it over with -the same sort of variously colored and flowered paper of which their -screens are made. The paper windows, which let light into the room, -have wooden shutters on both sides, taken off in the daytime, but put -on at night. - -“In the solid wall of the room there is always a _Toko_, as they call -it, or sort of cupboard, raised about a foot or more above the floor, -and very near two feet deep. It commonly stands in that part of the -wall which is just opposite to the door, that being reckoned the most -honorable. Just before this toko two extraordinarily fine mats are -laid, one upon the other, and both upon the ordinary mats which cover -the floor. These are for people of the first quality to sit upon, for, -upon the arrival of travellers of less note, they are removed out of -the way. At the side of the toko is a _Tokowaki_, as they call it, -or side cupboard, with some few shelves which serve the landlord or -travellers, if they please, to lay their most esteemed book upon, they -holding it, as the Mahometans do their Alcoran, too sacred to be laid -on the ground. Upon the arrival of the Dutch, this sacred book of the -landlord is put out of the way. Above is a drawer, where they put up -the inkhorn, paper, writings, books, and other things of this kind. -Here, also, travellers find sometimes the wooden box which the natives -use at night, instead of a pillow. It is almost cubical, hollow, -and made of six thin boards joined together, curiously varnished, -smoothed, and very neat, about a span long, but not quite so broad, -that travellers by turning it may lay their head in that posture which -they find the most easy.[1] Besides this wooden pillow, travellers -have no other bedding to expect from the landlord, and must carry -their own along with them or lie on the mats, covering themselves with -their clothes. In that side of the room next to the toko is commonly a -balcony, serving the person lodged in this, the chief room, to look out -upon the neighboring garden, fields, or water, without stirring from -the carpets placed below the toko. - -“Beneath the floor, which is covered with fine, well-stuffed mats, is -a square walled hole, which, in the winter season, after having first -removed the mats, they fill with ashes and lay coals upon them to keep -the room warm. The landladies in their room put a low table upon this -fire-hole, and spread a large carpet or tablecloth over it, for people -to sit underneath, and to defend themselves against the cold. In rooms -where there are no fire-holes they use in the winter brass or earthen -pots, very artfully made, and filled with ashes, with two iron sticks, -which serve instead of fire-tongs, much after the same manner as they -use two other small sticks at table instead of forks. - -“I come now to the above mentioned _Miseratsie_ (?), as they call them, -being curious and amusing ornaments of their rooms. In our journey -to court I took notice of the following: 1. A paper neatly bordered -with a rich piece of embroidery, instead of a frame, either with the -picture of a saint done apparently with a coarse pencil, and in a few, -perhaps three or four, strokes, wherein, however, the proportions and -resemblance have been so far observed, that scarce anybody can miss -finding out whom it was designed to represent, nor help admiring the -ingenuity and skill of the master; or else a judicious moral sentence -of some noted philosopher or poet, writ with his own hand, or the -hand of some noted writing-master, who had a mind to show his skill -by a few hasty strokes or characters, indifferent enough at first -sight, but nevertheless very ingeniously drawn, and such as will -afford sufficient matter of amusement and speculation to a curious and -attentive spectator; and, lest anybody should call their being genuine -in question, they are commonly signed, not only by the writing-masters -themselves, but have the hands and seals of some other witnesses put -to them. They are hung up nowhere else but in the toko, as the most -honorable place of the room, and this because the Japanese set a great -value upon them. - -2. “Pictures of Chinese, as also of birds, trees, landskips, and other -things, upon white screens, done by some eminent master, or rather -scratched with a few hasty, affected strokes, after such a manner that, -unless seen at a proper distance, they scarce appear natural. - -3. “A flower-vase filled with all sorts of curious flowers, and green -branches of trees, such as the season affords, curiously ranged -according to the rules of art, it being as much an art in this country -to arrange a flower-vase as it is in Europe to carve, or to lay a -table.[2] Sometimes there is, instead, a perfuming-pan, of excellent -good workmanship, cast in brass or copper, resembling a crane, lion, -dragon, or other strange animal. I took notice once that there was -an earthen pot of Cologne, such as is used to keep Spauwater in, -with all the cracks and fissures carefully mended, used in lieu of a -flower-vase, it being esteemed a very great rarity, because of the -distant place it came from, the clay it was made of, and its uncommon -shape. - -4. “Some strange, uncommon pieces of wood, wherein the colors and grain -either naturally run after a curious and unusual manner, or have been -brought by art to represent something. - -5. “Some neat and beautiful network, adorning either the balcony and -windows towards the garden, or the tops of the doors, screens, and -partitions of the chief apartments. - -6. “A bunch of a tree, or a piece of a rotten root, or of an old stump, -remarkable for their monstrous deformed shape. - -“After this manner the chief and back apartments are furnished in great -inns, and houses of substantial people. The other rooms gradually -decrease in cleanliness, neatness, and delicacy of furniture; the -screens, windows, mats, and other ornaments and household goods, -after they have for some time adorned the chief apartments, and begin -to be spotted and to grow old, being removed into the other rooms -successively, there to be quite worn out. The chief of the other rooms -is that where they keep their plate, china ware, and other household -goods, ranged upon the floor in curious order, according to their size, -shape, and use. Most of these are made of wood, thin, but strongly -varnished, the greatest part upon a dark red ground. They are washed -with warm water every time they have been used, and wiped clean with -a cloth; by which means they will, though constantly used, keep clean -and neat, and in their full lustre for several years. - -[Illustration: A SCENE IN A TEA GARDEN] - -“The small gallery or walk which jets out from -the house towards the garden leads to the house of office and to a -bathing-stove, or hot-house. The house of office is built on one side -of the back part of the house, and hath two doors to go in. Not far -off stands a basin filled with water to wash your hands, commonly an -oblong, rough stone, the upper part curiously cut out into the form -of a basin. A new pail of bamboo hangs near it, and is covered with a -neat fir or cypress board, to which they put a new handle every time -it hath been used, to wit, a fresh stick of the bamboo cane, it being -a very clean sort of a wood, and in a manner naturally varnished. -The bathing-place, commonly built on the back side of the garden, -contains either a hot-house to sweat in, or a warm bath, and sometimes -both. It is made warm and got ready every evening, because the Japanese -usually bathe or sweat after their day’s journey is over, thinking by -this means to refresh themselves, and to sweat off their weariness. -As they can undress themselves in an instant, so they are ready at a -minute’s warning to go into it; for they need but untie their sash, -and all their clothes fall down at once, leaving them quite naked, -excepting a small band which they wear close to the body about their -waist. Their hot-house, which they go into only to sweat, is an almost -cubical trunk, or stove, raised about three feet above the ground, -and built close to the wall of the bathing-place, on the outside,—not -quite six feet high, but about nine feet long, and of the same breadth. -The floor is laid with small planed laths or planks, some few inches -distant from each other, both for the easy passage of the rising vapors -and the convenient outlet of the water. You go, or rather creep in, -through a small door or shutter. There are two other shutters, one on -each side, to let out the superfluous vapor. The empty space beneath, -down to the ground, is enclosed with a wall to prevent the vapors from -getting out on the sides. Towards the yard, just beneath the hot-house, -is a furnace, part of which stands out towards the yard, where they put -in the necessary water and plants. This part is shut with a clapboard -when the fire is burning, to make all the vapors ascend through the -inner and open part into the hot-house. There are always two tubs, -one of warm, the other of cold water, for such as have a mind to wash -themselves. - -“The garden is the only place in which we Dutchmen, being treated in -all respects little better than prisoners, have liberty to walk. It is -commonly square, with a back door, and walled in very neatly. There are -few good houses or inns without one. If there be not room enough for a -garden, they have at least an old ingrafted plum, cherry, or apricot -tree; and the older, the more crooked and monstrous, the greater value -they put upon it. Sometimes they let the branches grow into the rooms. -In order to make it bear larger flowers and in greater quantity, they -trim it to a few, perhaps two or three, branches. It cannot be denied -but that the great number of beautiful, incarnadine double flowers are -a curious ornament to this back part of the house, but they have this -disadvantage, that they bear no fruit. In some small houses and inns -of less note, where there is not room enough neither for a garden nor -trees, they have at least an opening or window, to let the light fall -into the back rooms, before which, for the amusement and diversion of -travellers, is put a small tub full of water, wherein they commonly -keep alive some gold or silver fish; and for further ornament there -is generally a flower-pot or two standing there. Sometimes they plant -dwarf trees, which will grow easily upon pumice or other porous stones, -without any earth at all, provided the root be put into the water, -whence it will suck up sufficient nourishment. Ordinary people often -plant the same kind of trees before their street-doors. - -“But to return to the Tsubo, or garden. A good one must include at -least thirty feet square, and consist of the following essential parts: -1. The ground is covered partly with roundish stones of different -colors, gathered in rivers or upon the sea-shore, well washed and -cleaned, and those of the same kind, laid together in form of beds, -partly with gravel which is swept every day, and kept clean and neat to -admiration, the large stones being laid in the middle as a path to walk -upon without injuring the gravel, the whole in a seeming but ingenious -confusion. 2. Some few flower-bearing shrubs planted confusedly, though -not without some certain rules. Amidst them stands sometimes a _Saguer_ -(?), as they call it, or scarce outlandish tree, sometimes a dwarf tree -or two. 3. A small rock or hill in a corner of the garden, made in -imitation of nature, curiously adorned with birds and insects cast in -brass, and placed between the stones. Sometimes the model of a temple -stands upon it, built, as for the sake of the prospect they generally -are, on a remarkable eminence or the borders of a precipice. Often a -small rivulet rushes down the stones with an agreeable noise, the whole -in due proportions and as near as possible resembling nature. 4. A -small thicket or wood on the side of the hill, for which the gardeners -choose such trees as will grow close to one another, and plant and -cut them according to their largeness, nature, and the color of their -flowers and leaves, so as to make the whole very accurately imitate a -natural wood or forest. 5. A cistern or pond, as mentioned above, with -live fish kept in it, and surrounded with proper plants, that is, such -as love a watery soil, and would lose their beauty and greenness if -planted in a dry ground. It is a particular profession to lay out these -gardens, and to keep them so curiously and nicely as they ought to be. - -“There are innumerable smaller inns, cook-shops, sake, or ale-houses, -pastry-cooks’ and confectioners’ shops, all along the road, even in -the midst of woods and forests, and at the tops of mountains, where -a weary foot-traveller, and the meaner sort of people, find at all -times, for a few sen, something warm to eat, or hot tea, or sake, or -somewhat else of the kind, wherewith to refresh themselves. ’Tis true -these cook-shops are but poor, sorry houses, if compared to larger -inns, being inhabited only by poor people, who have enough to do to -get a livelihood by this trade; and yet, even in these, there is -always something or other to amuse passengers, and to draw them in; -sometimes a garden and orchard behind the house, which is seen from -the street, looking through the passage, and which, by its beautiful -flowers, or the agreeable sight of a stream of clear water, falling -down from a neighboring natural or artificial hill, or by some other -curious ornament of this kind, tempts people to come in and repose -themselves. At other times a large flower-pot stands in the window, -filled with flowering branches of trees, disposed in a very curious -manner. Sometimes a handsome, well-looking housemaid, or a couple -of young girls, well dressed, stand under the door, and with great -civility invite people to come in, and to buy something. The eatables, -such as cakes, or whatever it be, are kept before the fire, in an open -room, sticking to skewers of bamboos, so that passengers, as they -go along, may take them and pursue their journey without stopping. -The landladies, cooks, and maids, as soon as they see anybody coming -at a distance, blow up the fire, to make it look as if the victuals -had been just got ready. Some busy themselves with making the tea, -others prepare soup, others fill cups with sake or other liquors, to -present them to passengers, all the while talking and chattering, and -commending their merchandise with a voice loud enough to be heard by -their next neighbors of the same profession. - -“The eatables sold at these cook-shops, besides tea, and sometimes -sake, are _manjū_, a sort of round cakes, which they learned to make -from the Portuguese, as big as common hens’ eggs, and filled within -with black-bean flour and sugar; cakes of the jelly of a root found -upon mountains, and cut into round slices, like carrots, and roasted; -snails, oysters, shell-fish, and other small fish, roasted, boiled, or -pickled; Chinese _laxa_, a thin sort of pap, or paste, made of fine -wheat flour, cut into small, thin, long slices, and baked; all sorts of -plants, roots, and sprigs which the season affords, washed and boiled -in water with salt; innumerable other dishes peculiar to this country, -made of seeds, powdered roots, and vegetables, boiled or baked, dressed -in many different ways. - -“The common sauce for these and other dishes is a little _soy_, as they -call it, mixed with _sake_, or the beer of the country. _Sanshō_ leaves -are laid upon the dish for ornament, and sometimes thin slices of fine -ginger and lemon peel. Sometimes they put powdered ginger, sanshō, or -the powder of some root growing in the country, into the soup. They -are also provided with sweetmeats, of several different colors and -sorts, which, generally speaking, are far more agreeable to the eye -than pleasing to the taste, being but indifferently sweetened with -sugar, and so tough that one must have good teeth to chew them. Foot -travellers find it set down in their printed road-books, which they -always carry about them, where and at what price the best victuals of -the kind are to be got. - -“Tea (since most travellers drink scarce anything else upon the road) -is sold at all the inns and cook-shops, besides many tea-booths set up -for this trade alone, in the midst of fields and woods, and at the stop -of mountains. The tea sold at all these places is but a coarse sort, -being only the largest leaves, which remain upon the shrub after the -youngest and tenderest have been plucked off, at two different times, -for the use of people of fashion, who constantly drink it, before or -after their meals. These larger leaves are not rolled up and curled, as -the better sort of tea is, but simply roasted in a pan, and continually -stirred whilst they are roasting, lest they should get a burnt taste. -When they are done enough, they put them by in straw baskets, under the -roof of the house, near the place where the smoke comes out. They are -not a bit nicer in preparing it for drinking, for they commonly take a -good handful of the tea leaves, and boil them in a large iron kettle -full of water. The leaves are sometimes put into a small bag; but, if -not, they have a little basket swimming in the kettle, which they make -use of to keep the leaves down, when they have a mind to take out some -of the clear decoction. Half a cup of this decoction is mixed with cold -water, when travellers ask for it. Tea thus prepared smells and tastes -like lye—the leaves it is made of, besides that they are of a very bad -sort, being seldom less than a year old; and yet the Japanese esteem -it much more healthful for daily use than the young, tender leaves, -prepared after the Chinese manner, which they say affect the head too -strongly, though even these lose a great part of their narcotic quality -when boiled.”[3] - - - - -CHAPTER XXXIII - - _Number of People on the Road—Princely Retinues—Pilgrims to - Ise—Junrei Pilgrims—Naked Devotees—Religious Beggars—Begging Order - of Nuns—Yama-Bushi, or Mountain Priests—Buddhist Beggars—Singular - Bell-chiming—Hucksters and Peddlers—Courtesans._ - - -“It is scarce credible,” says Kämpfer, “what numbers of people daily -travel in this country; and I can assure the reader, from my own -experience, having passed it four times, that Tōkaidō, which is, -indeed, the most frequented of the seven great roads in Japan, is upon -some days more crowded than the public streets in any of the most -populous towns in Europe. This is owing partly to the country’s being -extremely populous, partly to the frequent journeys which the natives -undertake, oftener than perhaps any other people. - -“It is the duty of the princes and lords of the empire, as also of -the governors of the imperial cities and crown lands, to go to court -once a year to pay their homage and respect. They are attended, going -up and returning, by their whole court, and travel with a pomp and -magnificence becoming as well their own quality and riches as the -majesty of the powerful monarch whom they are going to see. The train -of some of the most eminent fills up the road for some days. Though we -travelled pretty fast, yet we often met the baggage and fore-runners, -consisting of the servants and inferior officers, for two days -together, dispersed in several troops, and the prince himself followed -but the third day, attended with his numerous court, all marching in -admirable order. The retinue of one of the chief _Daimiōs_, as they are -called, is computed to amount to about twenty thousand men, more or -less; that of a _Shōmiō_ to about ten thousand; that of a governor of -the imperial cities and crown lands to from one to several hundreds, -according to his quality or revenues.[4] - -“If two or more of these princes and lords should chance to travel -the same road at the same time, they would prove a great hindrance to -one another, particularly if they should happen to meet at the same -post-house or village; to prevent which it is usual for great princes -and lords to bespeak the several post-houses by which they are to pass, -with all the inns, those of the first quality a month, others a week or -two, before their arrival. The time of their intended arrival is also -notified in all the cities, villages, and hamlets, by putting up small -boards on high poles of bamboo, signifying in a few characters what day -of the month such or such a lord will be at that village, to dine or -sleep there. - -[Illustration: A NATIVE POSTMAN; TOKO-NO-MA] - -“Numerous troops of fore-runners, harbingers, clerks, cooks, and other -inferior officers go before to provide lodgings, victuals, and other -things necessary for the entertainment of their prince and master, -and his court. They are followed by the prince’s heavy baggage, packed -up either in small trunks, as already described, and carried upon -horses, each with a banner, bearing the coat of arms and the name of -the possessor, or else in large chests, covered with red lackered -leather, again with the possessor’s coat of arms, and carried upon -men’s shoulders, with multitudes of inspectors to look after them. Next -come great numbers of smaller retinues, belonging to the chief officers -and noblemen attending the prince, with pikes, scymetars, bows and -arrows, umbrellas, palanquins, led horses, and other marks of their -grandeur, suitable to their birth, quality, and office. Some of these -are carried in norimono, others in kago, and others go on horseback. - -“The prince’s own numerous train, marching in an admirable and curious -order, is divided into several troops, each headed by a proper -commanding officer, as, 1. Five, more or less, fine horses, each led -by two grooms, one on each side, two footmen walking behind. 2. Five -or six, and sometimes more, porters, richly clad, walking one by one, -and carrying lackered chests, and japanned neat trunks and baskets, -upon their shoulders, wherein are kept the wearing apparel and other -necessaries for the daily use of the prince, each porter attended -by two footmen. 3. Ten or more fellows, walking one by one, and -carrying rich scymetars, pikes of state, fire-arms, and other weapons, -in lackered wooden cases, as, also, quivers with bows and arrows. -Sometimes, for magnificence sake, there are more chest-bearers and led -horses following this troop. 4. Two, three, or more men, who carry -pikes of state, as the badges of the prince’s power and authority, -adorned at the upper end with bunches of cock feathers, or other -ornaments peculiar to such or such a prince. They walk one by one, -and are attended each by two footmen. 5. A gentleman, attended by two -footmen, carrying the prince’s hat, worn as a shelter from the heat -of the sun, and which is covered with black velvet. 6. A gentleman -carrying the prince’s sombrero, or umbrella, which is covered in like -manner with black velvet, this person also attended by two footmen. -7. Some more bearers of trunks, covered with varnished leather, with -the prince’s coat of arms upon them, each with two men to take care of -it. 8. Sixteen, more or less, of the prince’s pages, and gentlemen of -his bed-chamber, taken out from among the first quality of his court, -richly clad, and walking two and two before his norimono. 9. The prince -himself, sitting in a stately norimono, carried by six or eight men, -clad in rich liveries, with several others walking at the norimono’s -sides, to take it up by turns; also, two or three gentlemen of the -prince’s bed-chamber, to give him what he wants and asks for, and to -assist and support him in getting in or out. 10. Two or three horses of -state, the saddles covered with black. One of these horses carries a -large elbow-chair, which is sometimes covered with black velvet. These -horses are attended each by several grooms and footmen in liveries, -and some are led by the prince’s own pages. 11. Two pike-bearers. 12. -Ten or more people, carrying each two baskets of a monstrous size, -fixed to the ends of a pole, which they lay on their shoulders in such -a manner that one basket hangs down before and the other behind them. -These baskets are more for state than for any use. Sometimes some -chest-bearers walk among them, to increase the troop. In this order -marches the prince’s own train, which is followed by six to twelve led -horses with their leaders, grooms, and footmen, all in liveries. The -procession is closed by a multitude of the prince’s domestics and other -officers of his court, with their own numerous trains and attendants, -pike-bearers, chest-bearers, and footmen, in liveries. Some of these -are carried in kago, and the whole troop is headed by the prince’s -high-steward, carried in a norimono. If one of the prince’s sons -accompanies his father in this journey to court, he follows with his -own train immediately after his father’s norimono. - -“It is a sight exceedingly curious and worthy of admiration, to see -all the persons who compose the numerous train of a great prince, -clad, the pike-bearers, the norimono-men and livery-men only excepted, -in black silk, marching in an elegant order, with a decent, becoming -gravity, and keeping so profound a silence that not the least noise -is to be heard, save what must necessarily arise from the motion and -rushing of their dresses, and the trampling of the horses and men. -On the other hand, it appears ridiculous to an European to see all -the pike-bearers and norimono-men, with their clothes tucked up above -their waists, exposing their nakedness to the spectators’ view, with -only a piece of cloth about their loins. What appears still more old -and whimsical is to see the pages, pike-bearers, umbrella and hat -bearers, chest-bearers, and all the footmen in liveries, affect, when -they pass through some remarkable town, or by the train of another -prince or lord, a strange mimic march or dance. Every step they make, -they draw up one foot quite to their backs, stretching out the arm on -the opposite side as far as they can, and putting themselves in such a -posture as if they had a mind to swim through the air. Meanwhile the -pikes, hats, umbrellas, chests, boxes, baskets, and whatever else they -carry are danced and tossed about in a very singular manner, answering -to the motion of their bodies. The norimono-men, who have their sleeves -tied with a string as near the shoulders as possible, so as to leave -their arms naked, carry the pole of the norimono either upon their -shoulders, or else upon the palms of their hands, holding it above -their heads. Whilst they hold it up with one arm, they stretch out the -other, putting the hand into a horizontal posture, whereby, and by -their short, deliberate steps and stiff knees, they affect a ridiculous -fear and circumspection. If the prince steps out of his norimono into -one of the green huts which are purposely built for him at convenient -distances on the road, or if he goes into a private house, either to -drink a dish of tea or for any other purpose, he always leaves a koban -with the landlord as a reward for his trouble. At dinner or supper the -expense is much greater. - -“All the pilgrims who go to Ise, whatever province of the empire they -come from, must travel over part of this great road. This pilgrimage is -made at all times of the year, but particularly in the spring, at which -season vast multitudes of these pilgrims are seen upon the roads. The -Japanese of both sexes, young and old, rich and poor, undertake this -meritorious journey, generally speaking, on foot, in order to obtain, -at this holy place, indulgences and remission of their sins. Some of -these pilgrims are so poor that they must live wholly upon what they -get by begging. On this account, and by reason of their great number, -they are exceedingly troublesome to the princes and lords who at that -time of the year go to court, or come thence, though otherwise they -address themselves in a very civil manner, bareheaded, and with a -low, submissive voice, saying, ‘Great Lord, be pleased to give the -poor pilgrim a zeni, towards the expense of his journey to Ise,’ or -words to that effect. Of all the Japanese, the inhabitants of Yedo and -the province Oshū are the most inclined to this pilgrimage. Children, -if apprehensive of severe punishment for their misdemeanors, will run -away from their parents and go to Ise, thence to fetch an _Oharai_, or -indulgence, which upon their return is deemed a sufficient expiation -of their crimes, and a sure means to reconcile them to their friends. -Multitudes of these pilgrims are obliged to pass whole nights lying in -the open fields, exposed to all the injuries of wind and weather, some -for want of room in inns, others out of poverty; and of these last many -are found dead upon the road, in which case their _Oharai_, if they -have any about them, is carefully taken up and hid in the next tree or -bush. - -“Others make this pilgrimage in a comical and merry way, drawing -people’s eyes upon them as well as getting their money. They form -themselves into companies, generally of four persons, clad in -white linen, after the fashion of the Kuge, or persons of the holy -ecclesiastical court of the Dairi. Two of them walking a grave, slow, -deliberate pace, and standing often still, carry a large barrow, -adorned and hung about with fir-branches and cut white paper, on which -they place a resemblance of a large bell, made of light substance, or -a kettle, or something else, alluding to some old romantic history of -their gods and ancestors; whilst a third, with a commander’s staff -in his hand, adorned, out of respect to his office, with a bunch of -white paper, walks, or rather dances, before the barrow, singing with -a dull, heavy voice, a song relating to the subject they are about to -represent. Meanwhile, the fourth goes begging before the houses, or -addresses himself to charitable travellers, and receives and keeps the -money which is given them. Their day’s journeys are so short that they -can easily spend the whole summer upon such an expedition. - -“The _Junrei_, another remarkable sight travellers meet with upon -the roads, are people who go to visit in pilgrimage the thirty-three -chief Kwannon temples, which lie dispersed throughout the empire. -They commonly travel two or three together, singing a miserable -Kwannon-song from house to house, and sometimes playing upon a fiddle, -or upon a guitar, as vagabond beggars do in Germany. However, they do -not importune travellers for their charity. They have the names of -such Kwannon temples as they have not yet visited writ upon a small -board hanging about their necks. They are clad in white, after a very -singular fashion, peculiar only to this sect. Some people like so well -to ramble about the country after this manner that they will apply -themselves to no other trade and profession, but choose to end their -days in this perpetual pilgrimage. - -“Sometimes one meets with very odd sights; as, for instance, people -running naked along the roads in the hardest frosts, wearing only a -little straw about their waists. These people generally undertake so -extraordinary and troublesome a journey to visit certain temples, -pursuant to religious vows, which they promised to fulfil in case they -should obtain, from the bounty of their gods, deliverance from some -fatal distemper, they themselves, their parents or relations, labor -under, or from some other great misfortunes they were threatened with. -They live very poorly and miserably upon the road, receive no charity, -and proceed on their journey by themselves, almost perpetually running. - -“Multitudes of beggars crowd the roads in all parts of the empire, -but particularly on the so much frequented Tōkaidō, among them many -lusty young fellows, who shave their heads. To this shaved begging -tribe belongs a certain remarkable religious order of young girls, -called _Bikuni_, which is as much as to say, nuns. They live under the -protection of the nunneries at Kamakura and Miyako, to which they pay a -certain sum a year, of what they get by begging, as an acknowledgment -of their authority. They are, in my opinion, by much the handsomest -girls we saw in Japan. The daughters of poor parents, if they be -handsome and agreeable, apply for and easily obtain this privilege -of begging in the habit of nuns, knowing that beauty is one of the -most persuasive inducements to generosity. The Yamabushi, or begging -mountain priests (of whom more hereafter), frequently incorporate -their own daughters into this religious order, and take their wives -from among these Bikuni. Some of them have been bred up as courtesans, -and having served their time, buy the privilege of entering into this -religious order, therein to spend the remainder of their youth and -beauty. They live two or three together, and make an excursion every -day some few miles from their dwelling-house. They particularly watch -people of fashion, who travel in norimono, or in kago, or on horseback. -As soon as they perceive somebody coming, they draw near and address -themselves, though not all together, but singly, every one accosting -a gentleman by herself singing a rural song; and if he proves very -liberal and charitable, she will keep him company and divert him for -some hours. As, on the one hand, very little religious blood seems -to circulate in their veins, so, on the other, it doth not appear -that they labor under any considerable degree of poverty. It is true, -indeed, they conform themselves to the rules of their order, by shaving -their heads, but they take care to cover and to wrap them up in caps or -hoods made of black silk. They go decently and neatly dressed, after -the fashion of ordinary people. They wear also a large hat to cover -their faces, which are often painted, and to shelter themselves from -the heat of the sun. They commonly have a shepherd’s rod or hook in -their hands. Their voice, gestures, and apparent behavior, are neither -too bold and daring, nor too much dejected and affected, but free, -comely, and seemingly modest. However, not to extol their modesty -beyond what it deserves, it must be observed, that they make nothing of -laying their bosoms quite bare to the view of charitable travellers, -all the while they keep them company, under pretence of its being -customary in the country; and, for aught I know, they may be, though -never so religiously shaved, full as impudent and lascivious as any -public courtesan. - -“Another religious begging order is that of _Yamabushi_, as they are -commonly called; that is, the mountain priests, or rather _Yamabu_, -mountain soldiers, because at all times they go armed with swords and -scymetars. They do not shave their heads, but follow the rules of the -first founder of this order, who mortified his body by climbing up -steep, high mountains; at least, they conform themselves thereunto -in their dress, apparent behavior, and some outward ceremonies; for -they are fallen short of his rigorous way of life. They have a head, -or general, of their order, residing at Miyako, to whom they are -obliged to bring a certain sum of money every year, and who has the -distribution of dignities and of titles, whereby they are known among -themselves. They commonly live in the neighborhood of some famous -Kami temple, and accost travellers in the name of that Kami which -is worshipped there, making a short discourse of his holiness and -miracles, with a loud, coarse voice. Meanwhile, to make the noise -still louder, they rattle their long staffs, loaded at the upper end -with iron rings, to take up the charity money which is given them; and -last of all, they blow a trumpet made of a large shell. They carry -their children along with them upon the same begging errand, clad like -their fathers, but with their heads shaved. Those little bastards are -exceedingly troublesome and importunate with travellers, and commonly -take care to light on them, as they are going up some hill or mountain, -where, because of the difficult ascent, they cannot well escape, nor -indeed otherwise get rid of them without giving them something. In some -places they and their fathers accost travellers in company with a troop -of Bikuni, and, with their rattling, singing, trumpeting, chattering, -and crying, make such a frightful noise as would make one almost mad or -deaf. These mountain priests are frequently applied to by superstitious -people for conjuring, fortune-telling, foretelling future events, -recovering lost goods, and the like purposes. They profess themselves -to be of the Kami religion, as established of old, and yet they are -never suffered to attend, or to take care of, any of the Kami temples. - -“There are many more beggars travellers meet with along the roads. Some -of these are old, and, in all appearance, honest men, who, the better -to prevail upon people to part with their charity, are shaved and clad -after the fashion of the Butsudō [Buddhist] priests. Sometimes there -are two of them standing together, each with a small, oblong book -before him. This book contains part of their Hōkekyō, or Bible, printed -in the significant or learned language.[5] However, I would not have -the reader think, as if they themselves had any understanding in that -language, or know how to read the book placed before them. They only -learn some part of it by heart, and speak it aloud, looking towards the -book, as if they did actually read in it, and expecting something from -their hearers, as a reward for their trouble. - -“Others are found sitting near some river, or running water, making a -_Segaki_,—a certain ceremony for the relief of departed souls. This -Segaki is made after the following manner: They take a green branch -of the _Hana Shikimi_ tree, and, murmuring certain words with a low -voice, wash and scour it with some shavings of wood, whereon they -had written the names of some deceased persons. This they believe to -contribute greatly to relieve and refresh the departed souls confined -in purgatory; and, for aught I know, it may answer that purpose full as -well as any number of masses, as they are celebrated to the same end -in Roman Catholic countries. Any person that hath a mind to purchase -the benefit of this washing, for himself or his relations and friends, -throws a zeni upon the mat, which is spread out near the beggar, who -does not so much as offer to return him any manner of thanks for it, -thinking his art and devotion deserve still better; besides that, it -is not customary amongst beggars of note to thank people for their -charity. Any one who hath learned the proper ceremonies necessary to -make the Segaki is at liberty to do it. - -“Others of this tribe, who make up far the greater part, sit upon the -road all day long upon a small, coarse mat. They have a flat bell, like -a broad mortar, lying before them, and do nothing else but repeat, -with a lamentable singing tune, the word _Namida_, which is contracted -from _Namu Amida Butsu_, a short form of prayer wherewith they address -Amida as the patron and advocate of departed souls. Meanwhile they beat -almost continually with a small wooden hammer upon the aforesaid bell, -and this, they say, in order to be the sooner heard by Amida, and, I am -apt to think, not without an intent, too, to be the better taken notice -of by passengers. - -“Another sort we met with as we went along were differently clad, some -in an ecclesiastical, others in a secular habit. These stood in the -fields, next to the road, and commonly had a sort of altar standing -before them, upon which they placed the idol of their Briaréus, or -Kwannon, as they call him, carved in wood and gilt; or the pictures -of some other idols, scurvily done, as, for instance, the picture of -Amida, the supreme judge of departed souls; of Emma, or the head-keeper -of the prison, whereunto the condemned souls are confined; of _Jizō_, -or the supreme commander in the purgatory of children; and some others, -wherewith, and by some representations of the flames and torments -prepared for the wicked in a future world, they endeavor to stir up in -passengers compassion and charity. - -“Other beggars, and these, to all appearance, honest enough, are met -sitting along the road, clad much after the same manner with the -Kwannon beggars, with a _Jizō_ staff in their hand. These have made vow -not to speak during a certain time, and express their want and desire -only by a sad, dejected, woeful countenance.[6] - -“Not to mention numberless other common beggars, some sick, some stout -and lusty enough, who get people’s charity by praying, singing, playing -upon fiddles, guitars, and other musical instruments, or performing -some juggler’s tricks, I will close the account of this vermin with an -odd, remarkable sort of a beggar’s music, or rather chime of bells, we -sometimes, but rarely, met with in our journey to court. A young boy, -with a sort of a wooden machine pendent from his neck, and a rope, with -eight strings about it, from which hang down eight bells, of different -sounds, turns round in a circle, with a swiftness scarce credible, in -such a manner that both the machine, which rests upon his shoulders, -and the bells, turn round with him horizontally, the boy, in the -meanwhile, with great dexterity and quickness, beating them with two -hammers, makes a strange, odd sort of a melody. To increase the noise, -two people sitting near him beat, one upon a large, the other upon a -smaller drum. Those who are pleased with their performance throw them -some zeni as they pass.[7] - -“The crowd and throng upon the roads is not a little increased by -numberless small retail merchants, and children of country people, who -run about from morning to night, following travellers, and offering -them for sale their poor, for the most part eatable, merchandise,—such -as several cakes and sweetmeats, wherein the quantity of sugar is so -inconsiderable that it is scarce perceptible, other cakes, of different -sorts, made of flour, roots boiled in water and salt, road-books, straw -shoes for horses and men, ropes, strings, toothpickers, and a multitude -of other trifles, made of wood, straw, reed, and bamboos. - -“Nor must I forget to take notice of the numberless wenches, the great -and small inns, and the tea-booths and cook-shops in villages and -hamlets are furnished withal. About noon, when they have done dressing -and painting themselves, they make their appearance, standing under the -door of the house, or sitting upon the small gallery around it, whence, -with a smiling countenance and good words, they invite the travelling -troops that pass by to call in at their inn, preferably to others. In -some places, where there are several inns standing near one another, -they make, with their chattering and rattling, no inconsiderable noise, -and prove not a little troublesome. - -“I cannot forbear mentioning in this place a small mistake of Mr. -Caron, in his account of Japan, where he shows so tender a regard for -the honor of the Japanese sex (perhaps out of respect to his lady, -who was a Japan woman) as to assert that, except in the privileged -houses devoted to it, this trade is not elsewhere carried on. It -is unquestionably true that there is hardly a public inn upon the -great island Nippon, but what is provided with courtesans, and if -too many customers resort to one place, the neighboring inn-keepers -will lend their wenches, on condition that what money they get shall -be faithfully paid them. Nor is it a new custom come up but lately, -or since Mr. Caron’s time. On the contrary, it is of very old date, -and took its rise, as the Japanese say, many hundred years ago, in -the times of that brave general and first secular monarch, Yoritomo, -who, apprehensive lest his soldiers, weary of his long and tedious -expeditions, and desirous to return home to their wives and children, -should desert his army, thought it much more advisable to indulge them -in this particular.” - - - - -CHAPTER XXXIV - - _Departure from Nagasaki_—_Train of the Dutch_—_The Day’s - Journey_—_Treatment of the Dutch_—_Respect shown them in the Island - of Shimo_—_Care with which they are watched_—_Inns at which they - lodge_—_Their Reception and Treatment there_—_Politeness of the - Japanese_—_Lucky and Unlucky Days_—_Seimei, the Astrologer_. - - -“All the princes, lords, and vassals of the Japanese empire being -obliged,” says Kämpfer, “to make their appearance at court once a year, -it hath been determined by the emperor what time and what day they -are to set out on their journey. The same is observed with regard to -the Dutch, and the fifteenth or sixteenth day of the first Japanese -month, which commonly falls in with the middle of our February, hath -been fixed for our constant departure. Towards that time we get -everything ready to set out, having first sent by sea, as already -mentioned, to the city of Shimonoseki the presents we are to make, -sorted and carefully packed, together with the other heavy baggage, -and the victuals and kitchen furniture for our future travels. -Three or four weeks after, and a few days before our departure, our -president, attended with his usual train, goes to visit the two -governors of Nagasaki, at their palaces, to take his leave of them, -and to recommend the Dutch who remain in our factory to their favor -and protection. The next day, all the goods and other things which -must be carried along with us are marked—every bale or trunk—with a -small board, whereupon is writ the possessor’s name, and the contents. -The day of our departure, all the officers of our island, and all -persons who are any ways concerned with our affairs, particularly the -future companions of our voyage, come over to Deshima early in the -morning. They are followed soon after by both governors, attended with -their whole numerous court, or else by their deputies, who come to -wish us a good journey. The governors—or their deputies—having been -entertained as usual upon this occasion, and taken their leave, are by -us accompanied out of our island, which is done commonly about nine -in the morning, at which time, also, we set out on our journey. The -_Bugiō_, or commander-in-chief, of our train, and the Dutch president, -enter their norimono. The chief interpreter, if he be old, is carried -in an ordinary kago; others mount on horseback, and the servants go -a-foot. All the Japanese officers of our island, and several friends -and acquaintances of our Japanese companions, keep us company out of -the town so far as the next inn. - -“Our train is not the same in the three several parts of our journey. -Over the island Kiūshiū it may amount, with all the servants and -footmen, as also the gentlemen whom the lords of the several provinces -we pass through send to compliment us, and to keep us company during -our stay in their dominions, to about an hundred persons. In our voyage -by sea it is not much less, all the sailors and watermen taken in. In -the last part, over the great island Nippon, from Ōsaka to Yedo, it is -considerably greater, and consists of no less than an hundred and fifty -people, and this, by reason of the presents and other goods which came -from Nagasaki, as far as Ōsaka by sea, but must now be taken out and -carried by land to Yedo, by horses and men. - -[Illustration: IN A JAPANESE GARDEN] - -“All our heavy baggage is commonly sent away some hours before we set -out ourselves, lest it should be a hindrance to us, as, also, to give -timely notice to our landlords of our arrival. We set out early in the -morning, and, save only one hour for dinner, travel till evening, and -sometimes till late at night, making from ten to thirteen Japanese -leagues a day. In our voyage by sea we put into some harbor, and come -to an anchor every night, advancing forty Japanese water-leagues a day -at farthest. - -“We are better treated, and more honorably received, in our journey -over Kiūshiū than upon the great island Nippon, though everywhere we -have much more civility shown us by the inhabitants of the cities and -districts through which we pass, than by our Nagasakian companions and -our own servants, who eat our bread and travel at our expense. In our -journey across the island Kiūshiū we receive nearly the same honors and -civility from the lords of the several provinces we pass through as -they show to travelling princes and their retinues. The roads are swept -and cleaned before us, and in cities and villages they are watered to -lay the dust. The common people, laborers, and idle spectators, who -are so very troublesome to travellers upon the great island Nippon, -are kept out of the way, and the inhabitants of the houses on either -side of the roads and streets see us go by, either sitting in the back -part of their houses, or kneeling in the fore part, behind a screen, -with great respect and in a profound silence. All the princes and lords -whose dominions we are to pass through send one of their noblemen to -compliment us, as soon as we enter upon their territories; but, as he -is not suffered to address us in person, he makes his compliment in his -master’s name to the Bugiō, or commander-in-chief of our train, and to -the chief interpreter, offering, at the same time, what houses and men -we want for us and our baggage. He likewise orders four footmen to walk -by every Dutchman’s side, and two gentlemen of some note at his court, -who are clad in black silk, with staffs in their hands, to precede the -whole train. After this manner they lead us through their master’s -territories, and, when we come to the limits thereof, the Japanese -companions of our voyage are treated with sake and sakana, and so they -take their leave. For our passage over the bays of Ōmura and Shimabara -the lords of these two places lend us their own pleasure-barges and -their own watermen besides that they furnish us with abundance of -provisions, without expecting even so much as a small present in -return for their civil and courteous behavior; and yet our thievish -interpreters never miss to lay hold of this advantage, putting this -article upon our accounts as if we had actually been at the expense; -and they commonly put the money into their own pockets. In our whole -journey from Nagasaki to Kokura, everybody we meet with shows us and -our train that deference and respect which is due only to the princes -and lords of the country. Private travellers, whether they travel on -foot or on horseback, must retire out of the way,—those who hesitate -about it being compelled to it by the officers,—and, bareheaded, humbly -bowing, wait in the next field till our whole retinue is gone by. I -took notice of some country people, who do not only retire out of the -way, but turn us their back, as not worthy to behold us,—the greatest -mark of civility a Japanese can possibly show. None, or but few, of -these public marks of honor and respect are shown us in our journey -over the great island Nippon.” - -“As to what concerns our accommodation on the road, the same is—with -regard to the carriage of us and of our baggage, the number of horses -and men provided for that purpose, the inns, lodgings, eating, and -attendance—as good for our money as we could possibly desire. But, -on the other hand, if we consider the narrow compass allowed us, we -have too much reason to complain; for we are treated in a manner like -prisoners, deprived of all liberty, excepting that of looking about -the country from our horses, or out of our kago, which, indeed, it is -impossible for them to deny us. As soon as a Dutchman alights from his -horse (which is taken very ill, unless urgent necessity obliges him), -he that rides before our train, and the whole train after him, must -stop suddenly, and the Dōshin and two other attendants must come down -from their horses to take immediate care of him. Nay, they watch us to -that degree that they will not leave us alone, not even for the most -necessary occasions. The Bugiō, or commander-in-chief of our train, -studies day and night, not only the contents of his instructions, but -the journals of two or three preceding journeys, in order exactly, and -step by step, to follow the actions and behavior of his predecessors. -’Tis looked upon as the most convincing proof of his faithfulness and -good conduct still to exceed them. Nay, some of these blockheads are so -capricious that no accident whatever can oblige them to go to any other -inns but those we had been at the year before, even though we should, -upon this account, be forced in the worst weather, with the greatest -inconveniency, and at the very peril of our lives, to travel till late -at night. - -“We go to the same inns which the princes and lords of the country -resort to, that is, to the very best of every place. The apartments -are at that time hung with the colors and arms of the Dutch East India -Company, and this in order to notify to the neighborhood who they be -that lodge there, as is customary in the country. We always go to the -same inns, with this difference only, that, upon our return from Yedo, -we lie at the place we dined at in going up, by this means equally to -divide the trouble, which is much greater at night than at dinner. We -always take up our lodging in the back apartment of the house, which -is by much the pleasantest; also otherwise, as has been mentioned, -reckoned the chief. The landlord observes the same customs upon our -arrival as upon the arrival of the princes and lords of the empire. He -comes out of the town or village into the fields to meet us, clad in a -kamishimo, or garment of ceremony, and wearing a short scymetar stuck -in his girdle, making his compliments with a low bow, which before -the norimono of the Bugiō and our Resident is so low, that he touches -the ground with his hands and almost with his forehead. This done, he -hastens back to his house, and receives us at the entry a second time, -in the same manner, and with the same compliments. - -“As soon as we are come to the inn, our guardians and keepers carry -us forthwith across the house to our apartments. Nor, indeed, are we -so much displeased at this, since the number of spectators and the -petulant scoffing of the children, but, above all, the exhaustion of -a fatiguing journey, make us desirous to take our rest, the sooner -the better. We are, as it were, confined to our apartments, having no -other liberty but to walk out into the small garden behind the house. -All other avenues, all the doors, windows, and holes which open any -prospect towards the streets or country, are carefully shut and nailed -up, in order, as they would fain persuade us, to defend us and our -goods from thieves, but in fact to watch and guard us as thieves and -deserters. It must be owned, however, that this superabundant care and -watchfulness is considerably lessened upon our return, when we have -found means to insinuate ourselves into their favor, and by presents -and otherwise to procure their connivance. - -“The Bugiō takes possession of the best apartment after ours. The -several rooms next to our own are taken up by the Dōshin, interpreters, -and other chief officers of our retinue, in order to be always near -at hand to watch our conduct, and to care that none of our landlord’s -domestics nor any other person presume to come into our apartment, -unless it be by their leave and in their presence; and in their absence -they commit this care to some of their own or our servants; though -all the companions of our voyage in general are strictly charged to -have a watchful eye over us. Those who exceed their fellow-servants in -vigilance are, by way of encouragement, permitted to make the journey -again the next year. Otherwise they stand excluded for two years. - -“As soon as we have taken possession of our apartment, in comes the -landlord with some of his chief male domestics, each with a dish of -tea in his hand, which they present to every one of us with a low bow, -according to his rank and dignity, and repeating, with a submissive, -deep-fetched voice, the words, _ah! ah! ah!_ They are all clad in their -garments of ceremony, which they wear only upon great occasions, and -have each a short scymetar stuck in his girdle, which they never quit, -so long as the company stays in the house. This done, the necessary -apparatus for smoking is brought in, consisting of a board of wood or -brass, though not always of the same structure, upon which are placed -a small fire-pan with coals, a pot to spit in, a small box filled with -tobacco cut small, and some long pipes with small brass heads; as also -another japanned board, or dish, with _Sakana_,[8] that is, something -to eat, as, for instance, several sorts of fruits, figs, nuts, several -sorts of cakes, chiefly manjū, and rice cakes hot, several sorts -of roots boiled in water, sweetmeats, and other trumperies of this -kind. All these things are brought first into the Bugiō’s room, then -into ours. As to other necessaries travellers may have occasion for, -they are generally, in the case of native travellers, served by the -house-maids. These wenches also wait at table, taking that opportunity -to engage their guests to further favors. But it is quite otherwise -with us; for even the landlords themselves and their male domestics, -after they have presented us with a dish of tea, as above said, are -not suffered upon any account whatever to enter our apartments; but -whatever we want it is the sole business of our own servants to provide -us with. - -“There are no other spitting-pots brought into the room but that which -comes along with the tobacco. If there be occasion for more they make -use of small pieces of bamboo, a hand broad and high, sawed from -between the joints and hollowed. The candles brought in at night are -hollow in the middle; the wick, which is of paper, being wound about -a wooden stick before the tallow is laid on. For this reason, also, -the candlesticks have a punch or bodkin at top, which the candles -are fixed upon. They burn very quick, and make a great deal of smoke -and smell, the oil or tallow being made of the berries of bay-trees, -camphor-trees, and some others of the kind. It is somewhat odd and -ridiculous to see the whirling motion of the ascending smoke followed -by the flame, when the candle is taken off the punch at the top of the -candlestick. Instead of lamps, they make use of small, flat, earthen -vessels, filled with train-oil made of the fat of whales, or of oil -made of cotton-seed. The wick is made of rush, and the abovesaid -earthen vessel stands in another filled with water, or in a square -lantern, that, in case the oil should by chance take fire, no damage -may thereupon come to the house. - -“The Japanese, in their journeys, sit down to table thrice a day, -besides what they eat between meals. They begin early in the morning -and before break of day, at least before they set out, with a good, -substantial breakfast; then follows dinner at noon, and the day is -concluded with a plentiful supper at night. It being forbid to play at -cards, they sit after meals, drinking and singing some songs, to make -one another merry, or else they propose some riddles round, or play at -some other game, and he that cannot explain the riddle, or loses the -game, is obliged to drink a glass. It is again quite otherwise with us, -for we sit at table and eat our victuals very quietly. Our cloth is -laid, and the dishes dressed after the European manner, but by Japanese -cooks. We are presented, besides, by the landlord, each with a Japanese -dish. We drink European wines and the rice-beer of the country hot. All -our diversion is confined, in the daytime, to the small garden which is -behind the house; at night to the bath, in case we please to make use -of it. No other pleasure is allowed us, no manner of conversation with -the domestics, male or female, excepting what, through the connivance -of our inspectors, some of us find means to procure at night in private -and in their own rooms. - -“When everything is ready for us to set out again, the landlord is -called, and our president, in presence of the two interpreters, pays -him the reckoning in gold, laid upon a small salver. He draws near, in -a creeping posture, kneeling, holding his hands down to the floor, and -when he takes the salver which the money is laid upon, he bows down -his forehead almost quite to the ground, in token of submission and -gratitude, uttering with a deep voice the words _ah! ah! ah!_ whereby -in this country inferiors show their deference and respect to their -superiors. He then prepares to make the same compliment to the other -Dutchmen; but our interpreters generally excuse him this trouble, and -make him return in the same crawling posture. Every landlord hath two -koban paid him for dinner, and three for supper and lodgings at night. -For this money he is to provide victuals enough for our whole train, -the horses, the men that look after them, and porters only excepted. -The same sum is paid to the landlords in the cities, where we stay -some days, as at Ōsaka, Miyako, and Yedo, namely, five koban a day, -without any further recompense. The reason of our being kept so cheap, -as to victuals and lodging, is because this sum was agreed on with -our landlords a long while ago, when our train was not yet so bulky -as it now is.[9] It is a custom in this country, which we likewise -observe, that guests, before they quit the inn, order their servants -to sweep the room they lodged in, not to leave any dirt, or ungrateful -dust, behind them. - -[Illustration: A DAIMYŌ’S PROCESSION] - -“From this reasonable behavior of the landlords, the reader may judge -of the civility of the whole nation in general, always excepting our -own officers and servants. I must own that, in the visits we made or -received in our journey, we found the same to be greater than could be -expected from the most civilized nations. The behavior of the Japanese, -from the meanest countryman up to the greatest prince or lord, is -such that the whole empire might be called a school of civility and -good manners. They have so much sense and innate curiosity, that, -if they were not absolutely denied a free and open conversation and -correspondence with foreigners, they would receive them with the -utmost kindness and pleasure. In some towns and villages only we took -notice that the young boys, who are childish all over the world, would -run after us, calling us names, and cracking some malicious jests or -other, levelled at the Chinese, whom they take us to be. One of the -most common, and not much different from a like sort of a compliment -which is commonly made to Jews in Germany, is _Tōjin baibai?_ which, in -broken Chinese, signifies, _Chinese, have ye nothing to truck?_ - -“It may not be amiss to observe, that it is not an indifferent matter -to travellers in this country what day they set out on their journey; -for they must choose for their departure a fortunate day, for which -purpose they make use of a particular table, printed in all their -road-books, which they say hath been observed to hold true by a -continued experience of many ages, and wherein are set down all the -unfortunate days of every month. However, the most sensible of the -Japanese have but little regard for this superstitious table, which is -more credited by the common people, the mountain priests, and monks. - -“To give the more authority to this table, they say that it was -invented by the astrologer Seimei, a man of great quality and very -eminent in his art. King _Abeno Tashima_ was his father, and a fox -his mother, to whom Abeno Tashima was married upon the following -occasion. He once happened with a servant of his to be in the temple -of Inari, who is the god and protector of the foxes. Meanwhile some -courtiers were hunting the fox without doors, in order to make use of -the lungs for the preparation of a certain medicine. It happened upon -this that a young fox, pursued by the hunters, fled into the temple, -which stood open, and took shelter in the very bosom of Tashima. The -king, unwilling to deliver up the poor creature to the unmerciful -hunters, was forced to defend himself and his fox, and to repel force -by force, wherein he behaved himself with so much bravery and success -that, having defeated the hunters, he set the fox at liberty. The -hunters, ashamed and highly offended at the courageous behavior of -the king, seized, in the height of their resentment, an opportunity -which offered to kill his royal father. Tashima mustered up all his -courage and prudence to revenge his father’s death, and with so much -success that he killed the traitors with his own hands. The fox, to -return his gratitude, appeared to him, after the victory which he -obtained over the murderers of his father, in the shape of a lady of -incomparable beauty, and so fired his breast with love that he took -her to his wife. It was by her he had this son, who was endowed with -divine wisdom, and the precious gift of prognosticating and foretelling -things to come. Nor did he know that his wife had been that very fox -whose life he saved with so much courage in the temple of Inari, till, -soon after, her tail and other parts beginning to grow, she resumed by -degrees her former shape.[10] - -“Seimei not only calculated the above table by the knowledge he had -acquired of the motion and influence of the stars, but, as he was at -the same time a perfect master of the cabalistic sciences, he found -out certain words which he brought together into an _Uta_, or verse, -the repetition of which is believed to have the infallible virtue of -keeping off all those misfortunes which, upon the days determined in -the table to be unfortunate, would otherwise befall travellers,—this -verse being for the use and satisfaction of poor ordinary servants, who -have not leisure to accommodate themselves to the table, but must go -when and wherever they are sent by their masters.” - - - - -CHAPTER XXXV - - _From Nagasaki to Kokura—Shimonoseki—Water Journey to - Ōsaka—Description of that City—Its Castle—Interview with the - Governors—From Ōsaka to Miyako—Jodo and its Castle—Fushimi—Entrance - into Miyako—Visit to the Chief Justice and the Governors—Description - of Miyako—Palace of the Dairi—Castle—Manufactures and Trade—Authority - of the Chief Justice—Police—Crimes._ - - -At coming out of Nagasaki, on his first journey to court (Tuesday, -February 13, 1691), Kämpfer noticed the idol Jizō, the god of the roads -and protector of travellers, hewn out of the rock in nine different -places. At the next village stood another of the same sort, about three -feet in height, on a stone pillar twice as high, and adorned with -flowers. Two other smaller stone pillars, hollow at top, stood before -the idol, upon which were placed lamps, for travellers to light in its -honor; and at some distance stood a basin of water, in which to wash -the hands before lighting the lamps. - -The first twelve miles’ travelling, which was very steep and -mountainous, brought the company to the shores of the bay of Ōmura, -which they found too shallow for vessels of size; but by crossing it -in boats, furnished by the prince of Ōmura, each rowed by fourteen -watermen, they saved a distance of ten miles or more. The distance -across was thirty miles. The town of Ōmura was seen on the right at the -head of the bay, and beyond it a smoking mountain. The shells of this -bay were reported to yield pearls.[11] - -The second day (Wednesday, February 14) they passed an old -camphor-tree, estimated to be thirty-six feet in circumference, and -hollow within.[12] At Shiwota, where they dined, a seaport on the -gulf of Shimabara, was a manufactory of large earthen pots, used by -vessels as water-cakes, and also of china ware, made of a whitish, -fat clay, abundant in that neighborhood. The same day they visited a -hot spring, much frequented for its medicinal effects, and provided -with accommodations for bathing. There are several others in the -neighborhood.[13] - -Saga, the capital of the province of Hizen, through which they passed -the next day (Thursday, February 15), without stopping, was found to -be a considerable place, situated not far from the western border of -the province, near the head of the bay of Shimabara. “The city,” says -Kämpfer, “is very large, but extends more in length than in breadth. -It is exceedingly populous. Both going in and coming out we found -strong guards at the gates. It is enclosed with walls, but more for -state than defence. The prince or petty king of this province resides -here in a large castle, which commands the city. The streets are -large, with streams of water flowing through them. The houses are but -sorry and low, and in the chief streets fitted up for manufacturers -and shopkeepers. The inhabitants are very short, but well shaped, -particularly the women, who are handsomer, I think, than in any other -Asiatic country, but so much painted that one would be apt to take them -for wax figures rather than living creatures. Many were noticed who -seemed little more than girls, yet evidently the mothers of several -children. These women of Hizen have the reputation of being the -handsomest in Japan, next to those of Miyako. This province, though -less wealthy than that of Satsuma, is reputed to be about the most -fertile in all Japan, being particularly famous for its rice, of which -it produces ten different sorts or qualities, one of which is reserved -for the special use of the emperor. The rice-fields were observed to be -bordered with tea-shrubs about six feet high; but as they were stripped -of their leaves, they made but a naked and sorry appearance.” - -In the afternoon our travellers passed into the province of Chikugo, -and having traversed a small but very pleasant wood of firs,—a rare -sight in the flat parts of the country,—they saw at a distance the -castle of Kurume, the residence of the prince of the province.[14] -Friday, February 16, mountains were encountered, which they passed in -kago, as the road was too steep for horseback-riding. This country, -forming a part of the province of Chikuzen, struck Kämpfer as not -unlike some mountainous and woody parts of Germany, but no cattle were -seen grazing, except a few cows and horses for carriage and ploughing. -The people were less handsome than those of Hizen, but extremely civil. - -The next day (February 17), after passing, in the afternoon, some -coal-mines, whence the neighborhood was supplied with fuel, they -reached Kokura, capital of the province of Buzen, once a large town, -but now much decayed. It had a large castle of freestone, with a -few cannon and a tower of six stories, the usual sign of princely -residences. A river passed through the town, crossed by a bridge near -two hundred yards long, but it was too shallow to admit vessels of any -size. At least one hundred small boats were drawn up on the banks. On -leaving their inn where they had stopped to dine, the Dutch found the -square in front of it, as well as the bridge, crowded with upwards of -a thousand spectators, chiefly ordinary people, who had collected to -see them, and who knelt in profound silence, without motion or noise. -The distance of this place from Nagasaki was reckoned at fifty-five -Japanese miles, and had consumed five days. - -[Illustration: IMAGE OF JIZŌ] - -Embarking in boats, the Dutch travellers crossed the strait which -separates Shimo from Nippon, narrower here than anywhere else, less -than three miles wide, though the town of Shimonoseki, which gives its -name to the strait, being situated at the bottom of an inlet, is -near twelve miles from Kokura. This town, in the province of Nagato, -consisted of four or five hundred houses, built chiefly on both sides -of one long street, with a few smaller ones terminating in it. It is -full of shops for selling provisions and stores to the ships, which -daily put in for shelter or supplies, and of which not less than two -hundred were seen at anchor. It also had a temple to Amida, built -to appease the ghost of a young prince of the family of Heishi, so -celebrated in the legendary annals of the Japanese, whose nurse, with -the boy in her arms, is said to have thrown herself headlong into the -strait to avoid capture by his father’s enemies, at the time of the -ruin of that family. - -The voyage from Shimonoseki to Ōsaka was reckoned at one hundred and -thirty-four Japanese water-miles, and was made in six days, the vessel -coming to anchor every night in good harbors, with which the coast -abounds. This voyage lay first through the strait between Shimo and -Nippon, and then through the strait or sea between Nippon and Shikoku, -which was full of islands, some cultivated, others mere rocks. On the -main land on either side snow-covered mountains were visible. The barge -could proceed no further than Hyōgo, a city of the province Settsu, -nearly as large as Nagasaki. Here the company embarked in small boats -for Ōsaka. As they passed along they saw at a distance the imperial -city of Sakai, three or four Japanese miles south from Ōsaka. The -description of Ōsaka, and of the journey thence to Miyako, is thus -given by Kämpfer: - -“Ōsaka, one of the five imperial cities, is agreeably seated in -the province of Settsu, in a fruitful plain, and on the banks of a -navigable river. At the east end is a strong castle; and at the western -end, two strong, stately guard-houses, which separate it from its -suburbs. Its length from these suburbs to the above-mentioned castle -is between three and four thousand yards. Its breadth is somewhat -less. The river Yodogawa runs on the north side, and below the city -falls into the sea. This river rises a day and a half’s journey to -the northeast, out of a midland lake in the province of Ōmi, which, -according to Japanese histories, arose in one night, that spot which it -now fills being sunk in a violent earthquake. Coming out of this lake, -it runs by the small towns Uji and Yodo, from which latter it borrows -its name, and so continues down to Ōsaka. About a mile before it comes -to this city, it sends off one of its arms straight to the sea. This -want, if any, is supplied by two other rivers, both which flow into it -just above the city, on the north side of the castle, where there are -stately bridges over them. The united stream having washed one third -of the city, part of its waters are conveyed through a broad canal to -supply the south part, which is also the larger, and that where the -richest inhabitants live. For this purpose several smaller channels -cut from the large one, pass through some of the chief streets, deep -enough to be navigable for small boats, which bring goods to the -merchant’s doors—though some are muddy, and not too clean, for want of -a sufficient quantity and run of water. Upwards of an hundred bridges, -many extraordinarily beautiful, are built over them. - -“A little below the coming out of the above-mentioned canal another arm -arises on the north side of the great stream, which is shallow and not -navigable, but runs down westward, with great rapidity, till it loses -itself in the sea. The middle and great stream still continues its -course through the city, at the lower end whereof it turns westward, -and having supplied the suburbs and villages which lie without the -city, by many lateral branches, at last loses itself in the sea through -several mouths. This river is narrow, indeed, but deep and navigable. -From its mouth up as far as Ōsaka, and higher, there are seldom less -than a thousand boats going up and down, some with merchants, others -with the princes and lords who live to the west, on their way to and -from Yedo. The banks are raised on both sides into ten or more steps, -coarsely hewn of freestone, so that they look like one continued -stairs, and one may land wherever he pleases. Stately bridges are laid -over the river at every three or four hundred paces’ distance. They are -built of cedar wood, and are railed on both sides, some of the rails -being adorned at top with brass buttons. I counted in all ten such -bridges, three whereof were particularly remarkable, because of their -length, being laid over the great arm of the river where it is broadest. - -“The streets, in the main, are narrow but regular, cutting each other -at right angles. From this regularity, however, we must except that -part of the city which lies towards the sea, because the streets -there run along the several branches of the river. The streets are -very neat, though not paved. However, for the conveniency of walking, -there is a small pavement of square stones along the houses on each -side of the street. At the end of every street are strong gates, which -are shut at night, when nobody is suffered to pass from one street to -another without special leave and a passport from the Otona, or street -officer. There is also in every street a place railed in, where they -keep all the necessary instruments in case of fire. Not far from it is -a covered well, for the same purpose. The houses are, according to -the custom of the country, not above two stories high, each story of -nine or twelve feet. They are built of wood, lime, and clay. The front -offers to the spectator’s eye the door, and a shop where the merchants -sell their goods, or else an open room where artificers, openly and -in everybody’s sight, exercise their trade. From the upper end of the -shop or room hangs down a piece of black cloth, partly for ornament, -partly to defend them in some measure from the wind and weather. At the -same place hang some fine patterns of what is sold in the shop. The -roof is flat, and in good houses covered with black tiles laid in lime. -The roofs of ordinary houses are covered only with shavings of wood. -Within doors all the houses are kept clean and neat to admiration. The -staircases, rails, and all the wainscoting, are varnished. The floors -are covered with neat mats. The rooms are separated from each other by -screens, upon removal of which several small rooms may be enlarged into -one, or the contrary done if needful. The walls are hung with shining -paper, curiously painted with gold and silver flowers. The upper part -of the wall, for some inches down from the ceiling, is commonly left -empty, and only clayed with an orange-colored clay, which is dug up -about this city, and is, because of its beautiful color, exported into -other provinces. The mats, doors, and screens are all of the same size, -six Japanese feet long and three broad. The houses themselves, and -their several rooms, are built proportionably according to a certain -number of mats, more or less. There is commonly a curious garden behind -the house, such as I have described elsewhere. Behind the garden is -the bathing-stove, and sometimes a vault, or rather a small room, -with strong walls of clay and lime, to preserve, in case of fire, the -richest household goods and furniture. - -“Ōsaka is extremely populous, and if we believe what the boasting -Japanese tell us, can raise an army of eighty thousand men from -among its inhabitants. It is the best trading town in Japan, being -extraordinarily well situated for carrying on a commerce both by -land and water. This is the reason why it is so well inhabited by -rich merchants, artificers and manufacturers. Provisions are cheap, -notwithstanding the city is so well peopled. Whatever tends to promote -luxury, and to gratify all sensual pleasures, may be had at as easy a -rate here as anywhere, and for this reason the Japanese call Ōsaka the -universal theatre of pleasures and diversions. Plays are to be seen -daily, both in public and in private houses. Mountebanks, jugglers, who -can show some artful tricks, and all the raree-show people who have -either some uncommon, or monstrous animal to exhibit, or animals taught -to play tricks, resort thither from all parts of the empire, being -sure to get a better penny here than anywhere else.[15] Hence it is no -wonder that numbers of strangers and travellers daily resort thither, -chiefly rich people, as to a place where they can spend their time -and money with much greater satisfaction than perhaps anywhere else -in the empire. The western princes and lords on this side Ōsaka all -have houses in this city, and people to attend them in their passage -through, and yet they are not permitted to stay longer than a night, -besides that upon their departure they are obliged to follow a road -entirely out of sight of the castle. - -“The water which is drank at Ōsaka tastes a little brackish; but -in lieu of thereof they have the best sake in the empire, which is -brewed in great quantities in the neighboring village, Tennōji, and -from thence exported into most other provinces, nay, by the Dutch and -Chinese, out of the country. - -“On the east side of the city, in a large plain, lies the famous castle -built by Taikō-Sama [Toyotomi Hideyoshi]. Going up to Miyako we pass -by it. It is square, about an hour’s walking in circumference, and -strongly fortified with round bastions, according to the military -architecture of the country. After the castle of Higo, it hath not its -superior in extent, magnificence, and strength, throughout the whole -empire. On the north side it is defended by the river Yodogawa, which -washes its walls. On the east side its walls are washed by a tributary -river, on the opposite bank of which lies a great garden belonging to -the castle. The south and west sides border upon the city. The moles, -or buttresses, which support the outward wall, are of an uncommon -bigness, I believe at least forty-two feet thick. They are built to -support a high, strong brick wall, lined with freestone, which at its -upper end is planted with a row of firs or cedars. - -“The day after our arrival (Sunday, February 25) we were admitted to -an audience of the governor of the city, to which we were carried in -kago, attended by our whole train of interpreters and other officers. -It is half an hour’s walking from our inn to the governor’s palace, -which lies at the end of the city in a square opposite the castle. Just -before the house we stepped out of our kago, and put on each a silk -cloak, which is reckoned equal to the garment of ceremony which the -Japanese wear on these occasions. Through a passage thirty paces long -we came into the hall, or guard-house, where we were received by two -of the governor’s gentlemen, who very civilly desired us to sit down. -Four soldiers stood upon duty on our left as we came in, and next to -them we found eight other officers of the governor’s court, all sitting -upon their knees and ankles. The wall on our right was hung with -arms, ranged in a proper order, fifteen halberds on one side, twenty -lances in the middle, and nineteen pikes on the other; the latter were -adorned at the upper end with fringes. Hence we were conducted by two -of the governor’s secretaries through four rooms (which, however, upon -removing the screens, might have been enlarged into one) into the hall -of audience. I took notice, as we came by, that the walls were hung -and adorned with bows, with sabres and scymitars, as also with some -fire-arms, kept in rich black varnished cases. - -“In the hall of audience, where there were seven of the governor’s -gentlemen sitting, the two secretaries sat down at three paces’ -distance from us, and treated us with tea, carrying on a very civil -conversation with us till the governor appeared, as he soon did, with -two of his sons, one seventeen, the other eighteen years of age, and -sat down at ten paces’ distance in another room, which was laid open -towards the hall of audience by removing three lattices, through which -he spoke to us. - -“He seemed to be about forty years of age, middle-sized, strong, -active, of a manly countenance and broad-faced; very civil in his -conversation, and speaking with a great deal of softness and modesty. -He was but meanly clad in black, and wore a gray garment of ceremony -over his dress. He wore, also, but one ordinary scymitar. His -conversation turned chiefly upon the following points: That the weather -was now very cold; that we had made a very great journey; that it was a -singular favor to be admitted into the emperor’s presence; that, of all -nations in the world, only the Dutch were allowed this honor. - -“He promised us that, since the chief justice of Miyako, whose business -it is to give us the necessary passports for our journey to court, -was not yet returned from Yedo, he would give us his own passports, -which would be full as valid, and that we might send for them the next -morning. He also assured us that he was very willing to assist us with -horses and whatever else we might stand in need of for continuing our -journey. - -[Illustration: AN ANCIENT WARRIOR] - -“On our side, we returned him thanks for his kind offers, and desired -that he would be pleased to accept of a small present, consisting of -some pieces of silk stuffs, as an acknowledgment of our gratitude. -We also made some presents to the two secretaries or stewards of his -household; and, having taken our leave, were by them conducted back -to the guard-house. Here we took our leave also of them, and returned -through the above-mentioned passage back to our kago. Our interpreters -permitted us to walk a little way, which gave us an opportunity to view -the outside of the above-described famous castle. We then entered -our kago and were carried back through another long street to our inn. - -“Wednesday, February 28, we set out by break of day on our journey -to Miyako, because we intended to reach that place the same day, it -being but thirteen Japanese miles, or a good day’s journey, distant -from Ōsaka, out of which we came by the Kyōbashi, or bridge to Miyako, -which crosses the river just below the castle. We then travelled about -a mile through muddy rice-fields riding along a low dike raised on the -banks of the river Yodogawa, which we had on our left. Multitudes of -Tsadanil (?) trees, which grow as tall in this country as oaks do with -us, were planted along it. It had then no leaves, because of the winter -season, but its branches hung full of a yellow fruit, out of which the -natives prepare an oil. The country hereabouts is extraordinarily well -inhabited, and the many villages along the road are so near each other -that there wants little towards making it one continued street from -Ōsaka to Miyako. - -“The small but famous city, Yodo, is entirely enclosed with water, and -hath besides several canals cut through the town, all derived from the -arms of the river which encompasses it. The suburbs consist of one -long street, across which we rode to a stately wooden bridge, called -Yodobashi, four hundred paces long, and supported by forty arches, to -which answer so many ballisters, adorned at the upper end with brass -buttons. At the end of this bridge is a single well-guarded gate, -through which we entered the city. The city itself is very pleasant and -agreeably situated, and hath very good houses, though but few streets, -which cut each other at right angles, running some south, some east. -Abundance of artificers and handicraftsmen live at Yodo. On the west -side lies the castle, built of brick, in the middle of the river, with -stately towers several stories high at each corner, and in the middle -of its walls. Coming out of Yodo, we again passed over a bridge two -hundred paces long, supported by twenty arches, which brought us into a -suburb, at the end of which was a strong guard-house. - -“After about two hours’ riding we came, at two in the afternoon, to -Fushimi. This is a small, open town, or rather village, of a few -streets, of which the middle and chief reaches as far as Miyako, and is -contiguous to the streets of that capital, insomuch that Fushimi might -be called the suburbs of Miyako, the rather since this last city is not -at all enclosed with walls. It was to-day Tsuitachi with the Japanese, -that is, the first day of the month, which they keep as a Sunday or -holiday, visiting the temples, walking into the fields, and following -all manner of diversions. Accordingly we found this street, along -which we rode for full four hours before we got to our inn, crowded -with multitudes of the inhabitants of Miyako, walking out of the city -to take the air, and to visit the neighboring temples. Particularly -the women were all on this occasion richly apparelled in variously -colored gowns, wearing a purple-colored silk about the forehead, and -large straw hats to defend themselves from the heat of the sun. We -likewise met some particular sorts of beggars, comically clad, and some -masked in a very ridiculous manner. Not a few walked upon iron stilts; -others carried large pots with green trees upon their heads; some were -singing, some whistling, some fluting, others beating of bells. All -along the street we saw multitudes of open shops, jugglers and players -diverting the crowd. - -“The temples which we had on our right as we went up, built in the -ascent of the neighboring green hills, were illuminated with many -lamps, and the priests, beating some bells with iron hammers, made -such a noise as could be heard at a considerable distance. I took -notice of a large, white dog, perhaps made of plaster, which stood -upon an altar on our left, in a neatly-adorned chapel or small temple, -which was consecrated to the Patron of the dogs. We reached our inn at -Miyako at six in the evening, and were forthwith carried up one pair -of stairs into our apartments, which in some measure, I thought, might -be compared to the Westphalian smoking rooms, wherein they smoke their -beef and bacon. - -“We had travelled to-day through a very fruitful country, mostly -through rice-fields, wherein we saw great flocks of wild ducks, if they -deserve to be so called, being so very tame that no travelling company -approaching will fright them away. We took notice also of several -large, white herons, some swans, and some few storks, looking for their -food in the morassy fields. We likewise saw the peasants ploughing with -black oxen, which seemed to be lean, poor beasts, but are said to work -well. - -“February 29, early in the morning, we sent the presents for the -chief justice and the governors to their palaces, laid, according to -the country fashion, upon particular small tables made of fir, and -kept for no other use but this. We followed soon after, about ten -in the forenoon, in kago. Their palaces were at the west end of the -city, opposite the castle of the Dairi. We were conducted through -a court-yard, twenty paces broad, into the hall or fore-room of -the house, which is called _Ban_, or the chief guard, and is the -rendezvous of numbers of clerks, inspectors, etc. Hence we were taken, -through two other rooms, into a third, where they desired us to sit -down. Soon after came in his lordship’s steward, an old gentleman who -seemed upwards of sixty years of age, clad in a gray or ash-colored -honor-gown, who seated himself at about four paces from us, in order to -receive, in his master’s name, both our compliments and presents, which -stood in the same room, laid out in a becoming order. They consisted of -a flask of Tent wine, besides twenty pieces of silk, woollen, and linen -stuffs. The steward having very civilly returned us thanks for our -presents, boxes with tobacco and pipes and proper utensils for smoking -were set before us, and a dish of tea was presented to each of us by a -servant, at three different times, the steward and the chief gentlemen -pressing us to drink. Having stayed about a quarter of an hour, we took -our leave, and were conducted by the steward himself to the door of -their room, and thence by other officers back to the gate. - -“This first visit being over, we walked thence on foot to the palace -of the commanding governor, who was but lately arrived from Yedo. Some -sentinels stood upon duty at the gate, and in the _ban_, or hall, we -found very near fifty people besides some young boys, neatly clad, all -sitting in very good order. Through this hall we were conducted into a -side apartment, where we were civilly received by the two secretaries, -both elderly men, and were treated with tea, sugar, etc.; receiving, -also, repeated assurances that we should be soon admitted into the -governor’s presence. - -“Having stayed full half an hour in this room, we were conducted into -another, where, after a little while, the lattices of two screens -being suddenly opened just over against us, the governor appeared, -sitting at fourteen paces distant. He wore, as usual, a garment of -ceremony over his black dress. He seemed to be about thirty-six years -of age, of a strong, lusty constitution, and showed in his countenance -and whole behavior a good deal of pride and vanity. After a short -conversation we desired that he would be pleased to accept of our small -present, consisting of twelve pieces of stuffs, which lay upon a table, -or salver, in the manner above described. He thereupon bowed a little, -to return us thanks, and putting himself in a rising posture, the two -lattices were let down forthwith, in a very comical manner. But we were -desired to stay a little while longer, that the ladies—who were in a -neighboring room, behind a paper screen pierced with holes—might have -an opportunity of contemplating us and our foreign dress. Our president -was desired to show them his hat, sword, watch, and several other -things he had about him, as also to take off his cloak, that they might -have a full view of his dress, both before and behind. Having stayed -about an hour in the house of this governor, we were conducted by the -two secretaries back to the hall, or chief guard, and thence by two -inferior officers into the yard. - -“It being fair weather, we resolved to walk on foot to the house of -the other governor, some hundred paces distant. We were received there -much after the manner above described. After we had been treated in -the _ban_ with tea and tobacco, as usual, we were conducted, through -several rooms, into the hall of audience, which was richly furnished, -and, amongst other things, adorned with a cabinet filled with bows and -arrows, small fire-arms, guns and pistols, kept in black varnished -cases. These, and other arms, we took notice, were hung up in several -other rooms through which we passed, much after the same manner as in -the governor’s house at Ōsaka. On one side the hall we took notice of -two screens, pierced with holes, behind which sat some women, whom -the curiosity of seeing people from so remote a part of the world had -drawn thither. We had scarce sat down, when the governor appeared, and -sat himself down at ten paces from us. He was clad in black, as usual, -with a garment of ceremony. He was a gray man, almost sixty years of -age, but of a good complexion, and very handsome. He bade us welcome, -showed in his whole behavior a great deal of civility, and received -our presents kindly, and with seeming great satisfaction. Our chief -interpreter took this opportunity to make the governor, as his old -acquaintance, some private presents in his own name, consisting of -some European glasses, and, in the mean time, to beg a favor for his -deputy’s interpreter’s son. Having taken our leave, we returned to our -kago, and were carried home to our inn, where we arrived at one in the -afternoon. - -“Kiō, or Miyako, signifies in Japanese, a city. (Klaproth says, great -temple or palace.) It lies in the province Yamato[16] in a large plain, -and is, from north to south, three English miles long, and two broad -from east to west, surrounded with pleasant green hills and mountains, -from which arise numbers of small rivers and agreeable streams. The -city comes nearest the mountains on the east side, where there are -numerous temples, monasteries, chapels, and other religious buildings, -standing in the ascent. Three shallow rivers enter, or run by it, on -that side. The chief and largest comes out of the Lake Ōtsu;[17] the -other two from the neighboring mountains. They come together about -the middle of the city, where the united stream is crossed by a large -bridge, two hundred paces long. The Dairi, with his family and court, -resides on the north side of the city, in a particular part or ward, -consisting of twelve or thirteen streets, separated from the rest by -walls and ditches. In the western part of the town is a strong castle -of freestone, built by one of the hereditary emperors, for the security -of his person during the civil wars. At present it serves to lodge -the Kubō, or actual monarch, when he comes to visit the Dairi. It is -upwards of a thousand feet long where longest; a deep ditch, filled -with water, and walled in, surrounds it, and is enclosed itself by a -broad empty space, or dry ditch. In the middle of this castle there is, -as usual, a square tower, several stories high. In the ditch are kept a -particular sort of delicious carps, some of which were presented this -evening to our interpreter. A small garrison guards the castle, under -the command of a captain. - -“The streets of Miyako are narrow, but all regular, running some south, -some east. Being at one end of a great street, it is impossible to -reach the other with the eye, because of their extraordinary length, -the dust, and the multitude of people. The houses are, generally -speaking, narrow, only two stories high, built of wood, lime, and clay, -according to the country fashion. - -“Miyako is the great magazine of all Japanese manufactures and -commodities, and the chief mercantile town in the empire. There is -scarce a house in this large capital where there is not something made -or sold. Here they refine copper, coin money, print books, weave the -richest stuffs, with gold and silver flowers. The best and scarcest -dyes, the most artful carvings, all sorts of musical instruments, -pictures, japanned cabinets, all sorts of things wrought in gold and -other metals, particularly in steel, as the best tempered blades, and -other arms, are made here in the utmost perfection, as are, also, -the richest dresses, and after the best fashion, all sorts of toys, -puppets, moving their heads of themselves, and, in short, there is -nothing can be thought of but what may be found at Miyako, and nothing, -though never so neatly wrought, can be imported from abroad, but what -some artist or other in this capital will undertake to imitate it. -Considering this, it is no wonder that the manufactures of Miyako are -become so famous throughout the empire as to be easily preferred to all -others (though, perhaps, inferior in some particulars), only because -they have the name of being made there. There are but few houses in all -the chief streets where there is not something to be sold, and, for my -part, I could not help admiring whence they can have customers enough -for such an immense quantity of goods. ’Tis true, indeed, there is -scarce anybody passes through but what buys something or other of the -manufactures of this city, either for his own use, or for presents to -be made to his friends and relations. - -[Illustration: AN ARCHER] - -“The lord chief justice resides at Miyako, a man of great power and -authority, as having the supreme command, under the emperor, of all -the bugiō, governors, stewards, and other officers, who are any ways -concerned in the government of the imperial cities, crown lands and -tenements, in all the western provinces of the empire. Even the western -princes themselves must, in some measure, depend on him, and have a -great regard to his person as a mediator and compounder of quarrels and -difficulties that may arise between them. Nobody is suffered to pass -through Arai and Hakone, two of the most important passes, and, in a -manner, the keys of the imperial capital and court, without a passport, -signed by his hand. - -“The political government and regulation of the streets is the same -at Miyako as it is at Ōsaka and Nagasaki. The number of inhabitants -of Miyako, in the year of our visit, will appear by the following -_Aratame_[18] (exclusive, however, of those who live in the castle and -at the Dairi’s court).” - - Negi (persons attending the Shintō temples) 9,003 - - Yamabushi (mountain priests) 6,073 - - Shukke (ecclesiastics of the Buddhist religion) 37,093 - - Buddhist laymen, of four principal and eight - inferior sects or observances[19] 477,557 - - Tera (Buddhist temples) 3,893 - - Miya (Shintō temples) 2,127 - - Shokoku Daimyō Yashiki (palaces and houses - of the princes and lords of the empire) 137 - - Machi (streets) 1,858 - - Ken (houses) 138,979 - - Hashi (bridges) 87 - - - - -CHAPTER XXXVI - - _Lake Ōtsu—Mount Hiei[zan]—Japanese Legends—A Japanese Patent - Medicine—Kwannon—Miya—Arai—Policy of the Emperors—Kakegawa—A - Town on Fire—Suruga—Kunō—Passage of a Rapid River—Fuji-no-jama, - or Mount Fuji—Crossing the Peninsula of Izu—Second Searching - Place—Purgatory Lake—Odawara—Coast of the Bay of Yedo—A Live - Saint—Kanagawa—Shinagawa—Yedo—Imperial Castles and Palace._ - - -Kämpfer and his company left Miyako Friday, March 2, and, after a -journey of eight or nine miles, during which they saw a high mountain -towards the south, covered with snow, they reached Ōtsu, a town of a -thousand houses, where they lodged. This town lies at the southwestern -extremity of the large fresh-water lake of the same name, already -mentioned.[20] - -On the southeastern shore of this lake, which abounds with fish and -fowl, lies the famous mountain Hieizan (by interpretation Fair-hill), -covered with Buddhist monasteries, and near it were seen other -mountains, covered with snow, and extending along the lake shore. -Shortly after leaving Ōtsu, the Yodogawa, one of the outlets of the -lake, was crossed upon a bridge, supported at the extremities by stone -columns, of which the following legend is told. These columns were -in old times possessed by an evil spirit, which very much molested -travellers, as well as the inhabitants of the village. It happened one -day that the famous saint and apostle, Kōshi,[21] travelling that way, -all the people of the neighborhood earnestly entreated him to deliver -them by his miraculous power from this insufferable evil, and to cast -this devil out of the columns. The Japanese, a people superstitious to -excess, expected that he would use a good many prayers and ceremonies, -but found, to their utmost surprise, that he only took off the dirty -cloth which he wore about his waist, and tied it about the column. -Perceiving how much they were amazed, Kōshi addressed them in these -words: “Friends,” said he, “it is in vain you expect that I should -make use of many ceremonies. Ceremonies will never cast out devils; -faith must do it, and it is only by faith that I perform miracles.” -“A remarkable saying,” exclaims Kämpfer, “in the mouth of a heathen -teacher!” - -Umenoki, a village through which they next passed, was famous for the -sole manufacture of a medicine of great repute, found out by a poor -but pious man, to whom the god Yakushi, the protector of physic and -physicians, revealed in a dream the ingredients, which are certain -bitter herbs growing upon the neighboring mountains. This story helped -the sale of the medicine, by which the inventor soon grew very rich, so -that he was not only able to build a fine house for himself but also a -small temple, opposite his shop, and highly adorned, in honor of the -god who had given him the receipt, whose statue, richly gilt, was to be -seen there, standing on a _Tarate_ [?] flower, and with half a large -cockle-shell over his head. - -The next day (Sunday, March 4) the Dutch travellers crossed the Tsuchi -Yama, a mountain ridge, so steep that its descent was like that of -a winding staircase cut out in the face of the precipice. On this -mountain were many temples, and in this neighborhood vast crowds of -pilgrims were encountered, bound to Ise, situate some forty miles to -the south. The travellers struck the seacoast at Yokkaichi, a town of -a thousand houses, whose inhabitants were partly supported by fishing, -and the next day (Monday, the 5th), after about nine miles’ travel, -they entered the city of Kuwana, in the province of Owari, situated -at the head of a deep bay. It consisted of three parts, like so many -different towns. The first and third parts were enclosed by high walls -and ditches. The other part was entirely surrounded by water, the -country being flat and full of rivers. The castle, washed on three -sides by the sea, was separated from the town by a deep ditch with -draw-bridges. - -From Kuwana they proceeded by water to Miya, present Atsuta, some -fifteen miles distant. The head of the bay was very shallow, and the -boats were pushed through mud-banks. Miya, though not so large as -Kuwana, consisted of two thousand houses, with two spacious castles, -one of them for size and strength reckoned the third in Japan. There -were two temples, in one of which are preserved three, in the other -eight, miraculous swords, used by the race of demigods who were the -first inhabitants of Japan. - -Tuesday, March 6, the travellers dined at Okasaki, a town of fifteen -hundred houses, with a strong castle situate on the shores of the same -bay. The country travelled through was a fertile plain along the foot -of a range of mountains, the shores of which, beyond Okasaki, extended -to the sea. - -The next day (Wednesday, March 7) they passed through several -considerable places, of which Yoshida, present Toyohashi, with a castle -and about a thousand small houses, was the most considerable. Arai, -twelve or fifteen miles distant, was a town of about four hundred -houses, situate not far from the sea, at the inland extremity of a -harbor called Sao, narrow at its entrance, but spreading out within. -Arai was the seat of certain imperial commissioners appointed to -search the goods and baggage of all travellers, but particularly of -the princes of the empire, that no women nor arms might pass. “This,” -says Kämpfer, “is one of the political maxims which the now reigning -emperors have found it necessary to practise in order to secure to -themselves the peaceable possession of the throne; for the wives and -female children of all the princes of the empire are kept at Yedo, as -hostages of the fidelity of their husbands and parents. And as to the -exportation of arms, an effectual stop has been put to that, lest, if -exported in any considerable quantities, some of those princes might -take it into their heads to raise rebellions against the government as -now established.” - -The harbor of Sao was crossed in boats, on the other side of which the -road led through a flat country, rather thinly inhabited. They slept -that night at Hamamatsu, a town of several hundred inferior houses, -with a large castle. The next day (Thursday, March 8), travelling on -through a beautiful plain, in the afternoon they reached the town -of Kakegawa; as they were passing through which, a fire broke out, -occasioned by the boiling over of an oil kettle. Perceiving only a -thick cloud behind them, they thought a storm was coming on, but were -soon involved in such a cloud of smoke and heat as to be obliged to -ride on at a gallop. Having reached a little eminence, on looking back, -the whole town seemed on fire. Nothing appeared through the smoke and -flames but the upper part of the castle tower. They found, however, on -their return, some weeks after, that the damage was less than they had -expected, more than half the town having escaped. - -It was necessary, shortly after, for the travellers to take kago to -cross a steep mountain, descending from which they were obliged to -ford the river Ōigawa, proverbial throughout Japan for its force and -rapidity and the rolling stones in its bed, but just then at a very -low stage. The road thence to Shimada, a small town where they lodged, -was close to the sea, but through a barren country, the mountains -approaching close to the shore. - -The next day (Friday, March 9) brought them, most of the way through -a flat, well-cultivated country, to the city of Suruga, capital of -the province of that name. The streets, broad and regular, crossed -each other at right angles, and were full of well-furnished shops. -Paper stuffs, curiously flowered, for hats, baskets, boxes, etc., also -various manufactures of split and twisted reeds, and all sorts of -lackered ware, were made here. There was also a mint here, as well as -at Miyako and Yedo, where koban and ichibu were coined. It had a castle -of freestone, well defended with ditches and high walls. - -A few miles from Suruga were kept certain war-junks for the defence of -the bay of Tōtōmi; and just beyond, upon a high mountain, stood the -fortress of Kunō, esteemed by the Japanese impregnable. It was built -to contain the imperial treasures, but they had since been removed to -Yedo. - -In the course of the next day (Saturday, March 10) the road turned -inland, in order to cross the great river Fujigawa, which enters into -the head of the bay, taking its rise in the high, snowy mountain -Fuji-no-Yama.[22] It was crossed in flat broad-bottomed boats, -constructed of thin planks, so as on striking the rocks to yield and -slip over. The mountain Fuji, whence this river takes its rise and -name, towers in a conical form above all the surrounding hills, and -is seen at a great distance. It is ascended for the worship of the -Japanese god of the winds, to whom the Yamabushi, or mountain priests, -are consecrated, and who frequently repeat the words _Fuji Yama_,, in -discoursing or begging. It takes three days to ascend this mountain; -but the descent can be made, so Kämpfer was told, in three hours, by -the help of sledges of reeds or straw, tied about the waist, by means -of which one may glide down over the snow in winter and the sand in -summer, it being surprisingly smooth and even. Japanese poets cannot -find words, Kämpfer tells us, nor Japanese painters colors, in which to -represent this mountain as they think it deserves. - -[Illustration: THE MARKETING AND PREPARATION OF FOOD: A KITCHEN, -SHOWING UTENSILS; A FISHMONGER] - -Our travellers kept on this day and the next (Sunday, March 11) through -the mountainous country of Hakone, which runs out southward from the -broad peninsula of Izu. At a village, hemmed in between a lake -and a mountain, the lake itself surrounded in every other direction -by mountains not to be climbed, was a narrow pass—another imperial -searching-place, where all persons travelling to, and especially from, -Yedo must submit to a rigorous examination. Upon the shore of this lake -were five small wooden chapels, and in each a priest seated, beating -a gong and howling a namida [abbreviation of Namamidabutsu]. “All the -Japanese foot-travellers of our retinue,” says Kämpfer, “threw them -some kasses into the chapel, and in return received each a paper, which -they carried, bareheaded, with great respect, to the shore, in order to -throw it into the lake, having first tied a stone to it, that it might -be sure to go to the bottom, which they believe is the purgatory for -children who die before seven years of age. They are told so by their -priests, who, for their comfort, assure them that as soon as the water -washes off the names and characters of the gods and saints, written -upon the papers above mentioned, the children at the bottom feel great -relief, if they do not obtain a full and effectual redemption.” This -lake has but one outlet, falling over the mountains in a cataract, and -running down through a craggy and precipitous valley, along which the -road is carried on a very steep descent to the mouth of the river in -the bay of Yedo. Here, on a plain four miles in width, was found the -town of Odawara, containing about a thousand small houses, very neatly -built, and evidently inhabited by a better class of people; but the -empty shops evinced no great activity of trade or manufactures. The -castle and residence of the prince, as well as the temples, were on the -north side, in the ascent of the mountains. - -The next day (Monday, March 12), the road following the northwest -shore of the outer bay of Yedo crossed several very rapid streams, -till at length the mountains on their left disappeared, and a broad -plain spread out extending to Yedo. Off the shore was seen the island -of Kamakura,[23] with high and rugged shores, but of which the surface -was flat and wooded. It was not above four miles in circumference, and -was used, like several other islands, as a place of confinement for -disgraced noblemen. There being no landing-place, the boats that bring -prisoners or provisions must be hauled up and let down by a crane. -After a time the road left the shore, crossing a promontory which -separates the outer from the inner bay of Yedo; but by sunset the shore -of the inner bay was struck. - -The country now became exceedingly fruitful and populous, and almost -a continued row of towns and villages. In one of these villages there -lived in a monastery an old gray monk, fourscore years of age, and a -native of Nagasaki. “He had spent,” says Kämpfer, “the greatest part -of his life in holy pilgrimages, running up and down the country, -and visiting almost all the temples of the Japanese empire. The -superstitious vulgar had got such a high notion of his holiness, that -even in his lifetime they canonized and reverenced him as a great -saint, to the extent of worshipping his statue, which he caused to be -carved of stone, exceeding in this even Alexander the Great, who had -no divine honors paid him during his life. Those of his countrymen who -were of our retinue did not fail to run thither to see and pay their -respects to that holy man.” - -The Dutch company lodged at Kanagawa, a town of six hundred houses, -twenty-four miles from the capital. The coast of the bay appeared at -low water to be of a soft clay, furnishing abundance of shell-fish and -of certain sea-weeds, which were gathered and prepared for food. The -road the next day (Tuesday, March 13), still hugging the shore, led on -through a fruitful and populous district, in which were several fishing -villages, the bay abounding with fish. As they approached Shinagawa, -they passed a place of public execution, offering a show of human heads -and bodies, some half putrefied and others half devoured—dogs, ravens, -crows, and other ravenous beasts and birds, uniting to satisfy their -appetites on these miserable remains.[24] - -Shinagawa, immediately adjoining Yedo, of which it forms a sort of -outer suburb, consisted of one long, irregular street, with the bay on -the right and a hill on the left, on which stood some temples. Some few -narrow streets and lanes turned off from the great one towards these -temples, some of which were very spacious buildings, and all pleasantly -seated, adorned within with gilt idols, and without with large carved -images, curious gates, and staircases of stone leading up to them. One -of them was remarkable for a magnificent tower, four stories high. -“Though the Japanese,” says Kämpfer, “spare no trouble nor expense to -adorn and beautify their temples, yet the best fall far short of that -loftiness, symmetry, and stateliness, which is observable in some of -our European churches.” - -Having ridden upwards of two miles through Shinagawa, they stopped at -a small inn, pleasantly seated on the seaside, from which they had a -full view of the city and harbor of Yedo, crowded with many hundred -ships and boats of all sizes and shapes. The smallest lay nearest the -town, and the largest one or two leagues off, not being able to go -higher by reason of the shallowing of the water. “Our Bugiō,” says -Kämpfer, “quitted his norimono here and went on horseback, people of -his extraction not being suffered to enter the capital in a norimono. -We travelled near a mile to the end of the suburb of Shinagawa, and -then entered the suburbs of Yedo, which are only a continuation of the -former, there being nothing to separate them but a small guard-house. -The bay comes here so close to the foot of the hill that there is but -one row of small houses between it and the road, which, for some time, -runs along the shore, but soon widens into several irregular streets -of a considerable length, which, after about half an hour’s riding, -became broader, more uniform, handsome, and regular, whence, and from -the great throngs of people, we concluded that we were now got into the -city. We kept to the great middle street, which runs northward across -the whole city, though somewhat irregularly, passing over several -stately bridges laid across small rivers and muddy canals, which run on -our left towards the castle, and on our right towards the sea, as did -also several streets turning off from the great one. - -“The throng of people along this chief and middle street, which is -about one hundred and twenty-five feet broad, is incredible. We met as -we rode along many numerous trains of princes of the empire and great -men at court, and ladies richly apparelled, carried in norimono; and, -among other people, a company of firemen on foot, about one hundred in -number, walking in much the same military order as ours do in Europe. -They were clad in brown leather coats to defend them against the fire; -and some carried long pikes, others fire-hooks, upon their shoulders. -Their captain rode in the middle. On both sides of the street were -multitudes of well-furnished shops of merchants and tradesmen, drapers, -silk-merchants, druggists, idol-sellers, booksellers, glass-blowers, -apothecaries, and others. A black cloth hanging down covers one half of -the shop, of which the front projects a little way into the street, so -as to expose to view curious patterns of the goods offered for sale. -We took notice that scarce anybody here had curiosity enough to come -out of his house to see us go by, as they had done in other places, -probably because such a small retinue as ours had nothing remarkable or -uncommon to amuse the inhabitants of so populous a city. - -“Having rode above two miles along this great street, and passed by -fifty other streets, which turned off on both sides, we at last turned -in ourselves; and, coming to our inn, found our lodgings ready in the -upper story of a back house, which had no other access but through -a by-lane. We arrived at one in the afternoon, having completed our -journey from Nagasaki in twenty-nine days. - -“Yedo,[25] the residence of the emperor, the capital, and by much the -largest city of the empire, is seated in the province Musashi, in 35° -32´ of northern latitude (according to Kämpfer’s observations), on -a large plain, at the head of a gulf, plentifully stored with fish, -crabs, and other shell-fish, but so shallow, with a muddy clay at the -bottom, that no ships of bulk can come up to the city, but must be -unladen a league or two below it. - -“Towards the sea the city hath the figure of a half-moon, and the -Japanese will have it to be seven of their miles (about sixteen English -miles) long, five (twelve English) broad, and twenty (fifty English) in -circumference. It is not enclosed with a wall, no more than other towns -in Japan, but cut through by many broad canals, with ramparts raised on -both sides, and planted at the top with rows of trees, not so much for -defence as to prevent the fires—which happen here too frequently—from -making too great a havoc. - -“A large river, rising westward of the city, runs through it, and -loses itself in the harbor. It sends off a considerable arm, which -encompasses the castle, and thence falls into the harbor, in five -different streams, every one of which hath its particular name, and a -stately bridge over it. The chief, and most famous, of these bridges, -two hundred and fifty-two feet in length, is called Nihonbashi, or the -bridge of Japan, mention of which has already been made, as the point -from which distances are reckoned all over the empire. - -“Yedo is not built with that regularity which is observable in most -other cities in Japan (particularly Miyako), and this because it -swelled by degrees to its present bulk. However, in some parts the -streets run regularly enough, cutting each other at right angles,—a -regularity entirely owing to accidents of fire, whereby some hundred -houses being laid in ashes at once, as, indeed, very frequently -happens, the new street may be laid out upon what plan the builders -please.” Many places, which have been thus destroyed by fire, were -noticed by Kämpfer still lying waste. “The houses are small and low, -built of fir wood, with thin clayed walls, divided into rooms by paper -screens and lattices, the floors covered with mats, and the roofs with -shavings of wood. The whole machine being thus but a composition of -combustible matter, we need not wonder at the great havoc fires make -in this country. Here, as elsewhere, almost every house hath a place -under the roof, or upon it, where they constantly keep a tub full of -water, with a couple of mats, which may be easily come at, even from -without the house; by which precaution they often quench a fire in -particular houses; but it is far from being sufficient to stop the fury -of a raging flame which has got ground already, against which they know -no better remedy but to pull down some of the neighboring houses which -have not yet been reached, for which purpose whole companies of firemen -patrol about the streets day and night. - -“The city is well stocked with monks, temples, monasteries, and other -religious buildings, which are seated in the best and pleasantest -places, as they are, also, in Europe, and, I believe, in all other -countries. The dwelling-houses of private monks are no ways different -from those of the laity, excepting only that they are seated in some -eminent conspicuous place, with some steps leading up to them, and a -small temple or chapel hard by, or, if there be none, at least a hall, -or large room, adorned with some few altars, on which stand several of -their idols. There are, besides, many stately temples built to Amida, -Shaka, Kwannon, and several other of their gods, not necessary to be -particularly described here, as they do not differ much in form or -structure from other temples erected to the same gods at Miyako, which -we shall have an opportunity to view and describe more particularly -upon our return to that city. - -“There are many stately palaces in Yedo, as may be easily conjectured, -by its being the residence of the emperor, and the abode of all the -noble and princely families. They are distinguished from other houses -by large court-yards and stately gates. Fine varnished staircases, of -a few steps, lead up to the door of the house, which is divided into -several magnificent apartments, all of a floor, they being not above -one story high, nor adorned with towers, as the castles and palaces are -where the princes and lords of the empire reside in their hereditary -dominions. - -“The city of Yedo is a nursery of artists, handicraftsmen, merchants, -and tradesmen, and yet everything is sold dearer than anywhere else in -the empire, by reason of the great concourse of people, and the number -of idle monks and courtiers, as, also, the difficulty of importing -provisions and other commodities. - -“The political government of this city is much the same as at Nagasaki -and Ōsaka. Two governors have the command of the town by turns, each -for the space of one year. The chief subaltern officers are the -Burgomasters, as the Dutch call them, or mayors, who have the command -of particular quarters, and the Ottona, who have the inspection and -subordinate command of single streets. - -[Illustration: A CARPENTER SHOP] - -“The castle and residence of the emperor is seated about the middle -of the city. It is of an irregular figure, inclining to the round, -and hath five Japanese miles in circumference. It embraces two -fore-castles, as one may call them, the innermost and third castle, -which is properly the residence of the emperor, and two other -strong, well fortified, but smaller castles at the sides, also some -large gardens behind the imperial palace. I call these several -divisions castles, because they are every one by itself, enclosed with -walls and ditches. - -“The first and outermost castle takes in a large spot of ground, which -encompasses the second castle, and half the imperial residence, and -is enclosed itself with walls and ditches, and strong, well-guarded -gates. It hath so many streets, ditches, and canals, that I could not -easily get a plan of it. Nor could I gather anything to my satisfaction -out of the plans of the Japanese themselves.[26] In this outermost -castle reside the princes of the empire, with their families, living -in commodious and stately palaces, built in streets, with spacious -courts, shut up by strong, heavy gates. The second castle takes in a -much smaller spot of ground. It fronts the third, and residence of -the emperor, and is enclosed by the first, but separated from both -by walls, ditches, draw-bridges, and strong gates. The guard of this -second castle is much more numerous than that of the first. In it are -the stately palaces of some of the most powerful princes of the empire, -the councillors of state, the prime ministers, chief officers of the -crown, and such other persons who must give a more immediate attendance -upon the emperor’s person. - -“The castle itself, where the emperor resides, is seated somewhat -higher than the others, on the top of a hill, which hath been purposely -flatted for the imperial palace to be built upon it. It is enclosed -with a thick, strong wall of freestone, with bastions standing out, -much after the manner of the European fortifications. A rampart of -earth is raised against the inside of this wall, and at the top -of it stand, for ornament and defence, several long buildings and -square guard-houses, built in form of towers, several stories high. -Particularly the structures on that side where the imperial residence -is are of an uncommon strength, all of freestone of an extraordinary -size, which are barely laid upon each other, without being fastened -either with mortar or braces of iron, which was done, they say, that, -in case of earthquakes, which frequently happen in this country, the -stones yielding to the shock, the wall itself should receive no damage. - -“Within the palace a square white tower rises aloft above all other -buildings. It is many stories high, adorned with roofs and other -curious ornaments, which make the whole castle look, at a distance, -magnificent beyond expression, amazing the beholders, as do, also, the -many other beautiful bended roofs, with gilt dragons at the top, which -cover the rest of the buildings within the castle. - -“The side castles are very small, and more like citadels, without -any outward ornament. There is but one passage to them, out of the -emperor’s own residence, over a high, long bridge. Both are enclosed -with strong, high walls, encompassed with broad, deep ditches, filled -by the great river. In these two castles are bred up the imperial -princes and princesses. - -“Behind the imperial residence there is still a rising ground, -beautified, according to the country fashion, with curious and -magnificent gardens and orchards, which are terminated by a pleasant -wood at the top of a hill, planted with two curious kinds of -plane-trees, whose starry leaves, variegated with green, yellow, and -red, are very pleasing to the eye, of which the Japanese affirm that -one kind is in full beauty in spring, the other towards autumn. - -“The palace itself hath but one story, which, however, is of a fine -height. It takes in a large spot of ground, and hath several long -galleries and spacious rooms, which, upon putting on or removing -of screens, may be enlarged or brought into a narrower compass, as -occasion requires, and are contrived so as to receive at all times a -convenient and sufficient light. The chief apartments have each its -particular name. Such are, for instance, the waiting-room, where all -persons that are to be admitted to an audience, either of the emperor -or his prime ministers of state, wait till they are introduced; the -council-chamber, where the ministers of state and privy councillors -meet upon business; the hall of thousand mats, where the emperor -receives the homage and usual presents of the princes of the empire -and ambassadors of foreign powers; several halls of audience; the -apartments for the emperor’s household, and others. The structure of -all these several apartments is exquisitely fine, according to the -architecture of the country. The ceilings, beams, and pillars are of -cedar, or camphor, or jeseriwood, the grain of which naturally runs -into flowers and other curious figures, and is, therefore, in some -apartments, covered only with a thin, transparent, layer of varnish, -in others japanned, or curiously carved with birds and branched work, -neatly gilt. The floor is covered with the finest white mats, bordered -with gold fringes or bands; and this is all the furniture to be seen in -the palaces of the emperor and princes of the empire.” - -The 29th of March, the last of the second Japanese month, was appointed -for the reception of the Dutch,—Makino Bingo-no-Kami, the emperor’s -principal counsellor and favorite, being in a hurry to get rid of -them, because on the fifth of the ensuing month he was to have the -honor to treat the emperor at dinner, a favor which requires a good -deal of time and vast preparations. “This Bingo,” says Kämpfer, “tutor -to the reigning monarch before he came to the crown, is now his chief -favorite, and the only person whom he absolutely confides in. At our -audience it is he that receives the emperor’s words and commands from -his own mouth, and addresses the same to us. He is near seventy years -of age, a tall but lean man, with a long face, a manly and German-like -countenance, slow in his actions, and very civil in his whole behavior. -He hath the character of a just and prudent man, no ways given to -ambition, nor inclined to revenge, nor bent upon heaping up immoderate -riches—in short, of being altogether worthy of the great confidence and -trust the emperor puts in him.” - - - - -CHAPTER XXXVII - - _Personages to be visited—Visit to the Emperor—First Audience—Second - Audience—Visit to the Houses of the Councillors—Visits to the - Governors of Yedo and the Temple Lords—Visit to the Houses of the - Governors of Nagasaki—Audience of Leave—Return—Visits to Temples in - the Vicinity of Miyako—A. D. 1691-1692._ - - -The ministers of state and other great men at court, some of whom the -Dutch were to visit, and to make presents to others, were the five -chief councillors of state, called _Gorōjū_, or the five elderly men; -four imperial deputy councillors of state; the three Jisha-bugyō, -as they are called, that is, lords of the temple; the imperial -commissioners, as the Dutch call them, described by Kämpfer as the -emperor’s attorney-generals for the city of Yedo; the two governors of -Yedo; and, last of all, that one of the governors of Nagasaki resident -at Yedo. - -“On the 29th of March,”[27] says Kämpfer, “the day appointed for our -audience, the presents designed for his imperial majesty[28] were sent -to court, to be there laid in due order on wooden tables, in the hall -of hundred mats, as they call it, where the emperor was to view them. -We followed soon after with a very inconsiderable equipage, clad in -black silk cloaks, as garments of ceremony, attended by three stewards -of the governors of Nagasaki, our Dōshin, or deputy Bugiō, two town -messengers of Nagasaki, and an interpreter’s son, all walking on foot. -We three Dutchmen and our second interpreter rode on horseback, behind -each other, our horses led by grooms, who took them by the bridle. Our -president, or captain, as the Japanese call him, came after us, carried -in a norimono, and was followed by our old chief interpreter, carried -in a kago. The procession was closed by the rest of our servants and -retinue, walking a-foot at proper distances, so far as they were -permitted to follow us. - -“In this order we moved on towards the castle, and after about half -an hour’s riding came to the first enclosure, which we found well -fortified with walls and ramparts. This we entered over a large bridge -across a broad river, on which we saw great numbers of boats and -vessels. The entry is through two strong gates, with a small guard -between them. Having passed through the second gate, we came to a large -place, where we found another more numerous guard, which, however, -seemed to be intended more for state than defence. The guard-room was -hung about with cloth; pikes were planted in the ground near the entry, -and within it was curiously adorned with gilt arms, lackered guns, -pikes, shields, bows, arrows, and quivers. The soldiers on the ground -were in good order, clad in black silk, each with two scymitars stuck -in their girdle. - -“Having passed across this first enclosure, riding between the houses -and palaces of the princes and lords of the empire, built within its -compass, we came to the second, which we found fortified much after -the same manner, only the gates and inner guard and palaces were much -more stately and magnificent. We left our norimono and kago here, as -also our horses and servants, and were conducted across this second -enclosure to the Tono-machi (Lord-street), which we entered over a -long stone bridge; and having passed through a double bastion, and as -many strong gates, and thence about twenty paces further through an -irregular street, built, as the situation of the ground would allow -it, with walls of an uncommon height on both sides, we came to the -_Hiakunimban_, that is, guard of hundred men, or great guard of the -castle. Here we were commanded to wait till we could be introduced -to an audience, which we were told should be as soon as the great -council of state was met in the palace. We were civilly received by -the two captains of the guard, who treated us with tea and tobacco. -Soon after, Kawaguchi Settsu-no-Kami (the governor of Nagasaki resident -at Yedo) and the two commissioners came to compliment us, along with -some gentlemen of the emperor’s court, who were strangers to us. -Having waited about an hour, during which time most of the imperial -councillors of state, old and young, went into the palace, some walking -on foot, others carried in norimono, we were conducted through two -stately gates, over a large square place, to the palace, to which there -is an ascent of a few steps leading from the second gate. The place -between the second gate and the front of the palace is but a few paces -broad, and was then excessively crowded with throngs of courtiers and -troops of guards. - -“Thence we were conducted up two other staircases into a spacious room -next to the entry on the right, being the place where all persons -that are to be admitted to an audience wait till they are called in. -It is a large and lofty room, but, when all the screens are put on, -pretty dark, receiving but a sparing light from the upper windows -of an adjoining room. It is otherwise richly furnished, according to -the country fashion, and its gilt posts, walls, and screens are very -pleasing to behold. - -“Having waited here upwards of an hour, and the emperor having in the -meanwhile seated himself in the hall of audience, Settsu-no-Kami and -the two commissioners came in and conducted our president into the -emperor’s presence, leaving us behind. As soon as he came thither, they -cried out aloud, ‘Hollanda Captain!’ which was the signal for him to -draw near and make his obeisance. Accordingly he crawled on his hands -and knees to a place showed him between the presents, ranged in due -order on one side, and the place where the emperor sat on the other, -and then kneeling, he bowed his forehead quite down to the ground, and -so crawled backwards like a crab, without uttering one single word. So -mean and short a thing is the audience we have of this mighty monarch. -Nor are there any more ceremonies observed in the audience he gives -even to the greatest and most powerful princes of the empire; for, -having been called into the hall, their names are cried out aloud; -then they move on their hands and feet humbly and silently towards -the emperor’s seat, and having showed their submission by bowing -their forehead down to the ground, they creep back again in the same -submissive posture. - -[Illustration: PLOUGHING; A FREIGHT CART] - -“The hall of audience is not in the least like that which hath been -described and figured by Montanus in his ‘Memorable Embassies of the -Dutch to the Emperors of Japan.’ The elevated throne, the steps leading -up to it, the carpet pendent from it, the stately columns supporting -the building which contains the throne, the columns between which -the princes of the empire are said to prostrate themselves before the -emperor, and the like, have all no manner of foundation but in that -author’s fancy. The floor is covered with an hundred mats, all of the -same size. Hence it is called Senjō-shiki, that is, The Hall of an -Hundred Mats.[29] It opens on one side towards a small court, which -lets in the light; on the opposite side it joins two other apartments, -which are on this occasion laid open towards the same court, one -of which is considerably larger than the other, and serves for the -councillors of state when they give audience by themselves. The other -is narrower, deeper, and one step higher than the hall itself. In this -the emperor sits when he gives audience, raised only on a few carpets. -Nor is it an easy matter to see him, the light reaching not quite so -far as the place where he sits, besides that the audience is too short, -and the person admitted to it, in so humble and submissive a posture -that he cannot well have an opportunity to hold up his head and to view -him. This audience is otherwise very awful and majestic, by reason -chiefly of the silent presence of all the councillors of state, as also -of many princes and lords of the empire, the gentlemen of his majesty’s -bed-chamber, and other chief officers of his court, who line the hall -of audience and all its avenues, sitting in good order, and clad in -their garments of ceremony. - -“Formerly all we had to do, at the emperor’s court, was completed by -the captain’s paying the usual homage, after the manner above related. -But, for about these twenty years last past, he and the rest of the -Dutchmen that came up with the embassy to Yedo, were conducted deeper -into the palace, to give the empress, and the ladies of her court, -and the princesses of the blood, the diversion of seeing us. In this -second audience the emperor and the ladies invited to it attend behind -screens and lattices, but the councillors of state and other officers -of the court sit in the open rooms in their usual and elegant order. -As soon as the captain had paid his homage, the emperor retired into -his apartment, and not long after we three Dutchmen were likewise -called up and conducted, together with the captain, through several -apartments, into a gallery curiously carved and gilt, where we waited -about a quarter of an hour, and were then, through several other walks -and galleries, carried further into a large room, where they desired -us to sit down, and where several courtiers with shaved heads, being -the emperor’s physicians, the officers of his kitchen, and some of -the clergy, came to ask after our names, age, and the like; but gilt -screens were quickly drawn before us, to deliver us from their throng -and troublesome importunity. - -“We stayed here about half an hour; meanwhile the court met in the -imperial apartments, where we were to have our second audience, and -whither we were conducted through several dark galleries. Along all -these several galleries there was one continued row of lifeguardsmen, -and nearer to the imperial apartments followed in the same row some -great officers, who lined the front of the hall of audience, clad in -their garments of ceremony, bowing their heads and sitting on their -heels. - -“The hall of audience consisted of several rooms looking towards a -middle place, some of which were laid open towards the same, others -covered by screens and lattices. Some were of fifteen mats, others -of eighteen, and they were a mat higher or lower, according to the -quality of the persons seated in the same. The middle place had no -mats at all, they having been taken away, and was consequently the -lowest, on whose floor, covered with neat varnished boards, we were -commanded to sit down. The emperor and his imperial consort sat behind -the lattices on our right. As I was dancing, at the emperor’s command, -I had an opportunity twice of seeing the empress through the slits of -the lattices, and took notice that she was of a brown and beautiful -complexion, with black European eyes, full of fire, and from the -proportion of her head, which was pretty large, I judged her to be a -tall woman, and about thirty-six years of age. By lattices, I mean -hangings made of reed, split exceedingly thin and fine, and covered -on the back with a fine, transparent silk, with openings about a span -broad, for the persons behind to look through. For ornament’s sake, and -the better to hide the persons standing behind, they are painted with -divers figures, though it would be impossible to see them at a distance -when the light is taken off behind. - -“The emperor himself was in such an obscure place that we should scarce -have known him to be present had not his voice discovered him, which -yet was so low, as if he purposely intended to be there incognito. Just -before us, behind other lattices were the princes of the blood and the -ladies of the empress and her court. I took notice that pieces of paper -were put between the reeds, in some parts of the lattices, to make the -openings wider, in order to a better and easier sight. I counted about -thirty such papers, which made me conclude, that there was about that -number of persons sitting behind. - -“Bingo sat on a raised mat, in an open room by himself, just before us, -towards our right, on which side the emperor sat behind the lattices. -On our left, in another room, were the councillors of state of the -first and second rank, sitting in a double row in good and becoming -order. The gallery behind us was filled with the chief officers of the -emperor’s court and the gentlemen of his bed-chamber. The gallery, -which led into the room where the emperor was, was filled with the sons -of some princes of the empire, then at court, the emperor’s pages and -some priests. After this manner it was that they ordered the stage on -which we were now to act. - -“The commissioners for foreign affairs having conducted us into the -gallery before the hall of audience, one of the councillors of state -of the second rank came to receive us there and to conduct us to the -above-described middle place, on which we were commanded to sit down, -having first made our obeisances after the Japanese manner, creeping -and bowing our heads to the ground, towards that part of the lattices -behind which the emperor was. The chief interpreter sat himself a -little forward, to hear more distinctly, and we took our places on -his left hand, all in a row. After the usual obeisances, Bingo bid -us welcome in the emperor’s name. The chief interpreter received the -compliment from Bingo’s mouth, and repeated it to us. Upon this the -ambassador made his compliment in the name of his masters, returning -their most humble thanks to the emperor for having graciously granted -the Dutch liberty of commerce. This the chief interpreter repeated in -Japanese, having prostrated himself quite to the ground, and speaking -loud enough to be heard by the emperor. The emperor’s answer was again -received by Bingo, who delivered it to the chief interpreter, and he -to us. He might have, indeed, received it himself from the emperor’s -own mouth, and saved Bingo this unnecessary trouble; but I fancy that -the words, as they flow out of the emperor’s mouth, are esteemed too -precious and sacred for an immediate transit into the mouth of persons -of a low rank. - -“The mutual compliments being over, the succeeding part of this -solemnity turned to a perfect farce. We were asked a thousand -ridiculous and impertinent questions. They desired to know how old each -of us was, and what was his name, which we were commanded to write upon -a bit of paper, in anticipation of which we had provided ourselves with -an European inkhorn. This paper, together with the inkhorn itself, -we were commanded to give to Bingo, who delivered them both into the -emperor’s hands, reaching them over below the lattice. The captain, -or ambassador, was asked the distance of Holland from Batavia, and of -Batavia from Nagasaki; also which of the two was the most powerful, the -Director-general of the Dutch East India Company at Batavia, or the -Prince of Holland? As for my own particular, the following questions -were put to me. What external and internal distempers I thought the -most dangerous and most difficult to cure? How I proceeded in the cure -of cancerous humors and imposthumations of the inner parts? Whether our -European physicians did not search after some medicine to render people -immortal, as the Chinese physicians had done for many hundred years? -Whether we had made any considerable progress in this search, and -which was the last remedy conducive to long life that had been found -out in Europe? To which I returned in answer, that very many European -physicians had long labored to find out some medicine, which should -have the virtue of prolonging human life and preserving people in -health to a great age; and, having thereupon been asked which I thought -the best, I answered, that I always took that to be the best which was -found out last, till experience taught us a better; and being further -asked, which was the last, I answered, a certain spirituous liquor, -which could keep the humors of our body fluid and comfort the spirits. -This general answer proved not altogether satisfactory; for I was -quickly desired to let them know the name of this excellent medicine, -upon which, knowing that whatever was esteemed by the Japanese had long -and high-sounding names, I returned in answer it was the _Sal volatile -Oleosum Sylvii_. This name was minuted down behind the lattices, for -which purpose I was commanded to repeat it several times. The next -question was, who it was that found it out, and where it was found out? -I answered, Professor Sylvius, in Holland. Then they asked whether I -could make it up. Upon this our resident whispered me to say no; but -I answered, yes, I could make it up, but not here. Then it was asked -whether it could be had at Batavia; and having returned, in answer, -that it was to be had there, the emperor desired that it should be sent -over by the next ships. - -“The emperor, hitherto seated almost opposite to us, at a considerable -distance, now drew nearer, and sat himself down on our right, behind -the lattices, as near us as possible. He ordered us to take off our -kappas, or cloaks, being our garments of ceremony; then to stand -upright, that he might have a full view of us; again to walk, to -stand still, to compliment each other, to dance, to jump, to play -the drunkard, to speak broken Japanese, to read Dutch, to paint, to -sing, to put our cloaks on and off. Meanwhile we obeyed the emperor’s -commands in the best manner we could, I joining to my dance a love-song -in High German. In this manner, and with innumerable such other apish -tricks, we must suffer ourselves to contribute to the emperor’s and -the court’s diversion. The ambassador, however, is free from these and -the like commands, for, as he represents the authority of his masters, -some care is taken that nothing should be done to injure or prejudice -the same; and besides he showed so much gravity on his countenance and -whole behavior, as was sufficient to convince the Japanese that he was -not at all a fit person to have such ridiculous and comical commands -laid upon him. - -“Having been thus exercised for a matter of two hours, though with -great apparent civility, some shaved servants came in and put before -each of us a small table with Japanese victuals, and a couple of -ivory sticks instead of knives and forks. We took and ate some little -things, and our old chief interpreter, though scarce able to walk, was -commanded to carry away the remainder for himself. We were then ordered -to put on our cloaks again and to take our leave; which we gladly and -without delay complied with, putting thereby an end to this second -audience.[30] The imperial audience over, we were conducted back by -the two commissioners to the waiting-room, where we took our leave of -them also. - -“It was now already three o’clock in the afternoon, and we had still -several visits to make to the councillors of state of the first and -second rank. Accordingly we left forthwith, saluted as we went by -the officers of the great imperial guard, and made our round a-foot. -The presents had been carried beforehand to every one’s house by our -clerks. They consisted of some Chinese, Bengalese, and other silk -stuffs, some linen, black serge, some yards of black cloth, gingangs, -pelangs, and a flask of Tent wine. - -“We were everywhere received by the stewards and secretaries with -extraordinary civility, and treated with tea, tobacco, and sweetmeats -as handsomely as the little time we had to spare would allow. The rooms -where we were admitted to audience were filled behind the screens and -lattices with crowds of spectators, who would fain have obliged us -to show them some of our European customs and ceremonies, but could -obtain nothing excepting only a short dance at Bingo’s house (who came -home himself a back way), and a song from each of us at the youngest -councillor’s of state. We then returned again to our kago and horses, -and having got out of the castle, through the northern gate, went back -to our inn another way, on the left of which we took notice that there -were strong walls and ditches. It was just six in the evening when we -got home, heartily tired. - -“Friday, the 30th of March, we rode out again betimes, in the morning, -to make some of our remaining visits. The presents, such as above -described, were sent before us by our Japanese clerks, who took care -to lay them on trays or tables, and to arrange them in good order, -according to the country fashion. We were received at the entry of -the house, by one or two of the principal domestics, and conducted to -the apartment where we were to have our audience. The rooms round the -hall of audience were everywhere crowded with spectators. As soon as -we had seated ourselves we were treated with tea and tobacco. Then -the steward of the household came in, or else the secretary, either -alone or with another gentleman, to compliment us, and to receive -our compliments, in his master’s name. The rooms were everywhere so -disposed as to make us turn our faces towards the ladies, by whom we -were very generously and civilly treated with cakes and several sorts -of sweetmeats. We visited and made our presents, this day, to the -two governors of Yedo, to the three ecclesiastical judges (or temple -lords), and to the two commissioners for foreign affairs, who lived -near a mile from each other, one in the southwest, the other in the -northeast, part of the castle. They both profess themselves to be -particular patrons of the Dutch, and received us accordingly with great -pomp and magnificence. The street was lined with twenty men armed, -who, with their long staffs, which they held on one side, made a very -good figure, besides that they helped to keep off the throng of people -from being too troublesome. We were received upon our entering the -house and introduced to audience, much after the same manner as we had -been in other places, only we were carried deeper into their palaces -and into the innermost apartment, on purpose that we should not be -troubled with numbers of spectators, and be at more liberty ourselves -as well as the ladies who were invited to the ceremony. Opposite us, in -the hall of audience, there were grated lattices, instead of screens, -for the length of two mats (twelve feet) and upwards, behind which -sat such numbers of women of the commissioner’s own family and their -relations and friends, that there was no room left. We had scarce -seated ourselves, when seven servants, well clad, came in, and brought -us pipes and tobacco, with the usual apparatus for smoking. Soon after, -they brought in something baked, laid on japanned trays, then some -fish fried, all after the same manner, by the same number of servants, -and always but one piece in a small dish; then a couple of eggs, one -baked, the other boiled and shelled, and a glass of old, strong sake, -standing between them. After this manner we were entertained for about -an hour and a half, when they desired us to sing a song and to dance; -the first we refused, but satisfied them as to the last. In the house -of the first commissioner a drink made of sweet plums was offered us -instead of sake. In the second commissioner’s house we were presented -first of all with _manjū_ bread,[31] in a brown liquor, cold, with some -mustard-seed and radishes laid about the dish, and at last with some -orange-peels with sugar, which is a dish given only upon extraordinary -occasions, in token of fortune and good will. We then drank some tea, -and having taken our leave, went back to our inn, where we arrived at -five in the evening.” - -(The following bills of fare are given in Kämpfer’s account of his -second visit to Yedo: “At the first commissioner’s: 1. Tea. 2. Tobacco, -with the whole set of instruments for smoking. 3. Philosophical or -white syrup. 4. A piece of _stienbrassen_, a very scarce fish, boiled -in a brown sauce. 5. Another dish of fish, dressed with bran-flower and -spices. 6. Cakes of eggs rolled together. 7. Fried fish, presented on -skewers of bamboo. 8. Lemon-peels with sugar. - -“After every one of these dishes they made us drink a dish of sake, as -good as ever I tasted. We were likewise presented twice, in dram cups, -with wine made of plums, a very pleasant and agreeable liquor. Last of -all, we were again presented with a cup of tea. - -“At the second commissioner’s we were treated, after tea and tobacco, -with the following things: 1. Two long slices of _manjū_, dipped into a -brown sop or sauce, with some ginger. 2. Hard eggs. 3. Four common fish -fried and brought in on bamboo skewers. 4. The stomachs of carps, salt, -in a brown sauce. 5. Two small slices of a goose, roasted and warm, -presented in unglazed earthen dishes. - -“Good liquor was drank about plentifully, and the commissioner’s -surgeon, who was to treat us, did not miss to take his full dose. Each -guest was separately served with the above dishes on little tables or -salvers, about a foot square and a few inches high.) - -“On the 31st of March, we rode out again at ten in the morning, and -went to the houses of the three governors of Nagasaki, two of whom were -then absent on duty at Nagasaki. We presented them on this occasion -only with a flask of Tent each, they having already received their -other presents at Nagasaki. We were met by Settsu-no-kami, the one then -at Yedo, just by the door of his house. He was attended by a numerous -retinue and, having called both our interpreters to him, he commanded -them to tell us his desire that we should make ourselves merry in his -house. Accordingly we were received extraordinarily well, and desired -to walk about and to divert ourselves in his garden, as being now in -the house of a friend at Yedo, and not in the palace of our governor -and magistrate at Nagasaki.[32] We were treated with warm dishes and -tea, much after the same manner as we had been by the commissioners, -and all the while civilly entertained by his own brother, and several -persons of quality of his friends and relations. - -[Illustration: VIEWS AT FUSHIMI: DOLL AND TOY SHOPS; ENTRANCE TO INARI -TEMPLE] - -“Having stayed about two hours, we went to Tonosama’s house, where we -were conducted into the innermost and chief apartment, and desired -twice to come nearer the lattices on both sides of the room. There were -more ladies behind the screens here than, I think, we had as yet met -with in any other place. They desired us, very civilly, to show them -our clothes, the captain’s arms, rings, tobacco-pipes, and the like, -some of which were reached them between or under the lattices. The -person that treated us in the absent governor’s name, and the other -gentlemen who were then present in the room, entertained us likewise -very civilly, and we could not but take notice that everything was so -cordial that we made no manner of scruple of making ourselves merry, -and diverting the company each with a song. The magnificence of -this family appeared fully by the richness and exquisiteness of this -entertainment, which was equal to that of the first commissioner’s, but -far beyond it in courteous civility and a free, open carriage. After -an hour and a half we took our leave. The house of Tonosama is the -furthermost to the north or northwest we were to go to, a mile and a -half from our inn, but seated in by much the pleasantest part of the -town, where there is an agreeable variety of hills and shrubbery. The -family of Tubosama (?), the third governor, lives in a small, sorry -house near the ditch which encompasses the castle. We met here but a -few women behind a screen, who took up with peeping at us through a -few holes, which they made as they sat down. The strong liquors, which -we had been this day obliged to drink in larger quantities than usual, -being by this time got pretty much into our heads, we made haste to -return home, and took our leave as soon as we had been treated, after -the usual manner, with tea and tobacco.” - -Two or three days after followed the audience of leave preparatory to -the return to Nagasaki. Of this Kämpfer gives much the fullest account -in his narrative of his second visit to Yedo, which we follow here. - -Having proceeded to the palace as at the first audience, after half an -hour’s stay in the waiting-room, the “Captain Hollanda” was called in -before the councillors of state, who directed one of the commissioners -to read the usual orders to him, five in number, chiefly to the -effect that the Dutch should not molest any of the boats or ships of -the Chinese or the Lew Chewans trading to Japan, nor bring in any -Portuguese or priests. - -These orders being read, the director was presented with thirty gowns, -laid on three of the Japanese wooden stands or salvers, which he crept -upon all fours to receive, and in token of respect held one of the -gowns over his head. - -This ceremony over, the Dutch were invited to stay to dinner, which -was served up in another room. Before each was placed a small table or -salver, on which lay five fresh, hot, white cakes, as tough as glue, -and two hollow cakes of two spans in circumference, made of flour and -sprinkled with sesamum seeds. A small porcelain cup contained some -bits of pickled salmon in a brown sauce, by the side of which lay two -wooden chopsticks. Tea also was served up, but in “poor and sorry” -brown dishes, and the tea itself proved to be little better than hot -water. Fortunately the Dutch, seldom caught napping upon that point, -had provided themselves, before leaving home in the morning, with “a -good substantial breakfast”; and, besides, they had been treated in the -guard-room with fresh _manjū_, and with sweet brown cakes of sugar and -bean flour. - -While they were eating this dinner, “so far from answering to the -majesty and magnificence of so powerful a monarch, that a worse one -could not have been had at any private man’s house,” several young -noblemen busied themselves in examining their hats, coats, dress, -etc. Dinner over, after half an hour in the waiting-room, they were -conducted, through passages and galleries which they did not remember -to have seen before, to the hall of audience, which, by a change in the -position of some of the screens, presented quite a new appearance. They -were put in the very same uncarpeted spot as at their first audience, -and were again called upon, as then, to answer questions, dance, sing -songs, and exhibit themselves. Among the persons called in were two -physicians, with whom Kämpfer had some professional conversation; -also several shaven priests, one of whom had an ulcer on his shin, -as to which Kämpfer’s opinion was asked. As it was a fresh sore, and -the inflammation about it slight, he judged it to be of no great -consequence. At the same time he advised the patient not to be too -familiar with sake, pretending to guess by his wound, what was obvious -enough from his red face and nose, that he was given to drinking,—a -shrewd piece of professional stratagem, which occasioned much laughter -at the patient’s expense. - -“This farce over, a salver was brought in for each guest, on which was -placed the following Japanese dishes: 1. Two small, hollow loaves, -sprinkled with sesamum seeds. 2. A piece of white, refined sugar, -striped. 3. Five candied kernels of the kaki [persimmon] tree, not -unlike almonds. 4. A flat slice of cake. 5. Two cakes, made of flour -and honey, shaped like a tunnel, brown, thick, and somewhat tough. 6. -Two slices of a dark reddish and brittle cake, made of bean flour and -sugar. 7. Two slices of a rice flour cake, yellow and tough. 8. Two -slices of another cake or pie, of which the inside seemed to be of -quite a different substance from the crust. 9. A large _manjū_, boiled -and filled with brown sugar, like treacle. Two smaller _manjū_, of the -common bigness, dressed after the same manner. A few of these things -were eaten, and the rest, according to the Japanese custom, were taken -home by the interpreter, for whom they proved quite a load, especially -as he was old and rheumatic.” - -Having been dismissed with many ceremonies, they went next to the -house of the acting governor of Yedo, who received them with great -cordiality, and gave them an entertainment consisting of a cup of tea, -boiled fish with a very good sauce, oysters boiled and brought in the -shells, with vinegar, a dish which, it was intimated, had been prepared -from the known fondness of the Dutch for it, several small slices of a -roasted goose, fried fish and boiled eggs, with very good liquor served -up between the dishes. Thence they went to the houses of the governors -of Nagasaki, and returned home at night thoroughly tired out, but well -satisfied with their reception. - -Meanwhile, the customary presents began to come in, which, in case the -director was at home, were presented and received in quite a formal -manner,—a speech being made by the bearer and an answer returned, -after which he was treated with tobacco, tea, sweetmeats, and Dutch -liquors. Besides thirty gowns from the emperor, ten were sent by each -of the five ordinary councillors, six by each of the four extraordinary -councillors, five by each of the three lords of the temple, and two, -“pretty sorry ones,” Kämpfer says, by each of the governors of Yedo,—in -all, a hundred and twenty-three, of which those given by the emperor -went to the Company, and all the rest to the director, constituting no -inconsiderable perquisite. - -[Illustration: A VIEW OF FUJI] - -It is the custom, on the return of the Dutch, when they reach Miyako, -to take them to see some of the principal temples. The first one -visited by Kämpfer was the Buddhist temple and convent, where the -emperor lodges when he comes to visit the Dairi. The approach to this -temple was a broad, level, gravel walk, half a mile in length, lined on -both sides with the stately dwellings of the ecclesiastics attached to -it. Having alighted and passed a lofty gateway, the visitors ascended -to a large terrace, finely gravelled and planted with trees and -shrubs. Passing two handsome structures, they ascended a beautiful -stairway to a magnificent building, with a front superior to that of -the imperial palace at Yedo. In the middle of the outermost hall was -a chapel containing a large idol with curled hair, surrounded with -smaller idols. On both sides were some smaller and less elaborate -chapels; behind were two apartments for the emperor’s use, opening -upon a small pleasure-garden at the foot of a mountain, clothed with a -beautiful variety of trees and shrubs. Behind this garden, and on the -ascent of the mountain, was a chapel dedicated to the predecessor of -the reigning emperor, who had been deified under the name of _Genyūin_. - -“The visitors were next conducted across a square to another temple, of -the size of an ordinary European church, supported on thirty pillars, -or rather fifty-six, including those of the gallery which surrounded -it. These pillars were, however, but nine feet high, and of wood, -and, with the beams and cornices, were painted some red, some yellow. -The most striking feature of this building, which was entirely empty -within, was its bended roofs, four in number, one over the other, of -which the lowest and largest jutted over the gallery. There were said -to be not less than twenty-seven temples within the enclosure of this -monastery. - -“Up the hill, near a quarter of a mile distant, was a large bell, -which Kämpfer describes as rather superior in size to the smaller of -the two great Moscow bells (which he had seen), rough, ill-cast, and -ill-shaped. It was struck on the outside by a large wooden stick. The -prior who, with a number of the monks, received and entertained the -Dutch visitors was an old gentleman, of an agreeable countenance and -good complexion, clad in a violet or dark purple-colored gown, with an -alms bag in his hand richly embroidered with gold. - -“The largest and most remarkable of the temples seen at Miyako was that -called Daibutsu, on the road to Fushimi. It was enclosed by a high wall -of freestone, the front blocks being near twelve feet square. A stone -staircase of eight steps led up to the gateway, on either side of which -stood a gigantic image, near twenty-four feet high, with-the face of -a lion, but otherwise well-proportioned, black, or of a dark purple, -almost naked, and placed on a pedestal six feet high. That on the left -had the mouth open and one of the hands stretched out. The opposite one -had the mouth shut and the hand close to the body. They were said to be -emblems of the two first and chief principles of nature, the active and -passive, the giving and taking, the opening and shutting, generation -and corruption. Within the gateway were sixteen stone pillars on each -side for lamps, a water basin, etc.; and on the inside of the enclosing -wall was a spacious walk or gallery, open towards the interior space, -but covered with a roof which was supported by two rows of pillars, -about eighteen feet high and twelve feet distant from each other. - -“Directly opposite the entrance, in the middle of the court, stood the -temple, much the loftiest structure which Kämpfer had seen in Japan, -with a double roof supported by ninety-four immense wooden pillars, of -at least nine feet diameter, some of them of a single piece, but others -of several trunks put together as in the case of the masts of our large -ships, and all painted red.” - -Within, the floor was paved with square flags of freestone,—a thing -not seen elsewhere. There were many small, narrow doors running up -to the first roof, but the interior, on account of its great height, -the whole up to the second roof forming but one room, was very badly -lighted. Nothing was to be seen within except an immense idol, sitting -(not after the Japanese, but after the Indian manner, with the legs -crossed before it) on a terete flower, supported by another flower, of -which the leaves were turned upwards, the two being raised about twelve -feet from the floor. The idol, which was gilt all over, had long ears, -curled hair, a crown on the head, which appeared through the window -over the first roof, with a large spot not gilt on the forehead. The -shoulders, so broad as to reach from one pillar to another, a distance -of thirty feet, were naked. The breast and body were covered with a -loose piece of drapery. It held the right hand up, the left rested -edgewise on the belly. - -The Kwannon temple was a structure very long in proportion to its -breadth. In the midst was a gigantic image of Kwannon, with thirty-six -arms. Sixteen black images, bigger than life, stood round it, and on -each side two rows of gilt idols with twenty arms each. On either side -of the temple, running from end to end, were ten platforms rising -like steps one behind the other, on each of which stood fifty images -of Kwannon, as large as life,—a thousand in all, each on its separate -pedestal, so arranged as to stand in rows of five, one behind the -other, and all visible at the same time, each with its twenty hands. -On the hands and heads of all these are placed smaller idols, to -the number of forty or more; so that the whole number, thirty-three -thousand three hundred and thirty-three, according to the estimate of -the Japanese, does not appear exaggerated. - -Klaproth[33] gives some curious details as to these temples, derived -from a Japanese Guide Book, such as is sold to visitants. The -dimensions of the temple and of the image of Daibutsu, or the great -Buddha, are given with great minuteness. The body is seventy-seven feet -five and one-fourth inches high (Rhineland measure), and the entire -statue with the lotus, eighty-nine feet eight and three-fourths inches. -The head of the colossus protrudes through the roof of the saloon.[34] - -At a little distance is a chapel called _Mimitsuka_, or “tomb of ears,” -in which are buried the ears and noses of the Coreans who fell in the -war carried on against them by Taikō-Sama, who had them salted and -conveyed to Japan. The grand portico of the external wall of the temple -is called Ni-ō-mon, “gate of the two kings.” On entering this vast -portico, which is eighty-three and one-half feet high, on each side -appears a colossal figure twenty-two feet in height, representing the -two celestial kings, Aōn and Jugo, the usual porters at the Buddhist -temples. Another edifice placed before the apartment of the great -Buddha, contains the largest bell known in the world. It is seventeen -feet two and one-half inches high, and weighs one million seven hundred -thousand Japanese pounds (katties), equal to two million sixty-six -thousand pounds English. Its weight is consequently five times greater -than the great bell at Moscow. If this is the same bell described by -Kämpfer, here is a remarkable discrepancy. - - - - -CHAPTER XXXVIII - - _Further Decline of the Dutch Trade—Degradation of the Japanese - Coins—The Dutch threaten to withdraw from Japan—Restrictions on - the Chinese Trade—Probable Cause of the Policy adopted by the - Japanese—Drain of the Precious Metals—New Basis upon which Future - Trade must be arranged._ - - -Notwithstanding the lamentations uttered by Kämpfer in the name of the -Dutch factors, the trade to Japan had by no means in his time reached -its lowest level, and it was subjected soon after his departure to new -and more stringent limitations. - -In the year 1696 appeared a new kind of koban. The old koban was twenty -carats eight and a half, and even ten, grains fine; that is, supposing -it divided into twenty-four parts, twenty parts and a half were fine -gold.[35] The new koban was thirteen carats six or seven grains fine, -containing, consequently, only two-thirds as much gold as the old one, -and yet the Dutch were required to receive it at the same rate of -sixty-eight mas of silver. - -The old koban had returned on the coast of Coromandel a profit of -twenty-five per cent, the new produced a loss of fifteen or sixteen per -cent; but some of the old koban being still paid over at the same rate -as the new, some profits continued to be derived from the gold, till, -in 1710, the Japanese made a still more serious change in their coin, -by reducing the weight of the koban nearly one-half, from forty-seven -kanderins (two hundred and seventy-four grains) to twenty-five -kanderins (one hundred and forty-six grains), which, as the Dutch were -still obliged to receive these new koban at the rate of sixty-eight -mas, caused a loss of from thirty-four to thirty-six per cent. From -this time the old koban passed as double koban, being reckoned at twice -their former weight. The koban of the coinage of 1730 were about five -per cent better than the preceding ones; but the Dutch trade continued -rapidly to decline, especially after the exportation of copper was -limited, in 1714, to fifteen thousand chests, or piculs, and, in 1721, -to ten thousand piculs annually. From this time, two ships sufficed for -the Dutch trade. - -For thirty years previous to 1743, the annual gross profits on the -Japanese trade had amounted to five hundred thousand florins (two -hundred thousand dollars), and some years to six hundred thousand -(two hundred and forty thousand dollars); but in 1743 they sunk below -two hundred thousand florins (eighty thousand dollars), which was the -annual cost of maintaining the establishment at Deshima. - -Upon this occasion, a “Memoir on the Trade of Japan, and the Causes of -its Decline,” was drawn up by Imhoff, at that time governor-general -at Batavia, which affords information on the change in the value of -the koban, and other matters relating to the Dutch trade to Japan, not -elsewhere to be found.[36] It is apparent from his memoir that the -trade was not managed with the sagacity which might have been expected -from private merchants. The cargoes were ill assorted, and did not -correspond to the requisitions of the Japanese. They, on the other -hand, had repeatedly offered several new articles of export, which the -Company had declined, because, in the old routine of their trade, no -profitable market appeared for these articles at the prices asked for -them. - -The Dutch attempted to frighten the Japanese by threatening to close -their factory altogether, but this did not produce much effect, and, -since the date of Imhoff’s memoir, the factory appears not to have -done much more than to pay its expenses. That the Japanese were not -very anxious for foreign trade, appears by their having restricted -the Chinese, previous to 1740, to twenty junks annually, and at a -subsequent period to ten junks. - -The Dutch imagined that the above-mentioned changes in the coins of -Japan were made solely with a view to their trade and to curtail their -profits. Raffles suggests, on the other hand, that this degradation of -the Japanese coins was the natural result of the immense export of the -precious metals, which, in the course of the two hundred years from -1540 to 1740, must have drained Japan of specie to the value of perhaps -not less than two hundred millions of dollars. The exports of foreign -nations, as we have seen, were almost entirely metallic, and the mines -of Japan were by no means so productive as to be able to withstand this -constant drain. The export of silver was first stopped. Then gold was -raised to such a value as effectually to stop the exportation of that, -and restrictions were, at the same time, put upon the exportation -of copper. This sagacious conjecture of Raffles is confirmed by a -tract on the Origin of the Riches of Japan, written, in 1708, by Arai -Chikugo-no-Kami [Arai Hakuseki], a person of high distinction at -the emperor’s court, of which the original was brought to Europe by -Titsingh, and of which Klaproth has given a translation, in the second -volume of the “Nouveau Journal Asiatique.” The author of this tract -states, perhaps from official documents, the amount of gold and silver -exported from Nagasaki, from 1611 to 1706, as follows: Gold, 6,192,600 -koban; silver, 112,268,700 taels. Of this amount, 2,397,600 koban and -37,420,900 taels of silver had been exported since 1646. The exports of -copper from 1663 to 1708 are stated at 1,114,446,700 katties. - -This export is represented as having commenced in the time of -Nobunaga,[37] when the mines of Japan had first begun to be largely -productive, and, previous to 1611, to have been much greater than -afterwards, which is ascribed by this author in part to the amounts -sent out of the country, by the Catholic natives, to purchase masses -for their souls. Much alarm is expressed lest, with the decreased -product of the mines, and continual exportation, Japan should be -reduced to poverty. Titsingh ascribes the origin of this tract to -the extravagance of the reigning emperor, which it was desired to -check by good advice; but the exportation of the precious metals by -foreigners is evidently the point aimed at. - -[Illustration: VIEW OF HAKONE; LAKE BIWA] - -“There goes out of the empire annually,” says this writer, “about -one hundred and fifty thousand koban, or a million and a half in ten -years. It is, therefore, of the highest importance to the public -prosperity to put a stop to these exportations, which will end in -draining us entirely. Nothing is thought of but the procuring foreign -productions, expensive stuffs, elegant utensils, and other things not -known in the good old times. Since Gongen, gold, silver, and copper -have been abundantly produced; unfortunately the greater part of this -wealth has gone for things we could have done quite as well without. -The successors of Gongen ought to reflect upon this, in order that -the wealth of the empire may be as lasting as the heavens and the -earth.” Ideas like those broached in this tract seem to be the basis -of the existing policy of Japan on the subject of foreign trade; and, -independently of this, the failure of the Japanese mines renders any -return to the old system of the Portuguese and Dutch traffic quite out -of the question. Japan has no longer gold and silver to export, and if -a new trade is to be established with her, it must be on an entirely -new basis, the exports to consist of something else than metallic -products. - - - - -CHAPTER XXXIX - - _Thunberg’s Visit to Japan—Searches and - Examinations—Smuggling—Interpreters—Deshima—Imports and - Exports—Unicorn’s Horn and Ginseng—Soy—The Dutch at Deshima—Japanese - Mistresses—Japanese Women—Studying the Language—Botanizing—Clocks—New - Year’s Day—Trampling on Images—Departure for Yedo—Journey through - the Island of Shimo—Japanese Houses and Furniture—Manufacture of - Paper—Practice of Bathing—Shimonoseki—Voyage to Ōsaka—Children—From - Ōsaka to Miyako—Agriculture—Animals—A.D. 1775-1776._ - - -From the time of Kämpfer’s departure from Deshima, of all the Dutch -residents and visitors there, none, for a period of upwards of eighty -years, favored the world with their observations. They went to Japan -in pursuit of money, not to obtain knowledge, either for themselves or -others. - -At length, in 1775, Charles Peter Thunberg, a Swedish physician, -naturalist, and traveller, to gain an opportunity of seeing Japan, -obtained the same official situation which Kämpfer had held before him. -Being an enthusiastic botanist, he was sent to the East by some wealthy -merchants of Amsterdam to obtain new trees and plants, as well for -the medical garden of that city as for their own private collections. -Circumstances caused him to spend three years at the Cape of Good -Hope, whence he proceeded to Batavia. He left that port June 20, 1775, -and arrived off Nagasaki the 14th of the following August. From an -experience of more than a hundred years, the Company reckoned on the -loss of one out of every five ships sent to Japan, though care was -taken to select the best and strongest vessels.[38] - -The searches and examinations previous to landing were the same -described by Kämpfer. Hitherto it had been usual to allow the captains -of the vessels to pass at pleasure to and from their ships without -being searched; they, with the directors of the Dutch factory, -being the only persons exempt from that ceremony. The captains had -taken advantage of this exemption to dress themselves out, for the -convenience of smuggling, in a showy, blue silk, silver-laced coat, -made very wide and large, in which dress they generally made three -trips a day to and from Deshima, being often so loaded down with goods -that they had to be supported by a sailor under each arm. Thunberg’s -captain rigged himself out in the same style; but, much to his -disappointment and that of the other Dutchmen, whose private goods the -captains had been accustomed to smuggle for a commission, the Japanese -officers who boarded the ship brought orders that the captain should -dress like the rest; that he and the director also should be searched -when they landed, and that the captain should either stop on board, -or, if he landed, should remain on shore, being allowed to visit the -ship only twice during her stay. “It was droll enough,” says Thunberg, -“to see the astonishment which the sudden reduction in the size of our -bulky captain excited in the major part of the ignorant Japanese, who -before had always imagined that all our captains were actually as fat -and lusty as they appeared to be.” - -In the year 1772, one of the Dutch ships from Batavia, disabled in a -violent storm, had been abandoned by her crew, who, in their haste, -or believing that she would speedily sink, had neglected the standing -order of the Company, in such cases, to set her on fire. Some days -after she drifted to the Japanese shore, and was towed into the harbor -of Nagasaki, when the Japanese found on board a number of chests marked -with the names of the principal Dutch officers, and full of prohibited -goods,—and it was to this discovery that the new order was ascribed. - -The examination of the clothes and persons of all who passed to and -from the ship was very strict. The large chests were emptied, and the -sides, top, and bottom sounded to see if they were not hollow. Beds -were ripped open and the feathers turned over. Iron spikes were thrust -into the butter-tubs and jars of sweetmeats. A square hole was cut in -the cheeses, and a thick, pointed wire thrust through them in every -direction. Even some of the eggs brought from Batavia were broken, lest -they might be shams in which valuables were concealed. - -Formerly, according to Thunberg, the Dutch took the liberty to correct -with blows the Japanese _kuri_ employed as laborers on board the -ships; but in his time this was absolutely prohibited. He adds, that -the respect of the Japanese for the Dutch was a good deal diminished -by observing “in how unfriendly and unmannerly a style they usually -behave to each other, and the brutal treatment which the sailors under -their command frequently experience from them, together with the oaths, -curses, and blows with which the poor fellows are assailed by them.” - -The interpreters would seem to have adopted, since the time of Kämpfer -(as he makes no mention of it), the practice of medicine among their -countrymen after the European manner. This made them very inquisitive -as to matters of physic and natural history, and very anxious to obtain -European books, which they studied diligently. Kämpfer speaks of the -interpreters with great indignation as the most watchful and hateful -of spies. Thunberg appears to have established very good terms with -them. New restrictions, however, had been placed on their intercourse -with the resident Dutchmen, whom, to prevent smuggling, they were not -allowed to visit, except in company with one or two other officers. - -Deshima, from Thunberg’s description of it, appears to have altered -very little since Kämpfer’s residence there, though glass windows had -lately been brought from Batavia, by some of the Dutch residents, as a -substitute for the paper windows of the Japanese. - -The permanent residents were now twelve or thirteen (there had been but -seven in Kämpfer’s time), besides slaves brought from Batavia, of whom -each Dutchman had one. - -The goods sent out by the Company at the time of Thunberg’s visit were -sugars (almost the only article of consumption which the Japanese do -not produce for themselves), elephants’ teeth, sappan-wood for dyeing, -tin, lead, bar-iron, fine chintzes of various sorts, Dutch broadcloths, -shalloons, silks, cloves, tortoise-shell, China-root, and _Costus -Arabicus_. The goods of private adventurers were saffron, Venice -treacle, Spanish liquorice, rattans, spectacles, looking-glasses, -watches, Ninjin-root or ginseng, and unicorns’ horns. This latter -article, the horn of the _Monodon monoceros_, a product of the -Greenland fishery, had been lately introduced. The Japanese ascribed -to it wonderful virtues as a medicine, believing it to have the power -to prolong life, strengthen the animal spirits, assist the memory, and -cure all sorts of complaints. Thunberg had carried out as his venture -thirty-seven katties (about fifty pounds) of this horn, which sold -for five thousand and seventy-one taels, or upwards of six thousand -dollars; so that, after paying the advances made to him at Batavia, he -had a handsome surplus to expend in his favorite pursuit of natural -history. - -The genuine Chinese ginseng (_Panax quinquefolium_) sold at a price -full as high as that of unicorn’s horn. The American article, being -regarded as not genuine, was strictly prohibited, but was smuggled in -to mix with the Chinese.[39] - -Scientific works in the Dutch language, though not a regular article of -sale, might be often exchanged to advantage with the interpreters. - -The Company imported a quantity of silver coin, but private persons -were not allowed to do so, though a profit might have been made on -it. The sale by kamban continued exactly as Kämpfer had described it. -No Japanese money came into the hands either of the Company or of -individuals from the sale of their goods by kamban. They only acquired -a credit, which they were able to exchange for Japanese articles. - -The chief articles of export were copper, camphor, and lackered goods; -porcelain, rice, sake, soy,[40] were also exported. The profits of this -trade had been greatly curtailed. “Formerly,” says Thunberg, “it was -so very profitable to individuals that hardly anybody but favorites -were sent out as chiefs, and when these had made two voyages, it was -supposed that they were rich enough to be able to live on the interest -of their fortunes, and that, therefore, they ought to make room for -others. At present a chief is obliged to make many voyages. His success -is now no more to be envied, and his profits are thought to be very -inconsiderable.” - -Of the general enjoyment of a residence at Deshima Thunberg does not -speak very highly. “An European that remains here is, in a manner, -dead and buried in an obscure corner of the globe. He hears no news -of any kind; nothing relative to war or other misfortunes and evils -that plague and infest mankind; and neither the rumors of inland or -foreign concerns delight or molest his ear. The soul possesses here -one faculty only, which is the judgment (if, indeed, it be at all times -in possession of that). The will is totally debilitated, and even -dead, because, to an European there is no other will than that of the -Japanese, by which he must exactly square his conduct. - -“The European way of living is, in other respects, the same as in other -parts of India, luxurious and irregular. Hence, just as at Batavia, we -pay a visit every evening to the chief, after having walked several -times up and down the two streets. These evening visits generally last -from six o’clock till ten, and sometimes eleven or twelve at night, and -constitute a very disagreeable way of life, fit only for such as have -no other way of spending their time than droning over a pipe of tobacco -and a bottle.” - -The Europeans remaining at Deshima had each two or three handsome -rooms, besides the store-rooms in the lower story. These they occupied -without rent, the only expense being that of furnishing them. As the -winter set in, the cold, with an easterly or northerly wind, was -quite piercing, and they had fires of charcoal in a large copper -kettle with a broad rim. Placed in the middle of the room it warmed -the whole apartment for hours together. The looseness of the doors -and windows prevented any ill consequences from the gases. As the -residents all dined and supped at a common table, kept at the Company’s -expense, their outlays did not amount to much—“except,” says Thunberg, -“they squander away their money on the fair sex, or make expensive -entertainments and give suppers to each other.” - -The account which Thunberg gives of the Japanese mistresses of the -Dutch is very much the same with that given by Kämpfer. These women, -when spoken for to an officer appointed for that purpose, come attended -by a little serving-maid,—one of the young apprentices of the houses -to which they belonged,—who brought daily from the town her mistress’ -food, made her tea, kept her things in order, and ran on errands. One -of these female companions could not be had for less than three days, -but might be kept a year, or even several years. The price was eight -mas, or one dollar a day, besides her maintenance and presents of silk -dresses, girdles, head-ornaments, etc. According to Thunberg, children -were very seldom born of these connections. He was assured, but did not -credit it, that if such a thing happened, the child, if a boy, would be -murdered; and that, if a girl, it would be sent at fifteen to Batavia; -but of this he knew of no instance. There was, in his time, one girl -about six years old, born of a Japanese mother, living on the island -with her father. Later accounts go to show that Dutch-Japanese children -are by no means such rarities as Thunberg represents.[41] - -The women painted their lips with colors, made of the _Catharinus -tinctorius_, or bastard saffron, rubbed on little porcelain bowls. If -laid on very thin, the lips appeared red; if thick, it gave them a -violet hue, esteemed by the Japanese as the more beautiful. The married -women were distinguished by blacking their teeth with a fœtid mixture, -so corrosive that the lips had to be protected from it while it was -laid on. It ate so deeply into the teeth that it took several days -and much trouble to scrape it away. “To me at least,” says Thunberg, -“a wide mouth with black shining teeth had an ugly and disagreeable -appearance.” The married women distinguished themselves also by pulling -out their eyebrows; and another distinction was that they knotted their -girdles before, and the single women behind. - -Thunberg noticed that venereal diseases, which he ascribed to European -intercourse, were very common,[42] and he congratulated himself on the -questionable service of having introduced the mercurial treatment. - -As he had plenty of leisure and little taste for the Dutch fashion -of killing time, he endeavored to find more rational and profitable -employment. The residents were still allowed native servants, who, -though not interpreters, had learned to speak the Dutch language. But -the Dutch were strictly prohibited from learning the Japanese; and -though the interpreters were sufficiently well inclined, Thunberg -encountered many difficulties in his study of that language. It was -only after many inquiries that he found at last an old dictionary, -in the Latin, Portuguese, and Japanese, in quarto, containing nine -hundred and six pages. The title-page was gone, but the book purported -to have been compiled by the joint labors of the Jesuits at Japan, as -well European as natives. It belonged to one of the interpreters, who -possessed it as legacy from his ancestors, and he refused to sell it -for any price.[43] - -Afterwards, at Yedo, he saw a book in long quarto, about an inch thick, -printed on Japanese paper, entirely in Japanese characters, except -the title-page, which bore the imprint of the Jesuits, with the date, -Nagasaki, A. D. 1598. - -“Through incapacity in some and indolence in others,” the Dutch -possessed no vocabulary of the Japanese, and all the knowledge the -Dutch residents had of it did not go beyond calling by name a few -familiar articles. Thunberg has annexed to his Travels a short Japanese -vocabulary, but he does not appear to have made any great progress in -the language. - -With much difficulty he obtained, about the beginning of February, -leave to botanize.[44] Every excursion cost him sixteen or eighteen -taels, as he was obliged to feast from twenty to thirty Japanese -officials, by whom he was always attended. On the neighboring hills he -noticed many burying-grounds, containing tombstones of various forms, -sometimes rough, but more frequently hewn, with letters, sometimes -gilt, engraved upon them. Before these stones were placed vessels, made -of large bamboos, containing water, with branches of flowers. - -He also noticed, both around Nagasaki and afterwards on his journey to -Yedo, the pits, or rather large earthen jars, sunk by the road-side -for the collection of manure, both liquid and solid. To the fœtid -exhalations from these open pits, and to the burning of charcoal -without chimneys, he ascribed the red and inflamed eyes very common in -Japan. In the gardens he saw growing the common red beet, the carrot, -fennel, dill, anise, parsley, and asparagus; leeks, onions, turnips, -radishes, lettuce, succory, and endive. Long ranges of sloping ground, -at the foot of the mountains, were planted with the sweet potato. -Attempts were also made to cultivate the common potato, but with little -success. Several kinds of yams (_Dioscoreæ_) grew wild in the vicinity -of Nagasaki, of which one species was used for food, and, when boiled, -had a very agreeable taste.[45] Buckwheat, Windsor beans (_Vicia -faba_), several species of French beans (_Phascolus_), and peas (_Pisun -sativum_), were commonly cultivated; also, two kinds of cayenne pepper -(_Capsicum_), introduced probably by the Portuguese. Tobacco was also -raised, for the use and the name of which the Japanese were indebted to -the Portuguese. He observed also hemp, the _Acorus_, strongly aromatic; -a kind of ginger (_Amomum miōga_); the _Mentha piperita_; the _Alcea -rosea_ and _Malva Mauritiana_, cultivated for their flowers; the -_Celastrus alatus_, a branch of which, stuck at a young lady’s door, -is thought by the Japanese to have the power of making her fall in -love with you; the common juniper-tree; the bamboo and the box, also -the ivy; the China-root (_Smilax China_); wild figs, with small fruit -like plums (_Fiscus pumila_ and _erecta_); the pepper bush (_Figara -peperita_); a species of madder (_Rubia cordata_), and several species -of the _Pologonum_, used for dyeing. Also, two species of nettles, -the bark of which furnished cordage and thread, and the seeds of -one species an oil. The yellow flowers of the colewort (_Brassica -orientalis_), which was largely cultivated for the oil afforded by -its seeds, presented through the spring a beautiful appearance. This -oil was used for lamps. Oil for food, used, however, but sparingly, -was expressed from the _Sesamum orientale_ and the mustard seed. Solid -oils, for candles, were obtained from the nuts of the varnish-tree -(_Rhus vernix_), and from those of the _Rhus succedanea_, the -camphor-tree, the _Melea azedarach_, and the _Camellia sasankwa_.[46] - -In striking fire a tinder is used made of the woolly part of the -leaves of the common wormwood. The famous moxa [_mogusa_], spoken of -hereafter, is a finer preparation of the same root. Instead of soap the -meal of a species of bean is employed. - -The bark of the _Shikimi_, or anise-tree (a near relation of the -mangolia tribe, and whose flowers and leaves are much employed in -religious ceremonies), is used as a time-measurer. A box a foot long -is filled with ashes, in which are marked furrows, in parallel lines, -strewed with fine powder of this bark. The lid being closed, with only -a small hole left to supply air, the powder is set on fire at one end, -and consumed very slowly, and the hours, marked beforehand on these -furrows, are proclaimed in the daytime by striking the bells in the -temples, and in the night by the watch striking together two pieces -of wood. Another method of measuring time is by burning slow match, -divided into knots to mark the hours. The Japanese also have a clock, -the mechanism of which is described in a subsequent chapter. - -“The first of January, according to custom,” says Thunberg, “most of -the Japanese that had anything to do at the Dutch factory came to -wish us a happy new year. Dressed in their holiday clothes, they paid -their respects to the director, who invited them to dine with him. -The victuals were chiefly dressed after the European manner, and, -consequently, but few of the dishes were tasted by the Japanese. Of -the soup they all partook, but of the other dishes, such as roasted -pigs, hams, salad, cakes, tarts, and other pastries, they ate little -or nothing, but put on a plate a little of every dish, and, when it -was full, sent it home, labelled with the owner’s name; and this was -repeated several times. Salt beef, and the like, which the Japanese do -not eat, were set by, and used as a medicine. The same may be said -of the salt butter, of which I was frequently desired to cut a slice -for some of the company. It is made into pills, and taken daily in -consumptions and other disorders. After dinner, warm sake was handed -round, which was drank out of lackered wooden cups. - -“On this festive occasion the director invited from the town several -handsome girls, partly for the purpose of serving out the sake, and -partly to dance and bear the girls company who were already on the -island. After dinner, these girls treated the Japanese to several of -their own country messes, placed on small square tables, which were -decorated with an artificial fir-tree, the leaves of which were made -of green silk, and in several places sprinkled over with white cotton, -in imitation of the winter’s snow. The girls never presented the sake, -standing, but, after their own fashion, sitting. In the evening they -danced, and about five o’clock the company took their leave.” - -The 19th of February, 1776, on which fell the beginning of the Japanese -year, was celebrated according to the Japanese custom, all of them -going visiting, dressed up in their holiday clothes, and wishing their -neighbors joy; and, indeed, this interchange of congratulations is kept -up, more or less, through the first month. - -On the two last days of the year a general settlement of accounts takes -place. Fresh credit is then given for six months, when a new settlement -takes place. The rate of interest was high, ranging from eighteen to -twenty per cent. Thunberg was told that, after new-year’s day, there -was no right to demand settlement of the last year’s accounts. - -Shortly after the Japanese new year, took place the trampling of -images, which ceremony, according to the information obtained by -Thunberg, was still performed by all the inhabitants of Nagasaki, -exactly as in Kämpfer’s time. - -On the 4th of March the director set out for the emperor’s court, -accompanied, as usual, by the secretary of the factory, and by Thunberg -as physician. In Kämpfer’s day these two latter persons had been -obliged to make the journey on horseback, exposed to cold, rain, and -all the inclemencies of the weather. Since then they had obtained the -privilege of travelling in norimono, equally with the director. Dr. -Thunberg seems to have been well satisfied with his vehicle, which he -describes as both handsome and convenient. Each norimono traveller -had with him a bottle of red wine, and another of Dutch ale, taken -daily from the large stock provided for the journey, and preferred by -the Europeans to tea, which they regarded as a “great relaxer of the -stomach.” Each traveller had also an oblong lackered box, containing -“a double slice of bread and butter.” In order to support the dignity -of the Dutch East India Company, the bed equipage which they carried -with them, consisting of coverlids, pillows, and mattresses, was -covered with the richest open-work velvets and silks. Their retinue, on -horseback and on foot, was numerous and picturesque. They were received -everywhere with the honor and respect paid to the princes of the land; -and, besides, says Thunberg, were so well guarded “that no harm could -befall us, and, at the same time, so well attended that we had no more -care upon our minds than a sucking child; the whole of our business -consisting in eating and drinking, or in reading or writing for our -amusement, in sleeping, dressing ourselves, and being carried about in -our norimono.” - -[Illustration: THE EAR-MOUND AT KYŌTŌ] - -At setting out, each of the three Dutchmen received from the purveyor -fifty taels, for their individual expenses. This was the first Japanese -money which Thunberg had seen, and this, with other sums doled out -to them from time to time, was chiefly spent in presents to their -attendants. The disbursement on this score, at starting, amounted to -ten taels each. - -In the early part of their journey, they followed a somewhat different -road from Kämpfer’s, all the way by land, not crossing either the bay -of Ōmura, nor that of Shimabara. They passed, however, through Shiota, -as Kämpfer had done, famous for its large water-jars, and visited -the hot springs in that neighborhood, and also Saga, capital of the -province of Hizen, remarkable for its handsome women, its rice and its -fine porcelain. The roads were found such as Kämpfer had described -them. Proceeding onward, still by Kämpfer’s route, they reached Kokura -on the ninth of March. The following description of Japanese houses -corresponds sufficiently well with that of Kämpfer, while it gives -a rather more distinct, and somewhat less flattering, idea of them. -“The houses are very roomy and commodious, and never more than two -stories—at most twenty feet—high, of which the lower one is inhabited, -and the upper serves for lofts and garrets, and is seldom occupied. -The mode of building in this country is curious and peculiar. Every -house occupies a great extent of ground, and is built in general of -wood and plaster, and whitewashed on the outside so as to look exactly -like stone. The beams all lie horizontal or stand perpendicular. -Between these beams, which are square and far from thick, bamboos -are interwoven, and the space filled up with clay, sand, and lime. -The roofs are covered with tiles of a singular make, very thick and -heavy. The more ordinary houses are covered with chips [shingles], on -which are frequently laid heavy stones to secure them. In the villages -and meaner towns I sometimes saw the sides of the houses, especially -behind, covered with the bark of trees, which was secured by laths -nailed on it to prevent the rain from damaging the wall. - -“The whole house makes but one room, which can be divided according as -it may be found necessary, or thought proper, into many smaller ones. -This is done by moving slight partitions, consisting of wooden frames, -pasted over with thick painted paper, which slide with great ease in -grooves made in the beams of the floor and roof for that purpose. Such -rooms were frequently partitioned off for us and our retinue, during -our journey; and when a larger apartment was wanted for a dining-room, -or any other purpose, the partitions were in an instant taken away. -One could not see, indeed, what was done in the next room, but one -frequently overheard the conversation that passed there. - -“In each room there are two or more windows, which reach from the -ceiling to within two feet of the floor. They consist of light -frames which may be taken out, put in, and slid behind each other, -at pleasure, in two grooves made for this purpose in the beams above -and below them. They are divided by slender rods into panes of a -parallelogrammatic form, sometimes to the number of forty, and pasted -over on the outside with fine white paper, which is seldom if ever -oiled, and admits a great deal of light, but prevents any one from -seeing through it. The roof always projects a great way beyond the -house, and sometimes has an addition which covers a small projecting -gallery that stands before each window. From this little roof go -slanting inwards and downwards several quadrangular frames, within -which hang blinds made of rushes, which may be drawn up and let down, -and serve not only to hinder people that pass by from looking into the -house, but chiefly when it rains to prevent the paper windows from -being damaged. There are no glass windows here; nor have I observed -mother-of-pearl or muscovy talc (mica, or isinglass) used for this -purpose. - -“The houses have neither the elegant appearance nor the convenience and -comfort of ours in Europe. The rooms are not so cheerful and pleasant, -nor so warm in the winter, neither are they so safe in case of fire, -nor so durable. Their semi-transparent paper windows, in particular, -spoil the houses, as well in their inside as outside appearance. -Neither chimneys nor stoves are known throughout the whole country, -although the cold is very intense, and they are obliged to make fires -in their apartments from October to March. The fires are made in copper -kettles, of various sizes, with broad projecting edges. This mode of -firing is liable, however, to this inconvenience, that the charcoal -sometimes smokes, in consequence of which the apartment becomes dirty -and black, and the eyes of the company suffer exceedingly. - -“The floors are always covered with mats made of a fine species of -rush (_Juncus effusus_), cultivated in low spots for that purpose, -and interwoven with rice straw. These mats are from three to four -inches thick, and of the same size throughout the country, viz., two -yards long and one broad. The insides of the houses, both ceiling -and walls, are covered with a handsome, thick paper, ornamented with -various flowers. These hangings are either green, yellow, or white; and -sometimes embellished with silver and gold. As the paper is greatly -damaged by the smoke in winter, it is renewed every third or fifth -year.[47] - -“The furniture in this country is as simple as the style of building. -Neither cupboards, bureaus, sofas, beds, tables, chairs, clocks, -looking-glasses, nor anything else of the kind, is to be seen. To the -greater part of these the Japanese are utter strangers. Their soft -floor-mats serve them for chairs. A small table, or rather salver, -about twelve inches square and four high, is set before each person in -company at every meal, of which there are three a day. The food (rice, -soup, and fish being the principal articles) is served in lackered -wooden cups. Most other nations of the East sit with their legs laid -across before them,—the Chinese and Japanese lay their feet under -their bodies, and make a chair of their heels. When the hour of rest -approaches, a soft mattress, stuffed with cotton, is spread out on the -mats. The Japanese have no pillows, instead of which they use oblong -lackered pieces of wood. With the above apparatus for sleeping, the -Japanese bed-chamber is put in order, and he himself up and dressed, -in the twinkling of an eye; as, in fact, scarcely a longer time is -requisite for him to throw the gown over him, which serves for dress by -day and bedclothes at night, and to gird it round his waist. - -“Though mirrors do not decorate the walls, they are in general use at -the toilet, made not of glass, but of a composition of copper and zinc -highly polished, and fixed obliquely in a stand of wood made for that -purpose. Cleanliness is a constant object with these people, and not -a day passes in which they do not wash themselves, whether they are -at home or on a journey. In all towns and villages, inns and private -houses, there are baths.” He adds, however, what goes rather against -this alleged cleanliness, that as the poor, to save expense, are -accustomed to use water in which others have repeatedly bathed, they -are apt in that way to take infectious disorders. Neither do their open -manure vaults, placed by the roadsides and in the very fronts of their -houses, agree so well with this eulogy. - -At Kokura the Dutch bespoke, against their return, rice and charcoal -for the factory at Deshima. Having crossed to Shimonoseki, they -embarked, on the 12th of March, in a large Japanese junk, for Ōsaka; -but, having made less than half the voyage, they encountered contrary -winds, which drove them a long distance back, and detained them for -near three weeks. The weather was so cold as to make fires comfortable, -and colds and catarrhs, endemical to Japan from the changeability of -its climate, were very prevalent. All this time they slept on board, -but had several times an opportunity to go on shore to amuse themselves -at the inns and temples, the Japanese sailors being always anxious to -land in order to bathe. - -The country all along this coast was mountainous, which was the reason -of going by sea instead of by land, the land road being very difficult. -This coast seemed, nevertheless, to be highly cultivated, the mountains -in many places resembling beautiful gardens. - -At the places where they landed, the children were very numerous. “I -observed,” says Thunberg, “that the chastisement of children was very -moderate. I very seldom heard them rebuked or scolded, and hardly ever -saw them flogged or beaten, either in private families or on board -the vessels; while, in more civilized and enlightened nations, these -compliments abound.[48] In the schools one might hear the children read -all at once, and so loud as almost to deafen one.” - -Whenever the Japanese went on shore, they killed geese and ducks for -the Dutchmen to eat; but at sea they had scruples about killing them, -though in fine weather the Chinese teal (_Anas galericulata_), and -several sorts of ducks, fairly covered the water, so as to look at -a distance like great islands. But, though scrupulous themselves, -they made no objections to Thunberg’s killing them; though, not being -allowed the use of fire-arms, it does not appear how he did it. - -At length, on the seventh of April, after a disagreeable and dangerous -passage of twenty-six days, they reached the harbor of Hiōgo, whence -the next day, partly by land and partly in small boats, they proceeded -to Ōsaka. Here each of the travellers disbursed sixteen taels in -presents to the captain and crew of the vessel, for the hire of which -the sum of four hundred and eighty taels was paid by the East India -Company. They stayed at Ōsaka only a single night, during which they -bespoke from some merchants, who visited them[49] with samples, several -articles, such as insects of copper, artificial trees varnished, fans -of various kinds, writing paper, paper hangings, etc. They left Ōsaka -early in the morning, by torchlight, and, following the same road which -Kämpfer had taken, reached Miyako at night. “Except in Holland,” says -Thunberg, “I never made so pleasant a journey as this, with regard -to the beauty and delightful appearance of the country. The whole -country, on both sides of us, as far as we could see, was nothing but a -fertile field, and the whole of our long day’s journey extended through -villages, of which one began where the other ended.” - -The farmers were now preparing their lands for rice. The fields, by -means of a raised border, lay almost entirely under water. This was the -case even with those sides of the hills intended for rice. They were -laid out in terraces, the water collected on the higher grounds being -regulated by means of walls or dams, so as to be let on or shut off -at pleasure. There were, also, reservoirs, constructed to retain the -contents of the flooded streams, against occasions of drought. The rice -was sown first very close and thick, and when about six inches high was -transplanted into the fields, in tufts of several plants, placed about -six inches apart. This was done by the women, who waded about in water -at least six inches deep, the men having first turned up the ground -with a hoe. Beautiful white herons followed the laborers, and cleared -the fields of worms. The rice thus planted was reaped in November. - -[Illustration: KWANNON, GODDESS OF MERCY] - -Fields of wheat, barley (used to feed the horses), buckwheat, East -India kale (_Brassica orientalis_), and mustard (the two latter for -oil) were also seen. These crops, planted in November or December, and -ripe in May or June, were in beds about a foot broad, and separated -from each other by a deep furrow or trench of about the same breadth. -Sometimes they were planted across these narrow beds, and sometimes in -two rows, lengthwise. Thunberg noticed that when the ear was about to -put forth, the plants being grown to the height of a foot, the earth -was taken out from the intervening trenches, and drawn up to the roots -of the plants. About the same time, or a little earlier, the liquid -manure collected in the jars already described, and mingled with all -sorts of refuse, was carried out by the farmers, in large pails, and -poured with a ladle on the roots of the plants; a method which avoids -the waste incident to spreading the manure on unplanted fields, to be -dried up by the sun, or to lose by evaporation its volatile salts and -oily particles. - -The fields were kept so free of weeds as to afford, much to Thunberg’s -disappointment, very little chance to botanize. Animals were little -used in agriculture. Only such of the rice-fields as lay low, and -quite under water, were ploughed by oxen,—cows being kept for draft -and breeding only, and never milked. The only wheel carriages seen -were a few carts, and these only in and about Miyako, some with three -wheels,[50] one before the other two, and some two-wheeled. These -carts were long and narrow, the wheels, some with spokes and fellies, -but without any tire, except a rope tied about them, and others of a -solid piece, sawed from a log. They were drawn by an ox, by cows, or -a buffalo. Horses were chiefly for the use of their princes, though -occasionally employed by others for travelling and carrying burdens. -They were not numerous, but Thunberg seems to make rather a close -estimate in saying that all Japan has scarcely as many horses as -a single province of Sweden. There was no occasion for meadows or -pastures, the cattle and horses being fed at home all the year, so that -all the land, not too steep or rocky for cultivation, was devoted to -the raising of crops; nor did the fields require fences. All the manure -of the animals kept was carefully preserved, old men and children -following the horses of travellers, with a shell fastened to the end of -a stick, and a basket in which to put what they collected. Of course -the small number of domestic animals made it the more necessary to -resort to the other means of providing manure already noticed. - -A few swine were to be seen, but only in the neighborhood of Nagasaki. -There were no sheep nor goats. A supply of these animals, and also -of cattle and hogs, for the Dutch at Deshima, was brought annually -from Batavia. Dogs, “the only idlers in the country,” were kept from -superstitious motives, and cats were the general favorites of the -women. Hens and ducks were kept about the houses, chiefly for their -eggs, of which the Japanese make great use, boiled hard and chopped -into small pieces. - - - - -CHAPTER XL - - _Japanese Merchants—Journey from Miyako to Yedo—Botany of - the Mountains—Rainy Weather—Coverings for the Head and - Feet—Yedo—Astronomers and Physicians—Acupuncture—Moxa [Mogusa]—Other - Japanese Remedies—Method of wearing the Hair—Visits to the Emperor - and his Chief Officers—Japanese Dress—Books and Maps—Succession of - Emperors—Departure from Yedo—Gnats—Fire-flies—Threshing—Vegetables - and Fruits—Condition of the Japanese Farmer—Casting Copper—Actors and - Dancers—Thunberg’s Opinion of the Japanese—A. D. 1775-1776._ - - -The travellers remained four days at Miyako, during which the -accustomed visits were paid to the chief justice and to the two -governors. A new advance of money was also made to them here, -Thunberg’s share being three hundred taels, in gold koban, to be -charged against the kamban money standing to his credit from the sale -of his private goods, and to be laid out in the purchase of such -rarities and merchandise as he chose. Here, again, the Dutch were -waited on by the merchants, from whom they bespoke several articles -in sowas (?) and lackered ware, to be ready against their return. Of -these Japanese merchants, Thunberg observes that they are the only -persons in the country, except the emperor, who can become rich, and -that they sometimes accumulate very considerable sums; but they cannot, -as in Europe, purchase titles, or raise themselves by their money to a -higher rank. The position of the trading and manufacturing class seems, -indeed, almost precisely the same with that which they held in Europe -during the prevalence of feudal ideas. - -Commerce, however, was free from any embarrassments by tolls or duties, -and a considerable internal trade, of which Miyako was the centre -(several annual fairs being held there), was carried on in tea, silk -goods, porcelain, rice, lackered ware, etc. - -Setting out from Miyako on the fourteenth of April, the travellers, -in passing lake Ōtsu, were treated to a delicious fish, of the salmon -kind, the largest of which seen by Thunberg weighed about ten pounds. -Finding, in the course of their journey, that this species of fish was -often served up, they ordered some to be smoked, against their return; -but they did not prove equal to European salmon, either in size, -fatness, or style of curing. The country still continued as populous -as before. In the villages were many almond, peach, and apricot trees, -which now presented a very beautiful appearance, blossoming on the -bare branches before the leaves unfolded. These, as well as the plum, -cherry, apple, and pear[51] trees, sometimes bore double flowers, upon -which the Japanese put a high value. - -The road having brought them to the sea-shore, Thunberg observed the -_Fucus saccharinus_, called by the Japanese _Kombu_, or sometimes -_Noshi_. Cleansed and dried, it is eaten, though very tough, either -boiled or raw,—in the latter case cut into strips, which are folded in -little squares, a considerable number of which are usually strewed on -the little tables, or salvers, on which the complimentary presents, -so common with the Japanese, are offered. These presents, generally of -trifling value, are always accompanied with a complimentary paper (so -called), folded in a peculiar manner, and having slips of this fucus -pasted to both ends of it. - -The mountain, Fuji, was now in sight, and presently the mountainous -tract of Hakone was entered, separating the bays of Tōtōmi and Yedo. -It took a day to cross these mountains, which were covered with bushes -and forest trees, and were the only hills in Japan, except those close -to Nagasaki, which Thunberg was permitted freely to wander over and -examine. “This day,” he says, “I was seldom in my norimono; but in -the same degree as I eased my bearers of their burden, I rendered the -journey troublesome to the interpreters, and more particularly to the -inferior officers, who, by rotation, were to follow my steps. I was not -allowed, indeed, to go far out of the road, but having been previously -used to run up rocks in the African mountains, I frequently got to a -considerable distance before my anxious and panting followers, and -thereby gained time to gather a great many of the most curious and -scarcest plants, which had just begun to flower, and which I put in my -handkerchief.” - -Among the trees growing in this tract was the _Thuya dolebrata_, -planted everywhere by the road-side, tall, straight, and with leaves -of silver-white on their under sides,—in Thunberg’s opinion the -handsomest of the fir tribe. There were no less than six peculiar -species of maple, all of great beauty. Cedars (_Cupressus japonica_), -a common tree throughout the country, grew here in great perfection. -The straightest and tallest of the firs, their trunks ran up straight -as a candle, and, being both light and very durable, the timber was -employed for all sorts of constructions, and also for cabinet work, -the veins showing to advantage when covered with varnish. The wood of -this tree, next to the _Pinus silvestris_, is that most employed by -carpenters, etc. He also observed several species of oaks,[52] the -common barberry, in full blossom, several species of the _Vaccinia_, or -whortleberry, a wild pear-tree, a shrub with leaves so rough that they -are used for polishing by the joiners, the _Oryris japonica_, bearing -its flowers at the middle of its leaves; also, several beautiful -flowering shrubs, _Viburna_, with double as well as single flowers, -two species of _Spirea_, the _Citrus tripoliata_, and the _Gardenia -Florida_, of which the seed-vessels afforded a yellow dye. The dragon -lily (_Arum dracontium_), and the edible species of the same plant -(_Arum esculentum_), the eddo, or tania, of the West Indies, and taro, -of the Sandwich Islands (_Caladium_ in more recent classifications), -were cultivated in some spots. - -By night the sea-shore was again reached, at Odawara, whence two days’ -journey took them to Yedo, where they arrived, on account of the delay -in the sea voyage, at a period unusually late, but which Thunberg -notes as an advantage, since it gave him, both going and returning, a -better opportunity to observe the vegetation of the country. During -the journey there had been rain sometimes, but not too often, and the -cold had been such as occasionally to make fires very comfortable. -The Japanese, he observed, bore the cold better than the rain, which -did not altogether agree with their bare feet and heads. For the feet -they used only slippers of rice straw,[53] left at the door whenever -they entered a house, consisting of a sole, without upper leather or -hind-piece (kept on by a thong, or strap, held fast between the toes), -and soon soaked and spoiled by the rain, on which occasion, indeed, -high wooden clogs were sometimes substituted. Ordinarily, even while -travelling, no covering for the head was worn, but in hard rains they -used an umbrella, a hat of plaited grass, and a cloak of oil-paper, for -which the poorer class substituted a piece of straw matting, thrown -over their backs. - -The weather, during a stay of twenty-six days at Yedo, from April 28 -to May 25, was often damp, almost every day cloudy, with sometimes -drizzling, and sometimes heavy, rain. Several slight shocks of -earthquake were felt. Several fires occurred, which were soon -extinguished. A great fire, during the Dutch visit of 1772, had burned -from noon till eight at night, spreading over a vast space, and making -it necessary to remove the Dutch three times. - -Down to the day of audience, which did not take place till the 18th -of May, the Dutch were not suffered to go out. Numbers of persons -obtained, however, permission to visit them. The first who called were -five physicians and two astronomers, prompted especially by Thunberg’s -scientific reputation, which the interpreters had noised abroad, and -who were very inquisitive on various points of science. The questions -of the astronomers related principally to eclipses, which it appeared -they could not calculate to minutes, and frequently not even to hours; -but besides the difficulty of carrying on this conversation through -interpreters, another arose, from the fact that Thunberg’s astronomy -had grown a little rusty, and that neither he nor the Japanese had any -books to which they could refer. - -In matters of medicine[54] he felt more at home, especially as two of -the Japanese doctors could speak Dutch,—one of them tolerably well. -They also had some knowledge of natural history, collected partly -from Chinese and Dutch books, and partly from the Dutch physicians -who had visited Yedo, but who frequently had not been very well able -to instruct them, as they were often, to use Thunberg’s expression, -“little better than horse-doctors.” One of the two Japanese, quite -a young man, was the emperor’s body-physician; the other, somewhat -older and better informed, was physician to one of the chief princes. -Both were good-natured, acute, and lively. They attached themselves -to Thunberg with great zeal, coming to see him every day, and often -staying late at night. Though wearisome with their questions, yet so -insinuating were they in their manners and anxious to learn, that our -traveller found much pleasure in their society. They had a number -of Dutch works on botany, medicine, and surgery, and Thunberg sold -them some others. They were particularly struck with the fine set of -surgical instruments which he had brought from Amsterdam and Paris. -These medical friends were of great use to him in his studies in -natural history. Among the botanical specimens which they brought him -were the pine of Europe (_Pinus abies_), of which, as well as of the -_Pinus silvestris_, he had seen several on his journey to court, the -chestnut, which he saw afterwards at Miyako, on his return, and the -walnut (_Jugulans nigra_). They also brought him a variety of ores -and minerals, and specimens of fishes and insects. - -[Illustration: SCENES AMONG THE SILK WORKERS: REELING; THE CULTURE OF -THE WORMS] - -The Japanese, he found, knew nothing of anatomy or physiology. They -were ignorant of the circulation of the blood, feeling the pulse for a -quarter of an hour, first in one arm and then in the other, not knowing -that both beat alike. Bleeding they very seldom practised; of the -use of mercury they knew nothing; and, notwithstanding what Thunberg -relates of the cures effected under his direction, by the use of -corrosive sublimate, it may be doubted how much benefit he conferred by -the introduction of that remedy, or by the present which he made to his -“beloved pupils” of “his silver-spring lancet,” with instructions how -to use it. - -The two great remedies of the Japanese are acupuncture and burning -with the moxa [_mogusa_], the former chiefly practised in a violent -colic endemic to the country. According to the Japanese theory, it is -caused by wind, and to let out this wind several small holes—nine being -a favorite number—are made with needles, prepared for the purpose, -generally in the muscles of the stomach or abdomen, though other -fleshy parts of the body are, in some cases, chosen for the operation. -These needles are nearly as fine as a hair, made of gold and silver -generally, but sometimes of steel, by persons who profess a particular -skill in tempering them. The bony parts, nerves, and blood-vessels -are carefully avoided, and while they are passed through the skin and -muscle, they are twirled about in a peculiar manner. There are many -practitioners who confine themselves to this practice alone.[55] - -A still more favorite and universal remedy, employed quite as much for -prevention as cure, is burning with the moxa [_mogusa_],—the finer -woolly part of the young leaves of the wormwood (_Artemisia_), of -which the coarser kind is used for ordinary tinder. It is procured -by ribbing and beating the leaves till the green part separates and -nothing remains but the wool, which is sorted into two kinds. When -applied, it is made up in little cones, which, being placed on the part -selected for the operation, are set fire to from the top. They burn -very slowly, leaving a scar or blister on the skin, which, some time -after, breaks and discharges. The operation is not very painful, except -when repeated in the same place, as it sometimes is, or when applied -to certain tender parts. It is thought very efficacious in pleurisies, -toothache, gout, and rheumatism,—disorders which, like the colic above -mentioned, are rapid in their operation, and of which the paroxysms -tend to a speedy termination under any medical treatment or none at -all. The Japanese have very elaborate treatises as to the effects -produced by the moxa, according to the part to which it is applied, and -its application forms a science and profession by itself. The fleshy -parts, especially of the back, are ordinarily selected. It is used -still more by way of prevention than for cure, every person, young and -old, male and female, even prisoners in the jails, submitting to the -operation at least once in six months[56]. Another remedy is friction, -applied by certain professors, and which proves of great use in pains -of the limbs, arising from the prevailing vicissitudes of the weather. -Internal remedies are generally exhibited in the form of simple -decoctions, diuretic or sudorific. Wonderful virtues are ascribed to -certain drugs; and, on the whole, the Japanese appear, as in the use -of unicorn’s horn and ginseng, to have been not less deluded by quack -medicines and medical theories than more enlightened nations.[57] - -The doctors, like the priests, are distinguished from other people -by the fashion of wearing their hair. Thunberg states in one place -that they shaved the whole head; in another, that they had the option -of retaining all their hair, like the boys and women. According to -Titsingh, physicians shave the head, and surgeons wear the hair. Of -surgery, however, they know next to nothing. - -All the male Japanese who are neither priests nor physicians, from the -time the beard begins to grow, shave the head from the forehead to -the nape of the neck. The little hair left about the neck and on the -temples is well oiled, turned up in a cue, and tied with several rounds -of white string made of paper. The hair above the tie is cut off, -leaving about the length of a finger, which, being stiffened with a -sort of pomatum, is so bent that the tip of it is made to stand against -the crown of the head. This arrangement is strictly attended to, the -head being shaved every day, that the stumps of the growing hair may -not disfigure it. - -Women who have parted with their husbands also shave their heads—at -least Thunberg met with one such instance; but, in general, the women -retain all their hair, which they make smooth with oil and mucilaginous -substances, and either put close to the head all round, or else (in -the case of single women and serving-maids) make it stand in puffs -on each side of the face. The ends are fastened together in a knob -at the crown of the head, just before which is stuck a large comb, -made, in the case of the poorer people, of lackered boxwood, and -among the richer of tortoise-shell. The rich wear also several long -ornaments of tortoise-shell, stuck through this knob, which, with a -few flowers, constitute the whole of their head decorations. “Vanity,” -says Thunberg, “has not yet taken root among them to that degree as to -induce them to wear rings or other ornaments in their ears. No caps, -hats, or bonnets are worn, except a conical cap, made of reeds, when -travelling. Otherwise the parasol or fan is all the shelter they use -against the sun or the rain.” - -The official visits are thus described by Thunberg: “We were dressed -in the European fashion, but in costly silks, interwoven with silver -and laced with gold. On account of the festivity of the day it was -requisite for us to wear our swords and a very large black silk cloak. -We were carried a considerable distance through the town before we -arrived at the emperor’s residence. This is surrounded by fosses and -stone walls, and separated by draw-bridges. It forms a considerable -town of itself, and is said to be five leagues in circumference, -comprising the emperor’s private palace, as also that of the hereditary -prince, each separated from the other by wide fosses, stone walls, -gates, and other bulwarks. In the outermost citadel, which was the -largest of all, were large and handsome covered streets and great -houses, which belonged to the princes of the country, the privy -councillors, and other officers of state. Their numerous families, who -were obliged likewise to remain at the court the whole year throughout, -were also lodged here. At the first gate there was a strong guard. -That at the second gate was said to consist of a thousand men.[58] As -soon as we had passed through this gate, having previously quitted our -norimono, we were conducted to an apartment, where we waited a full -hour. At last, having obtained leave to approach the imperial palace, -we passed through a long lane of soldiers, who were posted on both -sides quite up to the door of the palace, all armed and well clothed. - -“The emperor’s private palace was situated on an eminence, and although -it consisted of one story only, still it was much higher than any -other house, and covered a large tract of ground. We were immediately -conducted into an antechamber, where we again waited at least an -hour. Our officers sat down in the Japanese manner on one side, and -the Dutchmen, together with the interpreters, on the other. It proved -extremely fatiguing to us to sit in their manner; and, as we could not -hold it out long thus, we put our legs out on one side and covered them -with our long cloaks, which in this respect were of great service to us. - -“The time we waited here did not appear long, as great numbers of -people passed in and out, both in order to look at us and talk with -us. We were visited by several princes of the country, but constantly -_incognito_, though we could always perceive when they were coming, -from the murmuring noise which was at first heard from the inner rooms, -and the silence that ensued upon it. Their curiosity was carried to a -great length in everything; but the chief employment they found for us -was to let them see our mode of writing. We were thus induced to write -something either on paper or on their fans. Some of them showed us fans -on which the Dutch had formerly written, and which they had carefully -treasured up as great rarities. - -“At last the instant arrived when the ambassador was to have audience, -at which the ceremony was totally different from that which was used in -Kämpfer’s time, we remaining in the apartment into which we had been -ushered. - -“After the return of the ambassador we were again obliged to stay a -long while in the antechamber, in order to receive the visits and -answer the questions of several of the courtiers, several times during -whose entrance a deep silence prevailed. Among these, it was said, -his imperial majesty had likewise come _incognito_, in order to have -a nearer view of the Dutch and their dress.[59] The interpreters and -officers had spared no pains to find out, through the medium of their -friends, everything that could tend to our information in this respect. -The emperor was of a middle size, hale constitution, and about forty -and odd years of age. - -“At length, after all the visits were ended, we obtained leave to see -several rooms in the palace, and also that in which the ambassador had -had audience, and which has already been described. - -“The ambassador was conducted by the outside of the anteroom and along -a boarded passage to the audience-room, which opened by a sliding-door. -The inner room consisted, in a manner, of three rooms, one a step -higher than the other, and, according to the measure I took of them by -my eye, when afterwards permitted to view them, of about ten paces each -in length, so that the distance between the emperor and the ambassador -might be about thirty paces. The emperor, as I was informed, stood -during the audience, in the most interior part of the room, as did the -hereditary prince likewise, at his right hand. To the right of this -room was a large saloon, the floor of which was covered by a hundred -mats, and hence called the hundred-mat saloon. It is six hundred feet -long and three hundred broad,[60] and is occupied by the most dignified -men of the empire, privy councillors, and princes, who all, on similar -occasions, take their seats according to their different ranks and -dignity. To the left, in the audience-room, lay the presents, sent -beforehand, and piled up in heaps. The whole of the audience consists -merely in this, that, as soon as the ambassador enters the room, he -falls on his hands, lays his hand on the mat, and bows his head down to -it, in the same manner as the Japanese themselves are used to testify -their subjection and respect. After this the ambassador rises, and is -conducted back to the anteroom the same way that he came. - -“The rest of the rooms which we viewed had no furniture in them. The -floors were covered with large and very white straw mats; the cornices -and doors were handsomely lackered, and the locks, hinges, etc., well -gilt. - -“After having thus looked about us, we were conducted to the hereditary -prince’s palace, which stood close by, and was separated only by a -bridge. Here we were received and complimented in the name of the -hereditary prince, who was not at home; after which we were conducted -back to our norimono. - -[Illustration: INDUSTRIAL WORKERS: AN UMBRELLA-MAKER; A CHARCOAL VENDER] - -“Although the day was already far advanced, and we had had sufficient -time to digest our early breakfast, we were nevertheless obliged to -pay visits to all the privy councillors, as well to the six ordinary as -to the six extraordinary, at each of their respective houses. And as -these gentlemen were not yet returned from court, we were received in -the most polite manner by their deputies, and exhibited to the view of -their ladies and children. Each visit lasted half an hour; and we were -for the most part so placed in a large room that we could be viewed on -all sides through thin curtains, without having the good fortune to get -a sight of these court beauties, excepting at one place, where they -made so free as not only to take away the curtain, but also desired -us to advance nearer. In general we were received by two gentlemen in -office, and at every place treated with green tea, the apparatus for -smoking, and pastry, which was set before each of us, separately, on -small tables. We drank sometimes a cup of the boiled tea, but did not -touch the tobacco, and the pastry was taken home through the prudent -care of our interpreters. - -“I shall never forget the delightful prospect we had during these -visits, from an eminence that commanded a view of the whole of this -large and extensive town, which the Japanese affirm to be twenty-one -leagues, or as many hours’ walk, in circumference. The evening drew -nigh by the time that we returned, weary and worn out, to our inn. - -“On the following day (May 19) we paid our respects to the temple -lords, as they are called, the two governors of the town, and the -two commissaries of strangers. A few days elapsed after this before -we received our audience of leave. This was given, in a very summary -manner, on the 23d following, and only before the lords in council -appointed for this purpose. The intervening days were employed in -receiving presents and preparing for our departure. At the audience -of leave the gowns or Japanese dresses, intended as presents for the -Dutch East India Company, were delivered. The presents destined for us -were carried to our inns. Every ordinary privy councillor gives, the -day after the audience of leave, ten gowns; every extraordinary privy -councillor, six; every temple lord, five; and every commissary, and the -governor of Nagasaki, two. Of these our _banjoshu_ (the officers called -by Kämpfer bugiō and deputy-bugiō,—the conductors of the journey) -received two; the secretary and myself, two apiece; and the ambassador, -four. The rest are packed up for the company’s account.”[61] - -Of these gowns, the universal and almost only article of Japanese -dress[62], Thunberg, in another place, gives the following account: -“They are long and wide, and worn, one or more of them, by people of -every age and condition in life. The rich have them of the finest silk, -and the poor of cotton. The women wear them reaching down to their -feet, and the women of quality frequently with a train. Those of the -men come down to their heels; but travellers, together with soldiers -and laboring people, either tuck them up or wear them so short that -they only reach to their knees. The men generally have them made of -plain silk of one color; but the silken stuffs worn by the women are -flowered, sometimes in gold. In the summer they are either without -any lining at all, or else with a thin lining only. In winter, by way -of defence against the cold weather, they are quilted with cotton or -silk wad. The men seldom wear many of them, but the women often from -thirty to fifty or more, and all so thin that together they hardly -weigh more than four or five pounds. The undermost serves for a shirt, -and is therefore either white or bluish, and for the most part thin -and transparent. All these gowns are fastened about the waist by a -belt, which for the men is about the breadth of a hand, and for the -women of twelve inches, and of such length as to go twice round the -body, with a large knot and rose. The knot worn by the fair sex, which -is larger than that worn by the men, shows immediately whether the -woman is married or not; as the married women wear the knot before, -and the single behind. The men fasten to this belt their sabres,[63] -fan, tobacco pipe and pouch. The gowns are rounded off about the neck, -without a cape, open before, and show the bare bosom, which is never -covered, either with a handkerchief or anything else. The sleeves are -ill-shaped, wide and long, the openings partly sewed up, so as to form -a bag, into which they put their hands in cold weather, or use it as -a pocket to hold their papers and other things.[64] Young girls, in -particular, have the sleeves of their gowns so long as frequently to -reach quite down to the ground. On account of the width of their -garments, they are soon dressed and undressed, as they have nothing -more to do than to untie their girdle and draw in their arms when the -whole of their dress instantly falls off of itself. The gowns serve -also for bedclothes. The common people, when at work, are frequently -seen naked, with only a girdle about them, or with their gowns taken -off the upper part of their bodies, and hanging down loose from their -girdles. Men of a higher rank wear over the long gowns a shorter one, -made of some thin stuff, such as gauze. As to the neck and sleeves of -it, they are like those of the other, but it reaches only to the waist, -and is not fastened with a girdle, but tied before and at the top with -a string. This half-gown is sometimes of a yellow, but most frequently -of a black color, and is laid aside at home, or in any place where no -superior is present.” - -As the Japanese ordinarily wear no covering for the legs, feet, or -head, the above-described gowns constitute their entire dress, except -upon occasions of ceremony, when a complimentary dress, or honor-gown, -_kamishimo_ as they call it, is added to it. This complimentary dress -consists of a frock, generally of a blue stuff, with white flowers -about half the length of the gown, and made much in the same way, but -carried on each side back over the shoulders, so as to give a very -broad-shouldered appearance to the wearer. To this, with persons of a -certain rank, is added, as part of the dress of ceremony, a garment -half breeches, half petticoat, as if it were a petticoat sewed up -between the legs, but left open at the sides for two thirds their -length, fastened about the waist by a band, and reaching to the ankles. - -Before leaving Yedo, Thunberg purchased a number of botanical books, -containing very indifferent figures of plants, as did another botanical -work, in twenty thin octavo volumes, presented to him by one of his -medical pupils. But a large printed[65] quarto, which he purchased, -contained figures of Japanese fishes, engraved and colored in such -superior style as to be able to compete with similar European works. -He also procured, though the selling such things to strangers was -strictly prohibited, a map of Japan, with plans of Yedo, Miyako, and -Nagasaki, exactly like those brought away by Kämpfer, and engraved in -his work. Just before his departure, at the request of his two pupils -in medicine, he gave them a certificate in Dutch, of their proficiency, -with which they were as highly delighted as ever a young doctor was -with his diploma. A warm friendship had sprang up between him and them, -and, even after Thunberg’s return to Europe, a correspondence was -kept up and presents exchanged for some years, down at least to the -publication of his travels. - -According to Thunberg, the personages composing the imperial court -were in his time so little known that very few people in the whole -empire were acquainted with their names. M. Feith, the director whom he -accompanied to Yedo, and who had been on the same embassy four times -before, and had lived in Japan fourteen years, was obliged to confess -at table, after their return to Batavia, being inquired of as to the -name of the reigning emperor, that he did not know it, and never had -heard it.[66] It was only through the friendship of his medical pupils -at Yedo, and of the chief interpreter, that he obtained a knowledge -of it, and also a list of the emperors since Kämpfer’s time, which he -gives as follows: - -1681, TSUNAYOSHI (reigning when Kämpfer left Japan, and for twelve or -thirteen years previously). - -1709, IYENOBU. - -1713, IYETSUGU. - -1716, YOSHIMUNE. - -1745, IYESHIGE. - -1760, IYEHARU,[67] who continued to reign at the time of Thunberg’s -departure, being the forty-first in succession from Yoritomo, and ninth -from Iyeyasu, otherwise Daifu-Sama, and Ōgosho-Sama, or, as he was -called after his death, Gongen-Sama, by whom the reigning dynasty had -been established. - -Thunberg left Yedo on his return the 25th of May. The weather being -rainy, they were a good deal molested by gnats, against which they -had to protect themselves by gauze curtains. The Japanese fire-flies, -so much more brilliant and active than the European glow-worm, were -noticed with admiration. - -At this season the first gathering was made of the tea-leaves, yet -quite young and yielding the finer kinds of tea. He observed in some -places the leaves carelessly spread before the houses on mats to dry. -He also observed the farmers, in several places, threshing barley, -wheat, and mustard seed on similar mats, with flails having three -swingels, or sometimes by beating the ears against a tub. To separate -the exterior husk from the rice, it was pounded by hand in a kind of -mortar, or by means of a machine consisting of a number of pestles -set in motion by a water-wheel, or by a man’s foot. After the wheat -and barley were gathered, French beans (_Phaseoli_) were sown for a -second crop. He observed many kinds of peas and beans cultivated, -especially the _Dolichos soia_, not only used for making soy, but -the chief ingredients of a soup, a daily dish with most classes. The -_Dolichos polystachos_, which ran winding like scarlet beans, was -employed for arbors. Its flowers, hanging down from long stalks, were -very ornamental, and appeared in succession for a long period. He -mentions, also, lettuce, melons both with red and white pulp, pumpkins, -cucumbers, eaten both raw and pickled, gourds, employed for flasks, -mushrooms, very much used, especially for soups and sauces, Seville -and China oranges, lemons, shaddocks, medlars (_Mespillus japonica_), -a large sort of persimmon (_Dyosperos kaki_), grapes, pomegranates, -Spanish figs (_Cactus ficus_), chestnuts, and walnuts.[68] The -condition of the Japanese farmer Thunberg contrasts very favorably with -that of the Swedish agriculturalist, overloaded as the latter was with -feudal burdens, though doubtless he knew better these burdens, which -he indignantly enumerates, than he did the grievances of the Japanese -cultivator. - -At Ōsaka he saw the smelting of copper from the ores obtained in that -neighborhood, and the method of casting it into bars. A mould was made -for this purpose, by digging a hole in the ground a foot deep, across -which were laid ten square iron bars, barely a finger’s breadth apart. -A strip of sail-cloth was spread over these bars and forced down. The -hole was then filled with water, and the melted metal, smelted from -the ore, was dipped up in iron ladles and poured into this mould, thus -forming each time ten or eleven thin plates. To this method of casting -he ascribes its high color. - -Thunberg had an opportunity of seeing Japanese plays, both at Ōsaka, -on his return from Miyako, and at Nagasaki, during the annual Matsuri -in honor of Suwa, which he attended. “The spectators,” he says, “sit -in houses of different dimensions, on benches. Facing them, upon an -elevated but small and narrow place, stands the theatre itself, upon -which seldom more than one or two actors perform at a time. These are -always dressed in a very singular manner, according as their own taste -and fancy suggest, insomuch that a stranger would be apt to believe -that they exhibited themselves not to entertain, but to frighten, the -audience. Their gestures as well as their dress are strangely uncouth -and extravagant, and consist in artificial contortions of the body, -which it must have cost them much trouble to learn and perform. In -general they represent some heroic exploit, or love story, of their -idols and heroes, which are frequently composed in verse, and are -sometimes accompanied with music. A curtain may, it is true, be let -fall between the actors and the spectators, and some necessary pieces -be brought forward upon the theatre; but in other respects these small -theatres have no machinery nor decorations which can entitle them to be -put in comparison with those of Europe. - -[Illustration: INTERIOR VIEW OF A TYPICAL JAPANESE HOUSE] - -“When the Japanese wish at any time to entertain the Dutch, either in -the town of Nagasaki, or more particularly during their journey to the -imperial court, they generally provide a band of female dancers, for -the amusement of their guests. These are generally young damsels, very -superbly dressed, whom they fetch from the inns; sometimes young boys -likewise are mixed among them. Such a dance requires always a number -of persons, who turn and twine, and put themselves into a variety of -artificial postures, in order to represent an amorous or heroic deed, -without either speaking or singing. Their steps are, however, regulated -by the music which plays to them. These girls are provided with a -number of very fine and light gowns, made of silk, which they slip off -one after another, during the dance, from the upper part of their body, -so as frequently to leave them, to the number of a dozen together, -suspended from the girdle which encircles their loins.” - -Though the view taken by Thunberg of the Japanese presents them perhaps -not quite so high in the scale of civilization as Kämpfer’s, yet he is -scarcely less their admirer, coinciding, indeed, in this respect, with -most of the Europeans who have left any memorials of their observations -in Japan. He notes especially their courtesy, friendly disposition, -ingenuity, love of knowledge, justice, honesty, frugality, cleanliness, -and self-respect; and he emphatically repudiates the conclusion that, -because the laws are severe and strictly executed, the people are -therefore to be regarded as slaves. These laws are for the public good, -and their severity ensures their observance. “The Japanese,” he tells -us, “hate and detest the inhuman traffic in slaves carried on by the -Dutch, and the cruelty with which these poor creatures are treated.” - -In common with Kämpfer he admires and extols the immutability of -the Japanese laws and customs; but this seems hardly so legitimate a -subject of eulogy as the peace in which the empire is kept, the plenty -which is said to prevail,[69] and its freedom as well from internal -feuds, political or religious, as from foreign encroachments. - -Thunberg’s “Flora Japonica” describes about a thousand species, of -which upwards of three hundred were new. In the preface to it he -speaks of the Japanese Islands as chiefly hills and valleys, with high -mountains. Plains and meadows are rare. The soil is now clayey and -now sandy. The summer heat is great, especially in July and August, -sometimes one hundred degrees of Fahrenheit, and scarcely tolerable but -for the breeze. In winter the thermometer, even in the most southern -parts, falls many degrees below the freezing-point, especially with the -wind from the north and west, with ice and snow, which on the highest -mountains remains all the year round. The changes in the weather are -great and sudden; violent storms with thunder and lightning are common. -The rains are abundant throughout the year, and especially so in spring -and summer, whence in part the fertility of Japan, mainly due, however, -to careful cultivation. - - - - -CHAPTER XLI - - _Isaac Titsingh—His Residence in Japan—Translations from the - Japanese—Annals of the Dairi—Memoirs of the Shōgun—Liberal Ideas - in Japan—Marriage Ceremonies—Funeral Ceremonies—Mourning—Feast of - Lanterns—A. D. 1779-1791._ - - -Soon after Thunberg’s departure, he had a worthy successor in the -person of Mr. Isaac Titsingh, the first director at Deshima since the -time of Caron to whom we are indebted for any information about Japan. -Born about 1740, Titsingh had entered early into the service of the -Dutch East India Company. After seven years’ residence at Batavia, he -was sent to Deshima, as director, where he arrived August 15, 1779, -and remained till November 29, 1780, when he returned to Batavia. He -came back again to Japan August 12, 1781, and remained till November 6, -1783, the war between Holland and England, growing out of the American -revolution, having prevented the arrival of any ships from Batavia -during the year 1782,—an event of which Titsingh took advantage to -stipulate for a considerable advance in the price of Dutch imports, for -a term of fifteen years. He reached Nagasaki a third time, August 18, -1784, but left again November 26 of the same year. During his first and -second visits he made the journey to Yedo as Dutch ambassador, where he -succeeded in making several friends, particularly Kuchiki Samon, prince -of Tamba, who had learned Dutch, which he wrote tolerably well, with -whom, and other Japanese friends, Titsingh kept up a correspondence -for some time after leaving the country. - -During his residence in Japan he made a valuable collection of Japanese -curiosities, including many Japanese books, and he also brought home -with him translations of some of these books, made by aid of Japanese -interpreters attached to the factory at Deshima, whose interpretations, -given _viva voce_, he wrote out in Dutch; for though Titsingh knew -enough of Japanese for the purposes of conversation, he does not seem -to have acquired the written language, nor to have been able to read -Chinese, of which the characters are largely, and, indeed, chiefly, -employed in most Japanese works of much pretensions. “I found,” he -says, “among the interpreters belonging to our factory four individuals -sufficiently well-informed for my purpose; a fifth had devoted -himself chiefly to medicine, in which he had made rapid progress, in -consequence of the instruction given to him by Dr. Thunberg. Far from -finding them suspicious and reluctant, as Europeans are usually pleased -to represent these persons, in order to palliate their own indolence, -they manifested, on the contrary, an eagerness to procure for me every -practicable information, to consult, in various matters beyond their -capacity, the best-informed individuals among the magistrates and -clergy, and to furnish me with books which might serve as a guide to my -labors.” - -After leaving Japan, Titsingh was governor at the Dutch factory at -Chinsurah, in Bengal, where he became acquainted with Sir William -Jones. In 1794 he was sent, with Van Braam, on a Dutch embassy to -Pekin, with the design to counterwork the English embassy of Lord -Macartney; but this residence in China was limited to a few months. - -Returning to Europe, after a residence in the East of thirty-three -years, Titsingh designed to publish the result of his Japanese -researches, in both Dutch and French; but, before having done it, he -died at Paris, in 1812, leaving his large fortune and his collections -and manuscripts to an only child of his, by an Eastern woman, by whom -the fortune was soon spent, and the manuscripts and curiosities sold -and scattered, though some of them ultimately fell into appreciating -hands.[70] - -Among his translations, the one to which Titsingh ascribed the greatest -importance was that of the “Nippon Ōdai Ichiran,” an abridged Japanese -chronicle, from 600 B. C. to A. D. 1611, compiled in the year 1652, -and printed at Miyako. Having been carefully compared by Klaproth -with the original,—a task, as he says, from the manifold defects of -Titsingh’s version, almost equivalent to a new translation,—and having -been enriched with an introduction, a supplement and notes, this -work was published in 1834, in French, at the expense of the Oriental -Translation Fund, under the title of “Annales des Empereurs du Japan.” - -Though highly valuable as a specimen of what Japanese histories are, -and though Klaproth’s introduction and notes contain some curious -information, this performance is, on the whole, exceedingly dry, while -it adds but little to the abstract given by Kämpfer of this or some -other similar work. A criticism which Titsingh himself makes upon it, -in a letter to the prince of Tamba, to whom he had intended to dedicate -his translation, is worthy of notice, as going to show how little, with -all its formal precision of years and months, the earlier Japanese -chronology is entitled to historical respect. - -“Must we not suppose,” says Titsingh, “that the Japanese, so jealous -of their neighbors, the Chinese, have, in writing their own history, -endeavored to fill up many gaps in it by prolonging the reigns of -their earlier Dairi? There is in your history a period of one thousand -and sixty-one years occupied by the reigns of only sixteen Dairi. The -duration of the life of Jimmu, of the reigns of Kōan, of Suijin, and -the life of Ōjin, appear altogether improbable. The first died at the -age of one hundred and twenty-seven years. The second reigned one -hundred and two years, the third ninety-nine years. The last lived one -hundred and ten years. These statements are too extraordinary to be -blindly believed. Grant, even, that a chaste and frugal way of living -may have secured for these princes a very advanced age, but how does it -happen that, after Nintoku Tennō (the seventeenth Dairi), none exceeded -the ordinary limit of human life? - -The Japanese still cling with tenacity to the formal recognition of the -absolute rights of the Dairi. With as much warmth as a loyal Englishman -would exhibit in maintaining the actual sovereignty of Queen Victoria, -they insisted to Titsingh—and the same thing afterwards occurred to -Golownin—that Europeans were mistaken in applying the term “emperor” to -the Shōgun, the Dairi being the only legal emperor, and the Shōgun but -an officer to whom the Dairi had entrusted the administration.[71] - -The annual visit of the Shōgun to the Dairi, made in Caron’s time, had -been discontinued; but mutual embassies are still exchanged, and the -envoys sent from the Dairi are received by the Shōgun as if they were -the Dairi himself. The Shōgun goes to meet them, and conducts them to -the hall of audience, where he performs the kitō, bending before them -till his head touches the mats, as if they were the very Dairi. This -homage finished, the Shōgun resumes his rank, and the ambassadors then -perform the kitō to him. During their stay they are entertained by two -persons, who, from the allowance made for it, find this office very -lucrative. The ambassadors also receive rich presents, not only at -Yedo, but all along the route, and the attendance upon this service, -even in an inferior capacity, is so lucrative as to be eagerly coveted -by the poor courtiers of the Dairi. Titsingh encountered one of these -embassies on his return from Yedo, in 1782, and was obliged to stop a -whole day, and to lodge in a citizen’s house, all the horses, porters, -and inns being taken up by the embassy. However poor and powerless, -the courtiers of the Dairi still enjoy all the outward observances -of superior rank. The first princes of the empire must pay them the -homage of the kitō, and must lay aside their two swords in their -presence. For this reason, these princes, in going and returning to -Yedo, carefully avoid passing through Miyako. - -A more interesting publication, from the manuscript of Titsingh, and -one which appeared earlier, is “Memoirs of the Djogouns” [Shōguns], -which had itself been preceded by a number of other pieces, -translations and originals.[72] These memoirs profess to be compiled -from Japanese manuscripts, of which Titsingh gives the following -account: “Since the accession of Gongen, founder of the present -dynasty, the printing of any work relating to the government has been -prohibited. The curious, however, possess manuscript accounts of all -the remarkable events that have occurred. These manuscripts are in -great request. The conduct of persons of elevated rank is sometimes as -freely censured in them as it would be in any country in Europe. The -obstructions which the government throws in the way of the publication -of historical works prevent these works from being known, and thus -obviate whatever might make an obnoxious impression on the minds of the -people, and endanger the interests of the reigning dynasty, as well -as the tranquillity of the empire. From some of these manuscripts are -extracted the particulars here submitted to the public. The Japanese, -to whom they belong, keep them carefully concealed, so that it is -difficult to procure a sight of them. If I was fortunate enough to -obtain the communication of those from which I have extracted such -curious notes, I am indebted for it to the ardent zeal with which my -friends assisted me in all my researches.” M. Abel Rémusat, the learned -Orientalist, who, at the request of the French publisher, prefixed -some preliminary observations to this publication, observes that, -“Thanks to the pains M. Titsingh has taken, we shall outstrip the -Japanese themselves, and, by an extraordinary singularity, we shall be -earlier and better informed than they concerning the events of their -own history.” This publication in Europe of Japanese history is not, -however, so much a singularity as M. Rémusat seems to suppose. The -letters of the Jesuit missionaries furnished contemporary details of -Japanese history extending over a period of more than seventy years, -and including the establishment of the present system of government, -far more full and authentic, we may well believe, than anything which -the Japanese themselves possess, and far exceeding anything contained -in this book of Titsingh’s whom M. Rémusat, perhaps in rather too -complimentary a spirit, places on a level with Kämpfer, and in advance -of Thunberg, as a contributor to our knowledge of Japan. - -The memoirs of the Shōguns, made up of detached fragments, in -general very jejune, contain, however, a few anecdotes, which serve -to illustrate the ideas and manners of the Japanese. The Kubō-Sama -reigning in Kämpfer’s time is stated to have been stabbed, in 1709, -by his wife, a daughter of the Dairi, because, being childless, he -persisted in selecting as his successor a person very disagreeable to -all the princes—an act which causes her memory to be held in high honor. - -One of the longest of these fragments relates to an alleged -conspiracy, in the year 1767, against the reigning Shōgun, for which -a number of persons suffered death. There is, also, an account of an -extensive volcanic eruption, which took place in September, 1783, in -the interior of the island of Nippon, in the province of Shinano, -northwest of Yedo and north of Ōsaka. The mountain Asama vomited -sand, ashes, and pumice-stones; the rivers flowing from it were -heated boiling-hot, and their dammed-up waters inundated the country. -Twenty-seven villages were swallowed up, and many people perished. - -The councillor of state, Tanuma Yamashiro-no-Kami, was assassinated the -next year (1784), in the emperor’s palace; but of this event, and of -others connected with it, Titsingh gives a fuller explanation in his -Introduction to the Japanese “Marriage Ceremonies.” He there informs us -that “though many Japanese of the highest distinction, and intimately -acquainted with matters of government, still consider Japan as the -first empire of the world, and care but little for what passes out of -it, yet such persons are denominated by the more enlightened _I no uchi -no Kayeru_,—that is, ‘Frogs in a well,’—a metaphorical expression, -which signifies that when they look up they can see no more of the sky -than what the small circumference of the well allows them to perceive.” -Of this more enlightened party was the extraordinary councillor, -Matsudaira Tsu, who proposed, in 1769, the building of ships, and junks -suitable for foreign voyages; but this plan was put a stop to by his -death. - -Tango-no-Kami, the governor of Nagasaki, one of this more liberal -party, with whom Titsingh, while director, kept up a secret -intercourse, proposed to him, in 1783, to bring carpenters from -Batavia, to instruct the Japanese in building vessels, especially -for the transport of copper from Ōsaki to Nagasaki, in which service -many Japanese vessels had been lost, with their cargoes; but this -Titsingh knew to be impossible, as skilful carpenters were too rare -at Batavia to be spared. He therefore proposed to take with him, on -his return to Batavia, a number of Japanese to be instructed there; -but the prohibition against any native leaving the country proved an -insurmountable obstacle. He then promised to have a model ship built at -Batavia, and conveyed to Nagasaki, which was done by himself, on his -last visit to Japan; but the assassination of Tanuma, above mentioned, -which had happened during his absence at Batavia, put an end to all -hopes that had been formed of a modification in the exclusive policy of -the Japanese. - -This Tanuma (uncle of the Shōgun) was, according to Titsingh’s -account, a young man of uncommon merit and liberal ideas, and the -anti-frog-in-a-well party flattered themselves that, when he should -succeed his father, he would, as they expressed it, “widen the road.” -After his appointment as extraordinary councillor, he and his father -incurred, as Titsingh states, the hatred of the grandees of the court, -by introducing various innovations, which the “Frogs in a well” -censured as detrimental to the empire. It was to this feeling that his -assassination was ascribed, a crime which put an end to the hopes which -had begun to be entertained of seeing Japan opened to foreigners, and -of its inhabitants being allowed to visit other countries. - -The appetite for foreign knowledge which Thunberg had noticed was also -observed by Titsingh. “During my residence in Japan,” so he writes in -the above-quoted Introduction, “several persons of quality, at Yedo, -Miyako, and Ōsaka, applied themselves assiduously to the acquisition of -the Dutch language and the reading of our books. The prince of Satsuma, -father-in-law of the present Shōgun, used our alphabet to express -in his letters what he wished a third person not to understand. The -surprising progress made by the prince of Tamba, by Katsuragawa Hozan, -physician to the Shōgun, and Nakagawa Junan, physician to the prince -of Wakasa,[73] and several others, enabled them to express themselves -more clearly than many Portuguese born and bred among us at Batavia. -Considering the short period of our residence [he means, apparently, -the stay of the Dutch embassy] at Yedo, such proficiency cannot but -excite astonishment and admiration. The privilege of corresponding with -the Japanese, above mentioned, and of sending them back their answers -corrected, without the letters being opened by the government, allowed -through the special favor of the worthy governor, Tango-no-Kami, -facilitated to them the learning of Dutch.” - -In 1786, the reigning Shōgun, Iyeharu, died, and was succeeded -by an adopted son, Iyenari, who was his distant cousin, being a -great-grandson of his great-grandfather. This prince was married -to a daughter of the prince of Satsuma, and that is stated to have -been a principal reason for his adoption, it being the policy of the -Shōguns thus to secure the attachment of the most powerful princes. -The reigning family is thus allied to the princes of Kaga, Satsuma, -Yechizen, Nagato, and Ōshū, while the houses of Owari, Kishū, and Mito -are descended from the sons of Gongen, from among whom, in case of -failure of heirs, the Shōgun is selected. These princes of the first -class, notwithstanding the jealous supremacy of the emperors, still -retain certain privileges. According to Titsingh, they enjoy absolute -power in their own palaces, with the right of life and death over -their dependents; nor, in case they commit crimes, has the emperor -any authority to put them to death. He can only, with the Dairi’s -assistance, compel them to resign in favor of their sons. - -In 1788, a terrible fire occurred at Miyako, by which almost the -entire city, including the palace of the Dairi, was destroyed. The -particulars of this event were communicated to Titsingh by his Japanese -correspondents. - -Early in 1792, the summit of the Onsen-ga-Take (High mountain of warm -springs), in the province of Hizen, west of Shimabara, sank entirely -down. Torrents of boiling water issued from all parts of the deep -cavity thus formed, and a vapor arose like thick smoke. Three weeks -after, there was an eruption from a crater, about half a league from -the summit. The lava soon reached the foot of the mountain, and in a -few days the country was in flames for miles around. A month after, the -whole island of Kiūshiū was shaken by an earthquake, felt principally, -however, in the neighborhood of Shimabara. It reduced that part of the -province of Higo opposite Shimabara to a deplorable condition, and even -altered the whole outline of the coast, sinking many vessels which -lay in the harbors. This is the event of the latest date mentioned by -Titsingh. A plan of the eruption, furnished by one of his Japanese -correspondents, also one of the eruption in Shinano in 1783, is given -in the “Illustrations of Japan.” - -The matter upon which Titsingh throws the most light is the marriage -and funeral ceremonies of the Japanese, as to which he gives a -translation, or rather an abridgment, of two Chinese works, received -as authority in Japan, as to the etiquette to be observed on these -occasions, at the same time noting the variations introduced by the -Japanese. - -The system of Japanese manners, being based on that of the Chinese, -abounds in punctilios, and the higher the rank of the parties -concerned, the more these punctilios are multiplied. This applies to -marriages[74] as to other things. The treatise which Titsingh follows -relates only to the marriages of what we should call the middle class -(including merchants, artisans, etc.), who, though often possessed of -considerable wealth, hold in Japan much the same subordinate position -held prior to the French revolution by the corresponding class in -France. - -With persons of high rank, marriages are made entirely from family -convenience; even with those of the middle class they are also much -based on prudential considerations. Formerly, the bridegroom never -saw the bride till she entered his house, which she does, preceded -by a woman bearing a lantern, which originally served the bridegroom -to catch his first glimpse of the bride, and, if he did not like her -looks, the match might be broken off, and the bride sent home. “Such -cases,” says Titsingh, “formerly occurred; but, at present, beauty is -held in much less estimation than fortune and high birth,—advantages to -which people would once have been ashamed to attach so much value, and -the custom has been by degrees entirely laid aside, on account of the -mortification which it must give to the bride. At present, when a young -man has any intention of marrying a female, whom he deems likely, from -the situation of her parents, to be a suitable match, he first seeks -to obtain a sight of her. If he likes her person, a mediator, selected -from among his married friends, is sent to negotiate a match. People of -quality have neither lantern nor mediator, because the parents affiance -the children in infancy, and marriage always follows. Should it so -happen that the husband dislikes the wife, he takes as many concubines -as he pleases. This is also the case among persons of the inferior -classes. The children are adopted by the wife, who is respected in -proportion to the number of which she is either the actual or nominal -mother.” - -Formerly the bride was not allowed, in case of the bridegroom’s death -before the consummation of the nuptials, to marry again. A moving -story is told of a romantic Japanese young lady, who, being urged -by her friends to a second betrothal, to avoid such a sacrifice of -her delicacy, cut off her hair, and, when that would not answer, her -nose also. But this antique constancy has, in these latter depraved -times,—depraved in Japan as well as elsewhere,—entirely disappeared, as -well among the nobility as the common people. - -The match having been agreed upon, the bridegroom’s father sends a -present—nothing is done in Japan without presents—to the bride’s -father. The bearer, accompanied by the mediator, delivers not only the -presents and a written list or invoice of them, but a complimentary -message also. For these presents a written receipt is given, and, three -days after, the bearer and those who attended him are complimented by -a counter present. - -The following articles are then got ready at the bride’s house by the -way of outfit: A white wedding-dress, embroidered with gold or silver; -four other dresses, one with a red, a second with a black ground, one -plain white; a fourth plain yellow; a number of gowns, both lined -and single, and all the other requisites of a wardrobe, as girdles, -bathing-gowns, under robes, both fine and coarse, a thick-furred robe -for a bed-gown; a mattress to sleep on; bedclothes; pillows; gloves; -carpets; bed-curtains; a silk cap; a furred cotton cap; long and short -towels; a cloak; a covering for a norimono; a bag with a mixture of -bran, wheat, and dried herbs, to be used in washing the face; also -a bag of tooth-picks, some skeins of thin twine, made of twisted -paper, for tying up the hair; a small hand-mirror; a little box of -medicines; a small packet of the best columbac, for painting the lips; -several kinds of paper for doing up packages; also paper for writing -letters; a _koto_ (a kind of harp); a _samisen_ (a sort of guitar); -a small chest for holding paper; an inkhorn; a pin-cushion; several -sorts of needles; a box of combs; a mirror with its stand; a mixture -for blacking the teeth (the distinguishing mark of married women in -Japan, some blackening them the moment they are married, and others -when they become pregnant); curling-tongs for the hair; scissors; a -letter-case; a case of razors; several small boxes, varnished or made -of osier; dusters; a case of articles for dressing the hair; an iron -for smoothing linen; a large osier basket to hold the linen; a tub -with handles; a small dagger, with a white sheath, in a little bag -(thought to drive away evil spirits and to preserve from infectious -exhalations,—a quality ascribed also to the swords worn by the men); -complimentary cards, made of paper, variously colored, and gilt or -silvered at the ends, to tie round presents; _noshi_, a species -of edible sea-weed, of which small pieces are attached to every -congratulatory present; silk thread; a small tub to hold flax; several -slender bamboos, used in hanging out clothes to dry; circular fans; -common fans; fire-tureens; and—what certainly ought to form a part -of the bridal outfit of our city belles—a small bench for supporting -the elbows when the owner has nothing to do! Several books are also -added, poems and stories, moral precepts, a book on the duties of woman -in the married state, and another—the very one we are now giving an -abstract of—on the etiquette of the marriage ceremony. Two different -kinds of dressing-tables are also provided, containing many of the -above-mentioned articles; also a number of other housekeeping utensils. - -When these things are ready, the mediator and his wife are invited to -the house of the bride’s father, and entertained there. A lucky day -is selected for sending the above-mentioned articles, accompanied by -a written list, to the bridegroom’s house. The mediator is present to -assist in receiving them, and a formal receipt is given, as well as -refreshments and presents to the bearers in proportion to the value of -the articles brought. - -On the day fixed for the marriage, an intelligent female servant of the -second class[75] is sent to the house of the bride to attend her, and -the bride’s father, having invited all his kinsfolk, entertains them -previous to the bride’s departure. - -The bridal party sets out in norimono, the mediator’s wife first, -then the bride, then the bride’s mother, and, finally, her father. -The mediator has already preceded them to the bridegroom’s house. The -bride is dressed in white (white being the color for mourning among the -Japanese), being considered as thenceforward dead to her parents. - -If all the ceremonies are to be observed, there should be stationed, -at the right of the entrance to the house of the bridegroom, an old -woman, and on the left an old man, each with a mortar containing some -rice-cakes. As the bride’s norimono reaches the house, they begin to -pound their respective mortars, the man saying, “A thousand years!” -the woman, “Ten thousand!”—allusions to the reputed terms of life of -the crane and the tortoise thus invoked for the bride. As the norimono -passes between them, the man pours his cakes into the woman’s mortar, -and both pound together. What is thus pounded is moulded into two -cakes, which are put one upon another and receive a conspicuous place -in the toko[76] of the room where the marriage is to be celebrated. - -[Illustration: A SCENE IN THE HOUSE OF A NOBLE - From _Official History of Japan_] - -The norimono is met within the passage by the bridegroom, who stands -in his dress of ceremony ready to receive it. There is also a woman -seated there with a lantern, and several others behind her. It was, as -already mentioned, by the light of this lantern that formerly the -groom first saw his bride, and, if dissatisfied with her, exercised -his right of putting a stop to the ceremony. The bride, on seeing the -bridegroom, reaches to him, through the front window of her norimono, -her _mamori_,[77] and he hands it to a female servant who takes it into -the apartment prepared for the wedding and hangs it up. The bride is -also led to her apartment, the woman with the lantern preceding. - -The marriage being now about to take place, the bride is led by one -of her waiting-women into the room where it is to be celebrated, -and is seated there with two female attendants on either side. The -bridegroom then leaves his room and comes into this apartment. No other -persons are present except the mediator and his wife. The formality -of the marriage consists in drinking sake after a particular manner. -The sake is poured out by two young girls, one of whom is called the -male butterfly, and the other the female butterfly,—appellations -derived from their _susu_, or sake-jugs, each of which is adorned -with a paper-butterfly. As these insects always fly about in pairs, -it is intended to intimate that so the husband and wife ought to be -continually together. The male butterfly always pours out the sake to -be drank, but, before doing so, turns a little to the left, when the -female butterfly pours from her jug a little sake into the jug of the -other, who then proceeds to pour out for the ceremony. For drinking it, -three bowls are used, placed on a tray or waiter, one within the other. -The bride takes the uppermost, holds it in both hands, while some sake -is poured into it, sips a little, three several times, and then hands -it to the groom. He drinks three times in like manner, puts the bowl -under the third, takes the second, hands it to be filled, drinks out -of it three times, and passes it to the bride. She drinks three times, -puts the second bowl under the first, takes the third, holds it to be -filled, drinks three times, and then hands it to the groom, who does -the same, and afterwards puts this bowl under the first. This ceremony -constitutes the marriage. The bride’s parents, who meanwhile were in -another room, being informed that this ceremony is over, come in, as do -the bridegroom’s parents and brothers, and seat themselves in a certain -order. The sake, with other refreshments interspersed, is then served, -by the two butterflies, to these relations of the married parties in a -prescribed order, indicated by the mediator; the two families, by this -ceremony, extending, as it were, to each other the alliance already -contracted between the bride and bridegroom. - -Next follows the delivery of certain presents on the part of the bride -to the bridegroom, his relatives, and the servants of the household. -These are brought by a female, who arranges them in order in an -adjoining room, and hands written lists of them to the mediator, who -passes it to the bridegroom’s father, who, having received the paper, -returns thanks, then reads the lists aloud, and again returns thanks. - -The bridegroom then presents the bride with two robes, one with a red -and the other with a black ground, embroidered with gold or silver. The -bride retires, puts on these robes, and again returns. Refreshments of -a peculiar kind then follow, the bride, to spare her bashfulness, being -suffered to eat in a room by herself. - -This entertainment over, the parents of the bride prepare to leave -her. They are accompanied by those of the bridegroom, and by the bride -herself, to the door; the bridegroom with two servants bears candles, -shows the way, and takes leave with compliments. - -Sometimes the bridegroom proceeds, that same night, with his parents -and the mediator, to the house of the bride’s father, where the -contracting of relationship by drinking sake is again gone through -with, the bride remaining behind in her husband’s house, where she is -meanwhile entertained by his brothers. On this occasion the father of -the bride presents his new son-in-law with a sabre. Presents are also -delivered on the part of the bridegroom to the bride’s relations. - -The feasting over, the bridegroom and his parents return home, and are -received at the door by the bride. - -In making the bed for the bride, her pillow is placed towards the north -(the practice followed with the dead, for she is thenceforward to be -considered as dead to her parents). Such is stated to have been the -ancient custom, though now generally disused. - -The beds having been prepared, the bride is conducted to hers by one of -the women appointed to attend her, and the same person introduces the -bridegroom into the apartment. The young couple are waited on by the -male and female butterflies. One of the bride’s women sleeps secretly -in the adjoining chamber. - -The bridal chamber is abundantly furnished with all the numerous -articles of the Japanese toilet, including a greater or less quantity, -according to their rank, of wearing apparel, hung on movable racks or -clothes-horses. - -In families of the rank of the governors of Nagasaki the bride is -portioned with twelve robes, each upon a distinct horse; namely, -a blue robe, for the first month, embroidered with fir-trees or -bamboos; a sea-green robe for the second month, with cherry flowers -and buttercups; a robe of light red, for the third month, with willows -and cherry-trees; a robe of pearl color, for the fourth month, -embroidered with the cuckoo, and small spots representing islands; a -robe of faint yellow, for the fifth month, embroidered with waves and -sword-grass; a robe of bright orange, for the sixth month, embroidered -with melons and with an impetuous torrent,—the rainy season falling -in this and the previous month; a white robe, for the seventh month, -with _kikyō_ flowers, white and purple; a red robe, for the eighth -month, sprinkled with sloe-leaves; a violet robe, for the ninth month, -embroidered with flowers of the _Chrysanthemum indicum_ [_Kiku_], a -very splendid flower; an olive-colored robe, for the tenth month, with -representations of a road and ears of rice cut off; a black robe, for -the eleventh month, embroidered with emblems of ice and icicles; a -purple robe for the twelfth month, embroidered with emblems of snow. -Beyond some personal outfit of this sort, it is said not to be the -custom to portion daughters. - -Next morning the young couple take a warm bath, and then breakfast -together. Soon after numerous presents come in, of which a careful -account is kept; the bride also receives visits of congratulation. The -day after, all the bridegroom’s people are treated with cakes in the -apartment of the bride; and rice-cake, put up in boxes, is sent to all -the near relations who did not attend the wedding. - -After the expiration of three days the bride pays a visit to her -parents preceded by a present from her husband, one corresponding to -which is sent back when the bride returns. All the preceding ceremonies -over, the bride, accompanied by her mother-in-law, or some aged female -relative, pays a visit to all who have sent her presents, thanks them, -and offers a suitable return,—a supply of suitable presents for this -purpose having been provided for her before she left her father’s -house. Seven days after the wedding, the bridegroom and four or five of -his intimate friends are invited by the parents of the bride to a grand -entertainment. A few days after, the bridegroom invites the relatives -of the bride to a similar entertainment, and so the matrimonial -solemnities terminate. - -The Japanese have two ways of disposing of the dead,—_dosō_, or -interment; _kwasō_, or burning,—and persons about to die generally -state which method they prefer. - -Of the funeral ceremonies[78] observed at Nagasaki, Titsingh gives the -following account: The body, after being carefully washed by a favorite -servant, and the head shaved, is clothed according to the state of the -weather, and (if a female, in her best apparel) exactly as in life, -except that the sash is tied, not in a bow, but strongly fastened with -two knots, to indicate that it is never more to be loosed. The body is -then covered with a piece of linen, folded in a peculiar manner, and is -placed on a mat in the middle of the hall, the head to the north. Food -is offered to it, and all the family lament. - -After being kept for forty-eight hours, the body is placed on its knees -in a tub-shaped coffin, which is enclosed in a square, oblong box, -or bier, the top of which is roof-shaped, called _kwan_. Two _ihai_ -are also prepared,—wooden tablets of a peculiar shape and fashion, -containing inscriptions commemorative of the deceased, the time of his -decease, and the name given to him since that event. - -The ihai and kwan, followed by the eldest son and the family, servants, -friends, and acquaintances, are borne in a procession, with flags, -lanterns, etc., to one of the neighboring temples, whence, after -certain ceremonies, in which the priests take a leading part, they are -carried, by the relatives only, to the grave, where a priest, while -waiting their arrival, repeats certain hymns. The moment they are come, -the tub containing the body is taken out of the kwan and deposited -in the grave, which is then filled with earth and covered with a -flat stone, which again is covered with earth, and over the whole is -placed the kwan and one of the ihai, which is removed at the end of -seven weeks, to make room for the _hiseki_,[79] or gravestone. If the -deceased had preferred to be burnt, the kwan is taken to the summit of -one of two neighboring mountains, on the top of each of which is a sort -of furnace, prepared for this purpose, enclosed in a small hut. The -coffin is then taken from the kwan, and, being placed in the furnace, -a great fire is kindled. The eldest son is provided with an earthen -urn, in which first the bones and then the ashes are put, after which -the mouth of the urn is sealed up. While the body is burning, a priest -recites hymns. The urn is then carried to the grave, and deposited in -it, and, the grave being filled up, the kwan is placed over it. - -The eldest son and his brothers are dressed in white, in garments of -undyed hempen stuff, as are the bearers, and all females attending -the funeral, whether relatives or not; the others wear their usual -dresses. The females are carried in norimono, behind the male part of -the procession, which proceeds on foot, the nearest relatives coming -first. The eldest daughter takes precedence of the wife. The eldest son -and heir, whether by blood or adoption, who is the chief mourner, wears -also a broad-brimmed hat, of rushes, which hang about his shoulders, -and in this attire does not recognize nor salute anybody. - -It is a remarkable circumstance that relatives in the ascending line -and seniors never attend the funerals of their junior kindred, nor go -into mourning for them. Thus, if the second son should die, neither -father, mother, uncle, aunt, elder brother, nor elder sister would -attend the funeral. - -The laboring classes are not required to go into mourning; yet some of -them do for two, three, or four days. With them the burial takes place -after twenty-four hours. With the upper class the mourning is fixed at -fifty days. It used to be twice that time, but is said to have been cut -down by Iyeyasu (founder of the reigning dynasty), that the business of -the public functionaries might suffer the less interruption. Persons in -mourning stay at home, abstain from animal food of any description, and -from sake, and neither cut their nails nor shave their heads. - -One of the ihai is left, as has been mentioned, at the grave; the -other, during the period of mourning, is set up in the best apartment -of the house of the deceased. Sweetmeats, fruit, and tea are placed -before it, and morning, noon, and night food is offered to it, served -up as to a living person. Two candles, fixed in candlesticks, burn by -it night and day, and a lighted lantern is hung up on either side. -The whole household, of both sexes, servants included, pray before it -morning and evening. This is kept up for seven weeks, and during each -week, from the day of the death, a priest attends and reads hymns for -an hour before the ihai. He is each time supplied with ornaments, and -paid a fee of from five to six mas. - -During these seven weeks the son goes every day, be the weather what -it may, and says a prayer by the grave. He wears his rush hat, through -which he can see without being seen, speaks to nobody, and is dressed -in white. With this exception, and a ceremonious visit, in the third, -fourth, or fifth week, to the relatives and friends, he remains in his -house, with the door fastened. It is customary to erect a small hut -near the grave, in which a servant watches, noting down the names of -all who come to visit it. - -When the seven weeks are over, the mourner shaves and dresses, opens -his door, and goes, if an officer, to inform the governor that his -days of mourning are over. He next pays a complimentary visit to all -who attended the funeral, or have visited the grave, sending them also -a complimentary present. The hiseki, or gravestone (almost precisely -like those in use with us), is placed over the grave, and two ihai, -varnished black and superbly gilt, are provided, one of which is sent -to a temple. The other remains at home, kept in a case in a small -apartment appropriated for that purpose, in which are kept the ihai of -all the ancestors of the family. It is customary every morning, after -rising and dressing, to take the ihai out of its case, and to burn a -little incense before it, bowing the head in token of respect. - -[Illustration: A JAPANESE BED] - -Though the wearing of white garments and other formalities of the -special mourning, called imi, cease at the end of fifty days at the -longest, bright colors are not to be worn, or a Shintō temple to be -entered, for thirteen months, and this is called _buku_. For a husband, -imi lasts thirty days and buku thirteen months; for a wife, imi twenty -days and buku three months; for grandparents and uncles, the periods -are thirty days and five months; for an eldest brother or sister, or -aunt on the father’s side, and great-grandparents, twenty days and -three months; for great-great-grandparents and aunts on the mother’s -side, fathers and mothers-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, or -eldest grandchild, ten days and one month; for other grandchildren, -and for cousins of either sex, and their children, three days and -seven days. For children under the age of seven years, whatever the -relationship, there is no mourning. - -The great dignitaries must wear mourning for the Shōgun; all officers, -civil and military, for their princes; and whoever derives his -subsistence from another must mourn for him as for a father. Pupils -also must mourn for their teacher, education being esteemed equivalent -to a livelihood. The sons of a mother repudiated by her husband and -expelled from his house mourn for her as if dead. - -In case of persons holding office, who die suddenly without previously -having resigned in favor of their heirs, it is not unusual to bury them -the night after their death, in a private manner. The death, though -whispered about, is not officially announced. The heir, who dresses -and acts as usual, notifies the authorities that his father is sick -and wishes to resign. Having obtained the succession, he soon after -announces his father’s death, and the formal funeral and mourning then -take place. - -The honors paid to deceased parents do not terminate with the mourning. -Every month, on the day of the ancestor’s decease, for fifty, or even -for a hundred years, food, sweetmeats, and fruit are set before the -ihai. One hundred days after the decease of a father or mother, an -entertainment is to be given to all the intimate friends, including the -priest who presided at the funeral. This is to be repeated a year from -the death; and again on the third, seventh, thirteenth, twenty-fifth, -thirty-third, fiftieth, hundredth, and hundred and fiftieth -anniversary, and so on, as long as the family exists. To secure the -due payment to themselves of funeral honors, those who have no sons of -their own adopt one. If any accident, fortunate or disastrous, happens -to the family, it is formally communicated to the ihai, such as the -birth of a child, a safe return from a journey, etc. In case of floods -or fires, the ihai must be saved in preference to everything else, -their loss being regarded as the greatest of misfortunes. - -The fifteenth day of the seventh Japanese month is a festival, devoted -to the honor of parents and ancestors. Every Japanese whose parents are -still living considers this a happy day. People regale themselves and -their children with fish. Married sons and daughters, or adopted sons, -send presents to their parents. On the evening of the 13th, the ihai -are taken from their cases, and a repast set before them of vegetables -and the fruits then ripening. In the middle is set a vase, in which -perfumes are burnt, and other vases containing flowers. The next day, -meals of rice, tea, and other food are regularly served to the ihai, as -to living guests. - -Towards evening, lanterns, suspended from long bamboos, are lighted -before each hiseki, or gravestone, and refreshments are also placed -there. This is repeated on the fifteenth. Before daylight of the -sixteenth the articles placed at the graves are packed into small -boats of straw, provided with sails of paper or cloth, which are -earned in procession, with vocal and instrumental music and loud cries, -to the waterside, where they are launched, by way of dismissing the -souls of the dead, who are supposed now to return to their graves. -“This festival,” says Titsingh, speaking of its celebration at -Nagasaki, “produces a highly picturesque effect. Outside the town, the -view of it from the island Deshima is one of the most beautiful. The -spectator would almost imagine that he beheld a torrent of fire pouring -from the hill, owing to the immense number of small boats that are -carried to the shore to be turned adrift on the sea. In the middle of -the night, and when there is a brisk wind, the agitation of the water -causing all these lights to dance to and fro, produces an enchanting -scene. The noise and bustle in the town, the sound of gongs and the -voices of the priests, combine to form a discord that can scarcely be -conceived. The whole bay seems to be covered with _ignes fatui_. Though -these barks have sails of paper, or stronger stuff, very few of them -pass the place where our ships lie at anchor. In spite of the guards, -thousands of paupers rush into the water to secure the small copper -coin and other things placed in them. Next day, they strip the barks of -all that is left, and the tide carries them out to sea. Thus terminates -this ceremony.”[80] - - - - -CHAPTER XLII - - _Exploration of the Northern Japanese Seas—First Russian Mission - to Japan—Professorship of Japanese at Irkutsk—New Restrictions - on the Dutch—Embarrassments growing out of the War of the French - Revolution—American Flag at Nagasaki—Captain Stewart—Ingenuity of - a Japanese Fisherman—Heer Doeff, Director at Deshima—Suspicious - Proceedings of Captain Stewart—Russian Embassy—Klaproth’s Knowledge - of Japanese—Doeff’s First Journey to Yedo—Dutch Trade in 1804 and - 1806—An American Ship at Nagasaki—The British Frigate “Phaeton”—No - Ships from Batavia—The Dutch on Short Allowance—English Ships - from Batavia—Communication again suspended—Dutch and Japanese - Dictionary—Children at the Factory—A. D. 1792-1817._ - - -Till comparatively a recent period Europe was very much in the dark -as to the geography of northeastern Asia. Through the explorations -and conquests of the Russians, Kamtchatka (long before visited by -the Japanese) first became known to Europeans, about the year 1700. -The exploration of the Kurile Islands, stretching from the southern -point of that peninsula, led the Russians towards Japan. In 1713, the -Cossack Kosierewski reached Kunajiri (the twentieth Kurile, according -to the Russian reckoning, beginning from Kamtchatka), close to the -northeastern coast of Yezo, and claimed by the Japanese. In 1736, -Spagenburg, a Dane in the Russian service, visited all the southern -Kuriles, coasted the island of Yezo, made the land of Nippon, and -entered several harbors on its eastern coast. These explorations were -renewed by Potonchew in 1777; but it was not till 1787 that La Perouse -obtained for Europe the first distinct knowledge of the outline of the -Sea of Japan, of the relative situations of Sakhalin and Yezo, and of -the strait between them, which still bears his name. - -In 1791, the “Argonaut,” an English ship employed in the fur trade -on the northwest coast of America, made the western coast of Japan, -and attempted to trade; but she was immediately surrounded by lines -of boats; all intercourse with the shore was prevented, and she was -dismissed with a gratuitous supply of wood and water. In 1795-97, -Captain Broughton, in an English exploring vessel, coasted the southern -and eastern shore of Yezo, sailed among the southern Kuriles, and -touched at several places on the southern part of Sakhalin. Besides the -natives, he found a few Japanese, who treated him with much attention, -but were very anxious for his speedy departure. Japanese officers came -from Yezo, expressly to look after him, to restrict his communications, -and to send him off, with all civility indeed, but as speedily as -possible. - -Previous to Broughton’s voyage, Russia had already made a first attempt -at a commercial and diplomatic intercourse with Japan. The crew of a -Japanese vessel, shipwrecked in the Sea of Okhotsk, had been saved by -the Russians, about 1782, and taken to Irkutsk, in Siberia, where they -lived for ten years. At length the governor of Siberia was directed, by -the empress Catherine II, to send home these Japanese, and with them an -envoy, not as from her, but from himself. Lieutenant Laxman, selected -for this purpose, sailed from Okhotsk in the autumn of 1792, landed -on the northern coast of Yezo, and passed the winter there. The next -summer he entered the harbor of Hakodate, on the northern coast of -the Strait of Sangar. From that town he travelled by land to the city -of Matsumae, three days’ journey to the west, and the chief Japanese -settlement on the island, the authorities of which, after communicating -with Yedo, delivered to him a paper to the following effect: “That -although it was ordained by the laws of Japan, that any foreigners -landing anywhere on the coast, except at Nagasaki, should be seized and -condemned to perpetual imprisonment; yet, considering the ignorance of -the Russians, and their having brought back the shipwrecked Japanese, -they might be permitted to depart, on condition of never approaching, -under any pretence, any part of the coast except Nagasaki. As to the -Japanese brought back, the government was much obliged to the Russians; -who, however, were at liberty to leave them or take them away again, as -they pleased, it being the law of Japan that such persons ceased to be -Japanese, and became the subjects of that government into whose hands -destiny had cast them. With respect to commercial negotiations, those -could only take place at Nagasaki; and a paper was sent authorizing -a Russian vessel to enter that port for that purpose; but as the -Christian worship was not allowed in Japan, any persons admitted into -Nagasaki must carefully abstain from it.” - -Laxman was treated with great courtesy, though kept in a sort of -confinement; he was supported, with his crew, by the Japanese -authorities, while he remained, and was dismissed with presents and an -ample supply of provisions, for which no payment would be received. - -Here the matter rested for several years, but into a school for -teaching navigation, which Catherine II established at Irkutsk, the -capital of Eastern Siberia, she introduced a professorship of the -Japanese language, the professors being taken from among the Japanese -shipwrecked from time to time on the coast of Siberia. Meanwhile, -even the Dutch commerce to Japan had undergone some new restrictions. -Whether from the prevalence of the “frog-in-a-well” policy, or from -apprehensions, as it was said, of the exhaustion of the copper mines, -the Dutch in 1790 were limited to a single ship annually, while to -accommodate their expenditures to this diminished trade, the hitherto -yearly embassy to Yedo was to be sent only once in four years, though -annual presents to the emperor and his officers were still required as -before. - -The occupation of Holland by the French armies not only exposed Dutch -vessels to capture by the English, it cost Holland several of her -eastern colonies, and thus placed new obstacles in the way of the -Japanese trade. It was no doubt to diminish the danger of capture by -the British, that, in the year 1797, the ship despatched from Batavia -sailed under the American flag, and carried American papers, while the -commander, one Captain Stewart, though in reality an Englishman from -Madras or Bengal, passed for an American, and his ship as the “Eliza,” -of New York. That the crew of this vessel spoke English, and not Dutch, -was immediately noticed by the interpreters at Nagasaki, and produced a -great sensation among the Japanese officials; but at last, after vast -difficulty, they were made to understand that though the crew spoke -English, they were not “the English,” but of another nation, and, what -was a still more essential point, that they had nothing to do with the -trade, but were merely hired to bring the goods in order to save them -from capture; as a result of which explanation it was finally agreed -that the “Eliza” should be considered as a Dutch ship. - -The same vessel and captain returned again the next year; but in -leaving the harbor for Batavia, loaded with camphor and copper, she -struck a hidden rock, and sunk. The first scheme hit upon for raising -the vessel was to send down divers to discharge the copper; but two -of them lost their lives from the suffocating effect of the melting -camphor, and this scheme had to be abandoned. Heavily laden as she was, -every effort at raising her proved abortive, till at last the object -was accomplished by a Japanese fisherman, who volunteered his services. -He fastened to each side of the sunken vessel some fifteen of the -Japanese boats used in towing, and a large Japanese coasting craft to -the stern, and, taking advantage of a stiff breeze and a spring tide, -dragged the sunken vessel from the rock, and towed her into a spot -where, upon the ebbing of the tide, she could be discharged without -difficulty. For this achievement the fisherman was raised, by the -prince of Hizen, to which province he belonged, to the rank of a noble, -being privileged to wear two swords, and to take as his insignia or -arms a Dutch hat and two tobacco pipes. - -[Illustration: THE CULTIVATION OF GRAIN: THRESHING AND CLEANING GRAIN; -COOLIES IN A RICE FIELD; WOMEN CARRYING RICE] - -When repaired and reloaded, the “Eliza” sailed again; but being -dismasted in a storm, returned to refit, by reason of which she -was detained so long, that the ship of 1799, also under American -colors, and this time it would seem a real American, the “Franklin,” -Captain Devereux, arrived at Nagasaki, and was nearly loaded before -Captain Stewart was ready to sail. In this ship of 1799 came out, -to be stationed as an officer at the factory, Heer Hendrick Doeff, -who remained there for the next seventeen years, and to whose -“Recollections of Japan,” written in Dutch, and published in Holland -in 1835, we are greatly indebted for what we know of the occurrences -in Japan during that period. It was, however, a very unfortunate -circumstance, tending considerably to diminish the value of his book, -that all his papers were lost by the foundering of the ship in which -he sailed from Batavia for Holland, in 1819, the crew and passengers -escaping barely with their lives; after which he allowed near fifteen -years more to pass before he drew upon his memory for the materials -of his book, which was only published at length to correct some -misapprehensions, upon matters personal to himself, likely to arise, as -he feared, from publications which preceded his own. His book, indeed, -is mainly devoted to the defence of the Dutch nation and the affairs -of the factory, against the strictures of Raffles and others, throwing -only some incidental light upon the Japanese, the knowledge of whom, so -far as it is accessible to residents at Deshima, had indeed been pretty -well exhausted by previous writers. - -Captain Stewart, refusing to wait for the other ship, set sail at once; -but he did not arrive at Batavia. He reappeared, however, the next year -at Nagasaki, representing himself as having been shipwrecked, with the -loss of everything; but as having found a friend at Manila, who had -enabled him to buy and lade the brig in which he had now come back, for -the purpose, as he said, of discharging, out of the sale of her cargo, -his debt due to the factory for the advances made for the repairs of -his lost vessel. Heer Wadenaar, the director, saw, however, or thought -he saw, in this proceeding, a scheme for gaining a commercial footing -at Nagasaki, independent of the regular trade from Batavia. He caused -the goods to be sold and applied to the discharge of Stewart’s debt; -but he declined to furnish any return cargo for the brig, and he -arrested Stewart, and sent him a prisoner to Batavia; whence, however, -soon after his arrival there, he made his escape. He reappeared again -at Nagasaki in 1803, still under the American flag, but coming now -from Bengal and Canton, with a cargo of Indian and Chinese goods. He -solicited permission to trade and to supply himself with water and oil. -With these latter he was gratuitously furnished, but liberty to trade -was refused, and he was compelled to depart; nor was anything further -heard of him. Doeff seems to have supposed him a real American, and his -last expedition an American adventure; but in a pamphlet on Java and -its trade, published at Batavia in 1800, by Heer Hagendorp, and quoted -by Raffles in his history of Java, Stewart is expressly stated to have -been an Englishman from Madras or Bengal,—a statement which seems to be -confirmed by his coming from Bengal on his last arrival at Nagasaki, -and a fact as to which Hagendorp, who held a high official position, -would not have been likely to be mistaken.[81] - -The next circumstance of importance mentioned by Doeff was the arrival -in October, 1804, in the harbor of Nagasaki, of a Russian vessel, -commanded by Captain Krusenstern, and having on board Count Resanoff, -sent as ambassador from the Czar, in somewhat late prosecution of -the negotiation commenced by Laxman in 1792. This vessel brought -back a number of shipwrecked Japanese,[82] and her coming had been -notified to the governor of Nagasaki, through the medium of the Dutch -authorities at Batavia and Deshima. There are two Russian narratives -of this expedition, one by Krusenstern, the other by Langsdorff, who -was attached to the embassy. Both ascribe the failure of the mission to -the jealous opposition of the Dutch. Doeff, on the contrary, insists -that he did everything he could—for by this time he was director—to aid -the Russians, and that they had only to blame their own obstinacy in -refusing to yield to the demands of the Japanese. - -The dispute began upon the very first boarding of the Russian ship, -on which occasion the Japanese officers took the Dutch director with -them. Resanoff consented to give up his powder, but insisted upon -retaining his arms; he also refused those prostrations which the -boarding-officers demanded as representatives of the emperor. These -points were referred to Yedo; but, meantime (Doeff says, through -his solicitations) the ship with the arms on board was permitted to -anchor. The Dutch and Russians were allowed to pass the first evening -together, but afterwards they were jealously separated, though they -contrived to keep up an occasional intercourse through the connivance -of the interpreters. The annual ship from Batavia, this year Dutch, -then at Deshima, was removed to another and distant berth. When she -left, no letters were allowed to be sent by the Russians, except a bare -despatch, first inspected by the governor, notifying the ambassador’s -arrival, and the health of his company. Nor were the Dutch allowed -in passing even to return the salutation of the Russians. The Dutch -captain put his trumpet to his lips, but was under strict orders from -the director not to speak a word,—a discourtesy, as they thought it, -which the Russians highly resented. Of the Russians, none were allowed -to land till two months and a half after their arrival, the matter -having first been referred to Yedo. Finally, a fish-house, on a small -island, closely hedged in with bamboos, so that nothing could be seen, -was fitted up for the ambassador. All the arms were given up, except -the swords of the officers and the muskets of seven soldiers who landed -with the ambassador, but who had no powder. The ship was constantly -surrounded by guard-boats. - -After a detention of near six months, a commissioner from Yedo made -his appearance, with the emperor’s answer. The ambassador, having been -carried on shore in the barge of the prince of Hizen, was conveyed to -the governor’s house in the norimono of the Dutch director, borrowed -for the occasion; but all his suite had to walk, and, in order that -they might see nothing, the doors and windows of the houses, wherever -they passed, were closed; the street gates were fastened, and the -inhabitants were ordered to keep at home. A second interview took place -the next day, when a flat refusal was returned to all the ambassador’s -requests, and even the presents for the emperor were declined. - -In the midst of all these annoyances everything was done with the -greatest show of politeness. The emperor’s answer, which Doeff was -called upon to assist in translating into Dutch, placed the refusal to -receive the ambassador or his presents on the ground that, if they were -received, it would be necessary to send back an ambassador with equal -presents, to which not only the great poverty of the Japanese was an -obstacle, but also the strict law, in force for a hundred and fifty -years past, against any Japanese subject or vessel going to foreign -countries. It was also stated that Japan had no great wants, and little -occasion for foreign productions, of which the Dutch and Chinese -already brought as much as was required, and that any considerable -trade could only be established by means of an intercourse between -foreigners and Japanese, which the laws strictly forbade. - -The ambassador did not depart without bitter reproaches against Doeff, -whom he charged as the author of his miscarriage. He arrived at Okhotsk -in May, 1805, afterwards passed over to Sitka, on the American coast, -and the next year, having returned again to Okhotsk, despatched two -small Russian vessels to make reprisals on the Japanese. They landed -on the coast of Sakhalin, in the years 1806 and 1807, plundered a -Japanese settlement, loaded their vessels with the booty, carried off -several Kurile and two Japanese prisoners, and left behind written -notifications, in Russian and French, that this had been done in -revenge for the slights put upon Resanoff.[83] - -In 1805 and 1806, Klaproth, the learned Orientalist, passed some months -at Irkutsk, as secretary to a Russian embassy to China. He found the -Japanese professorship, established there by Catherine II, filled by a -Japanese, who had embraced the Greek religion, and, from him and the -books which he furnished, Klaproth acquired such knowledge as he had of -the Japanese tongue. - -In the spring of 1806, Deoff made his first journey to Yedo. In the -arrangements of the journey and the audience, there seems to have -been no change since the time of Thunberg. While he was at Yedo a -tremendous fire broke out. It began, at a distance from his lodgings, -at ten in the morning. At one the Dutch took the alarm, and began to -pack. At three they fled. “On issuing into the street,” says Doeff, -“we saw everything in flames. There was great danger in endeavoring -to escape before the wind, in the same direction taken by the fire. -We, therefore, took a slanting direction, through a street already -burning, and thus succeeded in reaching an open field. It was studded -with the standards of princes whose dwellings had been destroyed, and -whose wives and children had fled thither for refuge. We followed their -example, and marked out a spot with our Dutch flags. We had now a full -view of the fire, and never did I see anything so terrific. The terrors -of this ocean of flame were enhanced by the heart-rending cries of -the fugitive women and children.” The fire raged till noon the next -day, when it was extinguished by a fall of rain.[84] The Dutch learned -from their host, that, within five minutes after they left, the fire -took his house, and destroyed everything—as an indemnity for which, -the Dutch East India Company allowed him annually for three years from -twelve to fourteen hundred-weight of sugar. The palaces of thirty-seven -princes had been destroyed. The weight of fugitives broke down the -famous Nihonbashi, or bridge of Japan, so that, besides those burned to -death, many were drowned, including a daughter of the prince of Awa. -Twelve hundred lives were said to have been lost. - -On this occasion the Dutch were greatly aided by a wealthy Japanese -merchant, who sent forty men to assist them in removing. He lost his -shop, or store, and a warehouse, containing a hundred thousand pounds -of spun silk, yet the day after the fire was engaged in rebuilding his -premises. - -The Dutch, burnt out of their inn, were lodged at first in the house -of the governor of Nagasaki; but, four days after, procured a new inn. -This was in a more public place than the old obscure lodging. The -appearance of the Dutch on the balcony attracted crowds of curious -spectators, and soon drew out an order, from the governor of Yedo, that -they should keep within doors. But Doeff refused to obey this order, on -the ground that, during their entire embassy, the Dutch were under the -authority only of the governor of Nagasaki; and in this position he was -sustained by that personage. - -After the audience the Dutch received many visits, particularly from -physicians and astronomers. On the subject of astronomy Doeff was -more puzzled than even Thunberg had been, for, since Thunberg’s time, -the Japanese would seem to have made considerable advances in that -science. They had a translation of La Lande’s astronomy, and the chief -astronomer, Takaro Sampei (?) (to whom Doeff, at his special request -for a name, gave that of _Globius_, and who proved, on subsequent -occasions, a good friend of the Dutch), could calculate eclipses with -much precision. To a grandson of one of Thunberg’s medical friends, -who was also a physician, Doeff gave the name of _Johannis Botanicus_. -The honor of a Dutch name, exceedingly coveted by the Japanese, was -solicited even by the prince of Satsuma and his secretary. Being -attacked with colic on his return from Yedo, Doeff submitted to the -Japanese remedy of acupuncture; but he does not give any high idea of -its efficacy. - -Two accounts current of the trade of Japan for the years 1804 and 1806, -published by Raffles, will serve to show its condition at this time. -The articles sent to Japan were sugar, spices, woollens, cottons, tin, -lead, quicksilver, sapan-wood, saffron, liquorice, elephant’s-teeth, -catechu, and ducatoons, sugar forming about half the cargo in value. -The prime cost at Batavia was, in 1804, 211,896, in 1806, 161,008 rix -dollars, to which were to be added freight and charges at Batavia, -amounting in 1804 to 150,000, in 1806 to 106,244 rix dollars, making -the whole cost in 1804, 361,807, in 1806, 266,252 rix dollars. The -sales at Deshima amounted in 1804 to 160,378, in 1806 to 108,797 rix -dollars; but this included, in 1804, 3,333 rix dollars from old goods, -and, in 1806, 5,428 rix dollars borrowed of the Japanese to complete -the cargo. From these amounts were to be deducted the expenses of -the establishment at Deshima, and loss in weight on the sugar, viz., -in 1804, 67,952,[85] and in 1806, 39,625 rix dollars, leaving to be -employed in the purchase of copper and camphor, in 1804, 92,426, in -1806, 69,172 rix dollars, to which were added 13,125 rix dollars -from the sale of old goods. The copper brought back by the ship of -1804 having been coined at Batavia, the entire profit of the voyage -amounted to 507,147 rix dollars, but the larger part of this profit -belonged, in fact, to the mint, the copper being coined at a rate -above its intrinsic value. In 1808, the copper being sold, the balance -in favor of the voyage was but 175,505 rix dollars, deducting the -amount borrowed in Japan. It was only the low rate at which copper was -furnished by the Japanese government that enabled these voyages to pay. - -[Illustration: THE PROCESSES OF WEIGHING AND POUNDING RICE] - -In 1807, the “Eclipse,” of Boston, chartered at Canton by the Russian -American Company, for Kamtchatka and the northwest coast of America, -entered the bay of Nagasaki under Russian colors,[86] and was towed to -the anchorage by an immense number of boats. A Dutchman came on board, -and advised them to haul down their colors, as the Japanese were much -displeased with Russia. The Japanese declined to trade, and asked what -the ship wanted. Being told water and fresh provisions, they sent on -board a plentiful supply of fish, hogs, vegetables, and tubs of water, -for which they would take no pay. Finding that no trade was to be had, -on the third day the captain lifted his anchors, and was towed to sea -by near a hundred boats. - -In October, 1808, about the time that the annual Dutch vessel was -expected, a ship appeared off Nagasaki, under Dutch colors, and, -without any suspicion, two Dutchmen of the factory, followed by the -usual Japanese officers in another boat, proceeded to board her. The -Dutchmen were met by a boat from the vessel, and were requested in -Dutch to come into it. Upon their proposal to wait for the Japanese -boat, the strangers boarded them with drawn cutlasses, and forced them -on board the ship, which proved to be the English frigate “Phaeton,” -Captain Pellew. The Japanese rowed back with the news of what had -happened, by which Nagasaki and all its officers were thrown into a -state of the greatest agitation. - -While the governor of Nagasaki was exchanging messages with director -Doeff as to what could be the meaning of this occurrence, Captain -Pellew, who was in search of the annual Dutch ship, stood directly into -the harbor, without a pilot. The director, fearing to be himself taken, -fled, with the other Dutchmen, to the governor’s house. “In the town,” -he says, “everything was in frightful embarrassment and confusion. The -governor was in a state of indescribable wrath, which fell, in the -first instance, upon the Japanese officers for having returned without -the Dutchmen, or information as to what nation the ship belonged to. -Before I could ask him a question, he said to me, with fury in his -face, ‘Be quiet, director; I shall take care that your people are -restored.’ But the governor soon learned, to his consternation, that -at the harbor guard-house, where a thousand men ought to have been -stationed, there were only sixty or seventy, and those uncommanded.” - -After a while came a letter from one of the detained Dutchmen, in these -words: “A ship is arrived from Bengal. The captain’s name is Pellew; -he asks for water and provisions.” The governor was little disposed -to yield to this demand, and, about midnight, his secretary waited on -Doeff to inform him that he was going to rescue the prisoners. Being -questioned as to the manner how, he replied, “Your countrymen have been -seized by treachery; I shall, therefore, go alone, obtain admission on -board by every demonstration of friendship, seek an interview with the -captain, and, on his refusal to deliver his prisoners, stab him first, -and then myself.” It cost Doeff a good deal of trouble to dissuade the -secretary and the governor from this wild scheme. The plan finally -adopted was to manage to detain the ship till vessels and men could be -collected to attack her. - -The next afternoon one of the detained Dutchmen brought on shore the -following epistle from the English captain: “I have ordered my own -boat to set Goseman on shore, to procure me provisions and water; if -he does not return with such before evening, I will sail in to-morrow -early, and burn the Japanese and Chinese vessels in the harbor.” The -provisions and water were furnished, though the Japanese were very -unwilling to have Goseman return on board. This done, the two Dutchmen -were dismissed. - -The governor, however, was still intent upon calling the foreign ship -to account. One scheme was to prevent her departure by sinking vessels, -laden with stones, in the channel. The prince of Ōmura proposed to -burn her, by means of boats filled with reeds and straw, offering -himself to lead; but while these schemes were under discussion, the -frigate weighed and sailed out of the harbor. The affair, however, -had a tragical ending. Within half an hour after her departure, the -governor, to save himself from impending disgrace, cut himself open, as -did several officers of the harbor-guard. The prince of Hizen, though -resident at Yedo at the time, was imprisoned a hundred days, for the -negligence of his servants in the maintenance of the guard, and was -also required to pay an annual pension to the son of the self-executed -governor, whom Doeff, on again visiting Yedo in 1810, found to be in -high favor at court.[87] - -Up to 1809,[88] the ships from Batavia had arrived regularly; but -from that time till 1818 neither goods nor news reached the lonely -Dutchmen at Deshima. The first and second failure they bore with some -resignation, looking confidently forward to the next year; “but, alas!” -says our by this time very thirsty, and somewhat ragged, director, -“it passed away without relief or intelligence, either from Europe or -Batavia! All our provision from Java was by this time consumed. Butter -we had not seen since the supply of 1807, for the ship “Goede Frouw” -(good wife, but not good housewife) “had brought us none in 1809. To -the honor of the Japanese, I must acknowledge that they did everything -in their power to supply our special wants.... The inspector, Shige -Dennozen, among others, gave himself much trouble to distil gin for -us, for which purpose I supplied him with a still-kettle and a tin -worm, which I chanced to possess. He had tolerable success, but -could not remove the resinous flavor of the juniper. The corn spirit -(whiskey), which he managed to distil, was excellent. As we had also -been without wine since the supply of 1807, with the exception of a -small quantity brought by the “Goede Frouw,” he likewise endeavored -to press it for us from the wild grapes of the country, but with less -success. He obtained, indeed, a red and fermented liquor, but it was -not wine. I myself endeavored to make beer; and, with the help of the -domestic dictionaries of Chaud and Bays, I got so far as to produce -a whitish liquor, with something of the flavor of the white beer of -Haerlem, but which would not keep above four days, as I could not make -it work sufficiently, and had no bitter with which to flavor it. Our -great deficiency was in the articles of shoes and winter clothing. -We procured Japanese slippers of straw, and covered the instep with -undressed leather, and thus draggled along the street. Long breeches we -manufactured from an old carpet which I had by me. Thus we provided for -our wants as well as we could. There was no distinction among us. Every -one who had saved anything threw it into the common stock, and we thus -lived under a literal community of goods.” - -Great was the delight of our disconsolate director, when, in the spring -of 1813, two vessels appeared in the offing of Nagasaki, displaying -the Dutch flag, and making the private signals agreed upon in 1809. A -letter was brought on shore, announcing the arrival from Batavia of -Heer Waardenaar, Doeff’s predecessor as director, to act as warehouse -master, of Heer Cassa, to succeed Doeff as director, and of three -assistants or clerks. A Japanese officer and one of the Dutch clerks -were sent on board. The Japanese speedily returned, saying that he had -recognized Waardenaar, who had declined, however, to deliver his papers -except to Doeff personally, and that all the officers spoke English, -whence he concluded that the ships must be chartered Americans. Doeff -went on board, and was received by Waardenaar with such evident -embarrassment, that Doeff declined to open the package of papers -which he presented, except at Deshima, whither he was accompanied by -Waardenaar. This package being opened was found to contain a paper -signed “Raffles, Lieutenant-governor of Java and its Dependencies,” -appointing Waardenaar and a Dr. Ainslie commissioners in Japan. In -reply to his question, “Who is Raffles?” Doeff learned that Holland -had been annexed to France, and Java occupied by the English. But -the annexation of Holland to France, Doeff patriotically refused to -believe, and, in spite of all the efforts of Waardenaar to shake his -resolution, he declined obedience to an order coming from a colony in -hostile occupation. - -His mind thus made up, Doeff called in the Japanese interpreters, and -communicated to them the true state of the case. Alarmed for their -own safety, they made to Waardenaar frightful representations of the -probable massacre of the crews and burning of the vessels, should this -secret go any further,—especially considering the hostile feelings -towards the English, excited by the proceedings of the “Phaeton” in -1808; and finally the commissioners were persuaded to enter into an -arrangement by which Doeff was to remain as director, and was to -proceed to dispose of the cargoes as usual, first paying out of the -proceeds the debt which, since 1807, the factory had been obliged to -contract for its sustenance. Ainslee was also to remain as factory -physician, but passing as an American.[89] - -The cost of the cargoes, as given by Raffles, with freight and -charges, amounted to two hundred and seventy-three thousand one -hundred and fifty Spanish dollars. Out of the proceeds in Japan had -to be paid forty-eight thousand six hundred and forty-eight dollars, -debts of the factory; and twenty-five thousand dollars for copper to -make up the cargo, bought of Doeff at a higher rate than was paid the -Japanese. There were left at the factory four thousand six hundred and -eighty-eight dollars in cash, and fifteen thousand dollars in woollens, -and advances were made to persons on board, to be repaid in Batavia, -to the amount of three thousand six hundred and seventy-eight dollars; -thus swelling the whole expenses to three hundred and seventy thousand -one hundred and sixty-four dollars; whereas the copper and camphor of -the return cargo produced only three hundred and forty-two thousand one -hundred and twenty-six dollars, thus leaving an outgo on the voyage -of twenty-eight thousand and thirty-eight dollars, which the credits -in Japan and Batavia were hardly sufficient to balance. These ships -carried out an elephant as a present to the emperor; but, though it -excited great curiosity, the Japanese declined to receive it, alleging -the difficulty of transporting it to Yedo. - -In 1814, a single ship was sent from Batavia with Heer Cassa again on -board. He brought tidings of the insurrection in Europe against France, -and relied upon the probable speedy restoration of Java as an argument -for inducing Doeff to submit temporarily to the English,—an object -which Sir Stamford Raffles had very much at heart. When Doeff refused, -Cassa resorted to intrigue. He gained over two of the interpreters, -through whom he endeavored to induce at Yedo a refusal to allow Doeff -(whose term of office had already been so unusually protracted) -to remain any longer as director. Doeff, however, got wind of this -intrigue, frightened the two interpreters by threatening to tell the -whole story to the governor of Nagasaki, and finally carried the day. -He paid, however, rather dearly for his obstinacy, as Raffles sent no -more ships, and director Doeff was obliged to pass three years more -without either goods or news, cooped up and kept on short allowance -in his little island, with the satisfaction, however, that there, if -nowhere else in the world, the flag of Holland still continued to wave. - -The Japanese government, obliged to advance the means for the support -of the factory, did not leave the director entirely idle. He was set to -work, with the aid of ten Japanese interpreters, in compiling a Dutch -and Japanese dictionary, for the use of the Japanese men of science -and the imperial interpreters. A copy of this work was deposited in -the imperial library at Yedo; another, made by Doeff for his own use, -lost, with all his other papers and effects, on his return to Europe. -The original rough draft of the work was found afterwards, however, at -Deshima, by Herr Fisscher, and having made a transcript, though less -perfect than the original, he brought it home in 1829, and deposited it -in the royal museum at Amsterdam.[90] - -[Illustration: A COOLIE WITH STRAW RAINCOAT] - -Thunberg, as we have seen, could hear nothing of semi-Dutch children -born in Japan. There were such, however, in Doeff’s time; and it -appears, from an incidental remark of his, that although no birth was -allowed to take place at Deshima, yet that the Japanese female inmates -of the factory were permitted to nurse their infants in the houses -of their Dutch fathers. At a very early age, however, these children -were taken away to be educated as pure Japanese, being allowed to -visit their fathers only at certain specified intervals. The fathers, -however, were expected to provide for them, and to obtain for them, by -purchase, some government office. - - - - -CHAPTER XLIII - - _Golownin’s Capture and Imprisonment—Conveyance to Hakodate—Reception - and Imprisonment—Interpreters—Interviews with the Governor—Removal - to Matsumae—A Pupil in Russian—A Japanese Astronomer—Escape - and Recapture—Treatment afterwards—Savans from Yedo—Japanese - Science—European News—A Japanese Free-thinker—Soldiers—Their - Amusements—Thoughts on a Wedding—Domestic Arrangements—New - Year—Return of the “Diana”—Reprisals—A Japanese Merchant and his - Female Friend—Second Return of the “Diana”—Third Return of the - “Diana”—Interview on Shore—Surrender of the Prisoners—Japanese - Notification—The Merchant at Home—The Merchant Class in Japan—A.D. - 1811-1813._ - - -While, by the first interruption of the communication with Batavia, -Doeff and his companions were secluded at Deshima, a number of -Europeans were held in a still stricter imprisonment at the northern -extremity of Japan. - -Captain Golownin, an educated and intelligent Russian naval officer, -had been commissioned in 1811, as commander of the sloop of war -“Diana,” to survey the southern Kurile Islands, in which group the -Russians include both Sakhalin and Yezo, which they reckon as the -twenty-first and twenty-second Kuriles. At the southern extremity of -Etorofu, the nineteenth Kurile, some Japanese were first met with (July -13). Soon after, Golownin, with two officers, four men, and a Kurile -interpreter, having landed at a bay on the southern end of Kunashiri, -the twentieth Kurile, where the Japanese had a settlement and a -garrison, they were invited into the fort, and made prisoners. Thence -they were taken, partly by water and partly by land, to Hakodate, -already mentioned as a Japanese town at the southern extremity of Yezo. -This journey occupied four weeks, in which, by Golownin’s calculation, -they travelled between six and seven hundred miles. The Japanese stated -it at two hundred and fifty-five of their leagues. The route followed -was along the east coast of the island. Every two miles or so there was -a populous village, from all of which extensive fisheries were carried -on, evidently the great business of the inhabitants. The fish were -caught in great nets, hundreds at once. The best were of the salmon -species, but every kind of marine animal was eaten. The gathering of -sea-weeds for food (of the kind called by the Russians sea-cabbage[91]) -also constituted a considerable branch of industry. In the northern -villages the inhabitants were principally native Kuriles, with a few -Japanese officers. Within a hundred and twenty or thirty miles of -Hakodate the villages were inhabited entirely by Japanese, and were -much larger and handsomer than those further north, having gardens and -orchards, and distinguished by their scrupulous neatness; but even -the Kurile inhabitants of Yezo were far superior in civilization and -comforts to those of the more northern islands belonging to Russia. - -When first seized by the Japanese, the Russians were bound with cords, -some about the thickness of a finger, and others still smaller. They -were all tied exactly alike (according to the prescribed method for -binding those arrested on criminal charges), the cords for each having -the same number of knots and nooses, and all at equal distances. There -were loops round their breasts and necks; their elbows were drawn -almost into contact behind their backs, and their hands were firmly -bound together. From these fastenings proceeded a long cord, the end of -which was held by a Japanese, who, on the slightest attempt to escape, -had only to pull it to make the elbows come in contact with great -pain, and so to tighten the noose about the neck as almost to produce -strangulation. Their legs were also tied together above the ankles -and above the knees. Thus tied, they were conveyed all the way to -Hakodate, having the choice, for the land part of the route, either to -be carried in a rude sort of palanquin formed of planks, on which they -were obliged to lie flat, or to walk, which they generally preferred -as less irksome, and for which purpose the cords about the ankles were -removed, and those above the knees loosened. The cords were drawn so -tight as to be very painful, and even after a while to cut into the -flesh; yet, though in all other respects the Japanese seemed inclined -to consult the comfort of the prisoners, they would not, for the first -six or seven days, be induced to loosen them, of which the chief reason -turned out to be their apprehension lest the prisoners might commit -suicide,—that being the Japanese resource under such extremities. - -Their escort consisted of from one hundred and fifty to two hundred -men. Two Japanese guides from the neighboring villages, changed at each -new district, led the way, bearing handsomely-carved staves. Then came -three soldiers, then Captain Golownin with a soldier on one side, and -on the other an attendant with a twig to drive off the gnats, which -were troublesome, and against which his bound hands prevented him from -defending himself. Behind came an officer holding the ends of the ropes -by which the prisoner was bound, then a party of Kuriles, bearing his -kago, followed by another relief party. The other captives followed, -one by one, escorted in the same manner. Finally came three soldiers, -and a number of Japanese and Kurile servants carrying provisions and -baggage. Each of the escort had a wooden tablet, suspended from his -girdle, on which were inscribed his duties and which prisoner he was -stationed with; and the commanding officer had a corresponding list of -the whole. The prisoners had the same fare with the escort,—three meals -a day, generally of rice boiled to a thick gruel, two pieces of pickled -radish[92] for seasoning, soup made of radishes or various wild roots -and herbs, a kind of macaroni, and a piece of broiled or boiled fish. -Sometimes they had stewed mushrooms, and each a hard-boiled egg. Their -general drink was very indifferent tea, without sugar, and sometimes -sake. Their conductors frequently stopped at the villages to rest, or -to drink tea and smoke tobacco, and they also rested for an hour after -dinner. They halted for the night an hour or two before sunset, usually -in a village with a small garrison. They were always conducted first to -the front of the house of the officer in command, and were seated on -benches covered with mats, when the officer came out to inspect them. -They were then taken to a neat house (which generally, when they first -entered, was hung round with striped cotton cloth), and were placed -together in one apartment, the ends of their ropes being fastened to -iron hooks in the walls. Their boots and stockings were pulled off, and -their feet bathed in warm water with salt in it. For bedding they had -the Japanese mattresses—quilts with a thick wadding—folded double. - -After the first six or seven days their bonds were loosened, and they -got on more comfortably. The Japanese took the greatest care of their -health, not allowing them to wet their feet, carrying them across the -shallowest streams, and furnishing them with quilted Japanese gowns as -a protection against the rain. - -At Hakodate they were received by a great crowd, among which were -several persons with silk dresses mounted on horses with rich -caparisons. “Both sides of the road,” says Golownin, “were crowded -with spectators, yet every one behaved with the utmost decorum. I -particularly marked their countenances, and never once observed a -malicious look, or any sign of hatred towards us, and none showed the -least disposition to insult us by mockery or derision.” He had observed -the same thing in the villages through which they had passed, where -the prisoners had received, as they did afterwards, from numerous -individuals, many touching instances of commiseration and sympathy. - -At Hakodate they were confined in a prison, a high wooden enclosure, -or fence, surrounded by an earthen wall somewhat lower (and on their -first approach to it hung with striped cloth),[93] inside of which -was a long, barn-like building. Within this building were a number of -small apartments, scarcely six feet square, formed of thick spars, and -exactly like cages, in which the prisoners were shut up, the passages -and other spaces being occupied by the guards.[94] Their food was much -worse than on the journey (probably Japanese prison fare), boiled rice, -soup of warm water and grated radish, a handful of finely chopped young -onions with boiled beans, and one or two pickled cucumbers or radishes. -Instead of the radish-soup, puddings of bean-meal and rancid fish-oil -were sometimes served. Very rarely they had half a fish, with soy. -Their drink was warm water, and occasionally bad tea. - -Their only means of communicating with the Japanese had been, at first, -a Kurile, one of the prisoners, who knew a little Russian, and probably -about as much Japanese. At Hakodate another interpreter presented -himself; but he, a man of fifty, naturally stupid, and knowing nothing -of any European language, except a little Russian, did not prove much -better. - -The second day they were conducted through the streets, by a guard of -soldiers (the prisoners each with a rope round his waist held by a -Japanese), to a fort or castle, which was surrounded by palisades and -an earthen wall. Within was a court-yard, in the centre of which was -a brass cannon on a badly constructed carriage. From this court-yard -Golownin, and after him each of the others, was conducted through a -wide gate, which was immediately shut behind them, into a large hall, -of which half had a pavement of small stones. The other half had a -floor, or platform, raised three feet from the ground, and covered with -curiously wrought mats. The hall was fifty or sixty feet long, of equal -breadth, eighteen feet high, and divided by movable screens, neatly -painted, from other adjoining rooms. There were two or three apertures -for windows, with paper instead of glass, admitting an obscure, gloomy -light. The governor sat on the floor, in the middle of the elevated -platform, with two secretaries behind him. On his left (the Japanese -place of honor) was the next in command; on his right, another officer; -on each side of these, other officers of inferior rank. They all sat, -in the Japanese fashion, with their legs folded under them, two paces -apart, clothed in black dresses, their short swords in their girdles, -and their longer ones lying at their left. The new interpreter sat on -the edge of the raised floor, and an inferior officer at each of the -corners of it. On the walls hung irons for securing prisoners, ropes, -and various instruments of punishment. The Russian prisoners stood in -front of the raised floor, the officers in a line, the sailors behind. -The Kurile was seated on the stones. They underwent a very rigorous -and particular examination, all their answers being written down. The -questions related to their birthplaces; their families (and, when it -appeared that they came from different towns, how it happened that they -served on board the same ship); the burden and force of their vessel; -their own rank; their object; their route since leaving St. Petersburg, -which they were required to trace on a chart, etc., etc. - -[Illustration: FARM SCENES: COOLIES CARRYING BAMBOO BASKETS; AN -IRRIGATION SYSTEM] - -Among other things, the governor remarked that Laxman (who had visited -Japan in 1792) wore a long tail, and covered his hair with flour; -whereas the prisoners (powder and queues having gone out of fashion in -the interval) had their hair cut short and unpowdered; and he asked -if some change of religion had not taken place in Russia. When told -that in Russia there was no connection between religion and the way of -wearing the hair, the Japanese laughed, but expressed great surprise -that there should not be some express law on the subject. - -Eighteen days after, they had a second examination, on which occasion a -letter, of which the Japanese wanted an interpretation, was delivered -to them. It had been sent on shore from their ship along with -their baggage, expressing a determination to return to Okhotsk for -reinforcements, and never to quit the coast of Japan till the prisoners -were rescued. This reexamination was continued for two days, in which -many inquiries were made about Chwostoff, and the papers he had left -behind him, one of which was produced. The Russian prisoners tried to -make out that the proceedings of Chwostoff were without authority from -the Russian government; but the Japanese evidently did not believe them. - -After one or two more examinations they were removed to Matsumae, -guarded, as before, by soldiers, but furnished with horses, as well as -litters or kagos, on or in which the prisoners were suffered to ride, -the Japanese, however, retaining the end of a rope by which they were -still bound. Near Matsumae, they were shown a battery on a high hill, -intended to command the harbor, but ill adapted for that purpose. It -had three or four small brass pieces on carriages, and an eighteen -or a twenty-four pounder, apparently cast in Europe, mounted on -cross-beams. Matsumae lies on a large, open bay, with four fathoms of -water at low tide; and according to the Japanese, is about two hundred -of their leagues (five hundred miles) from Yedo, the land journey -thither, after crossing the strait, being made in twenty-three days. - -A great crowd collected to see them enter the town, ropes being -stretched to keep the passage clear. Confined in a prison much like -the one at Hakodate, and close under the ramparts of the castle, they -underwent many more examinations before the bugiō or governor of -Matsumae. The inquisitiveness of their questioners, which seemed to be -without limit, proved a great torment to the Russians, and sometimes -put them into a passion; but the Japanese were always cool and polite. -They were supplied with much better food than at Hakodate, fresh and -salt fish, boiled or fried in poppy-seed oil, with soy for sauce. They -also had, after the winter set in, flesh of sea-dogs, hares, and bears, -and attempts were even made to cook for them after the Russian fashion. -For drink they had tea[95] and warm sake. They were furnished with warm -clothing, both their own which had been sent on shore for them; and -Japanese gowns, for which a tailor was sent to measure them; and, when -the weather grew colder, they had hearths, after the Japanese fashion, -made in the prison, at a little distance from each cage, on which -charcoal fires were kept burning. A physician visited them daily to -look after their health, and if anything serious appeared he brought a -consulting physician with him. - -After a time their accommodations were much improved. Instead of -confinement in separate cages, they had a large room covered with mats. -A young man, named Murakami Teisuke, was now brought to them, whom -they were requested to instruct in the Russian language. He proved a -very apt scholar, made rapid progress, soon learned to speak, read and -write Russian, and became very much attached to his instructors. They -in their turn learned something of Japanese; but it was forbidden to -teach them the written characters. Teisuke was exceedingly anxious to -collect statistical information concerning Russia. A Japanese man of -science, who had an English sextant, a compass, a case of mathematical -instruments, etc., also paid them a visit. He knew how to find the -latitude by observing the sun’s altitude at noon, using in his -calculations some tables obtained, as he said, from a Dutch book; and -he was exceedingly anxious to gain additional information, especially -how to find the longitude by lunar observations; but this, for want of -the necessary tables, the Russians, much to his disgust, were unable to -teach him. - -The first snow fell about the middle of October, but soon melted. The -winter set in about the middle of November, with deep snows, which -lasted till April. - -As the spring opened they were permitted to take walks and excursions -in the vicinity of the town, and were presently removed to a house, -composed of three apartments, separated by screens; but were still -closely watched and guarded. Tired of this confinement, of which -they could see no end, the Russians succeeded in getting out of their -prison, and in gaining the mountains back of the town, whence they -descended to the coast, hoping to find some means of escape by sea. -But, after seven days’ wanderings and many sufferings, they were -retaken. The island was found to be composed of steep hills, separated -by precipitous ravines, with hardly any plain land, except near the -coast. The interior was uninhabited, except by wood-cutters employed in -getting timber and preparing charcoal. - -When retaken, they were confined in the common jail of the town, but -their accommodations were not worse than they had been in the other two -prisons. No ill-will was shown towards them by any of the officials, -not even by those whose lives their flight had endangered. The soldier -who was held the most responsible for their escape, and who had been -degraded in consequence to the rank of a common servant, showed even -more alacrity than before in their behalf. In a month or two they -were removed back to their former prison, where they were visited the -next spring (1814) by an interpreter of the Dutch language, who had -come from Yedo, and by a learned man from the same capital, who was -indeed no other than Doeff’s astronomer Globius, but known to the -Russians as Adachi Sanai, both of whom desired to learn the Russian -language. The interpreter, a young man of twenty-seven, and already -acquainted with the rules of European grammar, made rapid progress, -and soon applied himself to translate a treatise on vaccination, which -one of the returned Japanese had brought from Russia. The astronomer -busied himself in translating a Russian school treatise on arithmetic, -carried to Japan by one of the Japanese conveyed home by Laxman in -1792. It was evident that he had considerable mathematical learning. -The Japanese astronomers had made decided progress since the time of -Thunberg. Globius understood the Copernican system, was acquainted -with the orbit and satellites of Uranus; knew the nature and doctrine -of sines and tangents, and was familiar with the difference between -the old and new styles. He assured Golownin that the Japanese could -calculate eclipses with much exactness, and he studied with great -attention a treatise on physics, which, with other books, had been sent -on shore in Golownin’s chest. - -Nor were the Japanese without knowledge of the revolutions going on -in Europe. The Russians were told the news of the taking of Moscow, -brought to Nagasaki by the two vessels from Batavia; but with -patriotism equal to that shown by Doeff, in relation to the annexation -of Holland to France, they refused to believe it. The Japanese gave -them a minute description of these two vessels, and also of the -elephant which they brought, his length, height, thickness, food, etc. -A native of Sumatra, the keeper of the elephant, was described with -equal minuteness. - -Teisuke, whom Golownin had taught Russian, was found to be quite a -free-thinker, both in politics and religion; but, in general, the -Japanese seemed very superstitious, of which, presently, we shall see -some instances. - -The soldiers Golownin observed to be of two classes, those of the local -administration, and others whom he calls imperial soldiers, and who -appear, by his description, to be precisely the same with those whom -Kämpfer describes under the name of Dōshin, as attached to the service -of the governor of Nagasaki, and indeed, this same name, in a modified -form, is given to them by Golownin. They took precedence of the others, -and were so handsomely clothed and equipped as to be mistaken at first -for officers. The profession of arms, like most others in Japan, is -hereditary. The arms of the soldiers, besides the two swords, were -matchlocks,—which, when they fired, they placed, not against the -shoulder, but the right cheek,—bows and arrows, and long pikes, heavy -and inconvenient. - -They could all read, and spent much time in reading aloud, which they -did much in the same droning, half-chanting tone in which the psalms -are read at funerals in Russia. Great surprise was expressed that the -Russian sailors were unable to read and write; and, also, that but one -Russian book was found in the officer’s baggage, and that on much worse -paper, and much worse bound, than those they had in French and other -languages. It was shrewdly asked if the Russians did not know how to -print books? - -Playing at cards and draughts was a very common amusement. The cards -were at first known to the Japanese by their European names, and were -fifty-two in the pack. Owing, however, to the pecuniary losses—for the -Japanese were great gamesters—and fatal disputes to which cards gave -rise, they were strictly prohibited. But this law was evaded by the -invention of a pack of forty-eight cards much smaller than those of -Europe. Their game at draughts was extremely difficult and complicated. -They made use of a large board, and four hundred men, which they moved -about in many directions, and which were liable to be taken in various -ways. The Russian sailors played at draughts in the European way, -which the Japanese soon learned to imitate, so that the game, and the -Russian terms employed in playing it, soon became familiar throughout -the city of Matsumae. - -The following anecdote throws some light on Japanese domestic -relations: “Our interpreter, Uyehara Kumajirō (this was the first -interpreter), visited us the day after the marriage of his daughter, -and having mentioned the marriage, said that he had wept very much. -‘Why wept,’ said we, ‘since on such occasions it is usual only to -rejoice?’ ‘Certainly,’ he answered, ‘I should have rejoiced, were I but -convinced that the man will love my daughter and make her happy; but, -as the contrary often happens in the married state, a father who gives -his daughter to a husband cannot be indifferent, for fear of future -misfortunes.’ He spoke this with tears in his eyes, and in a voice -which affected us.” - -Of the value which the Japanese put upon female society the following -curious instance occurred. The prisoners’ meals were at one time -superintended by an old officer of sixty, who was very civil, and -frequently consoled them with assurances that they should be sent home. -One day he brought them three portraits of Japanese ladies, richly -dressed, which, after examining, they handed back; but the old man -insisted they should keep them, and, when asked why, he observed that, -when time hung heavy on their hands, they might console themselves by -looking at them! - -For the first fortnight of the new year all business was suspended. -Nothing was thought of except visiting and feasting. In the latter half -of the month the more industrious resumed their employments. All who -can, procure new clothes on this occasion, and the Japanese insisted -upon furnishing their prisoners in the same way. “Custom requires,” -says Golownin, “that each person should visit all his acquaintances -in the place in which he resides, and send letters of congratulation -to those who are at a distance. Our interpreters and guards were -accordingly employed, for some days previous to the festival, in -writing letters of that kind and visiting-cards. On the latter the -names of the person from whom the card comes, and for whom it is -intended, are written, and the opportunity by which it is presented -is also noted. Teisuke translated for us one of his congratulatory -letters, addressed to the officer at Kunashiri by whom we had been -entrapped, and which was to the following effect: “Last year you were -happy, and I greatly desire that this new year you may enjoy good -health, and experience happiness and prosperity in every undertaking. I -still respect you as formerly, and request that you will not forget me. - - TEISUKE.” - -It is evident, from Golownin’s narrative, that the houses, furniture, -and domestic arrangement, at Matsumae, notwithstanding the coldness -of the climate, differed in nothing from those in use in the more -southerly islands. The Japanese, Golownin observed, were, compared with -the Russians, very small eaters. They were also much more temperate -in drinking, it being looked upon as disgraceful to be drunk in the -daytime, or at any time, extraordinary festivities excepted. - -[Illustration: ARTISANS FOR THE COMMON PEOPLE: REPAIRING WOODEN CLOGS; -REPAIRING TATAMI] - -Late in the summer following the capture of Golownin and his -companions, the “Diana,” now under the command of Captain Rikord, came -back to Kunashiri. Of the two Japanese seized by Chwostoff, one had -died. The other, who called himself Ryōzayemon, Rikord had on board, -along with six other Japanese, lately shipwrecked on Kamtschatka, -hoping to exchange these seven for the seven Russians. On reaching the -bay where Golownin had been taken, he saw a new battery of fourteen -guns. All the buildings were covered with striped cloth, the boats were -drawn up on the shore, and not a person appeared. - -Ryōzayemon, in his six years’ captivity, had learned some Russian, -and he was employed to write a short letter from Captain Rikord to -the commander on shore, stating his having brought back the seven -Japanese, and requesting the restoration of his countrymen. From some -circumstances, the good faith of Ryōzayemon was suspected, and the -contents of the letter written by him rather distrusted; still it was -finally sent on shore by one of the Japanese, upon whom the batteries -fired as he landed, and who returned no more. - -Three days after, a second Japanese was sent with a written message -in the Russian language; but he came back, saying that the governor -had refused to receive it, and that he had been himself thrust out of -the castle. As a last resource, Ryōzayemon—who represented himself as -a merchant, and a person of some consequence, though in fact he had -been only a fishing agent—was sent on shore, with another Japanese, -on his promise to return with such information as he could obtain. He -did return, without the other, and stated that the Russians were all -dead. Sent on shore to obtain in writing a confirmation of this verbal -statement, he came back no more. - -Rikord now determined to seize any Japanese vessel that might be -entering or leaving the harbor. A large Japanese ship soon appeared, -from which, as the Russian boats approached her, several of her crew -of sixty men jumped into the water. Nine were drowned, some escaped -to the shore, and others were picked up by the Russian boats. The -captain, who was taken on board the “Diana,” appeared, from his rich -yellow dress, his swords, and other circumstances, to be a person of -distinction. Being interrogated in Japanese, of which Rikord had picked -up a little from Ryōzayemon, he answered with great frankness that his -name was Takataya Kahei, that he was the owner of ten ships, and bound -from Yetorofu (the nineteenth Kurile) to Hakodate with a cargo of dried -fish, but had been obliged by contrary winds to put into the bay of -Kunashiri. - -Being shown the letter written by Ryōzayemon, he exclaimed, “Captain -Moor[96] and five Russians are now in the city of Matsumae.” This -information was hardly credited, and Rikord finally resolved to convey -his captive to Kamtschatka, hoping, in the course of the winter, -to obtain through him some information respecting the fate of the -Russians, and the views of the Japanese government, especially as he -seemed far superior to any of the Japanese with whom they had hitherto -met, and therefore more likely to understand the policy of those who -ruled in Japan. - -“I informed him,” says Rikord, “that he must hold himself in readiness -to accompany me to Russia, and explained the circumstances which -compelled me to make such an arrangement. He understood me perfectly, -and when I proceeded to state my belief that Captain Golownin, Mr. -Moor, and the rest of the Russian prisoners had been put to death, -he suddenly interrupted me, exclaiming, ‘That is not true. Captain -Moor and five Russians are living in Matsumae, where they are well -treated, and enjoy the freedom of walking about the city, accompanied -by two officers.’ When I intimated that we intended to take him with -us, he replied, with astonishing coolness, ‘Well, I am ready’; and -merely requested that, on our arrival in Russia, he might continue to -live with me. This I promised he should do, and likewise that I would -carry him back to Japan in the ensuing year. He then seemed perfectly -reconciled to his unlooked-for destiny. - -“The four Japanese, who still remained on board the ship, understood -not a word of Russian, and were, besides, so afflicted with the -scurvy[97] that they would, in all probability, have perished had -they wintered in Kamtschatka. I therefore thought it advisable to set -them at liberty, and, having furnished them with every necessary, I -ordered them to be put on shore, hoping that they would, in gratitude, -give a good account of the Russians to their countrymen.[98] In their -stead, I determined to take four seamen from the Japanese vessel, who -might be useful in attending on Kahei, to whom I left the choice of -the individuals. He earnestly entreated that none of the seamen might -be taken, observing that they were extremely stupid, and that he -feared they would die of grief, owing to the dread they entertained -of the Russians. The earnestness of his solicitations led me in some -measure to doubt that our comrades were really living in Matsumae, and -I repeated, in a decided manner, my determination to take four of the -seamen. He then begged that I would accompany him to his ship. When -he went on board, he assembled the whole of his crew in the cabin, -and, having seated himself on a long cushion, which was placed on a -fine mat, requested that I would take my place beside him. The sailors -all knelt down (seated themselves on their heels?) before us, and he -delivered a long speech, in which he stated that it would be necessary -for some of them to accompany us to Russia. - -“Here a very affecting scene was exhibited. A number of the seamen -approached him, with their heads bent downwards, and, with great -eagerness, whispered something to him. Their countenances were all -bathed in tears; even Kahei, who had hitherto evinced calmness and -resolution, seemed now to be deeply distressed, and began to weep. -I for some time hesitated to carry my resolution into effect, and -was only induced to adhere to it by the consideration that I would -hereafter have the opportunity of interrogating each individual -separately, and probably thereby ascertaining whether or not our -comrades were really alive in Matsumae. I had, however, in other -respects, no reason to repent of this determination, for the Japanese -merchant, who was accustomed to live in a style of Asiatic luxury, -would have experienced serious inconvenience on board our vessel -without his Japanese attendants, two of whom were always, by turns, -near his person. - -“Kahei, and the sailors he selected, soon behaved as though our -ship had been their own, and we, on our side, employed every means -to convince them that we considered the Japanese, not as a hostile, -but as a friendly nation, with whom our good understanding was only -accidentally interrupted. - -“The same day we received on board, at my invitation, from the captured -vessel, a Japanese lady, who had been the inseparable companion of -Kahei on his voyage from Hakodate, his place of residence, to Etorofu. -She was extremely desirous of seeing our ship, and the strange people -and polite enemies, as she styled us, and to witness our friendly -intercourse with her countrymen. A Japanese lady was also, to us, no -slight object of curiosity. When she came on board, she appeared very -timid and embarrassed. I requested Kahei to conduct her into my cabin, -and, as she advanced, I took her by the other hand. On reaching the -cabin-door, she wished to take off her straw shoes; but, as there were -neither mats nor carpets in my cabin, I explained to her, by signs, -that this singular mark of politeness might be dispensed with among us. - -“On entering the cabin, she placed both hands on her head, with -the palms outwards, and saluted us by bending her body very low. -I conducted her to a chair, and Kahei requested her to sit down. -Fortunately for this unexpected visitor, there was on board our -vessel a young and handsome woman, the wife of our surgeon’s mate. -The Japanese lady seemed highly pleased on being introduced to her, -and they quickly formed an intimacy. Our countrywoman endeavored to -entertain the foreigner with what the women of all countries delight -in—she showed her her trinkets. Our visitor behaved with all the -ease of a woman of fashion; she examined the ornaments with great -curiosity, and expressed her admiration by an agreeable smile. But -the fair complexion of our countrywoman seemed most of all to attract -her attention. She passed her hands over the Russian woman’s face, as -though she suspected it had been painted, and, with a smile, exclaimed, -‘_Yoi! yoi!_’ which signifies _good_. I observed that our visitor was -somewhat vain of her new ornaments, and I held a looking-glass before -her that she might see how they became her. The Russian lady placed -herself immediately behind her, in order to show her the difference -of their complexions, when she immediately pushed the glass aside, -and said, ‘_-Warui! warui!_’—_not good_. She might herself have been -called handsome; her face was of the oval form, her features regular, -and her little mouth, when open, disclosed a set of shining black -lackered teeth. Her black eyebrows, which had the appearance of having -been pencilled, overarched a pair of sparkling dark eyes, which were by -no means deeply seated. Her hair was black, and rolled up in the form -of a turban, without any ornament, except a few small tortoise-shell -combs. She was about the middle size, and elegantly formed. Her dress -consisted of six wadded silk garments, similar to our night-gowns, -each fastened round the lower part of the waist by a separate band, -and drawn close together from the girdle downwards. They were all of -different colors, the outer one black. Her articulation was slow, and -her voice soft. Her countenance was expressive and interesting, and -she was, altogether, calculated to make a very agreeable impression. -She could not be older than eighteen. We entertained her with fine -green tea and sweetmeats, of which she ate and drank moderately. On -her taking leave, I made her some presents, with which she appeared to -be much pleased. I hinted to our countrywoman that she should embrace -her, and when the Japanese observed what was intended, she ran into her -arms, and kissed her with a smile.” - -The Japanese merchant, at Rikord’s request, wrote a letter to the -commander at Kunashiri, detailing the state of affairs. No answer was -returned, and when an attempt was made to land for water, the boats -were fired upon, as was the “Diana” herself, whenever she approached -the shore; but the aim was so bad as to excite the derision of the -Russians. - -During the winter passed in Kamtschatka, the Japanese merchant -continued to gain in the good opinion of his captors, whose language -he so far mastered as to be able to converse in it even on abstract -subjects. He seemed to interest himself much in arranging the -misunderstanding between the Russian and Japanese governments, and -expressed his wish, which he said was shared by others of his class, -to see a commercial intercourse opened between the two nations; and it -was at his suggestion that Rikord sent to the governor of Irkutsk for a -disavowal of the hostile acts of Chwostoff. - -Kahei remained in good health and spirits till the middle of winter, -when the death of two of his Japanese attendants greatly affected him. -He became melancholy and peevish, asserted that he had the scurvy, -and told the surgeon he should certainly die; but his real disorder -was home-sickness, aggravated by apprehensions of being detained at -Okhotsk, whither Rikord had intended to sail before proceeding to -Japan, in order to get the disavowal above referred to. As Kahei’s -assistance seemed essential, Rikord, fearing lest he might die, -resolved to sail direct for Japan as soon as the vessel could be cut -from the ice,—a resolution by which Kahei’s spirits were greatly raised. - -They arrived in Kunashiri bay in June, 1813. The buildings were, as -formerly, concealed by striped cotton cloth, but no guns were fired, -and not a living being was to be seen. When the two Japanese sailors -were about to be sent on shore, Rikord, somewhat excited at their -master’s declining to pledge himself for their return, bade them say to -the governor, that if he prevented them from returning, or sent back -no information, their master should be carried to Okhotsk, whence some -ships of war should immediately come to demand the liberation of the -Russians. - -“At these words,” says Rikord, “Kahei changed countenance, but said, -with much calmness, ‘Commander of the imperial ship’—he always -addressed me thus on important occasions—‘thou counsellest rashly. Thy -orders to the governor of Kunashiri seem to contain much, but according -to our laws they contain little. In vain dost thou threaten to carry me -to Okhotsk; my men may be detained on shore, but neither two, nor yet -two thousand sailors can answer for me. Therefore I give thee previous -notice that it will not be in thy power to take me to Okhotsk. But tell -me whether it be under these conditions only that my sailors are to be -sent on shore?’ ‘Yes,’ said I; ‘as commander of a ship of war, I cannot -under these circumstances act otherwise.’ - -[Illustration: SCENES IN THE HOME: THE DOCTOR’S CALL; HAIR-DRESSING; A -BLIND MASSEUR] - -“‘Well,’ replied he, ‘allow me to give my sailors my last and most -urgent instructions, as to what they must communicate from me to the -governor of Kunashiri.’ He then rose up—for during this conversation -he sat, according to the Japanese custom, with his legs under him—and -addressed me very earnestly in the following terms: ‘You know enough -of Japanese to understand all that I may say in plain and easy words -to my sailors. I would not wish you to have any ground to suspect me -of hatching base designs.’ He then sat down again, when his sailors -approached him on their knees, and hanging down their heads, listened -with deep attention to his words. He reminded them circumstantially of -the day on which they were carried on board the ‘Diana,’ of the manner -in which they had been treated on board that ship and in Kamtschatka, -of their having inhabited the same house with me, and being carefully -provided for, of the death of their two countrymen, notwithstanding -all the attention bestowed upon them by the Russian physician, and, -finally, that the ship had hastily returned to Japan on account of -his own health. All this he directed them faithfully to relate, and -concluded with the warmest commendations of me, and earnest expressions -of gratitude for the care that I had taken of him by sea and on land. -He then sank into a deep silence and prayed, after which he delivered -to the sailor whom he most esteemed, his picture to be conveyed to -his wife, and his large sabre, which he called his paternal sword, -to be presented to his only son and heir. This solemn ceremony being -finished, he stood up, and with a frank and indeed very cheerful -expression of countenance, asked for some brandy to treat his sailors -at parting. He drank with them, and accompanied them on deck, when they -were landed, and proceeded without interruption towards the fortress.” - -Rikord was a good deal troubled and alarmed at the air and manner of -Kahei; and finally, after consulting with his officers concluded to -dismiss him unconditionally, trusting to his honor for his doing his -best to procure the release of the Russians. - -Kahei was greatly delighted at this mark of confidence, though he -declined to go on shore till the next day, as it would not conform to -Japanese ideas of etiquette for him to land on the same day with his -sailors. He confessed to Rikord that he had been greatly wounded by the -threat to carry him to Okhotsk. It was not consistent with Japanese -ideas, that a man of his position should remain a prisoner in a foreign -country, and he had therefore made up his mind to prevent it by cutting -himself open. He had accordingly cut off the tuft of hair from his -head,—and he showed that it was gone,—and had laid it in the box with -his picture; it being customary with those about to die honorably, -by their own hands, in a distant place, to send this token to their -friends, who bury the tuft of hair with all the ceremonies which they -would have bestowed upon the body. And he even intimated that previous -to doing this execution on himself, he might first have stabbed Rikord -and the next in command. - -Kahei exerted himself with the greatest energy in the matter of -the negotiation, and he soon was able to produce a letter, in the -hand-writing of Golownin, and signed by him and Moor, but which the -jealousy of their keepers had limited to the simple announcement that -they were alive and well at Matsumae. Afterwards one of the imprisoned -Russian sailors was brought on board the ship, being sent from Matsumae -for that purpose; but, though allowed to spend his days on board the -“Diana,” he was required to return to the fort every night. In spite, -however, of all the watchfulness of the Japanese, he had brought sewed -up in his jacket a letter from Golownin, in which he recommended -prudence, civility, candor, and especially patience, and entreated that -no letters nor anything else should be sent him which might cause him -to be tormented with questions and translations. - -The Japanese would not deliver up their prisoners till the “Diana” -first sailed to Okhotsk, and brought from the authorities there a -formal written disavowal of the hostilities of Chwostoff. At Okhotsk -was found the letter from the governor of Irkutsk, previously sent for -at Kahei’s suggestion, and with this document and another letter from -the commander at Okhotsk, the “Diana” reached Hakodate towards the end -of October. - -“As we approached the town,” says Rikord, “we observed that cloth -was hung out only at a few places on the hill, or near it, and not -over the whole buildings, as at Kunashiri. With the assistance of -our telescopes, we observed six of these screens of cloth, probably -intended to conceal fortifications. There were, beside, five new -fortifications at short distances from each other, and from two to -three hundred fathoms from the shore. - -“We no sooner entered the roads than we were surrounded by a number -of boats, of all descriptions and sizes, filled with the curious of -both sexes. A European ship must indeed have been to them an object of -uncommon interest; for, as far as I could ascertain, they had seen none -since they were visited twenty-two years before by Laxman.[99] Many of -the inhabitants, therefore, had never beheld a European vessel of any -kind, and still less a ship of war; they accordingly thronged about us -in vast numbers, and their curiosity frequently gave rise to disputes -among themselves. The Dōshin (soldiers), who were stationed in the -watch-boats, continually called to them to keep at a further distance; -but so great was the confusion that, though the people generally showed -great respect to the soldiers, their orders were on this occasion -disregarded. The military, therefore, were under the necessity of -using the iron batons which they wear fastened to their girdles by -long silken strings. They spared neither rank nor sex; old persons -alone experienced their indulgence, and we had various opportunities of -observing that the Japanese, in all situations, pay particular respect -to old age. In this case blows were freely dealt out to the young, -of every description, who ventured to disobey the commands of the -soldiers, and we were at length delivered from a multitude of visitors, -who would have subjected us to no small degree of inconvenience.” - -Kahei came on board the next morning, and the letter from the governor -of Okhotsk was given to him to be transmitted to the governor of -Matsumae; but Captain Rikord refused to deliver the other letter, -except in person. After much negotiation the ceremonial for an -interview was arranged. The Japanese even conceded that the ten men -who landed with Rikord as his guard of honor should be allowed to take -their muskets with them; he, on his part, agreeing to land in the -Japanese governor’s barge, and, before entering the audience chamber, -to substitute, instead of his boots, shoes, which Kahei undertook -to pass off as leather stockings. Rikord had for his interpreter a -Japanese whom he had brought from Okhotsk, sent thither from Irkutsk, -and who bore the Russian name of Kesseleff. The Japanese had Teisuke, -who had learnt Russian of Golownin. The governor of Matsumae, -Hattori-Bingo-no-kami, was represented on this occasion by the governor -of Hakodate, and by an academician sent for the express purpose -of making observations on the Russian ship of war, and collecting -particulars respecting European science,—no other, indeed, than Doeff’s -friend, “Globius.” - -The letter of the governor of Irkutsk was delivered, with great -formality, in a box covered with purple cloth. Rikord took it out, read -the address aloud, and returned it. Kesseleff, Rikord’s interpreter, -then handed the box to Teisuke, who raised it above his head, and -placed it in the hands of the junior commissioner, who delivered it to -the senior commissioner, who promised to deliver it to the bugiō, or -governor. An entertainment followed of tea and sweetmeats, during which -a Japanese was placed beside Rikord to receive and hand to him his -share of the eatables. - -From the moment of the departure of the “Diana” for Okhotsk, Golownin -and his companions had begun to be treated rather as guests than -prisoners. They were soon conveyed back to Hakodate, and at length, -after a confinement of more than two years, were delivered up to -Rikord, with a paper of which the following are the material parts: - - - NOTIFICATION FROM THE GIMMIYAKU, THE CHIEF COMMANDERS NEXT TO THE - BUGIŌ, OF MATSUMAE. - - “Twenty-two years ago a Russian vessel arrived at Matsumae, and eleven - years ago another came to Nagasaki. Though the laws of our country - were on both those occasions minutely explained, yet we are of opinion - that we have not been clearly understood on your part, owing to the - great dissimilarity between our languages and writing. However, as - we have now detained you, it will be easy to give you an explanation - of these matters. When you return to Russia, communicate to the - commanders of the coasts of Kamtschatka, Okhotsk, and others, the - declaration of our bugiō, which will acquaint them with the nature of - the Japanese laws with respect to the arrival of foreign ships, and - prevent a repetition of similar transgressions on your part. - - “In our country the Christian religion is strictly prohibited, and - European vessels are not suffered to enter any Japanese harbor except - Nagasaki. This law does not extend to Russian vessels only. This - year it has not been enforced, because we wished to communicate with - your countrymen; but all that may henceforth present themselves will - be driven back by cannon-balls. Bear in mind this declaration, and - you cannot complain if at any future period you should experience a - misfortune in consequence of your disregard of it. - - “Among us there exists this law: ‘If any European residing in Japan - shall attempt to teach our people the Christian faith, he shall - undergo a severe punishment, and shall not be restored to his native - country.’ As you, however, have not attempted to do so, you will - accordingly be permitted to return home. Think well on this. - - “Our countrymen wish to carry on no commerce with foreign lands, for - we know no want of necessary things. Though foreigners are permitted - to trade to Nagasaki, even to that harbor only those are admitted with - whom we have for a long period maintained relations, and we do not - trade with them for the sake of gain, but for other important objects. - From the repeated solicitations which you have hitherto made to us, - you evidently imagine that the customs of our country resemble those - of your own; but you are very wrong in thinking so. In future, it will - be better to say no more about a commercial connection.” - -In all this business the efforts of Kahei had been indefatigable. At -first he was treated by his own countrymen with the suspicion and -reserve extended to all, even native Japanese, who come from a foreign -country. For a long time he was not permitted to visit Golownin. A -guard was set over him, and even his friends and relations could not -see him except in presence of an imperial soldier. In fact, according -to the Japanese laws, as a person just returned from a foreign country, -he ought to have been allowed no correspondence at all with his -friends. The governor of Hakodate, having a letter for him from his -only son, said not a word to him about it, but having sent for him to -convey a letter from Golownin on board the “Diana,” while walking up -and down the room, threw his son’s letter towards him, as if it had -been a piece of waste paper taken out of his sleeve accidentally with -the other letter, and then turned his back to give him time to pick it -up.[100] - -Kahei’s abduction had thrown his family into great distress. A -celebrated priest, or spirit-medium, at Hakodate, to the question -whether he ever would return, had answered, “Kahei will return the -ensuing summer, with two of his companions; the remaining two have -perished in a foreign land.” This answer was communicated to Golownin, -who laughed at it; but when, on Kahei’s return, it appeared that two -of his Japanese attendants had actually died, the Japanese believers -were greatly edified, and highly indignant at Golownin’s persistence in -maintaining that there was more of luck than foresight in the prophecy. -Kahei’s wife—another probably than the young female with whom we are -already acquainted—in her grief made a vow to go on a pilgrimage -through the whole of Japan; and Kahei assured Captain Rikord that -scarcely had she returned from her pilgrimage, when she received his -letter from Kunashiri, announcing his return. - -Kahei had a bosom friend, who, on learning his fate, divided his large -property among the poor, and took up his residence in the mountains -as a hermit. As appeared on various occasions, Kahei was a strict -disciplinarian, and very punctilious. He had a daughter, whom, owing -to some misconduct, he had discarded. She was dead to him, so he said; -and to Rikord, to whom he had told the story, and who had taken an -interest in the girl, he had insisted that a reconciliation would be -inconsistent with his honor. Yet, to show his hermit friend that in the -way of self-sacrifice he was not to be outdone, he made up his mind to -the great effort of calling his daughter into life, and forgiving her. -His friend would, he said, when this communication was made to him, at -once understand it. - -[Illustration: SCENE IN A COMMON SCHOOL] - -During Kahei’s absence his mercantile affairs had prospered, and -before Rikord’s departure he brought on board the “Diana,” with all -the evidence of paternal pride, his son, who seemed, indeed, to be a -promising youth. He was very liberal in his distribution of silk and -cotton wadded dresses to the crew, to all of whom he gave one or more, -to his favorites the best ones, taking especial care to remember the -cook. He then begged to be allowed to treat them. “Sailors, captain,” -so he said to Rikord, “are all alike, whether Russian or Japanese. -They are all fond of a glass; and there is no danger in the harbor of -Hakodate.” So the sailors had a night of it, being plentifully supplied -with sake and Japanese tobacco. - -Though he refused all presents of value, as being indeed prohibited -by Japanese law, Kahei accepted with pleasure a Russian tea-set, as -it would enable him, in entertaining his friends, to call to mind his -Russian hosts; and he expressed much regret that the custom of his -country did not allow him to invite Rikord to his own house. Finally, -he brought a number of boats to help tow the “Diana” out of the harbor. - -This is the only full-length portrait we possess of a Japanese -merchant; and, if it represents the class, the fraternity have reason -to be proud of their Japanese brethren. “The class of merchants in -Japan,” says Golownin, “is very extensive and rich, but not held -in honor. The merchants have not the right to bear arms;[101] but -though their profession is not respected, their wealth is; for this, -as in Europe, supplies the place of talents and dignity, and attains -privileges and honorable places. The Japanese told us that their -officers of state and men of rank behave themselves outwardly with -great haughtiness to the merchants, but in private are very familiar -with the rich ones, and are often under great obligations to them. We -had with us for some time a young officer, who was the son of a rich -merchant, and who, as the Japanese said, owed his rank not to his own -merit, but to his father’s gold. Thus, though the laws do not favor the -mercantile profession, yet wealth raises it; for even in Japan, where -the laws are so rigorously enforced, they are often weighed down by the -influence of gold.” - - - - -CHAPTER XLIV - - _Renewal of the Dutch Trade—Captain Gordon in the Bay of - Yedo—Fisscher—Meylan—Siebold—British Mutineers—Voyage of the - Morrison—Japanese Edict—The “Saramang” at Nagasaki—The “Mercator” - in the Bay of Yedo—Commodore Biddle in the Bay of Yedo—Shipwrecked - Americans—French Ships of War at Nagasaki—The “Preble” at - Nagasaki—Surveying ship “Mariner” in the Bays of Yedo and Shimoda—New - Notification through the Dutch—A.D. 1817-1850._ - - -Great was the delight of Heer Doeff, when, in the year 1817, two -vessels arrived at last from Batavia, bringing news of its restoration -to the Dutch; also—what was hardly less welcome—a supply of butter, -wine, and other European creature comforts; together with goods for -renewing the trade, and a decoration of the order of the Lion for -Doeff, whose conduct in holding out against the English had been highly -approved in Holland. - -On board these ships were several women, among others the wife of Herr -Blomhoff, appointed to succeed Doeff as director, who had with her an -infant child. This novelty greatly disturbed the Japanese. It was with -the utmost difficulty that permission was obtained for the wife of the -new director to land; her remaining was a thing not to be listened to, -and she was obliged to leave her husband and to return to Batavia in -the departing ships.[102] - -Shortly after this renewal of the old Dutch intercourse, a new English -attempt was made at commerce with Japan. Captain Gordon of the British -navy, entered, in June, 1818, the bay of Yedo, in a little trading -brig, from Okhotsk, of sixty-five tons’ burden. He was immediately -visited by two officers, to whom he said that he had come merely to -obtain permission to return with a cargo of goods for sale. They -insisted upon unshipping his rudder, and required all his arms to be -given up. The vessel was then surrounded by a circle of some twenty -boats, and beyond by a circle of sixty larger ones, besides two or -three junks, mounting a number of guns. Two interpreters came on -board, one speaking Dutch, the other some Russian, and both a little -English. They inquired if the vessel belonged to the East India -Company, if the English were friends of the Dutch, and if Captain -Golownin was at Okhotsk. They asked after the king of Holland, the -king of France, and Bonaparte. They knew the names and uses of the -various nautical instruments, and said that the best were made at -London. In a subsequent visit they told Captain Gordon that permission -could not be granted for his trading to Japan, as by their laws all -foreign intercourse was interdicted, except at Nagasaki, and there only -allowed with the Dutch and Chinese, and he was requested to depart -the moment the wind was fair. The interpreters declined any presents, -being prohibited, they said, from accepting any. Captain Gordon was -much struck with the polite and affable conduct of the Japanese, both -towards him and towards each other. Everything that had been taken on -shore was carefully returned, and thirty boats were sent to tow the -vessel out of the bay. The shores were lined with spectators, and as -soon as the guard-boats had left, not less than two thousand visitors -came on board in succession, all eager to barter for trifles.[103] - -In 1820, J. F. Van Overmeer Fisscher arrived at Nagasaki, as a member -of the factory. He resided there for seven years, and after his return -to Holland published, in 1833, a work in the Dutch language, entitled -“Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Japanese Empire,” embellished -with engravings from Japanese drawings, so superior to former specimens -as to give occasion for some suspicion of aid from the European -engraver. - -In 1822, Fisscher accompanied Blomhoff in the quadrennial embassy -to Yedo, which, from its long intermission, appears to have excited -unusual attention. It had been proposed to make the embassy annual, as -formerly; but to this change the Japanese authorities would not assent. -Fisscher’s account of the journey does not differ materially from that -given by Kämpfer and Thunberg. The entrance into Yedo, notwithstanding -the absence of carriages, reminded him, from the noise and the throng -of people, of the commercial parts of London. The shops had signs, as -in Europe; the goods were exhibited from the doors and windows under -the charge of boys, who rivalled each other in calling by loud cries -the attention of purchasers. Long before entering Shinagawa, they found -themselves in the midst of a vast crowd, marching along broad streets, -paved at the sides, formed of houses, regularly built, among which -were many large buildings. From the suburb to their hotel, called -_Nagasakiya_, and in the immediate vicinity of the palace, it was two -hours’ march; and, as the palace was said to occupy a space half a -Japanese mile in diameter, Fisscher estimates the diameter of the whole -city at not less than five or six hours’ walk at an ordinary step. - -After the audience and the official visits were over, the Dutch spent -twelve days in receiving visits. Among the crowds who obtained the -privilege of seeing them, were several princes or their secretaries, -and many savans, Doeff’s Globius among the rest. Several of these -visitors had more or less knowledge of the Dutch language, and great -eagerness was exhibited to obtain new scientific information. To a -party given to the Dutch by the master of the mint and the conductor -of the embassy, many of the Japanese guests came rigged out in Dutch -clothes; and as these had been collected through long intervals and -preserved as curiosities, they presented a very grotesque and antique -appearance.[104] Fisscher’s own party were laid under contribution in -the same way, their lady visitors unpacking and rummaging their trunks, -and putting them to the necessity of giving away some of the most -valuable articles. The greater part, however, were content with a few -words written on their fans. - -Mr. G. F. Meylan, who first arrived in Japan shortly after Fisscher -left it, and who subsequently died there, as director, has also -contributed something to our knowledge of Japan, by a thin volume -published in 1830, like Fisscher’s, in the Dutch language, with the -title of “Japan; presented in Sketches of the Manners and Customs -of that Realm, especially of the Town of Nagasaki.” One of the most -original things in Meylan’s book is his apology for the custom of the -Dutch in taking female companions from the Nagasaki tea-houses. None of -the male Japanese servants are allowed to remain in Deshima over night. -“How, then,” plaintively asks Mr. Meylan, “could the Dutch residents -otherwise manage to procure any domestic comfort in the long nights of -winter,—their tea-water, for instance,—were it not for these females?” -He passes a high eulogy upon their strict fidelity and affectionate -activity; and indeed the connection appears to be regarded by them not -so much in the light in which we see it, as in that of a temporary -marriage. The female inmates of the Japanese tea-houses hold, indeed, -in the estimation of their own people, a very different position -from that which our manners would assign to them; since not only is -the custom of frequenting these houses, as places of relaxation and -amusement, general among the men, but sometimes, according to Fisscher, -they even take their wives along with them. - -Of the personal charms of these wives, with their teeth blackened, -their eyebrows shaven, their faces white, Fisscher does not give a very -high idea. The concubines do not shave their eyebrows, but the custom -of blackening the teeth is so common as to be adopted by all females -above the age of eighteen. The immoderate use of the warm bath causes -them to look, at twenty-five, at least ten years older. Not content -with the natural burdens of child-bearing, they augment them by several -absurd customs, one of which is the wearing, during pregnancy, of a -tight girdle round the body. - -The works of Fisscher and Meylan are chiefly valuable for the -confirmation they give of Kämpfer’s accounts, and as showing the -Japanese very little altered from what they were when he described -them. A visitant to Japan, and a writer of much higher pretensions, is -Dr. Philipp Franz von Siebold, who was sent out, in 1823, commissioned -by the Dutch government, to make all possible investigations, as well -into the language, literature, and institutions, as into the natural -history of the country. The Japanese interpreters understood Dutch so -well as to detect his foreign accent, but they were satisfied with the -explanation that he was a Dutch mountaineer. He availed himself, as -Kämpfer had done, of all means that offered to elude the restrictive -laws; and he found, like Thunberg and Titsingh, a certain number of the -natives very anxious to obtain information, and by no means unwilling -secretly to impart it. - -In 1826, he accompanied Van Sturlen, the director, on the quadrennial -journey to Yedo, taking with him a young native physician, a native -artist, and several servants to assist his researches into natural -history. Following, as Fisscher had done, nearly or quite in Kämpfer’s -old route, he saw, in the passage across Kiūshiū, the same old -camphor-tree, as flourishing, apparently, as it had been a hundred and -thirty-five years before, but with a hollow in its trunk large enough -to hold fifteen men. He visited the same hot springs, and descended -some sixty feet into the coal mine, near Kokura, mentioned by Kämpfer. -He saw only one thin seam of coal, but was told of thicker ones -below,—an account which the coal drawn up seemed to confirm. - -[Illustration: THE WEDDING CEREMONY] - -At Yedo he met with many Japanese physicians, astronomers, and -others, of whose acquisitions he speaks with much respect. - -Besides the other means, already pointed out, of measuring time, he -saw in use there Chinese clepsydras, or water-clocks; but the method -most relied upon for scientific purposes was a clock of which the -idea was derived from one introduced into China by the Jesuit Ricci, -and brought thence to Japan. This clock is worked by two balances, -one to act by day and the other by night. The arm of each balance is -notched, to accord with the variations in the length of the hours. -At the summer solstice the weights are hung respectively upon the -outermost notch of the day-balance, and upon the innermost notch of the -night-balance. At intervals of six days, four hours and twelve minutes, -both weights are moved; that of the day-balance a notch inward, that of -the night-balance a notch outward, until at the winter solstice their -original positions are reversed. - -After Siebold’s return to Nagasaki, he continued diligently to follow -out his object, keeping up, through means of the interpreters, a -correspondence with his Yedo friends. In the course of five years he -had not only made large collections for the government of specimens -in natural history, but also, on his own account, of Japanese books -and other curiosities, besides acquiring a considerable knowledge of -the language. His collections in natural history had been shipped to -Batavia; he was preparing himself to follow, when an unlucky disclosure -took place. The imperial astronomer, notwithstanding the law to the -contrary, had secretly sent him a copy of a new map of Japan, lately -constructed on European principles. One of the draftsmen employed in -making it having quarrelled with the astronomer, informed against him, -in consequence of which the astronomer, his servants, the interpreters, -several of Siebold’s pupils, and other Japanese suspected of being -concerned in this affair, were arrested and subjected to a strict -examination. Siebold himself was called upon to give up the map; and, -when he hesitated about it, underwent a domiciliary visit, followed by -an order to consider himself under arrest, and prohibition to leave -Japan until the investigation was terminated. Finding thus not only -the fruits of his own labor, but the lives of his Japanese friends -in danger, he made a full confession as to the map, endeavoring thus -to remove suspicions and to preserve some other documents in his -possession, of which the Japanese yet had no knowledge, and which might -have compromised other persons not yet suspected. Studiously concealing -the connection of the Dutch government with his mission, he thought -it best to represent himself as simply a private inquirer, whose -researches into natural history and the physical sciences might be no -less useful to the Japanese than they were interesting to himself. Of -the particulars of this affair no account has ever been published. It -is said that some of his Japanese friends found it necessary to cut -themselves open, but Siebold himself was speedily released, with his -entire collections, which he brought with him to Holland, and by means -of which he converted his residence at Leyden into a very curious -Japanese museum. - -The fruits of his researches, so far as zoölogy is concerned, and of -those of Dr. Burger, left behind as his successor, have been published -by the labors of some distinguished naturalists, and under the -patronage of the king of Holland, in a very splendid and expensive -work, called “Fauna Japonica,” with colored plates of most of the -animals described, and in the preparation of which the native works on -the subject were largely consulted. This work includes three lizards, -two tortoises, six snakes, eleven of the frog family, three hundred -and fifty-nine fishes (Siebold describes the Japanese as a nation of -fish-eaters), besides several whales, and two hundred and two birds. -The principal quadrupeds, natives of Japan, and described in it, -are a small deer, an antelope, in the most southern parts an ape, a -wolf, a bear, and in Yezo another more ferocious species, like the -Rocky Mountain bear, a wild hog, two foxes, and a number of smaller -animals. There is no animal of the cat kind, except the domestic cat. -The dogs used for hunting appear to be indigenous. There are pet -house-dogs, derived from China, and troops of street-dogs—belonging to -no individual, but denizens of particular streets—of a mongrel breed -between the two. - -The “Flora Japonica,” prepared by Zaccarini, from Siebold’s collection -containing descriptions and drawings of one hundred and twenty-four -remarkable plants, was interrupted by the death of that botanist, as -was also another, less costly, but fuller enumeration of Japanese -plants, arranged in natural families. The latter work, so far as -completed, contains four hundred and seventy-eight genera, and eight -hundred and forty-seven species. Siebold states that, of five hundred -plants most remarkable for ornament or utility, at least half are of -foreign origin, chiefly from China. - -Siebold’s observations, during his residence in Japan, upon other -subjects than natural history, have been principally embraced in a -publication in numbers, originally in German, but a French translation -of parts of which has appeared, entitled “Nippon, or Archives for the -Description of Japan.” This work, projected like most of Siebold’s -publications, on an extensive scale, contains many translations from -Japanese historical works, and exhibits a great deal of erudition; -at the same time it is diffuse, confused, incoherent, introducing a -great deal of matter with only a remote bearing on the subject; and, -whatever light it may throw upon some particular points, not, on the -whole, adding a great deal to the knowledge we previously had of Japan, -so far, at least, as the general reader would be likely to take an -interest in it.[105] - -The same year in which Siebold was released, a party of English -convicts, on their way to Australia in the brig “Cyprus,” mutinied and -got possession of the vessel. After cruising about for five months, -being in great distress for wood and water, they anchored on the coast -of Japan; but they were fired at from the shore, and obliged to depart -without accomplishing their object. - -Not long after this occurrence, three Japanese, the only survivors of -the crew of a junk, driven by storms across the Pacific, landed on -Queen Charlotte’s Island, on the northwest coast of America. They were -seized by the natives, but were redeemed by an agent of the English -Fur Company, at the mouth of Columbia River, and sent to England. From -England they were carried to Macao, where they were placed in the -family of Mr. Gutzlaff, the missionary. Some time after, four other -Japanese, who had been wrecked on the Philippines, were brought to -Macao. - -The return of these men to their homes seemed a good opportunity for -opening a communication with Japan, as well for mercantile as for -missionary purposes, and an American mercantile house at Macao fitted -out the brig “Morrison” for that purpose, in which sailed one of the -partners, Dr. Parker, a missionary physician, and Mr. S. W. Williams, -one of the editors of the “Chinese Repository,” and afterwards Chinese -interpreter to Commodore Perry’s squadron. At Lew Chew [Riūkiū], where -the vessel touched, Mr. Gutzlaff also came on board. - -On the 27th of July, 1837, the chain of islands was made leading up to -the bay of Yedo, up which the “Morrison” proceeded some thirty miles, -to Uraga, the west coast of the bay rising hill above hill, and the -view terminating in the lofty peak of Fuji. Near Uraga, many of the -hills were cultivated in terraces, but the general aspect of the shores -was bleak and barren. Just above, the passage was narrowed by two -points of land projecting from opposite directions. - -Having anchored about three quarters of a mile from the shore, the ship -was soon visited by a number of boats. Their crews, some two hundred in -number, and evidently of the lower class, hardly seemed to understand -the Chinese writing in which provisions, water, and a government -officer to communicate with, were asked for. They seemed, however, -to invite a landing; but during the night cannon were planted on the -nearest eminence, and, though the firing was unskilful, the “Morrison” -was obliged to weigh. She was pursued by three gun-boats, each with -thirty or forty men, which bore down upon her, firing swivels; but -when she lay to, to wait for them, they retired. A piece of canvas, on -which was painted, in Chinese, that a foreign ship desired to return -some shipwrecked natives, and to obtain some provisions and water, was -thrown overboard; but, though it was picked up, no notice was taken -of it. The Japanese on board, who had recognized the shores of their -country with delight, were much mortified at the result, which they -ascribed in part to their not having been allowed to communicate with -their countrymen. - -For the purpose of making a second experiment, on the 20th of August -the “Morrison” entered the bay of Kagoshima, in the principality of -Satsuma. The shores, rising gradually from the water, were under -high cultivation. A boat from the ship boarded a Japanese fishing -vessel, and proceeded to a little village, where they found the people -in great commotion. The “Morrison” followed, and when opposite the -village, was visited by a richly dressed officer, with a number of -almost naked attendants. He stated that, supposing the ship to be a -pirate, preparations had been made to fire on her; but, satisfied by -the representations of the Japanese on board of the true state of the -case, he received, with much apparent interest, the despatches prepared -for the prince of Satsuma and the emperor, which he promised to deliver -to a superior officer. He left a pilot on board; a supply of water was -sent, and the ship was visited by many boat-loads of people, superior -in appearance to those seen in the bay of Yedo; but they brought -nothing to sell. - -The despatches were soon brought back by several officers, the superior -officer, it was stated, declining to receive them. They added that the -depositions of the Japanese passengers, who had landed for the purpose -of giving them, had been forwarded to Kagoshima, and that a superior -officer might be expected from that city. Provisions were promised, -and that the vessel should be towed higher up the bay; early in the -morning of the twelfth, the crew of a fishing-boat communicated to the -Japanese on board a rumor that the ship was to be expelled. Warlike -preparations were soon seen on shore, in strips of blue and white -canvas stretched from tree to tree. The Japanese on board stated, with -rueful faces, that these preparations portended war; nor, according to -their description, were these cloth batteries so contemptible as they -might seem, as four or five pieces of heavy canvas, loosely stretched, -one behind another, at short intervals, would weaken the force of, -indeed almost stop, a cannon ball. - -Officers on horseback, and several hundred soldiers, soon made their -appearance, and a fire of musketry and artillery was commenced. The -anchor was weighed, and the sails set, but there was no wind. For -eighteen hours the ship was exposed, without any means of offering -resistance, to two fires from opposite sides of the bay, which was -from three to five miles broad, till at last she was with difficulty -conducted clear of the shoals and past the forts. - -All hope of friendly intercourse, or of returning the men, was now -abandoned. The poor fellows suffered severely at this unexpected -extinction of their prospect of revisiting their families. They -expressed great indignation at the conduct of their countrymen, and two -of them shaved their heads entirely in token, as it was understood, -of having renounced their native soil. As it was not deemed expedient -to go to Nagasaki, where the Japanese on board expressed their -determination not to land, the “Morrison” returned to Macao.[106] - -In 1843, probably in consequence of this visit of the “Morrison,” the -Japanese authorities promulgated an edict, of which the following is a -translation, as given by the Dutch at Deshima, who were requested to -communicate to the other European nations,—the first attempt ever made -to employ their agency for that purpose. - -[Illustration: A BUDDHIST FUNERAL] - - “Shipwrecked persons of the Japanese nation must not be brought - back to their country, except on board of Dutch or Chinese ships, - for, in case these shipwrecked persons shall be brought back in the - ships of other nations, they will not be received. Considering the - express prohibition, even to Japanese subjects, to explore or make - examinations of the coasts or islands of the empire, this prohibition, - for greater reason, is extended to foreigners.” - -The British opium war in China, of the progress of which the Japanese -were well informed, if it increased the desire of the English to gain -access to Japan, did not, by any means, diminish the Japanese dread of -foreigners.[107] - -In 1845, the British surveying frigate “Saramang” entered the harbor of -Nagasaki. As she approached she was surrounded by numerous guard-boats, -from one of which a letter was handed, in Dutch and French, directing -her to anchor off the entrance, till visited by the authorities. The -Japanese officers who came on board stated that they had been apprised -of this intended visit by the Dutch, and that they were acquainted with -the recent visit of the “Saramang” to the Lew Chew and other islands, -and of her operations there. - -With great difficulty permission was obtained to land, in order -to make some astronomical observations, but the officers earnestly -begged that this might not be repeated till they could consult their -superiors; nor were they willing that the vessel should leave till -such consultation had taken place. They asked, for this purpose, a -stay of two days. The captain offered to wait four days, if they would -allow his observations to be continued; but this they declined, urging -as a reason their own danger of punishment. The vessel was freely -supplied with such provisions as she needed, and the British officers -were strongly impressed with the demeanor of the Japanese, as at once -dignified and respectful. - -That same year, the American whaleship “Mercator,” Captain Cooper, -while cruising among the northern islands of the Japanese group, fell -in with a sinking junk, from which she took eleven Japanese sailors, -and as many more from a rock to which they had escaped. Captain Cooper -proceeded with these rescued men to the bay of Yedo, and on anchoring -there was surrounded by near four hundred armed boats, which took the -ship in tow, took all the arms out of her, and carried her in front of -a neighboring town, probably Odawara. Here she was guarded for three -days, being all the while an object of curiosity to great crowds. -Orders presently came from Yedo, in these words: - - “I am informed, by the mouths of some shipwrecked persons of our - country, that they have been brought home by your ship, and that they - have been well treated. But, according to our laws, they must not be - brought home except by the Chinese or Dutch. Nevertheless, in the - present case, we shall make an exception, because the return of these - men by you must be attributed to your ignorance of these laws. In - future, Japanese subjects will not be received in like circumstances, - and will have to be treated rigorously when returned. You are hereby - advised of this, and that you must make it known to others. - - “As, in consequence of your long voyage, provisions, and wood and - water are wanting on board your ship, we have regard to your request, - and whatever you want will be given to you. - - “As soon as possible after the reception of this order, the ship must - depart and return directly to her own country.” - -Immediately upon the receipt of this order, the ship was abundantly -supplied with provisions, her arms were returned, and she was towed -out of the bay by a file of boats more than a mile long. It would seem -that since the visit of the “Morrison,” a fleet of guard-boats had been -provided to take the bay of Yedo in charge. - -Commodore Biddle, sent soon after to the China Seas, with a -considerable American naval force, was instructed, among other things, -to ascertain if the ports of Japan were accessible. With this object in -view, with the “Columbus” ship of the line, and “Vincennes” frigate, -he anchored (July 20, 1848) in the bay of Yedo. Before the ships -reached their anchorage, an officer with a Dutch interpreter came on -board to inquire their object. He was told that the vessels came as -friends to ascertain whether Japan had, like China, opened her ports to -foreign trade; and, if she had, to negotiate a treaty of commerce. The -officer requested that this statement should be reduced to writing, for -transmission to the higher authorities. He also stated that all needed -supplies would be furnished, but refused permission to land, and even -wished to stop the passing of boats between the two vessels; but as the -commodore would not agree to this, he did not persist in it. The vessel -was soon surrounded by a multitude of boats, and as many Japanese as -wished were allowed to come on board, both as a proof of friendship and -to let them see the strength of the ships. - -Another officer, apparently of higher rank, came on board the following -morning. He stated that foreign ships, on arriving in Japan, were -required to give up their arms; but when told that only trading -vessels could be expected to do that, he appeared to be satisfied. The -emperor’s reply might be expected, he said, in five or six days. He was -offered copies in Chinese of the late English, French, and American -treaties with China, but declined to receive them, as did all the other -Japanese officers to whom they were offered. To explain the concourse -of guard-boats about the ship, he pretended that they were only waiting -in readiness to tow the ships, if needed. These boats followed the -ships’ boats when sent at some distance for sounding, but did not offer -to molest them, nor did the crews of the ships’ boats make any attempt -to land. - -The Japanese, who had undertaken to water the ships, sent off the first -day less than two hundred gallons, and the next day not so much. As -this was less than the daily consumption, the commodore stated that if -they went on so, he should send his own boats. This was by no means -acceptable, and in the next two days they furnished twenty-one thousand -gallons. - -On the 28th, an officer with a suite of eight persons came on -board with the emperor’s letter, which, as translated by the Dutch -interpreter, read thus: - - “According to the Japanese laws, the Japanese may not trade except - with the Dutch and Chinese. It will not be allowed that America make - a treaty with Japan or trade with her, as the same is not allowed with - any other nation. Concerning strange lands all things are fixed at - Nagasaki, but not here in the bay; therefore, you must depart as quick - as possible, and not come any more to Japan.” - -The Japanese original, as translated at Canton, first into Chinese and -from Chinese into English, runs as follows: - - “The object of this communication is to explain the reasons why we - refuse to trade with foreigners who come to this country across the - ocean for that purpose. - - “This has been the habit of our nation from time immemorial. In all - cases of a similar kind that have occurred we have positively refused - to trade. Foreigners have come to us from various quarters, but have - always been received in the same way. In taking this course with - regard to you, we only pursue our accustomed policy. We can make no - distinction between different foreign nations—we treat them all alike, - and you as Americans must receive the same answer with the rest. It - will be of no use to renew the attempt, as all applications of the - kind, however numerous they may be, will be steadily rejected. - - “We are aware that our customs are in this respect different from - those of some other countries, but every nation has a right to manage - its affairs in its own way. - - “The trade carried on with the Dutch at Nagasaki is not to be regarded - as furnishing a precedent for trade with other foreign nations. The - place is one of few inhabitants and very little business, and the - whole affair is of no importance. - - “In conclusion, we have to say that the emperor positively refuses the - permission you desire. He earnestly advises you to depart immediately, - and to consult your own safety in not appearing again upon our coast.” - -This paper, which had neither address, signature, nor date, was -enclosed in an open envelope, on which was written, “Explanatory -Edict.” With respect to the delivery of it, the following circumstance -occurred, which will best be stated in the words of the commodore’s -despatch: - -“I must now communicate an occurrence of an unpleasant character. On -the morning that the officer came down in the junk with the emperor’s -letter, I was requested to go on board the junk to receive it. I -refused, and informed the interpreter that the officer must deliver on -board this ship any letter that had been entrusted him for me. To this -the officer assented; but added, that my letter having been delivered -on board the American ship, he thought the emperor’s letter should be -delivered on board the Japanese vessel. As the Japanese officer, though -attaching importance to his own proposal, had withdrawn it as soon as -I objected to it, I concluded that it might be well for me to gratify -him, and I informed the interpreter that I would go on board the junk, -and there receive the letter. The interpreter then went on board the -junk, and in an hour afterwards I went alongside in the ship’s boat, -in my uniform. At the moment that I was stepping on board, a Japanese -on the deck of the junk gave me a blow or push, which threw me back -into the boat. I immediately called to the interpreter to have the man -seized, and then returned to the ship.” The interpreter and a number of -Japanese followed, who expressed great concern at what had happened, -and who succeeded in convincing the commodore that his intention of -coming on board had not been understood. They offered to inflict any -punishment he chose on the offender; but as to that matter he referred -them to the laws of Japan; and being satisfied that it was an -individual act, without authority from the officers, he concluded to -be satisfied.[108] What interpretation was put upon his conduct by the -Japanese will presently appear. - -[Illustration: A SHINTŌ FUNERAL] - -At the very moment that these ships were thus unceremoniously sent -away, eight American sailors were imprisoned in Japan, though possibly -the fact was not then known at Yedo. They had escaped from the wreck of -the whaleship “Lawrence,” to one of the Japanese Kuriles, where they -had landed early in June. After an imprisonment of several months, -they were taken to Matsumae, and finally to Nagasaki. One of them, in -an attempt to escape, was killed. At last, after seventeen months’ -confinement, they were given up to the Dutch at Deshima, and sent to -Batavia in the ship of 1847. According to an account signed by the mate -and published in the Serampore “Free Press,” their usage had been very -hard. - -On the 28th of July, the day preceding the departure of the two -American ships from the bay of Yedo, two French ships of war, the -frigate “Cleopatra,” commanded by Admiral Cecille, and a corvette, on a -surveying expedition, entered the harbor of Nagasaki, for the purpose, -as the admiral stated, of letting the Japanese know that the French, -too, had great ships of war; but being surrounded by boats and refused -all intercourse with the shore, they departed within twenty-four hours. -In consequence of these visits the Dutch at length communicated to the -French and American governments copies of the edict of 1843, concerning -the return of shipwrecked Japanese, and surveys of the Japanese coast, -already given. - -In September, 1848, fifteen foreign seamen arrived at Nagasaki, -forwarded from Matsumae in a Japanese junk, from which they were -carried in close kago to a temple prepared for their residence, and -around which a high palisade was erected, no communication with them -being allowed. Indeed, it was not without a good deal of difficulty -that the director of the Dutch factory obtained leave to send them -some articles of food and clothing. As none of the sailors understood -Dutch, the Japanese officers who had them in charge found it difficult -to communicate with them,—to aid in which the Dutch director was -finally called in. Eight of the men, according to their own account, -were Americans, all quite young, and seven of them Sandwich-Islanders. -They stated themselves to have escaped from the wreck of the American -whaler, “Ladoga,” which, according to their account, had struck a shoal -in the Sea of Japan, and gone to pieces. The director wished to send -them to Batavia in the annual Dutch vessel, then about to sail, but for -this a reference to Yedo was necessary, which would take forty days, -much beyond the time fixed by the Japanese rule for the departure of -the ship. - -These facts having been communicated, under date of January 27, -1849, by the Dutch consul at Canton to the American commissioner -there, Captain Geisenger, in command on that station, despatched the -sloop-of-war “Preble,” Commander Glyn, to Nagasaki, to bring away these -sailors. - -Glyn touched at Lew Chew, where he learned from the Rev. B. J. -Bettelheim,[109] a missionary resident there, that very exaggerated -reports had reached these islands of chastisement inflicted upon an -American officer who had visited Yedo in a “big” ship. The missionary -seemed even to think that these reports were not without their -influence upon the authorities of Lew Chew, as the cause of a “want -of accommodation” exhibited in their conduct towards the “Preble,”—a -piece of information which had its influence in leading Captain Glyn -to assume a very decided tone in his subsequent intercourse with the -authorities of Nagasaki. - -The “Preble” made the land off Nagasaki on the 17th of April. Japanese -boats, which soon came alongside, threw on board a bamboo, in the split -of which were papers containing the customary notification to foreign -vessels, as to their anchorage, and the conduct they were to observe, -and certain questions which they were to answer. These papers (in -English, with some Dutch variations) were verbatim as follows: - - 1. _Warning to respective commanders, their officers and crew of the - vessels approaching the coast of Japan, or anchoring near the coast - in the bays of the empire._—During the time foreign vessels are on - the coast of Japan or near, as well as in the bay of Nagasaki, it is - expected and likewise ordered, that every one of the _schip’s_ company - will behave properly towards and accost _civillen_ the Japanese - subjects in general. No one may leave the _vessle_, or use her boats - for cruising or landing on the islands or on the main coast, and ought - to remain on board until further advice from the Japanese government - has been received. It is likewise forbidden to fire guns, or use other - fire-arms on board the _vessle_, as well as in their boats. Very - disagreeable consequences might result in case the aforesaid _schould_ - not be strictly observed. (Signed.) The Governor of Nagasaki. - - 2. _To the commanders of vessels approaching this empire under Dutch - or other colors._—By express orders of the governor of Nagasaki, you - are requested, as soon as you have arrived near the northern Cavallos, - to anchor there at a safe place, and to remain until you will have - received further advice. Very disagreeable consequences might result - in case this order should not be strictly observed. Deshima. (Signed.) - The Reporters attached to the Superintendent’s office. (Seal.) - Translated by the Superintendent of the Netherlands’ trade in Japan. - (Qu. chief interpreter?) - - 3. (This is addressed like No. 2, and contains the same orders about - anchorage. It then proceeds as follows:) “Please to answer, as - distinctly and as soon as possible, the following questions: What is - the name of your vessel? What her tonnage? What is the number of her - crew? Where do you come from? What is the date of your departure? Have - you any wrecked Japanese on board? Have you anything to ask for, as - water, firewood, etc. etc.? Are any more vessels in company with you - bound for this empire? By order the governor of Nagasaki. Translated - by the Superintendent of the Netherlands’ trade in Japan. Deshima. - UPPER REPORTER. (Seal.)[110] - UNDER REPORTER. (Seal.) - -The ship was soon after boarded by a Japanese interpreter with seven -men, who gave directions in English as to her anchorage; but, as the -captain persisted in selecting his own ground, the officer yielded. To -another officer, who came on board to learn what he wanted, he stated -his object, which led to many inquiries. The vessel was surrounded -by guard-boats, and the usual offer was made of supplies, which were -refused unless payment would be accepted. To an officer who came on -board the next day, Captain Glyn complained of these guard-boats; and -he gave him also a letter to the governor of Nagasaki, stating his -object. The same officer having returned on the 22d, but only with -promises of a speedy answer, Captain Glyn remonstrated with warmth. -Finally, on the 26th, through the intervention of the Dutch director, -who, being sick himself, sent one of his subordinates on board, the -sailors were delivered up without waiting to send to Yedo, as had been -proposed. The day before, a curious memorandum in Japanese Dutch, a -sort of journal or history of the prisoners since their capture, was -handed to the captain, who was very hard-pressed to say whether he -would sail as soon as he received them. Another memorandum in Dutch was -also handed to him, to the effect that, as all shipwrecked mariners -were sent home by the Chinese or Dutch, this special sending for them -was not to be allowed. - -It appears, from the statements of the men, that they were, in fact, -deserters, having left the Ladoga near the Straits of Sangar. At a -village on the coast of Yezo, where they landed, they were supplied -with rice and firewood, but while they stayed were guarded by soldiers, -and surrounded by a cloth screen, as if to keep them from seeing the -country. Landing two days after at another village, they were detained -as prisoners, and were confined in a house guarded by soldiers; but -for some time were amused by promises that they should be released and -furnished with a boat. Disappointed in this expectation, two of them -escaped, but were speedily recaptured. A quarrel taking place between -them, one of them was shut up in a cage, and two others, having made -a second escape, after being retaken were shut up with him. A new -quarrel happening in the cage, one of the prisoners was taken out and -severely whipped. Two months after their capture, the whole number -were put in a junk, the three close prisoners in one cage, the twelve -others in another, and forwarded to Nagasaki. They were lodged at -first in a palisaded and guarded house, and were subjected to several -interrogations, being flattered with hopes of being sent home in -the Dutch vessel then in the harbor. In order to get on board her, -McCoy (who described himself as twenty-three years old, and born in -Philadelphia, and who appears to have been the most intelligent of the -party) made a third escape. Japanese jails, he observed, might do well -enough for Japanese, but could not hold Americans. Being retaken, he -was tied,—much as described in Golownin’s narrative,—put into a sort of -stocks, and repeatedly examined under suspicion of being a spy. Thence -he was taken to the common prison and confined by himself for three -weeks; but, on threatening to starve himself, and refusing to eat for -three days, he was restored to his companions, it would seem, through -the intercession of the Dutch director, who endeavored to persuade the -men to wait patiently, and not to quarrel among themselves. - -After a month’s longer detention, a new escape was planned, but only -McCoy and two others succeeded in getting out. Being retaken they -were tied, put in the stocks, and finally all were sent to the common -prison, where they had very hard usage. It was stated, and no doubt -truly enough, in the Dutch memorandum, respecting their treatment, -handed in by the Japanese, that they gave so much trouble that the -authorities hardly knew what to do with them. One of the Americans -died, and one of the Sandwich-Islanders hung himself. McCoy, who had -learned considerable Japanese, was secretly informed of the arrival -of the “Preble” by one of the guards with whom he had established an -intimacy. - -At the same time with these men another seaman from an American whaler -was delivered up, who had landed a month or two later on some still -more northerly Japanese island. As this man, named McDonald, and who -described himself as twenty-four years old, and born at Astoria, in -Oregon, had made no attempt at escaping, he had no occasion to complain -of severity. In fact, he lived in clover, the Japanese having put him -to use as a teacher of English. The very interpreter who boarded the -“Preble” had been one of his scholars. All these men stated that they -had been required to trample on the crucifix as a proof that they were -not Portuguese, that reason being suggested to them when they showed -some reluctance to do it. - -McCoy mentioned, and others confirmed it, that when he threatened the -Japanese guards with vengeance from some American ship of war, they -told him that they had no fears of that, as the year before, at the -city of Yedo, a common soldier had knocked down an American commander, -and no notice had been taken of it. McCoy and the others strenuously -denied having ever heard this story (evidently referring to the -occurrence described in a preceding page) before it was thus mentioned -to them by the Japanese. - -McDonald, before his release, was requested by the Japanese to describe -the relative rank of the commander of the “Preble,” by counting down in -the order of succession from the highest chief in the United States. -Like a true republican, he began with the people; but the Japanese, -he says, could make nothing of that. He then enumerated the grades -of president, secretary of the navy, commodore, post captain, and -commander, which latter rank, being that of the officer in question, -seemed so elevated as rather to excite the surprise of his auditors. - -Five weeks after the departure of the “Preble,” on the 29th of May, -Commander Matheson, in the British surveying ship “Mariner,” anchored -in the bay of Yedo, off the town of Uraga, and three miles higher up, -according to his statement, than any other vessel had been allowed -to proceed. As he entered the bay, he was met by ten boats. A paper -was handed up, in Dutch and French, requesting him not to anchor, nor -cruise in the bay; but when the Japanese found he was determined to -proceed, they offered to tow him. During the night he was watched by -boats and from the shore. Having a Japanese interpreter on board, he -communicated the object of his visit, and sent his card on shore to -the governor of the town, with a note in Chinese, proposing to wait -upon him; to which the governor replied that it was contrary to the law -for foreigners to land, and that he should lose his life if he allowed -Captain Matheson to come on shore, or to proceed any higher up the bay. - -[Illustration: SCENES IN JAPANESE CEMETERIES] - -The survey of the anchorage having been completed, Matheson -proceeded, on the 31st, to the bay of Shimoda, on the other side of -the promontory of Izu, where he spent five days in surveying, and was -detained two days longer by the weather. After the second day, he was -visited by an interpreter, who understood Dutch, and by two officers -from Uraga, apparently spies on each other, to watch his proceedings; -and finally an officer of rank, from a town thirteen miles off, came -on board. There were three fishing villages at the anchorage, and he -landed for a short time, but the Japanese officers followed, begging -and entreating him to go on board again. The ship was supplied with -plenty of fish, and boats were furnished to tow her out. - -In 1850, the Japanese sent to Batavia, in the annual Dutch ship, -three American sailors who had been left in 1848 on one of the Kurile -Islands, also thirty-one other sailors belonging to the English -whaling-ship Edmund, of Robertstown, wrecked on the coast of Yezo. At -the same time, probably in consequence of the numerous recent visits -to their coasts, the Dutch were requested to give notice to other -nations, that although it had been determined, in 1842, to furnish with -necessary supplies such foreign vessels as arrived on the coast in -distress, this was not to be understood as indicating the least change -as to the policy of the rigorous exclusion of foreigners.[111] - - - - -CHAPTER XLV - - _Foreign Relations—New Shōgun—Dutch Trade—Chinese Trade—American - Embassy—Its Object—Letter to the Emperor—Perry’s first visit - to the Bay of Yedo—Death of the Shōgun—Perry’s second visit to - the Bay of Yedo—Negotiation of a Treaty—The Treaty as agreed - to—Shimoda—Hakodate—Additional Regulations—Japanese Currency—Burrow’s - visit to the Bay of Yedo—Third visit of the American Steamers—Russian - and English Negotiations—Exchange of Ratifications—Earthquake._ - - -We have seen in the last chapter how the whale fishery, on the one -hand, and the opening of China to foreign trade, on the other, had -more and more drawn attention to Japan; in the conduct of whose -functionaries, however, no indication appeared of any disposition to -abandon their ancient exclusive policy. It has even been asserted[112] -that a new Shōgun [Iyeyoshi], who had succeeded in 1837 (after a -fifty years’ reign on the part of his predecessor), had imposed new -restrictions on foreign products, and, by special encouragement to -home productions of similar kinds, had endeavored to supersede the -necessity of receiving anything from abroad. It is certain that the -Dutch trade rather diminished than increased. The amount of that trade, -from 1825 to 1833, inclusive, is stated by Jancigny, from official -returns, or those reputed to be such, at 289,150 florins ($115,620) -for importations, and 702,675 florins ($281,078) for exportations. -In 1846, the importations reached only 231,117 fr. ($92,446), and -the exportations 552,319 fr. ($220,927); and those of the preceding -year had been about the same. The private trade, and the attempts at -smuggling connected with it, were very narrowly watched. Within the -preceding ten years, one interpreter had been executed, and another -had been driven to cut himself open, in consequence of complicity in -smuggling. The private trade had been farmed out, for the benefit of -those interested in it, at 30,000 fl. ($12,000) annually,—the amount at -which Kämpfer had reckoned the profits from that source of the director -alone. Among the Dutch imports upon government account, woollens, -silks, velvets, cotton goods, gold, silver, tin, lead, mercury, and a -few other articles are mentioned. Sugar, formerly a leading article, no -longer appears on the list. The returns continued to be exclusively in -camphor and copper, the latter furnished by the Japanese government at -the old rates, much below the current price, by which advantage alone -was the Dutch trade sustained. Among the private importations were -spices, chemicals, and a great variety of Paris trinkets, for which -various Japanese manufactures and products were taken in exchange. - -The Chinese trade had declined not less than that of the Dutch. The -ten junks a year, to which it was now restricted, all came from Sha-po -(not far from Chusan), half of them in January and the other half -in August—their cargoes, which include a great variety of articles, -being partly furnished by private merchants who come over in them, but -chiefly by a commercial company at Sha-po, for whom the captains of the -junks act as supercargoes. Except as to some trifling articles, this -trade seems, like that of the Dutch, to be pretty much in the hands of -the government, who, or some privileged company under them, purchase -the imports and furnish a return cargo to each junk, two fifths in -copper and the remainder in other articles. The Chinese, however, still -continued to be allowed much more liberty than the Dutch of personal -intercourse with the inhabitants of Nagasaki. - -The settlement of California, the new trade opened thence with China, -and the idea of steam communication across the Pacific, for which the -coal of Japan might be needed, combined with the extension of the -whale fishery in the Northern Japanese seas to increase the desire -in America for access to the ports of Japan. Shortly after the visit -of the “Preble,” the American government resolved to send an envoy -thither, backed by such a naval force as would ensure him a respectful -hearing—the cases of Biddle and Glyn seeming to prove that the -humoring policy could not be relied upon and that the only way to deal -successfully with the Japanese was to show a resolution not to take no -for an answer. - -Accordingly, Mr. Webster, as Secretary of State, prepared a letter from -the President to the Emperor of Japan; also a letter of instructions to -the American naval commander in the China seas, to whom it was resolved -to entrust the duty of envoy, and whose force was to be strengthened -by additional ships. The sailing, however, of these ships was delayed -till after Mr. Webster’s death; and in the mean time Commodore Matthew -C. Perry was selected as the head of the expedition. A new letter,[113] -dated November 5, 1852, addressed from the State Department to the -Secretary of the Navy, thus defined its objects: - -“1. To effect some permanent arrangement for the protection of American -seamen and property wrecked on these islands, or driven into their -ports by stress of weather. - -“2. The permission to American vessels to enter one or more of their -ports, in order to obtain supplies of provisions, water, fuel, &c.; or, -in case of disasters, to refit so as to enable them to prosecute their -voyage. It is very desirable to have permission to establish a dépôt -for coal, if not on one of the principal islands, at least on some -small, uninhabited one, of which it is said there are several in their -vicinity. - -“3. The permission to our vessels to enter one or more of their ports -for the purpose of disposing of their cargoes by sale or barter.” - -The mission was to be of a pacific character, as the President had no -power to declare war; yet the show of force was evidently relied upon -as more likely than anything else to weigh with the Japanese. The Dutch -government, it was stated, had instructed their agents at Deshima to do -all they could to promote the success of the expedition. Indeed, if we -may believe Jancigny,[114] who speaks from information obtained during -a residence at Batavia in 1844-45, the King of Holland had, as long ago -as that time, addressed a letter to the Emperor of Japan, urging him to -abandon the policy of exclusion. The letter of instructions disavowed -any wish to obtain exclusive privileges; but, as a matter of policy, -nothing was to be said about other nations. - -A new letter to the Emperor of Japan was also prepared in the following -terms: - - - “MILLARD FILLMORE, PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, TO HIS - IMPERIAL MAJESTY, THE EMPEROR OF JAPAN. - - “GREAT AND GOOD FRIEND: - - “I send you this public letter by Commodore Matthew C. Perry, an - officer of the highest rank in the navy of the United States, and - commander of the squadron now visiting your imperial majesty’s - dominions. - - “I have directed Commodore Perry to assure your imperial majesty that - I entertain the kindest feelings towards your majesty’s person and - government, and that I have no other object in sending him to Japan - but to propose to your imperial majesty that the United States and - Japan should live in friendship and have commercial intercourse with - each other. - - “The constitution and laws of the United States forbid all - interference with the religious or political concerns of other - nations. I have particularly charged Commodore Perry to abstain from - every act which could possibly disturb the tranquillity of your - imperial majesty’s dominions. - - “The United States of America reach from ocean to ocean, and our - Territory of Oregon and State of California lie directly opposite to - the dominions of your imperial majesty. Our steamships can go from - California to Japan in eighteen days. - - “Our great state of California produces about sixty millions of - dollars in gold every year, besides silver, quicksilver, precious - stones, and many other valuable articles. Japan is also a rich and - fertile country, and produces many very valuable articles. Your - imperial majesty’s subjects are skilled in many of the arts. I am - desirous that our two countries should trade with each other, for the - benefit both of Japan and the United States. - - “We know that the ancient laws of your imperial majesty’s government - do not allow of foreign trade except with the Chinese and the Dutch; - but, as the state of the world changes, and new governments are - formed, it seems to be wise, from time to time, to make new laws. - There was a time when the ancient laws of your imperial majesty’s - government were first made. - - “About the same time America, which is sometimes called the New World, - was first discovered and settled by the Europeans. For a long time - there were but a few people, and they were poor. They have now become - quite numerous; their commerce is very extensive; and they think that - if your imperial majesty were so far to change the ancient laws as to - allow a free trade between the two countries, it would be extremely - beneficial to both. - - “If your imperial majesty is not satisfied that it would be safe - altogether to abrogate the ancient laws, which forbid foreign trade, - they might be suspended for five or ten years, so as to try the - experiment. If it does not prove as beneficial as was hoped, the - ancient laws can be restored. The United States often limit their - treaties with foreign states to a few years, and then renew them or - not, as they please. - - “I have directed Commodore Perry to mention another thing to your - imperial majesty. Many of our ships pass every year from California to - China; and great numbers of our people pursue the whale fishery near - the shores of Japan. It sometimes happens, in stormy weather, that - one of our ships is wrecked on your imperial majesty’s shores. In all - such cases we ask, and expect, that our unfortunate people should be - treated with kindness, and that their property should be protected, - till we can send a vessel and bring them away. We are very much in - earnest in this. - - “Commodore Perry is also directed by me to represent to your imperial - majesty that we understand there is a great abundance of coal and - provisions in the empire of Japan. Our steamships, in crossing the - great ocean, burn a great deal of coal, and it is not convenient to - bring it all the way from America. We wish that our steamships and - other vessels should be allowed to stop at Japan and supply themselves - with coal, provisions, and water. They will pay for them in money, - or anything else your imperial majesty’s subjects may prefer; and - we request your imperial majesty to appoint a convenient port, in - the southern part of the empire, where our vessels may stop for this - purpose. We are very desirous of this. - - “These are the only objects for which I have sent Commodore Perry, - with a powerful squadron, to pay a visit to your imperial majesty’s - renowned city of Yedo: friendship, commerce, a supply of coal and - provisions, and protection for our shipwrecked people. - - “We have directed Commodore Perry to beg your imperial majesty’s - acceptance of a few presents. They are of no great value in - themselves; but some of them may serve as specimens of the articles - manufactured in the United States, and they are intended as tokens of - our sincere and respectful friendship. - - “May the Almighty have your imperial majesty in his great and holy - keeping! - - “In witness whereof, I have caused the great seal of the United States - to be hereunto affixed, and have subscribed the same with my name, - at the city of Washington, in America, the seat of my government, on - the thirteenth day of the month of November, in the year one thousand - eight hundred and fifty-two. - - Your good friend. - - (Seal attached.) - - “MILLARD FILLMORE. - - “By the President: - EDWARD EVERETT, _Secretary of State_.”[115] - -[Illustration: PLAYERS AT THE GAME OF “GO”] - -Furnished with these orders, and this letter splendidly engrossed and -enclosed in a gold box of the value of a thousand dollars, and provided -also with a variety of presents, Commodore Perry, towards the end of -1852, sailed from the United States in the steam-frigate “Mississippi,” -and, after touching at Madeira and the Cape of Good Hope, arrived -at Hong Kong in April, 1853, whence he proceeded to Shanghai. The -dispersion of the vessels of the squadron, delay in the arrival of -others from the United States, difficulty in obtaining coal, and the -claim of the American merchants in China, in consideration of existing -civil commotions, to the protecting presence of a naval force, caused -some delays. But, at length, after touching at Lew Chew [Riūkiū], and -making a visit to the Bonin Islands,[116] Perry, with the steam-frigate -“Susquehanna,” now the flag-ship, the “Mississippi,” and the -sloops-of-war “Plymouth” and “Saratoga,” made Cape Izu about daybreak -on the 8th of July. Many rumors had been current on the coast of China -of extensive warlike preparations by the Japanese, aided by the Dutch, -and the squadron was fully prepared for a hostile reception. Perry had -made up his mind, instead of attempting to conciliate by yielding, to -stand upon his dignity to the utmost, to allow no petty annoyances, and -to demand as a right, instead of soliciting as a favor, the courtesies -due from one civilized nation to another. - -The promontory constituting the province of Izu appeared, as the -vessels ran along it, to be a group of high mountains, their summits -scarred with slides, and their sides mostly wooded, though here and -there a cultivated spot could be seen. By noon the ships reached Cape -Sagami, which separates the inner from the outer bay of Yedo. The -shores of this point rose in abrupt bluffs two hundred feet high, with -green dells running down to the waterside. Further off were groves and -cultivated fields, and mountains in the distance. - -Leaving behind some twelve or fifteen Japanese boats, which put off -from Cape Sagami to intercept them, the vessels stood up through the -narrowest part of the bay, not more than five to eight miles wide, but -expanding afterwards to fifteen miles, having now also in sight the -eastern shore, forming a part of the province of Awa.[117] - -Within half an hour after passing Cape Sagami, they made another bold -promontory from the west, forming a second entrance to the upper bay. -In the bight formed by it lay the town of Uraga, visible from the -ships, which, sounding their way, anchored within a mile and a half of -the promontory,—a mile or more in advance of the anchorage ground of -the “Columbus” and “Vincennes.” - -As the ships dropped their anchors two or three guns or mortars were -fired from the second promontory, and four or five boats put off. -They were of unpainted wood, very sharp, their greatest breadth well -towards the stern, and propelled with great rapidity by tall, athletic -rowers, naked, save a cloth about the loins, who shouted lustily as -they pulled. In the stem of each boat was a small flag, with three -horizontal stripes, the middle one black, the others white, and about -it were four or five well-dressed men with two swords in their girdles. - -Some parley took place before anybody was admitted on board, that -favor being refused except to the person highest in authority in the -town. The conversation was carried on in Dutch, which the Japanese -interpreter spoke very well; and, from what he said, it was evident -that the vessels had been expected. After a long parley, in which -the high rank of the commodore, and the necessity of his being met -by persons of corresponding rank, were very much insisted upon, an -officer, representing himself as second in command at the town in -sight, was admitted on board. The commodore, however, declined to see -him in person, and turned him over to Mr. Contee, the flag lieutenant, -who, assisted by the two interpreters—one for Dutch, the other for -Chinese[118]—had a long interview with him and his interpreter in the -cabin. He was told that the object of the expedition was to deliver a -letter from the President of the United States to the Emperor, and that -some high officer must be sent on board to receive it; also, that the -squadron would not submit to be watched and guarded, after the Japanese -fashion, but that all the guard-boats must withdraw. The officer, as -usual, was very inquisitive. He wanted to know whether the vessels came -from Boston, New York, or Washington, how many men they had, etc., -etc.; but these questions he was given to understand were regarded as -impertinent. - -Seeing the determination evinced, the Japanese officer, by name -_Nakashima Saburosuke_, _Yoriki_ of the governor of Uraga, returned on -shore, taking back his official notifications in French, Dutch, and -English, addressed to ships arriving on the coast (like those given -p. 267), which the lieutenant refused to receive. He was followed -by the boats, which, after that, kept at a respectful distance. He -came back in about an hour to excuse his superior from receiving the -letter addressed to the emperor. He spoke of Nagasaki as the proper -place for foreign ships to touch at, and doubted if the letter would -be answered; but all this was cut short by the assurance that if his -superior did not send for the letter, the ships would proceed still -higher up the bay to deliver it themselves; upon which information, -much agitated, he stipulated for permission to return in the morning. -As he departed, looking at the long gun in the cabin, he exclaimed, -with an interrogative look, “Paixhan?” showing that the Japanese were -not ignorant of the modern improvements in gunnery any more than of -American geography. - -It was noticed that, towards night, the boatmen put on their Japanese -gowns, most of them blue, with white stripes on the sleeves, meeting -angular-wise on the shoulders, and with a symbol or badge on the back. -Others wore gowns of red and white stripes, with a black lozenge -upon the back. A few had broad bamboo hats, like a shallow basin -inverted; but most of them were bareheaded. The officers wore light and -beautifully lackered hats, with a gilded symbol in front. - -During the night watch-fires blazed along the coast, and bells were -heard sounding the hours. The next morning (Saturday), _Koyama -Yezaimon_, first in command at the town, came on board, and made -another attempt to beg off from receiving the letter to the emperor. -Finally, he proposed to send to Yedo for permission, and was allowed -three days to do it in. - -Meanwhile surveying parties from the ships ran up the bay a distance of -four miles, finding everywhere from thirty to forty fathoms of water. -They sounded round the bight within which the ships lay, keeping about -a cable’s length from the shore, and finding five fathoms. Yezaimon -represented that this survey was against the Japanese laws, but was -told that, if forbidden by the laws of Japan it was commanded by -the laws of America. On approaching the forts, of which there were -five, two apparently of recent construction, the soldiers, armed with -matchlocks, came out; but, as the boats drew near, they retired again. -These forts were very feeble, mounting only fourteen guns in the -whole, none larger than nine-pounders. Of soldiers, about four hundred -were seen, many of them armed with spears. There was also, as usual, -a great show of canvas screens; but, on the whole, the warlike means -of the Japanese seemed contemptible. From the town to the end of the -promontory, a distance of a mile and a half, was an unbroken line of -villages. At least a hundred small craft lay in the harbor. The hills -behind, some five hundred feet high, were dotted with pines and other -trees. In the morning and evening, when the air was clear, Mount Fuji -might be seen in the west, sixty miles distant. The presence of the -American ships did not seem to disturb the coasting trade. Sixty or -seventy large junks, besides hundreds of boats and fishing-smacks, -daily passed up and down the bay, to and from Yedo. - -On Monday, the 11th, the same surveying party proceeded up the bay -some ten miles, followed by the “Mississippi.” They were constantly -met by government boats, the officers on board which urged them by -signs to return, but of which they took no notice. Deep soundings were -everywhere obtained, with a bottom of soft mud. A deep bay was found on -the western shore, with good and safe anchoring ground. - -In the evening Yezaimon returned on board, well pleased, apparently, -to be able to give information of the probability of good news from -Yedo, but rather troubled at the explorations by the boats. The flag -lieutenant, with whom he had his interviews, describes him as “a -gentleman, clever, polished, well-informed, a fine, large man, about -thirty-four, of most excellent countenance, taking his wine freely, and -a boon companion.” - -The next day (the 12th) he brought information that the emperor would -send down a high officer to receive the letter. No answer would be -given immediately, but one would be forwarded through the Dutch or -Chinese. This latter proposition the commodore treated as an insult. -As, however, if he waited for an answer, excuses might easily be -found for protracting his stay in an inconvenient manner, and at last -wearying him out, he agreed to allow time for its preparation, and to -return to receive it. The following Thursday (the 14th) was appointed -for the interview with the commissioners appointed to receive the -letter, which was to take place two miles south of the town, at a -picturesque spot, on the left side of a narrow valley, extending -inland from the head of the bight. Its retired situation, and the -facility it afforded for the display of a military force, were probably -the motives of its selection. - -At the hour appointed for the meeting, as the two steamers approached -the spot, long lines of canvas walls were seen stretching, -crescent-wise, quite round the head of the bight, and in front files -of soldiers with a multitude of brilliant banners. Near the centre of -the crescent were nine tall standards, with broad scarlet pennons, in -the rear of which could be seen the roof of the house prepared for the -interview. On the right, a line of fifty or sixty boats was drawn up, -parallel to the beach, each with a red flag at its stern. - -The foremost files of the Japanese soldiers stood about a hundred yards -from the beach, in somewhat loose and straggling order. The greater -part were behind the canvas screens. There were a number of horses to -be seen, and in the background a body of cavalry. The Japanese stated -the number of troops at five thousand. On the slope of the hill, near -the village, was collected a crowd of spectators, of whom many were -women. - -[Illustration: THEATRICAL REPRESENTATIONS: THE “NO” DANCE; -CHRYSANTHEMUM FIGURES] - -As soon as the steamers dropped their anchors, they were approached -by two boats, containing their former visitors, the first and second -officers of the town, with the interpreters, very richly dressed in -silk brocade, bordered with velvet, and having on their garments of -ceremony. The steamers lay with their broadsides to the shore, ready -for action in case of treachery. Fifteen launches and cutters were -got ready, from which three hundred and twenty persons, officers, -seamen, marines, and musicians, were landed on an extemporaneous jetty -which the Japanese had formed of bags of sand. Last of all the -commodore landed with due formality, when the whole body, preceded -by the Japanese officers and interpreters, marched to the house of -reception, carrying with them the president’s letter, the box which -held it wrapped in scarlet cloth, as was also that containing the -letter of credence. In front of the houses prepared for the interview -were two old brass four-pounders, apparently Spanish, and on each side -a company of soldiers, those on one side armed with matchlocks, those -on the other with old Tower muskets, with flint locks and bayonets. The -reception building was a temporary structure, evidently put up for the -occasion. The first apartment, about forty feet square, was of canvas. -The floor was covered with white cotton cloth, with a pathway of red -felt leading across to a raised inner apartment, wholly carpeted with -the same red felt. This apartment, of which the front was entirely -open, was hung with fine cloth, stamped with the imperial symbols in -white on a ground of violet. On the right was a row of arm-chairs -for the commodore and his staff. On the opposite side sat the two -commissioners appointed to receive the letters, and who were announced -by the interpreters as the princes of Izu and Iwami [Toda Izu-no-kami, -and Ido Iwami-no-kami, Bugiōs of Uraga]. The former was a man about -fifty, with a very pleasing and intelligent face. The latter was older -by fifteen years or so, wrinkled with age, and of looks much less -prepossessing. Both were splendidly dressed, in heavy robes of silk -tissue, elaborately ornamented with threads of gold and silver. As the -commodore entered, both rose and bowed gravely, but immediately resumed -their seats and remained silent and passive as statues. - -At the end of the room was a large scarlet-lackered box, standing -on gilded feet, beside which Yezaimon and one of the interpreters -knelt, at the same time signifying that all things were ready for -the reception of the letters. They were brought in, and the boxes -containing them being opened so as to display the writing and the -golden seals, they were placed upon the scarlet box, and along -with them translations in Dutch and Chinese, as well as an English -transcript. The prince of Iwami then handed to the interpreters, who -gave it to the commodore, an official receipt in Japanese, to which the -interpreter added a Dutch translation, which translated literally into -English was as follows: - - “The letter of the President of the United States of North America, - and copy, are hereby received and delivered to the emperor. Many - times it has been communicated that business relating to foreign - countries cannot be transacted here in Uraga, but in Nagasaki. Now, - it has been observed that the admiral, in his quality of ambassador - of the president, would be insulted by it; the justice of this has - been acknowledged; consequently the above-mentioned letter is hereby - received, in opposition to the Japanese law. - - “Because the place is not designed to treat of anything from - foreigners, so neither can conference nor entertainment take place. - The letter being received, you will leave here.” - -The commodore remarked, when this receipt was delivered to him, that -he should return again, probably in April or May, for an answer. “With -all the ships?” asked the interpreter. “Yes, and probably with more,” -was the reply. Nothing more was said on either side. As the commodore -departed, the commissioners rose and remained standing, and so the -interview ended, without a single word uttered on their part. - -The Japanese officers of the town, with the Japanese interpreters, -accompanied the American party back to the “Susquehanna,” whose -machinery they examined with much interest. When off the town, they -were set ashore; but the steamers, to show how lightly the injunction -to leave was regarded, proceeded up the bay, and anchored a short -distance above the point reached by the “Mississippi.” In spite of -the solicitude of the Japanese officers, who came again on board, the -whole bight between the promontory of Uraga and another north of it -was carefully surveyed. At the head a river was found. The shores were -studded with villages, whose inhabitants offered to the surveying party -cold water, and peaches from their gardens. To the place where the -steamers lay the name was given of “American anchorage.” - -The next day (Friday, the 15th) the “Mississippi” proceeded on an -excursion ten miles further up, and reached, as was supposed, within -eight or ten miles of the capital. On the western shore were seen two -large towns. On the extremity of a cape in front, some four miles -distant, stood a tall white tower, like a lighthouse. Three or four -miles beyond was a crowd of shipping, supposed to be the anchorage of -Shinagawa, the southern suburb of Yedo. At the point where the steamer -put about, she had twenty fathoms of water. On Saturday, the 16th, the -vessels moved to a new anchorage, five or six miles down the bay, and -much nearer the shore, and here the surveying operations were renewed. -The same day an interchange of presents took place with Yezaimon, -who, however, was induced to accept those offered to him only by the -positive refusal of his own, except on that condition. Thus pressed, -he finally took them, except some arms—articles, he said, which the -Japanese neither gave nor received. In the afternoon he came again, in -excellent humor, his conduct probably having been approved on shore, -bringing a quantity of fowls, in light wicker coops, and three or four -thousand eggs, in boxes, for which a box of garden-seeds was accepted -in return. - -The next day, 17th, and the tenth since their arrival, the vessels -weighed and stood for Lew Chew, the bay being covered with boats, to -witness their departure.[119] - -Commodore Perry spent the remainder of the year on the coast of China, -keeping one vessel, however, at Lew Chew, and prosecuting the survey -of the Bonin Islands. Shortly after his visit, the Shōgun died, and an -attempt was made to take advantage of that circumstance to delay or -prevent the return of the American ships. A communication, forwarded -to Batavia by the Dutch ship that left Nagasaki in November, and -communicated by the Dutch governor-general at Batavia to the commodore, -represented that the necessary mourning for the deceased sovereign, and -other arrangements consequent on his death, as well as the necessity of -consulting all the princes, must necessarily delay the answer to the -president’s letter, and suggested the danger of confusion, or “broil,” -should the squadron come back at so unseasonable a moment. - -Undeterred, however, by this representation, on the 12th of February, -1854, Commodore Perry reappeared in the bay of Yedo, with three steam -frigates, four sloops-of-war, and two store-ships, and the steamers -taking the sailing vessels in tow, they all moved up to the American -anchorage. - -About two weeks were spent here in fixing upon a place to negotiate, -the Japanese importuning the commodore to go back to Kamakura, twenty -miles below Uraga, or, at least, to the latter place, while he insisted -upon going to Yedo. As he declined to yield, and caused the channel to -be sounded out within four miles of Yedo, they proposed, as the place -of meeting, the village of Yokohama,[120] containing about ten thousand -people, and situated on the shore, just opposite the anchorage of the -ships. To this the commodore agreed, and the ships drew in and moored -in line, with broadsides bearing upon the shore, and covering an extent -of five miles. - -“On the 8th of March,” says a letter dated on board the “Vandalia,” and -published in the New York “Journal of Commerce,” “the day appointed for -the first meeting, about nine hundred officers, seamen, and marines, -armed to the teeth, landed, and, with drums beating and colors flying, -were drawn up on the beach, ready to receive the commodore. As soon -as he stepped on shore the bands struck up, salutes were fired, the -marines presented arms, and, followed by a long escort of officers, -he marched up between the lines and entered the house erected by the -Japanese expressly for the occasion. Thousands of Japanese soldiers -crowded the shore and the neighboring elevations, looking on with a -good deal of curiosity and interest. The house was nothing but a plain -frame building, hastily put up, containing one large room—the audience -hall—and several smaller, for the convenience of attendants, etc. The -floor was covered with mats, and very pretty painted screens adorned -the sides. Long tables and benches, covered with red woollen stuff, -placed parallel to each other, three handsome braziers, filled with -burning charcoal, on the floor between them, and a few violet-colored -crape hangings suspended from the ceiling, completed the furniture of -the room. As we entered, we took our seats at one of the tables. The -Japanese commissioners soon came in, and placed themselves opposite -to us, at the other table; while behind us both, seated on the floor -on their knees[121] (their usual position, for they do not use -chairs), was a crowd of Japanese officers, forming the train of the -commissioners. - -“The business was carried on in the Dutch language, through -interpreters, of whom they have several who speak very well, and two -or three who speak a little English. They were on their knees, between -the commissioners and the commodore. Our interpreter was seated by the -side of the latter. It was curious to see the intolerable ceremony -observed by them, quite humiliating to a democratic republican. A -question proposed had to pass first through the interpreters, and then -through several officers ascending in rank, before it could reach -the commissioners, every one bowing his forehead to the floor before -he addressed his superior. Refreshments were served in elegantly -lackered dishes; first of all, tea, which, as in China, is the constant -beverage; then different kinds of candy and sponge cake (they are -excellent confectioners, and very fond of sugar); lastly, oranges and -a palatable liquor distilled from rice, called sake. A flimsy banquet -like this was not very agreeable to such hungry individuals as we, -and we were the more disappointed, for, the Japanese using only -chopsticks, we had, previously to coming ashore, taken the precaution, -as we shrewdly thought, to provide ourselves with knives and forks. -Imagine, then, our chagrin when finding nothing substantial upon which -to employ them. What was left on our plates was wrapped in paper, and -given to us to carry away, according to the usual custom in Japan. - -“The commissioners were intelligent-looking men, richly dressed in -gay silk petticoat pantaloons, and upper garments resembling in shape -ladies’ short gowns. Dark-colored stockings, and two elegant swords -pushed through a twisted silk girdle, finished the costume. Straw -sandals are worn, but are always slipped off upon entering a house. -They do not cover the head, the top and front part of which is shaved, -and the back and side hair, being brought up, is tied so as to form a -tail, three or four inches long, that extends forward upon the bald -pate, terminating about half way between the apex and the forehead. It -is a very comfortable fashion, and, were it not for the quantity of -grease used in dressing it, would be a very cleanly one. - -“Two audiences a week were held, at which the same programme was -performed as related above, except that we fared more luxuriously.[122] -Becoming better acquainted with our taste, they feasted us with a -broth made of fish, boiled shrimps, hard-boiled eggs, and very good -raw oysters. At one of the interviews (March 13), the presents from -our government were delivered. They consisted of cloths, agricultural -implements, fire-arms, etc., and a beautiful locomotive, tender, -and passenger-car, one-fourth the ordinary size, which we put in -motion on a circular track, at the rate of twenty miles an hour. A -mile of magnetic telegraph was also erected on shore, and put in -operation. The Japanese were more interested in it than anything -else, but never manifested any wonder. So capable are they of -concealing and controlling their feelings, that they would examine -the guns, machinery, etc., of the steamers, without expressing the -slightest astonishment. They are a much finer-looking race than the -Chinese—intelligent, polite, and hospitable, but proud, licentious, -unforgiving, and revengeful.” - -The death of a marine afforded an opportunity, at the first meeting -with the commissioners, of demanding a burying-place. It was proposed -to send the body to Nagasaki; but, as the commodore would not listen -to that, a spot was assigned near one of their temples, and in view of -the ships, where the body was buried, with all the forms of the English -church service, after which the Japanese surrounded the grave with a -neat enclosure of bamboo. - -A formal letter of reply to the propositions contained in the letters -delivered at the former visit, repeated the story of a change of -succession, and the necessity of delays. The justice, however, of the -demands in relation to shipwrecked seamen, wood, water, provisions, -and coal, was conceded; but five years were asked before opening a new -harbor, the Americans, in the mean time, to resort to Nagasaki. - -[Illustration: JAPANESE WRESTLERS] - -Of Nagasaki, however, the commodore would not hear, nor of any -restrictions like those imposed on the Dutch and Chinese at that port. -He demanded three harbors, one in Nippon, one in Yezo, and a third in -Lew Chew. As to the two last, the Japanese pleaded that they were -very distant countries, and only partially subject to the emperor, -especially the last, upon which the commodore did not insist. In Nippon -he asked for Uraga, and for Matsumae in Yezo, but acceded to the -Japanese offer of Shimoda and Hakodate, having first sent a ship to -examine the former. - -The commissioners were exceedingly tenacious, even upon points of -phraseology, but gave evidence of acting in entire good faith, and the -commodore conceded everything which did not seem absolutely essential. -The extent of the liberty to be allowed to American visitors was one of -the greatest difficulties. - -Shortly before the treaty was concluded, the commodore gave an -entertainment on board the “Powhatan” to the Japanese officials, about -seventy in all. In conformity to their customs, two tables were spread, -one in the cabin for the commissioners and the captains of the fleet, -another on deck for the inferior officers. “They did full justice,” -says the letter-writer already quoted, “to American cookery, and were -exceedingly fond of champagne, under the influence of which they became -so very merry and familiar that one of them vigorously embraced the -commodore, who, until his epaulets began to suffer in the struggle, was -very good-naturedly disposed to endure it.” - -Three copies of the treaty, in Japanese, signed by the commissioners, -were delivered to the commodore, for which he exchanged three copies -in English, signed by himself, with Dutch and Chinese translations. -This method was adopted to satisfy the commissioners, who alleged that -no Japanese could lawfully put his name to any document written in a -foreign language. The TREATY was as follows: - - “The United States of America and the Empire of Japan, desiring to - establish, firm, lasting, and sincere friendship between the two - nations, have resolved to fix, in a manner clear and positive, by - means of a treaty or general convention of peace and amity, the rules - which shall in future be mutually observed in the intercourse of their - respective countries; for which most desirable object, the President - of the United States has conferred full powers on his commissioner, - Matthew Calbraith Perry, special Ambassador of the United States - to Japan; and the august Sovereign of Japan has given similar full - powers to his commissioners, Hayashi-Daigaku-no-kami, Ido, prince of - Tsushima, Izawa, prince of Mimasaki, and Udono Mimbushōyu, member of - the Board of Revenue. - - “And the said commissioners, after having exchanged their said full - powers, and duly considered the premises, have agreed to the following - articles: - - “ARTICLE I.—There shall be a perfect, permanent, and universal - peace, and a sincere and cordial amity, between the United States - of America on the one part, and between their people, respectfully - (respectively), without exception of persons or places. - - “ARTICLE II.—The port of Shimoda, in the principality of Izu, and the - port of Hakodate, in the principality of Matsumae, are granted by the - Japanese as ports for the reception of American ships, where they can - be supplied with wood, water, provisions, and coal, and other articles - their necessities may require, as far as Japanese have them. The - time for opening the first-named port is immediately on signing this - treaty; the last-named port is to be opened immediately after the same - day in the ensuing Japanese year. - - “NOTE.—A tariff of prices shall be given by the Japanese officers of - the things which they can furnish, payment for which shall be made in - gold and silver coin. - -“ARTICLE III.—Whenever ships of the United States are thrown or wrecked -on the coast of Japan, the Japanese vessels will assist them, and -carry their crews to Shimoda or Hakodate, and hand them over to their -countrymen appointed to receive them. Whatever articles the shipwrecked -men may have preserved shall likewise be restored; and the expenses -incurred in the rescue and support of Americans and Japanese who may -thus be thrown upon the shores of either nation are not to be refunded. - -“ARTICLE IV.—Those shipwrecked persons, and other citizens of the -United States, shall be free as in other countries, and not subjected -to confinement, but shall be amenable to just laws. - -“ARTICLE V.—Shipwrecked men, and other citizens of the United States, -temporarily living at Shimoda and Hakodate, shall not be subject to -such restrictions and confinement as the Dutch and Chinese are at -Nagasaki; but shall be free at Shimoda to go where they please within -the limits of seven Japanese miles (or _ri_) from a small island in the -harbor of Shimoda, marked on the accompanying chart, hereto appended; -and shall, in like manner, be free to go where they please at Hakodate, -within limits to be defined after the visit of the United States -squadron to that place. - -“ARTICLE VI.—If there be any other sort of goods wanted, or any -business which shall require to be arranged, there shall be careful -deliberation between the parties in order to settle such matters. - -“ARTICLE VII.—It is agreed that ships of the United States resorting -to the ports open to them, shall be permitted to exchange gold and -silver coin, and articles of goods, for other articles of goods under -such regulations as shall be temporarily established by the Japanese -government for that purpose. It is stipulated, however, that the ships -of the United States shall be permitted to carry away whatever articles -they are unwilling to exchange. - - “ARTICLE VIII.—Wood, water, provisions, coal, and goods required, - shall only be procured through the agency of Japanese officers - appointed for that purpose, and in no other manner. - - “ARTICLE IX.—It is agreed, that if, at any future day, the government - of Japanese shall grant to any other nation or nations privileges and - advantages which are not herein granted to the United States and the - citizens thereof, that these same privileges and advantages shall be - granted likewise to the United States and to the citizens thereof - without any consultation or delay. - - “ARTICLE X.—Ships of the United States shall be permitted to resort to - no other ports in Japan but Shimoda and Hakodate, unless in distress - or forced by stress of weather. - - “ARTICLE XI.—There shall be appointed by the government of the United - States consuls or agents to reside in Shimoda, at any time after - the expiration of eighteen months from the date of the signing of - this treaty; provided that either of the two governments deem such - arrangement necessary. - - “ARTICLE XII.—The present convention, having been concluded, and duly - signed shall be obligatory, and faithfully observed by the United - States of America and Japan, and by the citizens and subjects of - each respective power; and it is to be ratified and approved by the - President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent - of the Senate thereof, and by the august Sovereign of Japan, and the - ratification shall be exchanged within eighteen months from the date - of the signature thereof, or sooner if practicable. - - “In faith whereof, we, the respective plenipotentiaries of the United - States of America and the empire of Japan, aforesaid, have signed and - sealed these presents. - - “Done at Kanagawa[123] this thirty-first day of March, in the year of - our Lord Jesus Christ one thousand eight hundred and fifty-four, and - of Kayei the seventh year, third month, and third day.” - -The day after the signing of the treaty a number of presents were sent -on board for the president, the commodore, and other officers of the -squadron. - -In agreeing to negotiate at Yokohama, Commodore Perry had stated his -intention to carry the ships, at some future time, close up to Yedo, -and to anchor them there, “as well to do honor to his imperial majesty -by salutes as to be in full view of the palace, and convenient to be -visited by such of the court as may desire to examine the steamers.” -Accordingly, on the 8th of April, to the great distress of the Japanese -officials, he got under way; but, as the Japanese interpreters -threatened to cut themselves open if he proceeded, he presently turned -about and took a lower anchorage down the bay. The published official -letters of the commander say nothing of this movement; the letters from -the fleet, published in the newspapers, do not agree as to how far up -the commodore went. According to one letter, Yedo was full in sight. - -On the 18th of April the fleet sailed for Shimoda, one of the ports -granted in the treaty, of which a letter dated on board the “Powhatan,” -and published in the New York “Tribune,” gives this account: - -Shimoda is situated near Cape Fògu [?], sixty miles west from Point -Sagami, at the entrance of the bay of Yedo. It is a good, commodious -harbor, well sheltered by hills several hundred feet high, with a rock -within the entrance which affords a still more protected anchorage. -The town, of about one thousand houses, is situated at the northwestern -end of the harbor, on the banks of a small stream flowing down through -a fertile valley, which is often not more than half a mile wide, but -sometimes widens to one and a half miles. Several little brooks offer -good watering-places for the ships. The larger Japanese junks mostly -anchor at Kakizaki, a village of about three hundred houses, on the -northeastern end and opposite Shimoda. There are eight temples, some -of which are very large, in the town, and little chapels (_miya_) on -almost every eminence, and by the roadsides. - -“The country is exceedingly picturesque, and resembles very much the -lower ranges of the Alps. Along the little river of Shimoda are many -villages, and numbers of rice-mills stamp and grind along its banks. -About six miles above the bay this river separates into several -branches. Following either of them, you pass through numerous gorges -and glens, and finally reach the barren tops of mountains, some three -thousand feet high. Their summits and the narrow tablelands are covered -with bushy grass, among which a certain berry, upon which pheasants and -partridges feed, grows very plentifully. - -“In one of the larger temples a place has been arranged for the -daguerreotype, and Mr. Brown is actively at work. He has obtained -many very fine daguerreotypes of the Japanese, and will have a -fine collection to show when he reaches home. Mr. Heine continues -his sketching, drawing, painting, gunning, skinning, pressing, and -preserving plants. Lieutenants Murray, Bent, Whiting, Nicholson, -etc., etc., have been busily engaged in the survey, and deserve no -small credit for their exertions and the important results they have -obtained.” - -Of this visit to Shimoda, the officer of the “Vandalia” already quoted -thus speaks: - -“Here we were permitted to go on shore and ramble about in a circuit -for ten miles, much to our delight as we all felt the want of exercise. -Excepting at Yokohama, where we were not allowed to go far from the -audience house, we had not been on shore since we left Lew Chew. -They watched us very closely at first, sending guards of soldiers to -accompany us, shutting the shops, and concealing the women; but in a -few days these restrictions were removed, and we were left undisturbed -to wander where we pleased. The town, containing eight thousand people, -is pleasantly situated in a well-cultivated valley, surrounded by high -hills that conceal from view the entrance to its safe and picturesque -harbor. The streets are wide and straight, and the better class of -houses two stories high, plastered, and roofed with elegant tiles.[124] -The interior is kept very clean and neat, and the rooms, covered with -mats, are separated from each other by sliding screens, that are closed -or removed at pleasure. There are no chimneys in Japan. A charcoal -fire is built in a little sandpit in the middle of the floor, around -which the family are usually found seated on their knees (qu. heels?), -drinking tea and smoking their pipes. Not a chair or any other piece -of furniture can be seen. Tubs of water are kept in front of each -house, as well as on the roofs, in readiness against any fire, for -conflagrations are so frequent and extensive that whole towns are -sometimes burnt down. - -“The temples, chiefly Buddhist, are beautifully situated in the -suburbs. The entrance to them leads generally through rows of elegant -trees and wild camellias. They are large, plain structures, with high, -peaked roofs, resembling the houses pictured on Chinese porcelain. -In the space immediately in front is a large bell for summoning the -faithful, a stone reservoir of holy water, and several roughly hewn -stone idols. The doorway is ornamented with curious-looking dragons and -other animals, carved in wood. Upon entering, there is nothing special -about the buildings worth noting, the naked sides and exposed rafters -having a gloomy appearance. The altar is the only object that attracts -attention. It so much resembles the Roman Catholic, that I need not -describe it. Some of the idols on these altars are so similar to those -I have seen in the churches in Italy, that if they were mutually -translated I doubt whether either set of worshippers would discover -the change. The priests count beads, shave their heads, and wear -analogous robes, and the service is attended by the ringing of bells, -the lighting of candles, and the burning of incense. In fact, except -that the cross is nowhere to be seen, one could easily imagine himself -within a Roman Catholic place of worship. - -“I saw some very pretty girls here. They understand the art of applying -rouge and pearl powder, as well as some of our ladies at home. The -married women have a horrid and disgusting fashion of staining their -teeth black.” - -[Illustration: COMMODORE PERRY] - -After remaining three weeks at Shimoda, which soon after was made -an imperial city, the sailing-vessels departed for Hakodate, followed -a few days after by the steamers. Of the island of Ōshima, near the -entrance of the bay of Yedo, and close to which the “Powhatan” passed, -the “Tribune” correspondent gives the following description: - -“About noon we were within three miles of the island of Ōshima, and had -a fine opportunity of observing the traces of volcanic action which it -presents. The whole island is one immense volcano, the top of which -has fallen in and formed a great basin, which incessantly belches -forth white smoke and ashes. The edges of the crater are black, as if -charred by fire, and on the southwestern side of the island a stream of -lava reaches from the summit to the sea. Some large crevices continue -still smoking, and others are filled with ashes. A bluff near the sea, -about two hundred feet high, appears to be of recent formation, for -the bushes and trees along the edges of the lava have a yellow, burnt -appearance. The slopes of the mountain are covered with luxuriant -vegetation; and there are two towns, one on a narrow table-land, and -the other on the top of a steep cliff, near a suspicious-looking -crater. There is said to be a third village on the northwestern side of -the island.”[125] - -Of Hakodate, in the island of Matsumae, already known to us by -Golownin’s description, which the squadron visited in the month of May, -the same letter affords the following account: - -“Hakodate is another Gibraltar. It has the same long, low isthmus, -ending in the same mighty rock, with another city sitting at its -feet. The bay is seven or eight miles wide, with an entrance of two -or three miles in width; it is deep enough for ships-of-the-line to -approach within a mile of the shore, and its clayey bottom, free from -rocks or shoals, affords excellent anchorage, while it is defended from -the sea by a sand-bank, a prolongation of the isthmus. Behind the bay -the land is quite level, but at the distance of six or eight miles it -rises into a range of hills from one to three thousand feet high. These -hills, still covered with snow, send down several streams to the bay, -furnishing the best of water for ships. The plain is finely cultivated, -and fishing villages line the shore. We took fish plentifully,—one -day twenty buckets, with more than twenty fine salmon, some weighing -fifteen pounds. - -“The city has, I should guess, about four thousand houses, and perhaps -five times as many inhabitants. The two main streets are parallel, -and run along the foot of the mountain. Narrower streets run from the -wharves up the mountain, crossing both the principal streets, one of -which is about thirty feet higher than the other. The lower of these is -almost as broad as Broadway, and infinitely cleaner. The houses on it -are well built; most of them have two stories, with shops on the ground -floor. The manner of building reminds one very strongly of Switzerland. -A flat, projecting roof is covered with shingles, which are fastened -by long poles, with stones laid upon them; broad galleries run quite -around the upper story; before the door is a little wooden porch; this, -too, with projecting gable, which, as well as the pillars that support -it, are often adorned with rich carving. The temples, one of which is -at least two hundred and fifty feet square, are profusely ornamented -with carvings. Dragons, horses, bulls, and hares figure largely, but -tortoises and cranes carry the day.” - -From Hakodate, where the intercourse with the local officials was -entirely satisfactory, the ships returned to Shimoda, where, according -to an appointment previously made, the commodore met the four -commissioners, and three new ones, with whom he proceeded to negotiate -the following _Additional Regulations:_ - - “ARTICLE I.—The imperial governors of Shimoda will place - watch-stations wherever they deem best, to designate the limits of - their jurisdiction; but Americans are at liberty to go through them, - unrestricted, within the limits of seven Japanese ri, or miles (equal - to sixteen English miles); and those who are found transgressing - Japanese laws may be apprehended by the police and taken on board - their ships. - - “ARTICLE II.—Three landing-places shall be constructed for the boats - of merchant ships and whale ships resorting to this port; one at - Shimoda, one at Kakizaki, and the third at the brook lying south-east - of Centre Island. The citizens of the United States will, of course, - treat the Japanese officers with proper respect. - - “ARTICLE III.—Americans, when on shore, are not allowed access to - military establishments, or private houses, without leave; but they - can enter shops and visit temples as they please. - - “ARTICLE IV.—Two temples, the Ryōsen-ji, at Shimoda, and the - Gyokusen-ji at Kakizaki, are assigned as resting-places for persons - in their walks, until public houses and inns are erected for their - convenience. - - “ARTICLE V.—Near the Temple Gyokusen, at Kakizaki, a burial-ground has - been set apart for Americans, where their graves and tombs shall not - be molested. - - “ARTICLE VI.—It is stipulated in the treaty of Kanagawa, that coal - will be furnished at Hakodate; but as it is very difficult for the - Japanese to supply it at that port, Commodore Perry promises to - mention this to his government, in order that the Japanese government - may be relieved from the obligation of making that port a coal dépôt. - - “ARTICLE VII.—It is agreed that henceforth the Chinese language - shall not be employed in official communications between the two - governments, except when there is no Dutch interpreter. - - “ARTICLE VIII.—A harbor-master and three skilful pilots have been - appointed for the port of Shimoda. - - “ARTICLE IX.—Whenever goods are selected in the shops, they shall be - marked with the name of the purchaser and the price agreed upon, and - then be sent to the Goyōsho, or government office, where the money is - to be paid to Japanese officers, and the articles delivered by them. - - “ARTICLE X.—The shooting of birds and animals is generally forbidden - in Japan, and this law is therefore to be observed by all Americans. - - “ARTICLE XI.—It is hereby agreed that five Japanese ri, or miles, - be the limit allowed to Americans at Hakodate, and the requirements - contained in Article I. of these Regulations are hereby made also - applicable to that port within that distance. - - “ARTICLE XII.—His Majesty the Emperor of Japan is at liberty to - appoint whoever he pleases to receive the ratification of the treaty - of Kanagawa, and give an acknowledgment on his part. - - “It is agreed that nothing herein contained shall in any way affect - or modify the stipulations of the treaty of Kanagawa, should that be - found to be contrary to these regulations.” - -Another important matter, in which the Japanese seem entirely to have -carried the day, was the settlement of the value of the American coins -to be received in payment for goods and supplies—a subject referred to -a commission composed of two United States pursers and nine Japanese. - -The Japanese circulating medium was found to consist of old kas, -round, with a square hole in the middle, like the Chinese cash, but -thinner, and containing more iron; of four-kas pieces, in weight equal -to less than two of the others, probably, Kämpfer’s double zeni; but -principally of a new coin rated at one hundred kas,—apparently a -substitute for the strings of kas mentioned by Kämpfer and others. -These are oval-shaped pieces of copper, about the size and shape of -a longitudinal section of an egg, introduced within a recent period, -and weighing only as much as seven of the old kas (or, compared with -our cents, a little less than two of them). This over-valuation has, -of course, driven the old kas out of circulation, and made this -depreciated coin the integer of the currency. At the same time, it -has raised the nominal value of everything, as is evident in the -case of silver and gold. Instead of one thousand kas to the tael of -silver, the rate in former times, the government, which appears to -have the monopoly of the mines, sells silver bullion for manufacturing -use at two thousand two hundred and fifty kas for the tael,—a rate -fixed probably under some less depreciated state of the currency. But -when coined, a tael’s weight of silver is reckoned in currency at -six thousand four hundred kas, that is, at six tael and four mas, or -precisely the valuation, in Kämpfer’s time, of the gold koban; and -as the ichibu of his day, that is, _one fourth part_, as the word -signifies in Japanese, represented sixteen hundred kas in real weight -of silver, so the ichibu of the present day, of which there is both -a silver and a gold one, represents sixteen hundred kas of currency. -The bullion price of gold in Japan is only eight and a half times that -of silver instead of sixteen times, as with us; while in currency the -difference in value is only about as one to three and a half, the -price in silver, or copper hundred-kas pieces, of a tael’s weight of -gold bullion being nineteen taels, and the same when coined passing -as twenty-three taels, seven mas and five kanderin. Besides the gold -ichibu, the Japanese are represented as having three other gold coins, -thin, oval pieces, of the currency value respectively of one, ten, and -twenty taels;[126] also a coin, made of gold and silver, worth half an -ichibu, or eight hundred-kas pieces, and a small silver piece, worth a -quarter of an ichibu, or four hundred-kas pieces. - -The Japanese commissioners insisted that our coin was but bullion -to them, the effect of which is to put our silver dollar, so far as -payments in Japan are concerned, precisely on a level with their silver -ichibu, which weighs only one third as much. Our gold coins, compared -with their gold coins, stand better, the relative weight of our gold -dollar and their gold ichibu being as 65.33 to 52.25; but as the copper -hundred-kas piece is their standard, and as its value in relation to -gold is rated so much higher than with us, our gold dollar, estimated -in this way, becomes worth only eight hundred and thirty-six kas, or -little more than eight and a third hundred-kas pieces, or not much more -than half an ichibu; the effect of all which is to give the Japanese -government, through whose hands all payments are made, a profit, after -recoinage, of sixty-six per cent, upon all payments in American coin. -As the Japanese commissioners would not depart from this scheme, the -commission dissolved without coming to any agreement on this point. -But the supplies furnished to the squadron were paid for at the rate -insisted upon by the Japanese; nor can private traders, as matters -stand, expect any better terms. - -The rates of pilotage at Shimoda were fixed at fifteen dollars for -vessels drawing over eighteen feet, five dollars for vessels drawing -less than thirteen feet, and ten dollars for those of intermediate -size; only half of these rates to be paid in case of anchorage in the -outer harbor. Water was to be furnished at fourteen hundred kas the -boat-load, the ship finding casks. Wood was to be delivered on board at -seven thousand two hundred kas per cube of five American feet. - -The price put by the Japanese upon a few tons of inferior coal, -brought to Shimoda, amounted, at their rate of exchange, to -twenty-eight dollars the ton. It did not appear that coal was anywhere -else mined except at the spot visited by Kämpfer and Siebold near -Kokura, and another mine in the province of Awa, in the island Shikoku. - -The business thus completed, a parting entertainment was given on -board the “Mississippi”; and, after an interchange of presents, the -vessels on the 26th of June took their departure. Stopping at Lew Chew, -Commodore Perry negotiated a compact with the authorities of that -island, which, from all the information he could obtain, he concluded -to be a nearly independent sovereignty. - -Within fifteen days after Commodore Perry’s departure from Shimoda, -the clipper ship “Lady Pierce,” from San Francisco, fitted out for the -express purpose of being the first American ship to arrive in Japan -after the opening of commercial relations, entered the bay of Yedo, -with the owner, Silas E. Burrows, on board. - -He had with him a Japanese seaman, the sole survivor of a crew of -fifteen men, belonging to a junk which had been blown out to sea, and -was picked up near the Sandwich Islands, after having drifted about -for seven months. This man, who is represented as quite intelligent, -and who had resided for some time at San Francisco, was received with -lively demonstrations of pleasure by his countrymen. - -[Illustration: THE RECEPTION OF COMMODORE PERRY BY THE JAPANESE EMPEROR] - -With a party of the Uraga officials on board, the “Lady Pierce” -proceeded to within ten miles of Yedo, and her owners expressed a -desire to anchor off that city; but this was objected to by the -officers, who said, “It is not good; Commodore Perry did not go -there, and we hope you will not.” - -During the stay of the vessel, every part of her was crowded with -visitors; and although at one time there must have been several -thousands in and around the ship, and although everything, silverware -included, was thrown open to their inspection, not a single article was -stolen. - -Large presents of silk, porcelain, lackered ware, etc., were made to -Mr. Burrows, who, however, was informed that henceforward no foreign -intercourse would be permitted with Yedo, but that all vessels must -proceed either to Shimoda or Hakodate. Mr. Burrows himself proceeded -to Shimoda, but does not seem to have formed a very high idea of the -prospects of trade there.[127] - -On the 18th of September, the steam-frigate “Susquehanna” again -appeared at Shimoda, on her way home via the Sandwich Islands, -followed on the 21st by the “Mississippi”; three days after which, the -“Susquehanna” left, and the “Mississippi” on the 1st of October. The -reception given to the officers of both ships was very cordial, and -their intercourse both with officials and the towns-people was almost -entirely free from any marks of that restraint and apparent suspicion -exhibited on former occasions. Besides an interchange of visits and -dinners, several Japanese officials attended, on a Sunday, divine -service on board the “Susquehanna.” - -“Many of us,” writes an officer of the “Mississippi,” “entered houses -very frequently, and sat down with the people to smoke or drink tea. -One day the sound of a guitar attracted me, and I found an olive girl, -of some fifteen or sixteen years, who, not perceiving my presence, -continued her play. It was a strange tune, wild and melancholy, and -often abruptly interrupted by harsh accords. After a while some women -that had assembled around us made the girl aware of my presence; she -threw down her instrument and began to cry, and I could not induce her -to play again. The guitar was made of wood, with the exception of the -upper lid. Of the three strings, two were in the octave, the middle -one giving the fifth. The strings were not touched by the fingers, but -with a flat piece of horn, held between the thumb and third finger of -the right hand, in shape not unlike the one painters use to clean their -palettes and mix their colors. - -“On another occasion I heard a young man playing a flute. This -instrument was of the most primitive description, consisting only of a -piece of hollow bamboo, bored with seven finger-holes, and the hole for -the mouth. The tunes were very strange, and appeared to me more like a -mass of confused sounds, than a regular harmony.[128] - -“At the beginning of the new moon, I saw in several houses a sort of -domestic worship. A number of women had assembled before the shrine of -the household god, and, divided in two parties, were singing hymns, -one party alternately answering the other. Their song was accompanied -by strokes upon a little bell or gong, with a small wooden hammer; -and, as the bells were of different tones, the effect was by no means -unpleasant.” - -“There are a number of temples near Shimoda,” writes an officer of the -“Susquehanna,” “and attached to each is a graveyard. At one of these, -situated near a village, there is a place set apart for Americans. Here -Dr. Hamilton was buried, being laid by the side of two others who had -died on the second visit of the ships. Each grave has its appropriate -stone, as with us, and by many of them are evergreens set in vases, or -joints of bamboo, containing water. Cups of fresh water are also set by -the graves, and to these, birds of dazzling plumage and delightful song -come and drink. The graves of the Americans were not forgotten.” - -The officers were permitted to go into the country any distance they -wished, and the country people were found pleasant and sociable; but -upon this second visit the advantages of Shimoda as a place of trade, -or the prospects of traffic under the treaty, do not seem to have -struck the visitors very favorably. “The harbor,” writes an officer -of the “Susquehanna” to the “Tribune,” “is a small indentation of -land, running northeast and southwest, about a half-mile in extent, -and is capable of holding five or six vessels of ordinary size. It -is, however, entirely unprotected from the southwest winds, which -bring with them a heavy sea, and which renders the anchorage very -unsafe. With the wind from the north and the east, the vessel rides -at her ease at her anchorage. Good wood and sweet water, as well as -a few provisions, were obtained from the authorities, for the use of -the ships, at the most extravagant prices. Numerous articles, such as -lackered and China ware, of a very fine and delicate quality, and far -superior to that manufactured in China, were purchased by the officers; -but every article had to pass through the hands of the Japanese -officers, and the amount due the merchants had to be paid, not to them -but to the Japanese officials who had been appointed for that very -purpose by the mayor of the city and the governor of the province. This -article of the treaty will be most scrupulously enforced; and this is -decidedly its worst feature.” - -“Shimoda,” writes another officer, “does not appear well calculated, -upon the whole, for a place of trade, and it can never become an active -commercial town. Neither is it a manufacturing town. This, added to the -fact that the harbor is a bad one, will make it appear evident that the -Japanese commissioners got the better of us in the treaty, as far as -this place is concerned. - -“The surrounding country (wherever nature will permit it) is highly -cultivated. The valley of the creek is broad and well tilled, yielding -rice, millet, Egyptian corn and maize.[129] The ears produced by the -last are very small, being not more than from two to four inches in -length. Sweet potatoes and the eggplant are also raised in great -abundance. There are no horses about Shimoda, and bullocks are made -to supply their places. Provisions, with the exception of eggs and -vegetables, cannot be obtained here. The shark and bonito are the only -large fish found in the harbor. Small fish are plentiful, and they seem -to form almost the only article of food of the inhabitants, besides -rice.” - -The following description of the houses at Shimoda, by Mr. S. Wells -Williams, will serve to illustrate the descriptions of Japanese houses -already given from Kämpfer and Thunberg, and will show how little, as -to that matter, Japan has altered since their time: - -“The houses in Shimoda are built merely of pine boards, or of plaster -thickly spread over a wattled wall of laths, the interstices of which -are filled in with mud. In some cases these modes of construction are -combined—the front and rear being of boards, or sliding panels, and the -sides of mud. When thoroughly dried, the mud is whitewashed, and the -plain surface worked into round ridges, three inches high, crossing -each other diagonally from the roof to the ground; the ridges are -then washed blue, and give the exterior a checker-board look, which, -though singular, is more lively than a blue mud wall. The plaster is -excellent, and these walls appear very solid and rather pretty when -new; at a distance one would even think them to be stone; but after a -few years the ridges loosen, the rain insinuates itself beneath the -outer coating, and the whole begins to scale and crack off, disclosing -the mud and rushes, and then the tenement soon falls to pieces. Still -the progress of decay is not so rapid as one would think, judging only -by the nature of the materials, and the walls are well protected by the -projecting eaves. No bricks are used in building, nor are square tiles -for floors seen; and the manner of making walls common in southern -China, by beating sanded clay into wooden moulds, is unknown. - -“Some of the best houses and temples have stone foundations, a few only -of which are made of dressed stone. Half a dozen or more storehouses -occur, faced entirely with slabs of stone, and standing detached from -other buildings, and are doubtless fire-proof buildings. There are no -cellars under the houses; the floors are raised on sleepers only two -feet above the beaten ground, and uniformly covered with straw mats -stuffed with chaff, or grass an inch thick. The frames are of pine, the -joists four or five inches square, and held together by the flooring of -the attic, as well as the plates and ridge-pole. The houses and shops -join each other on the sides, with few exceptions, leaving the front -and rear open. There is no uniformity in the width of the lots, the -fronts of some shops extending twenty, thirty, or more feet along the -street, while intermediate ones are mere stalls not over ten feet wide. - -“The shops succeed each other without any regular order as to their -contents, those of the same sort not being arranged together, as is -often the case in China. The finer wares are usually kept in drawers, -so that, unless one is well acquainted with the place, he cannot easily -find the goods he seeks. The eaves of the houses project about four -feet from the front and are not over eight feet from the ground; the -porch thus made furnishes a covered place for arranging crockery, -fruits, etc., for sale, trays of trinkets on a movable stall, baskets -of grain, or other coarse articles, to attract buyers. The entrance -is on one side, and the path leads directly through to the rear. The -wooden shutters of shops are all removed in the daytime, and the -paper windows closed, or thrust aside, according to the weather. On a -pleasant day the doors are open, and in lieu of the windows a screen -is hung midway so as to conceal the shopman and his customer from -observation, while those goods placed on the stand are still under his -eye. A case, with latticed or wire doors, to contain the fine articles -of earthen ware, a framework, with hooks and shelves, to suspend -iron utensils or wooden ware, or a movable case of drawers, to hold -silks, fine lackered ware, or similar goods, constitute nearly all -the furniture of the shops. Apothecaries’ shops are hung with gilded -signs and paper placards, setting forth the variety and virtues of -their medicines, some of which are described as brought from Europe. -The partition which separates the shop from the dwelling is sometimes -closed, but more usually open; and a customer has, generally speaking, -as much to do with the mistress as the master of the establishment. -When he enters, his straw sandals are always left on the ground as he -steps on the mats and squats down to look at the goods, which are then -spread out on the floor. A foreigner has need of some thoughtfulness in -this particular, as it is an annoyance to a Japanese to have his mats -soiled by dirty feet, or broken through by coarse shoes. - -[Illustration: SCENE IN THE HARBOR OF URAGA] - -“The rear of the building is appropriated to the family. Here the -domestic operations are all carried on; here the family take their -meals in the day; here, on the same mats, do they sleep at night; -receiving visitors and dressing the children are also done here, and -sometimes the cooking too. Usually this latter household task is -performed in the porch in the rear, or in an out-house, so that the -inmates are not so much annoyed with smoke as they are in Hakodate. -No arrangements for warming the dwelling are to be found, except -that of hand-braziers placed in the middle of the room with lighted -charcoal, around which the family gather. In most of the houses there -is a garret, reached by a ladder,—a dark and small apartment, where -some goods can be stored, or servants can be lodged. There is not a -house in the town whose occupants have arranged this attic with windows -and stairways to make it a pleasant room; a few such were, however, -seen near the capital, at Kanagawa, and in its vicinity. - -“The roofs of all the best buildings are hipped, and covered with -bluish tiling, each tile being about eight inches square, shaped -somewhat like a wedge; the thick side is so made that, when laid on the -rafters, it laps sideways over the thin edge of the adjoining tile in -the next row, and thus forms gutters somewhat like the Chinese roofs. -They are washed in alternate rows of white and blue, which, with the -checkered walls, imparts a lively aspect, and contrasts pleasantly -with the more numerous dingy thatched roofs. The thatched roofs are -made of a species of Arundo, grown and prepared for this purpose, -and answering admirably as a cheap and light covering to the wooden -tenements occupied by most of the people. It is matted into a compact -mass eighteen inches thick, as it is laid on, and then the surface and -the sides are neatly sheared. The ridge-pole is protected by laying the -thatch over a row of hoops that enclose it enough to overlap the edges -on both slopes, and prevent the rain finding entrance. One cannot feel -surprise at the ravages fires make in Japanese towns, where the least -wind must blow the flame upon such straw coverings, which, like a -tinder-box, would ignite at the first spark. Wires are stretched along -the ridges of some of the tiled roofs in Shimoda to prevent birds from -resting on the houses. - -“In the rear yards, attached to a large number of the dwellings, -are out-houses, and sometimes, as in the lodging-houses, additional -sleeping-rooms. Kitchen-gardens are not unfrequently seen, and more -rarely fancy fish-ponds, dwarfed trees, and even stone carvings. A -family shrine, made like a miniature house, containing images of -penates and lares, is met with in most of the yards. Only a few of them -are adorned with large trees, and still fewer of them exhibit marks of -care or taste, presenting in this respect an observable contrast to -the neatness of the houses. High hedges or stone walls separate these -yards when they are contiguous, but the depth of the lots is usually -insufficient to allow room for both the opposite dwellings the luxury -of a garden. - -“There is not much variety in the structure of the various buildings -in Shimoda, and their general appearance denotes little enterprise -or wealth. The paper windows and doors, not a few of them dirty and -covered with writing, or torn by children to take a peep inside, impart -a monotonous aspect to the streets. Dyers’, carpenters’, blacksmiths’, -stone-cutters’, and some other shops, have latticed fronts to admit -more light, which are elevated above the observation of persons -passing by. In front of those dwellings occupied by officials, a white -cotton curtain, three feet wide, is stretched along the whole length -of the porch, having the coat of arms of the occupant painted on it -in black; the names of the principal lodgers are also stuck on the -door-posts. Signs are mostly written on the doors, as the windows -are drawn aside during the day; but only a portion of the shops have -any. Lodging-houses, barbers’ shops, restaurants, or tea-houses, -apothecaries, and a few others, are almost always indicated by signs. -One dealer in crockery and lackered ware has the sign of a celebrated -medicine placed on a high pole, and, the more to attract attention, -has written the name in foreign letters. As in China, placards for -medicines were the most conspicuous of all, but none are pasted upon -blank walls; all are suspended in the shops. However, no dwelling or -shop is left unprotected from the ill-usage of malignant spirits, every -one having a written or printed charm or picture (sometimes a score or -more) over the door to defend the inmates from evil.” - -In the interval between Commodore Perry’s first and second visits to -the bay of Yedo, Nagasaki was visited by a Russian squadron. On the 7th -of September, 1854, just before the last visit of the “Mississippi” -and “Susquehanna” to Shimoda, a British squadron of three steamers and -a frigate arrived at Nagasaki under Admiral Sterling. These British -vessels, which found the annual Dutch trading-ship, two large Chinese -junks, also a Dutch steamer, lying in the harbor, encountered the usual -reception, being served with notices, surrounded with boats, and denied -liberty to land. At length, however, after a deal of negotiation and -threats to proceed to Yedo, it was agreed to furnish supplies, tea, -rice, pigs, etc., and to receive payment through the Dutch. On the 15th -the admiral landed, and was conducted in state to the governor’s house. -The guard-boats were withdrawn, and the men were allowed to land on an -island to recreate themselves. Other interviews followed, presents were -interchanged, and, on the 19th, the squadron left. These particulars -are drawn from the published letter of a medical officer on board, who -describes the supplies furnished as very good, and the Japanese soy as -cheap and nice, but who does not seem to have relished the sake, which -he likens in taste to acetate of ammonia water. - -The American war-steamer “Powhatan” visited Shimoda February 21, 1855, -to complete the exchange of ratification, which done, she sailed again -two days after. The town of Shimoda was found in a state of desolation -and ruin, from the effects of a disastrous earthquake, on the 23d of -December previous, in which the Russian frigate “Diana,” then lying in -the harbor to complete the pending negotiations, was so damaged as to -have sunk in attempting to make a neighboring port for repairs. Ōsaka -and Yedo were reported to have suffered severely, and Yedo still more -from a subsequent fire. - - [See also “Matthew Calbraith Perry” (Griffis) and the Official Report - of Commodore Perry’s Expedition.—EDR.] - - - - -CHAPTER XLVI - - _New Dutch Treaty—Mr. Harris, American Consul at Shimoda—His - Convention with the Japanese—His Journey to Yedo—Second Visit - to Yedo—Conditional Treaty—British Treaty—French and Russian - Treaties—Japanese Embassies to the United States, A.D. 1854-1860._ - - -The success of the Americans in forming a treaty with Japan led to -negotiations on the part of the Dutch, by which the narrow privileges -enjoyed by that nation were considerably extended. By this treaty, -which was signed January 30, 1856, the ports open to the Americans were -opened also to the Dutch. They were allowed to exercise their religion, -and to bring their wives and children to Japan. They were authorized to -trade directly with Japanese merchants, and to hold free intercourse at -Deshima with other foreigners. They, in their turn, undertook to supply -the Japanese with a war steamer, and to give them instruction in naval -matters. - -In August, 1856, the United States steamer “San Jacinto” arrived at -Shimoda, bringing out Mr. Townsend Harris, a merchant of New York, who -had been appointed consul to Japan; as it proved, a very judicious -selection.[130] A temple near Shimoda was appointed for his residence, -but the whole circumstances of his reception showed that the Japanese -dislike of foreign intercourse remained almost as strong as ever. They -had taken some steps, however, to execute the treaty. They had built -a stone landing-place at Shimoda, had brought from the mines several -hundred tons of coal, and had constructed a large bazaar for the sale -to Americans of Japanese wares. But it was very apparent that Shimoda, -from its situation, never could become a place of much trade; while -the necessity of purchasing through a Japanese official, and the low -valuation put upon American wares, as estimated in Japanese currency, -were additional obstacles. - -Mr. Harris obtained the confidence and good-will of the authorities at -Shimoda, and succeeded in negotiating a convention, in March, 1857, by -which American citizens were allowed to reside at Shimoda and Hakodate, -and to trade at Nagasaki; and by which, also, it was hoped that the -currency difficulty would be arranged. - -Mr. Harris had brought with him a letter from the president to the -emperor, and at length, after much importunity and more than a year’s -delay, he obtained leave to visit Yedo to deliver it. Yedo is only -eighty miles by land from Shimoda, yet it took several days to make the -journey. Mr. Harris thus describes it in a private letter: - - “My train numbered some one hundred and fifty persons, composed of - guards, norimono-bearers, cooks, grooms, shoe-bearers, cane-bearers, - fan-bearers, and last, though not least, a standard-bearer, and a - large number of coolies. I had permitted the Japanese to arrange - and dress my train according to their ideas of propriety, and what - they conceived was due to the representative of the President of - the United States. My guards, each with two swords in the girdle, - and clad in new silk dresses, as they swelled and strutted about, - appeared to be ‘mightily uplifted in heart,’ while they and my bearers - and grooms appeared to have ‘broken out’ all over their bodies with - ‘spread eagles,’ as the back, breast, and sleeves of their dresses - were sprinkled over with the arms of the United States, which were - neatly painted on them. I performed the journey partly on horseback, - and partly in a norimono, which is the Japanese name for a palanquin. - The Japanese norimono will compare with the celebrated iron cage of - Cardinal Balue, of France, in which the poor inmate could neither lie - down nor stand up. In the norimono the Japanese kneel and place their - feet close together, and then sit on their heels; if they wish to - repose themselves they lean forward, and rest the chin on their knees, - so that the body and limbs form three horizontal folds or piles—a - position that they assume and keep without annoyance, from long - practice, and from the great flexibility of their joints, but which is - almost unattainable by a white man, and is absolutely unendurable. - - “I had a norimono made for me seven feet long, and in it I put a - mattress and pillows, which made it as comfortable as the Indian - palanquin; but, of all modes of travelling, the camel, the elephant, - and the palanquin are the most fatiguing. - - “On the morning of Monday, November 23, I started for a long-desired - goal of my wishes. Four lads, with small bamboo wands, led the way as - harbingers, and their voices sounded quite musical as they sang the - Japanese words for ‘clear the way,’ ‘kneel down,’ ‘kneel down.’ Next - followed a Japanese officer on horseback; then came a large lackered - tablet, bearing my name and titles in immense Chinese characters. - The tablet was supported by two huge transparent lanterns, which - bore similar inscriptions. (When I halted, the tablet was placed in - front of my quarters, and at night the lanterns were lighted and hung - up over the gate of the house.) Next came a stout fellow, bearing - the ‘stars and stripes,’ with four guards. I followed, either on - horseback or in my norimono, and attended by twelve guards. Next came - Mr. Heusken (interpreter), and after him I do not recollect how it was - arranged, except that the Vice-Governor brought up the rear. - - “For the first three days the route was entangled among mountains - and deep ravines which compose the peninsula of Izu. The path (for - it could not be called a road) was narrow, and in many places was - formed by cutting steps in the Fufa rocks, and sometimes it ran - over mountains four thousand feet high. On the second day I reached - Ugashima, and as I emerged from the gorges of Mount Amagi, I had my - first view of ‘Fuji Yama,’ the ‘Matchless Mountain.’ The sight was - grand beyond description. As viewed from the Temple at Ugashima, the - mountain appears to be entirely isolated, and shoots up in a glorious - and perfect cone ten thousand feet high! It was covered with snow, - and in a bright sunlight it glittered like frosted silver. For the - two nights I was lodged in temples, which had been fitted up for me - with new bath-rooms, and other appliances to contribute to my comfort. - On the evening of the third day I arrived at Mishima, a town on the - Tōkaidō or great East Road, and from thence to Yedo the road is wide - and good. On the great roads of Japan nice buildings are erected for - the accommodation of the princes when they travel; they are called - Honjin; and it was in them that I had my quarters for the remainder of - my journey. - - “My first day’s journey on the Tō-kai-dō was over the mountain Hakone, - which is some four thousand and five hundred feet high. - - [Illustration: TOWNSEND HARRIS] - - “The passage of Mount Hakone was not completed until after nightfall; - but I did not regret being belated, as it afforded me the novel - sight of my train brilliantly lighted by a large number of huge - bamboo torches. As the train twisted and turned among the descents - of the mountain, it looked like the tail of a huge fiery dragon. - On reaching the plain I was met by the authorities of the city of - Odawara, and a whole army of lanterns, of all imaginable sizes and - colors, each being decorated with the arms of its owner, and the whole - forming an _ensemble_ that was lively and pleasing. I passed Sunday, - the 29th of November, at Kawasaki. From my first arrival in Japan up - to the present day, I have always refused to transact any business or - to travel on Sunday. I soon got the Japanese to understand my motive, - and I am sure it has increased their respect for me. - - “The roads were all repaired, and cleanly swept, on the whole of my - route, before I passed; bridges were put in order, and many new ones - built; all travel on the road was stopped, so that I did not see those - crowds of travellers, priests, nuns, etc., described by Kämpfer; the - shops in all the towns and villages were closed (except cook-shops and - tea-houses), and the inhabitants, clad in their holiday clothes, knelt - on mats spread in front of their houses; not a sound was heard, nor - a gesture indicative of curiosity seen; all was respectful silence. - The people were ordered to cast down their eyes as I passed, as I - was too high even to be looked at; but this order was only partially - obeyed, for the dear daughters of Eve would have a peep, regardless - of consequences. The authorities of the towns and villages met me at - their boundaries, and saluted me by kneeling and ‘knocking head’; they - then led the way through their little jurisdictions, and took leave by - similar prostrations. - - “On Monday, the 30th of November, I made my entry into Yedo. My - followers put on their kamishimo, or dresses of ceremony, decorated - with any quantity of eagles. - - “I should not have known when I passed the line which separates - Shinagawa from Yedo, had the spot not been pointed out to me, as the - houses form a continuous street for some miles before you reach the - actual boundary of the city. From the gate by which I entered the - city to my quarters was about seven miles. The streets of Yedo are - divided into sections of one hundred and twenty yards, by gates and - palisades of strong timber. This enables the police to isolate any - portion of the city, or any line running through it, and thus prevent - the assembling of crowds or mobs. When we approached a gate, it was - opened, and as soon as the rear had passed through, it was closed. - The gates of all the cross streets were also kept closed. I could see - immense crowds beyond the gates, but the people on our actual line - of march were those only that occupied the buildings on the route. - Notwithstanding all this, the number that assembled was prodigious. - The centre of the way was kept clear, and the crowd kept back by ropes - stretched along each side of the street. The assemblage was composed - of men, women, and children, of all ranks and conditions—the women - being the larger number. I estimated the two lines of people that - extended along the way, from my entrance into the city to the place - provided for my residence, to have been full three hundred thousand. - Yet in all this vast concourse I did not hear a word, except the - constant cry of the harbingers, _Sátu, sátu!_[?]. - - “You may think it impossible that silence could have been maintained - among so large a number of women, but I assure you it was so. - - “The house prepared for me was situated within the fourth circle of - the castle, or aristocratic portion of the city, and large enough to - accommodate five hundred persons, in the Japanese manner. - - “On my arrival I was warmly welcomed by my good friend the Prince of - Shinano [Inouye Shinano-no-kami], who showed me the various provisions - that had been made for my accommodation and comfort, and which - included chairs, tables, bedsteads, etc., none of which are used by - the Japanese. - - “The following day the Prince of Tamba [Toki Tamba-no-kami] visited me - in great state. He said he came as a ‘special embassador’ from the - Emperor to congratulate me on my arrival, and to ask after my health. - After receiving these compliments, and making a suitable reply, the - Prince pointed to a large box, which he said was a present to me from - his Majesty. I found the box contained five large trays of bon-bons, - weighing one hundred pounds. - - “I subsequently visited the hereditary Prince of Hotta [Hotta - Bitchū-no-kami], Chief of the great Council of State and Minister for - Foreign Affairs. The visit was a pleasant one, and the arrangements - for my audience were completed. I gave the Prince a copy of my - intended speech to the Emperor, and before I left, he gave a copy - of the reply the Emperor would make to me. By this arrangement, the - speeches being both translated beforehand, we would be enabled to - dispense with the presence of interpreters at the audience. On the - Monday week after my arrival, I set out for the Palace. My train - blazed out in new silk dresses, and my guard wore their breeches - rolled up to the middle of the thigh. You must know that the wearing - of breeches in Japan is a mark of high rank, or, if worn by an - inferior, that he is in the service of one of the highest rank. A new - flag, made of Japanese crape, was carried before me. This flag is the - first foreign banner that was ever carried through this great city, - and I mean to preserve it as a precious relic. The distance from my - residence to the Palace was over two miles. On arriving at the bridge - over the third moat, or ditch, all my train left their horses and - norimono, and proceeded on foot. I continued in my norimono, and was - carried over three moats, and through as many fortified gateways, - up to the gate of the Palace itself. I was received at the entrance - by two chamberlains, who, having ‘knocked head,’ conducted me to an - apartment where I found a chair for my use. Tea, bon-bons, and other - refreshments, were often offered to me. A large number of the princes - came to be presented to me. At length I was told the Emperor was - ready to receive me. I passed through a large hall, in which some - three hundred to four hundred of the high nobles of Japan, all dressed - in their court dresses, were kneeling, and as silent and as motionless - as statues; and from this hall I entered the audience-chamber. At - this moment a chamberlain called out, in a loud voice, ‘Merrican - Embassador,’ and the Prince of Shinano threw himself down and crawled - along as I walked in. Mr. Heusken, my secretary, who carried the - President’s letter, halted to the entrance; I advanced up the room, - making three bows as I proceeded, and halted at the head of two lines - of men, who were prostrate on their faces; those on my right were the - five members of the Council of State, with the Prince of Bitchū at - their head and those on the left were three brothers of the Emperor. - - “His Majesty was seated on a chair placed on a dais, elevated some - three feet above the floor of the chamber. He was dressed in yellow - silk, and wore a black lackered cap that utterly defies description. - After a short pause, I made my address to him; and, after a similar - pause, he replied to me in a clear and pleasant voice. When the - Emperor had finished, Mr. Heusken brought the President’s letter to - me. I removed the silk cover (striped, red and white), opened the box, - and displayed the writing to the Prince of Bitchū, who now stood up. - Then, closing the box, I handed it to the Prince, who placed it on a - lackered stand, prepared for the purpose. Mr. Heusken having returned - to his place, and the Prince being again prostrate, the Emperor bowed - to me, smiling pleasantly at the same time. This ended my audience, - and I backed out of the room, making three bows as I retired. - - “The usual dress of the Japanese nobles is of silk; but the court - dress is made of a coarse yellow glass-cloth, and for a coronet they - wear a black lackered affair that looks like a distracted night-cap. - I did not see a single gem, jewel, or ornament of any kind, on the - person of the Emperor, or on those of his courtiers, who comprised the - great nobility of Japan. - - “From the audience-chamber I was taken to another room, when I found - the five great Councillors of State, who, having been presented to - me, congratulated me on my audience, and expressed their wonder and - astonishment at what they called my ‘greatness of heart.’ When I asked - for an explanation, they said that they were filled with admiration - to see me stand erect, look the awful ‘Tycoon’ [_Taikun_] in the - face, speak plainly to him, hear his reply—and all this without any - trepidation, or any ‘quivering of the muscles of the side.’ I write - all this to let you see that the Japanese princes understand the use - of court compliments. I was then shown a present of fifteen silken - robes from his Majesty, and was taken to a room where a banquet, set - out on sixty trays, twelve inches high, was prepared for my single - stomach. There was food enough for one hundred hungry men! - - “You must know that the dinner-trays (like the breeches) are a mark - of rank in Japan; and the rank indicated by the height of the trays, - which vary from three to twelve inches in height. Again, if the trays - are lackered it diminishes the honor connected with the actual height - of the tray, for it indicates that it can be used on another occasion; - but if it be made of unpainted cypress wood, the honor is complete, - for it says, as plain as words can do, ‘You are so sublime in your - rank that no one can dare to eat from a tray that you have used!’ My - attention was particularly called both to the height of the trays, and - to the flattering fact, that, ‘by a special edict,’ they were made of - unvarnished wood. You must know that this same dinner had been the - subject of grave discussion, both in Shimoda and in Yedo. They were - very anxious that I should eat at the Palace. I replied that I would - do so cheerfully, provided a person or persons of suitable rank would - eat with me; but said that self-respect would forbid my eating at a - table where my host or his representative declined to sit down. When - I had admired the very neat arrangement of the banquet, I was again - asked to sit down. I then said, ‘Say to his Majesty that I thank him - for his offered entertainment.’ At last the whole affair was sent to - my quarters, where I distributed it among my Shimoda followers. - - “After the exhibition of the dinner I was reconducted to the room I - first entered, and, after I had drank of the celebrated ‘powdered - tea,’ I left, being conducted to the entrance by the two chamberlains, - who knocked head with all the force that was due to one who had ‘seen - the king, and yet _lived_.’ By the way, I forgot to state that the old - formula of an audience, which was ‘kneel down,’ ‘knock head, so that - the by-standers can hear your skull crack,’ if it ever did exist at - the court at Yedo, was not used in my case. A faint request was made - to me, at Shimoda, that I would kneel, but I told them the request was - offensive, and must not be repeated. That ended it. - - “My return to Shimoda was on a steamer presented to the Japanese by - the Dutch.” - -In April, 1858, Mr. Harris returned again to Yedo, and after three -months spent in arguing with the Japanese that it would be impossible -for them to maintain their policy of isolation, he succeeded in -negotiating a new treaty. By this treaty, the port of Kanagawa, present -Yokohama, a suburb of Yedo, was substituted for Shimoda as a place for -American trade and residence; and in 1860, Hiōgo, the harbor of the -most commercial city of Ōsaka, was also to be opened to them. American -residents were to enjoy religious freedom, and the privilege of direct -trade with the Japanese merchants. The right to have an ambassador -resident at Yedo was also included; a position since filled by Mr. -Harris himself. - -Within a few weeks after the negotiation of this treaty, Lord Elgin, -British commissioner to China and Japan, arrived at Shimoda with a -considerable British squadron. Mr. Harris went on board his ship, and -accompanied him to the Bay of Yedo. On the 20th of August, a treaty was -signed with the Japanese by Lord Elgin, on the basis of the American -treaty. It contained the additional provision,—of which we also have -the benefit to render the clause of our treaty giving us all privileges -bestowed on other nations,—that no export duty should be charged -higher than twenty per cent; certain articles, including cotton and -woollen goods, to be admitted at five per cent. On the 9th of October, -a similar treaty was signed with Baron Gros, who had visited Yedo as -French commissioner. Similar privileges, it is understood, are granted -to the Dutch and Russians. - -With the signing of these treaties the Japanese authorities may be -considered as having yielded the point of the re-establishment of -foreign intercourse. But a great difference of opinion as to this -policy is understood still to exist among the nobles and princes of the -Empire; and it is not impossible that these concessions to foreigners -may lead to internal commotions. - -By one of the articles of this new treaty, negotiated by Mr. Harris, -the Japanese agreed to send an embassy to Washington, as bearers of the -Emperor’s ratification. The fulfilment of this promise was for some -time delayed, partly, perhaps, by reason of the caution and slowness -characteristic of Japanese policy, but principally, it is supposed, on -account of the strong opposition of a large party of the princes and -nobles to the new scheme of foreign intercourse. At length, however, -on the 27th of February, 1860, the ambassadors, three in number, with -a suite of seventy-three persons, embarked on board the United States -steamer, the “Powhatan,” the American government having undertaken to -convey them to the United States, and to carry them back again. The -“Kanrin-maru,” a war steamer of two hundred and fifty tons, built for -the Japanese by the Dutch, and manned with a Japanese crew of seventy -men, arrived at San Francisco on the 14th of March, after a passage of -forty days from the Bay of Yedo, to give notice of the approach of the -ambassadors. The “Powhatan,” after touching at the Sandwich Islands, -reached Panama on the 25th of April. The ambassadors, with their -attendants, were immediately conveyed on the railroad to Aspinwall, -where, the next day, they embarked on board the U.S. steamer “Roanoke,” -lying there to receive them. The “Roanoke” sailed for New York, but -on arriving at Sandy Hook she was ordered to Norfolk, it having been -determined that the embassy should be first received at Washington. At -Norfolk the Japanese were transferred to the steamer “Philadelphia.” -They reached Washington on the 14th of May, disembarked at the Navy -Yard, and were then conveyed to quarters which had been provided for -them at Willard’s Hotel. To protect them against imposition, and to -provide for their comfort and security, three navy officers who had -visited Japan were appointed to the general oversight of the embassy -while it remained in this country. On the 14th they visited General -Cass, the Secretary of State, and on the next day had a formal audience -from the President. Though received as ministers plenipotentiary, -their powers appeared to be limited to an exchange of the ratifications -of the treaty, and to obtaining information as to the relative value -of Japanese and foreign coins,—a point which still remained unsettled -in Japan, and was the occasion of much complaint on the part of the -foreign residents. - -[Illustration: THE OLD AND THE NEW: JUNKS; THE NEW BATTLESHIP _Mikasa_] - -The Japanese remained in Washington till the 8th of June, spending -their time in visits to the various public buildings, and a good deal -of it in shopping, for which many of them seemed to have a great fancy. -After passing through Baltimore, where they remained one night only, -they spent a week in Philadelphia, where the Mint and its processes -were special objects of interest. From Philadelphia they went on to -New York, where they were received at the Battery by an escort of five -or six thousand men of the New York militia, and conveyed through an -immense crowd to the quarters which had been provided for them at the -Metropolitan Hotel. Here they remained for two weeks, and on the 1st of -July embarked on board the United States steam-frigate “Niagara,” to -return to Japan by the Cape of Good Hope, being thus the first of their -nation to make the circumnavigation of the globe. - -The time of their stay in this country was limited by express -orders brought with them from Japan, and they declined the numerous -invitations which they received to visit other cities, and also an -excursion which the government had planned to the Falls of Niagara. The -short time they had to spend was no doubt more advantageously employed -by restricting their observations to two or three places. Of the -seventy-six persons, of which the embassy and its suite were composed, -forty-six filled the position of attendants or servants to the -remaining twenty, though some of them, directly attached to the person -of the three ambassadors, were far above the rank of ordinary menials. -The three ambassadors, though they bore the title of princes, were -understood not to belong to the small class of hereditary nobles, but -to owe their titles to the positions which they hold in the Emperor’s -service. Among the seventeen persons next in rank to the ambassadors -were a treasurer, having charge of the finances of the embassy,—though, -except as to such purchases as they made, this office was a sinecure; -a marshal, so to speak, charged with oversight and government of the -servants; several secretaries, interpreters, and doctors, and others -who might be called attachés. There was no priest or chaplain, nor any -appearance of any formal worship. The three ambassadors affected a good -deal of reserve; the others were inclined to sociability; but their -ignorance of the language, and the necessity that all communications -should undergo a double interpretation from English to Dutch, and -then into Japanese, or _vice versa_, was a great obstacle to the -communication of ideas. - -In New York, besides their visits to public places and institutions, -the more curious of the Japanese were taken to visit a number of large -manufactories of various kinds, in several of which they exhibited a -good deal of interest. They made a good many purchases, and received -a good many presents, the manufacturers of various articles hoping in -this way to open a market for their wares in Japan. - -Though a good deal pressed upon at times by over-curious crowds, their -reception was everywhere of the most kindly character, and can hardly -fail to leave upon them a strong impression of American good-will. - -Since the negotiation of the recent treaties, a number of Americans and -Englishmen, agents of mercantile houses, have established themselves at -the open ports. A few cargoes of Japanese products have been shipped, -but the trade is still in its infancy, and the extent to which it can -be carried remains very problematical. - - - - -APPENDIX - - -NOTE A - -(From Clement’s “Handbook of Modern Japan”) - -PROVINCES BY CIRCUITS - -The following list gives in detail the divisions of Japan into -Provinces (_Kuni_), according to “Circuits”: - - _Go-Kinai_ (Five Home Provinces). Yamashiro, Yamato, Kawachi, Izumi - (or Senshiu), Settsu (or Sesshiu). - - _Tōkaidō_ (Eastern Sea Road). Iga, Ise, Shima, Owari, Mikawa, Tōtōmi, - Suruga, Kai, Izu, Sagami, Musashi, Awa (or Bōshiu), Kazusa, Shimōsa, - Hitachi. - - _Tōsandō_ (Eastern Mountain Road). Ōmi, Mino, Hida, Shinano (or - Shinshiu), Kōzuke (or Jōshiu), Shimozuke, Iwaki, Iwashiro, Rikuzen, - Rikuchū, Mutsu, Uzen, Ugo. - - _Hokurikudō_ (North Land Road). Wakasa, Echizen, Kaga, Noto, Etchū, - Echigo, Sado Island. - - _Sanindō_ (Mountain Shade Road). Tamba, Tango, Tajima, Inaba, Hōki, - Izumo, Iwami, Oki Islands. - - _Sanyōdō_ (Mountain Sunlight Road). Harima (or Banshiu), Mimasaka, - Bizen, Bitchū, Bingo, Aki, Suwō, Nagata (or Chōshiu). - - _Nankaidō_ (Southern Sea Road). Kii (or Kishiu), Awaji Island, Awa, - Sanuki, Iyo, Tosa (or Toshiu), of which the last four are in the - island of Shikoku. - - _Saikaidō_ (Western Sea Road). Chikuzen, Chikugo, Buzen, Bungo, Hizen, - Higo, Hyūga, Ōsumi, Satsuma (or Sasshiu), Iki Island, Tsushima Island, - of which all except the last two are on the island of Kyūshiu. - - _Hokkaido_ (Northern Sea Road). Ōshima, Shiribeshi, Iburi, Ishikari, - Hitaka, Tokachi, Teshio, Kushiro, Nemuro, Kitami (all on the island of - Yezo), and Chishima, or the Kurile Islands. - - _Ryūkyū_ (Loo Choo or Lew Chew) Islands. - - -NOTE B - -BIBLIOGRAPHY - - MURRAY: “The Story of Japan” in the “Stories of the Nations” series. - - BIRD (Miss): “Unbeaten Tracks in Japan.” - - GRIFFIS: “Japanese Fairy World”; “Japan in History, Folk-lore and - Art”; “Honda the Samurai”; “The Religions of Japan.” - - HEARN: All his books, but especially “Glimpses of Unfamiliar Japan” (2 - vols.); “Kokoro”; “Japan—An Interpretation.” - - LOWELL: “Noto, An Unexplored Corner of Japan”; “The Soul of the Far - East.” - - NITOBE: “Bushido—The Soul of Japan.” - - GULICK: “The Evolution of the Japanese.” - - MITFORD: “Tales of Old Japan.” - - KNOX: “Japanese Life in Town and Country.” - - BACON (Miss): “Japanese Girls and Women” (illustrated edition). - - SCHERER: “Young Japan.” - - KNAPP: “Feudal and Modern Japan.” - - SHIGEMI: “A Japanese Boy.” - - BRAMHALL (Mrs.): “The Wee Ones of Japan.” - - CHAPLIN-AYRTON (Mrs.): “Child Life in Japan.” - - RIORDAN and TAKAYANAGI: “Sunrise Stories.” - - OZAKI (Miss): “The Japanese Fairy World.” - - MORSE: “Japanese Homes.” - - HARTSHORNE (Miss): “Japan and her People” (2 vols.). - -[Illustration: NIHOMBASHI, TŌKYŌ] - - REED: “Japan” (2 vols.). - - DICKSON: “Japan.” - - ASTON: “History of Japanese Literature.” - - CHAMBERLAIN: “Classical Poetry of the Japanese.” - - MCCLATCHIE: “Japanese Plays.” - - MACLAY: “Mito Yashiki.” - - KITCHIN: “Parli, the Last of the Missionaries.” - - GRUY: “A Captive of Love.” - - SUYEMATSU: “Genji Monogatari.” - - PURCELL: “A Suburb of Yedo.” - - HARRIS (Mrs.): “Log of a Japanese Journey.” - - DICKINS: “Chiushingura, the Loyal League.” - - ASAKAWA: “Early Institutional Life of Japan.” - - MACKAY: “From Far Formosa.” - - CAMPBELL: “Formosa under the Dutch.” - - DAVIDSON: “The Island of Formosa.” - - BATCHELOR: “The Ainu of Japan”; “The Ainu and their Folk-lore.” - - KINOS[H]ITA: “The Past and Present of Japanese Commerce.” - - HUISH: “Japan and its Art.” - - REGAMEY: “Japan in Art and Industry.” - - OKAKURA: “The Ideals of the East.” - - DRESSER: “Japan, Its Architecture, Art and Art Manufactures.” - - JARVES: “A Glimpse at the Art of Japan.” - - HARTMAN: “Japanese Art.” - - DICK: “Arts and Crafts of Old Japan.” - - ANDERSON: “The Pictorial Arts of Japan.” - - AUDSLEY and BOWES: “Keramic Art of Japan.” - - ALCOCK: “The Capital of the Tycoon” (2 vols.). - - ADAMS: “History of Japan” (2 vols.). - - BLACK: “Young Japan” (2 vols.). - - DIXON: “The Land of the Morning.” - - MOSSMAN: “New Japan.” - - HECR: “The Narrative of a Japanese” (2 vols.). - - OFFICIAL: “History of the Empire of Japan”; “Japanese Education.” - “Kojiki,”—English version by Chamberlain, Vol. X, Appendix, of the - “Transactions of the Asiatic Society of Japan.” - - -NOTE C - -USE OF FIRE-ARMS IN THE EAST - -Even the inhabitants of southern India, notwithstanding the long -intercourse carried on with them by Arab traders from the Persian Gulf -and the Red Sea, and the invasions of their country by Mahometans -from the north, seem to have been mainly indebted for their first -possession of fire-arms to Europeans; as witness the following extract -from Rickard Eden’s translation, first published in 1576, of the -“Navigations and Voyages of Lewis Vertomanus, Gentleman, of the city -of Rome, to the Regions of Arabia, Egypt, Persia, Syria, Ethiopia, and -East India, both within and without the river Ganges, &c., in the year -of our Lord, 1503,” contemporary, that is, with the earliest Portuguese -expeditions: “Entering into the city of Calicut, we found there two -Christians, born in the city of Milan; the one named John Maria, the -other Peter Antonio. These were jewellers, and came from Portugal with -the king’s license to buy precious stones. When I had found these men -I rejoiced more than I am able to express. At our first meeting them, -seeing to be white men (for we went naked, after the manner of the -inhabitants), I asked them if they were Christians. They said yea. Then -said I that I was also a Christian, by the grace of God. Then, taking -me by my hand, they brought me to their house, where, for joy of our -meeting, we could scarcely satisfy ourselves with tears, embracing and -kissing; for it seemed now to me a strange thing to hear men speak -mine own language, or to speak it myself. Shortly after, I asked them -if they were in favor with the king of Calicut. We are, said they, in -great favor with him, and very familiar. Then again I asked them what -they were minded to do. We desire, said they, to return to our country, -but we know not the means how. Then, said I, return the same way that -you came. Nay, said they, that may not be; for we are fled from the -Portugals, because we have made many pieces of great ordinance and -other guns for the king of Calicut, and therefore we have good cause to -fear; and now especially, for that the navy of Portugal will shortly -be here. I answered that if I might escape to the city of Canonor, I -doubted not but that I would get their pardon of the governor of the -navy. There is small hope of mercy, said they, we are so famous and -well known to many other kings in the way, which favor the Portugals, -and lay wait to take us. In which their talk I perceived how fearful a -thing is a guilty conscience, and called to remembrance the saying of -the poet: - - ‘Multa male timeo, qui feci multa proterve.’ - -That is, ‘I fear much evil because I have done much evil.’ For they had -not only made many such pieces of artillery for the infidels, to the -great damage of Christians, and contempt of the holy name of Christ and -his religion, but had also taught the idolaters both the making and -use of them; and at my being there I saw them give a model or mould -to certain idolaters, whereby they might make brazen pieces, of such -bigness that one of them may receive the charge of a hundred and five -tankards (cantoros) of powder. At the same time, also, there was a -Jew, which had made a very fair brigantine, and four great pieces of -artillery of iron. But God shortly afterwards gave him his due reward; -for, when he went to wash him in the river, he was drowned.” - -Nor did the two Christians escape much better. The Portuguese commander -agreed to pardon them; but, in attempting to escape to him, they were -killed. Maffei, in his Indian History, refers to the aid which the -native princes derived from these and other Christian renegadoes. - - -NOTE D - -FERNAM MENDEZ PINTO - -The ill fortune of which Pinto complained as having pursued him -through life did not spare him even after he was laid in the grave, -the narrative of his adventures which he left behind him having been -assailed by the wits and critics with hardly less ferocity than -poor Pinto himself was while alive by the corsairs, infidels, and -barbarians, with whom he came in contact. He is indeed chiefly known -to English readers by an ill-natured fling of Congreve, who, in his -“Love for Love,” makes one of his characters address another in those -oft-quoted words: “Ferdinand Mendez Pinto was but a type of thee, thou -liar of the first magnitude!” It is said also that Cervantes, three or -four years before whose death Pinto’s book was published, speaks of him -somewhere as the “prince of liars.” I have not been able to find the -passage; but likely enough Cervantes might have been a little vexed to -find his “Persiles and Sigismunda,” a romance, under the guise of a -book of travels, first published about the time with Pinto’s book, so -much outdone by what claimed to be a true narrative of real adventures. - -As Pinto, however, in spite of all his ill luck, found, in writing his -memoirs, some topics of consolation, so also his character as an author -and a narrator has by no means been left entirely in the lurch. Though -little read now, he has enjoyed, in his day, a popularity such as few -authors attain to. To the first edition of his “Peregrinations,” in -the original Portuguese, succeeded others in 1678, 1711, and 1725; and -second, third, and fourth editions are compliments which Portugal very -rarely pays to her authors. A Spanish translation appeared at Madrid -in 1620, in which, however, great and very unwarrantable liberties -were taken by the translator. A French translation was published at -Paris in 1628, and an English translation in 1663. To the Spanish and -French translations defences of Pinto’s veracity are prefixed, and both -passed through several editions. Purchas, who gives a synopsis of that -part of Pinto’s book relating to China and Japan, strongly defends -his credibility, observing that he little spares his own company and -nation, but often and eagerly lays open their vices. “I find in him,” -says Purchas, “little boasting, except of other nations, none at all of -himself, but as if he intended to express God’s glory, and man’s merit -of nothing but misery. And, however it seems incredible to remember -such infinite particulars as this book is full of, yet an easy memory -holdeth strong impressions of good and bad, especially new-whetted, -filed, furbushed, with so many companions in misery, their best music -in their chains and wanderings being the mutual recounting of things -seen, done, and suffered. More marvel is it, if a liar, that he should -not forget himself and contradict his own relations. - -“I would not have an author rejected for fit speeches framed by the -writer, in which many historians have taken liberty; nor if sometimes -he doth _mendacia dicere_ (say false things), so as that he doth not -_mentiri_ (lie); as I will not sware but of himself he might mistake, -and by others be misled. The Chinese might, in relating their rarities -to him, enlarge and _de magnis majora loqui_ (exaggerate things really -great), so as he still might be religious in a just and true delivery -of what himself hath seen, and belei not his own eyes.... All China -authors, how diversified in their lines, yet all concur in a certain -centre of _Admiranda Sinarum_ (admirable things of the Chinese)[131], -which if others have not so largely related as this, they may thank -God they paid not so dear a price to see them; and, for me, I will -rather believe, where reason evicts not, _ejectione firma_ (with a firm -ejection), than seek to see at the author’s rate; and if he hath robbed -the altars of truth, as he did those of the Calumplay idols, yet, in -Pekin equity, we will not cut off his thumbs (according to Nanquin -rigor), upon bare surmise, without any evidence against him.” - -The countries in which Pinto’s adventures chiefly lay, still remain, -for the most part, very little known; but the more they have been -explored, the more has the general correctness of Pinto’s statements -been admitted. The editor of the great French collection, “Annales des -Voyages,” who gives a full abstract of Pinto, remarks that, having had -occasion, in preparing the volume of that work on China, to consult -all accessible works about that country, he had been more and more -confirmed in his opinion of the reality of Pinto’s adventures and -the general correctness of his memory. Rémusat, the eminent Chinese -scholar, cites Pinto as good authority for facts, and it was, I -believe, by his procurement, or that of the “Société Asiatique,” that -the French translation of his travels was reprinted at Paris in 1830. - - -NOTE E - -EARLIEST ENGLISH AND DUTCH ADVENTURERS IN THE EAST—GOA - -Prior to the first Dutch and English India voyages, both Englishmen and -Dutchmen had reached India, some by way of Lisbon and the Cape of Good -Hope, others over land. Pinto speaks of Christians of various nations -as among the adventurers with whom he acted. Hackluyt gives (Vol. II) -a letter written by Thomas Stevens, an English Jesuit, dated in 1579, -at Goa, which he had reached by way of Lisbon and the Cape of Good -Hope. This curious letter was addressed by Stevens, who was attached -to that very seminary of St. Paul (or the Holy Faith), of which we -have had occasion to make mention, to his father in England. Hackluyt -also gives in the same volume some very interesting memorials of the -adventures of John Newbury, who, attended by Ralph Fitch, Story, a -painter, Leeds, a jeweller, and others, was sent over land in 1583, -simultaneously with the first English attempts at exploration and -settlement in North America, by some London merchants of the Turkey -company, as bearer of letters from Queen Elizabeth to Zelabdim Echabar, -king of Cambia (Ackbar, the Great Mogul) and to the king of China—both -which letters, proposing trade and commerce, Hackluyt gives at length. -Newbury proceeded by way of Ormus, which he had visited before, and -where he found merchants of almost all nations, not Portuguese only, -but Frenchmen, Flemings, Germans, Hungarians, Greeks, Armenians, Turks, -Arabs, Jews, Persians, Muscovites, and especially Italians, who seem -by this time to have recovered a great share of the trade to the East. -By one of these Italians Newbury and his company were accused as spies -of Don Antonio (the claimant as against Philip II, of the Portuguese -throne, and at that time a refugee in England). The fact also that -Drake, in his recent voyage round the world, had, while at the -Moluccas, fired two shots at a Portuguese galleon, was alleged against -them. They were sent prisoners to the viceroy at Goa; but, by the good -offices of the English Jesuit, Stevens, above-mentioned, and of John -Huigen Van Linschoten, a Dutchman in the service of the archbishop, -they were released on giving sureties not to depart without leave of -the viceroy, which sureties they procured by placing goods in the hands -of certain parties who became bound for them. - -Story, the painter, had indeed previously procured his discharge -by joining the Jesuits of St. Paul, where he was admitted as a -probationer, and was employed in painting the church. The others, -finding that the viceroy would not discharge their sureties, left -secretly, or, as Fitch expresses it, “ran from thence,” April, 1585, -and, passing to Golconda, travelled north to Agra, then the capital of -the Great Mogul. Here Leeds, the jeweller, entered into the Mogul’s -service, who gave him “a house, five slaves, and every day six S. S. -(qu. sequins?) in money.” Newbury went from Agra to Lahore, expecting -to go thence to Persia, and, by way of Aleppo and Constantinople, -to reach England; and he sent Fitch meanwhile to Bengal and Pegu, -promising to meet him in Bengal in two years in a ship from England. -Fitch passed on to Benares, and thence to Bengal, and November 28, -1586, sailed for Pegu, whence the next year he proceeded to Malacca. -Returning again, in 1588, to Pegu, he went thence to Bengal in the -following November; whence, in February, 1589, he took shipping for -Cochin, touching at Ceylon on the way, a “brave island,” where he -spent five days. At Cochin he stayed eight months before he could get -a passage to Goa. From Goa he proceeded to Ormus, whence, by way of -Basora, Mosul, and Aleppo, he reached England April 29, 1591. - -Linschoten, mentioned above, who had arrived at Goa in 1583, from -Lisbon, as one of the archbishop’s suite, returned to Holland in 1589, -where he published his travels in 1595,—the first Dutch account of the -East. From him we learn that Story, the painter, after the departure -of his companions, grew sick of the cloister of St. Paul, and, as he -had not yet taken the vows, left and set up as a painter in Goa, where -he had abundant employment, and, “in the end, married a mestizo’s -daughter of the town, so that he made his account to stay there while -he lived,”—the first permanent English resident in Hindoostan. - -[Illustration: A MODERN STREET SCENE IN TŌKYŌ] - -There is in the “Asiatic Journal,” for December, 1838, a very striking -description of the present ruinous state of the once splendid and -magnificent city of Goa. It has been abandoned for Pongi, now known -as New Goa, six miles nearer the sea, and the present seat of the -shrunken Portuguese viceroyalty. The only inhabitants of Old Goa are a -few hundred monks, nuns, and their attendants, attached to the splendid -churches and monasteries still standing, among which towers conspicuous -the church of the Jesuits, in a beautiful chapel attached to which is -the monument of St. Francis Xavier. His body, removed thither from -the college of St. Paul, in which it was first placed, reposes upon a -sarcophagus or bier of Italian marble, faced with bronzes, representing -his missionary labors, and enclosed in a shrine of brass and silver. -It is alleged still to be in as good preservation as ever, and is -occasionally exhibited in public. The last of these exhibitions was in -1783. - - -NOTE F - -JAPANESE DARING AND ADVENTURE EXTERIOR TO THE LIMITS OF JAPAN - -The same Davis who had been Houtman’s pilot in the first voyage to the -East Indies sailed from England in 1604, as master of the “Tiger,” a -ship of two hundred and forty tons. While on her course from Bantam to -Batavia, the “Tiger” encountered a little junk of seventy tons, with -ninety Japanese on board, “most of them in too gallant a habit for -sailors.” They had left home, as it turned out, in a larger vessel, -which had been “pirating along the coast of China and Cambodia,”—much -the same business, by the way, in which the “Tiger” was herself -engaged,—but, having lost their vessel by shipwreck, they had seized -upon this little junk, laden with rice, and were trying to reach -Japan in it. In hopes to get some information out of them, they were -entertained for two days with “gifts and feasting”; but, at the same -time, their junk was searched for treasure which might be concealed -under the rice. While part of the “Tiger’s” men were employed in this -search, the Japanese made a desperate attempt to get possession of -that ship. Davis himself was killed in the first surprise, but the -Japanese were finally forced into the cabin, where, by breaking down a -bulkhead, some of the ship’s guns, loaded with bullets and case shot, -were brought to bear upon them. They disdained to ask quarter, and -all perished from effects of the shot except one, who jumped into the -sea. The narrative of this affair, given by Purchas (Pilg., Part 1, p. -137), and apparently written by an officer of the “Tiger,” winds up as -follows: “The Japanese are not suffered to land in any port of India -with weapons, being accounted a people so desperate and daring that -they are feared in all places where they come.” - -In conformity to this character of the Japanese is the account given by -Floris, cape merchant of the “Globe,” an English ship, which touched -at Siam in 1612, while performing the voyage mentioned Vol. I, p. 207 -of the text. A short time previously, two hundred and eighty Japanese, -the slave-soldiers of a principal Siamese noble, who had been put to -death by the royal authority, had revenged their master by seizing on -the king of Siam, whom they compelled to subscribe to such terms as -they dictated, “after which, they had departed with great treasure, the -Siamese not being able to right themselves.”[132] - -The good service rendered to the Portuguese by Japanese mercenaries -at the siege of Malacca, in 1606, is mentioned in the text, Vol. I, -p. 182. It appears, from a curious tract concerning the Philippines, -preserved by Thevenot, that when De Silva, governor of those islands, -undertook, in 1608, to drive the Dutch from the Moluccas, he was -obliged to send to Japan for saltpetre, metal, and even for founders to -cast cannon. A body of Japanese formed, in 1619, a part of the Dutch -garrison in their fort at Jacatara (named about that time Batavia), -while besieged by the natives on the island, and blockaded at the same -time by an English squadron, as mentioned Vol. I, p. 237 of the text. -Of the Japanese settled on the island of Amboyna, and involved with -the English in the massacre there, mention is made Vol. I, p. 240. -Haganaar, who was at Cambodia in 1637, found among the inhabitants of -that city seventy or eighty families of Japanese, whom he describes as -not daring to return to their own country, with which, however, they -carried on trade, by means of Chinese ships. They were in great favor -with the king of Cambodia, to whom they had rendered valiant assistance -in suppressing a dangerous rebellion, and were greatly feared by the -other inhabitants of the city, whether Chinese or Malays. To this -day one of the channels of the great river of Cambodia is known as -“Japanese river”—a name given, indeed, on some maps, to the main river -itself, and probably taking its origin from this Japanese colony. - -The conquest of the Lew Chew [Riūkiū] Islands, by the king of Satsuma, -took place about 1610; and, much about the same time, some Japanese -made an establishment on the island of Formosa, for the purpose of -trading with the Chinese; but in this they were soon superseded by the -Dutch. The narrative of Nuyts’ affair, as given in the text (Vol. I, -p. 252), is derived from a detailed account appended in “Voyages au -Nord,” Tom. IV., to Caron’s Memoir, addressed to Colbert, on opening -an intercourse with Japan; but, from a paper embodied in the Voyage -of Rechteren (“Voyages des Indes,” Tom. V.), and written, apparently, -in 1632, by a person on the spot, it would appear that the conduct of -Nuyts, instead of being prompted by personal antipathy, was merely an -attempt to exclude the Japanese from the trade with the Chinese, and to -engross it for the Dutch East India Company; “a desire good in itself,” -so this writer observes, “but which should have been pursued with -greater precaution and prudence.” - -In the Chinese writings, the Japanese figure as daring pirates; but, as -the appellation bestowed on them is equally applied to other eastern -and southeastern islanders, it is not so easy to say to whose credit or -discredit the exploits referred to by these Chinese writers actually -belong. - - -NOTE G - -(From Clement’s “Handbook of Modern Japan”) - -LIST OF JAPANESE YEAR PERIODS[1] - -The names of these periods are made by the various combinations of 68 -Chinese words of good omen. - - ────────────────────────┬───────────┬─────────── - NAME. │ JAPANESE │ CHRISTIAN - │ ERA.[2] │ ERA. - ├───────────┼─────────── - Taikwa │ 1305 │ 645 - Hakuchi │ 1310 │ 650 - (Blank) │ 1315-1331 │ 655-671 - Sujaku │ 1332 │ 672 - Hakuhō │ 1332 │ 672 - Shuchō │ 1346 │ 686 - (Blank) │ 1347-1360 │ 687-700 - Daihō [Taihō] │ 1361 │ 701 - Keiun │ 1364 │ 704 - Wadō │ 1368 │ 708 - Reiki │ 1375 │ 715 - Yōrō │ 1377 │ 717 - Jinki │ 1384 │ 724 - Tembiō │ 1389 │ 729 - Tembiō shōhō │ 1409 │ 749 - Tembiō hoji │ 1417 │ 757 - Tembiō jingo │ 1425 │ 765 - Jingō keiun │ 1427 │ 767 - Hōki │ 1430 │ 770 - Tenō │ 1441 │ 781 - Enriaku │ 1442 │ 782 - Daidō │ 1466 │ 806 - Kōnin │ 1470 │ 810 - Tenchō │ 1484 │ 824 - Jōwa │ 1494 │ 834 - Kajō │ 1508 │ 848 - Ninju │ 1511 │ 851 - Saikō │ 1514 │ 854 - Ten-an │ 1517 │ 857 - Jōgwan │ 1519 │ 859 - Gwangiō │ 1537 │ 877 - Ninna │ 1545 │ 885 - Kwampei │ 1549 │ 889 - Shōtai │ 1558 │ 898 - Engi │ 1561 │ 901 - Enchō │ 1583 │ 923 - Jōhei │ 1591 │ 931 - Tengiō │ 1598 │ 938 - Tenriaku │ 1607 │ 947 - Tentoku │ 1617 │ 957 - Owa │ 1621 │ 961 - Kōhō │ 1624 │ 964 - Anna │ 1628 │ 968 - Tenroku │ 1630 │ 970 - Ten-en │ 1633 │ 973 - Jōgen │ 1636 │ 976 - Tengen │ 1638 │ 978 - Eikwan │ 1643 │ 983 - Kwanna │ 1645 │ 985 - Eien │ 1647 │ 987 - Eiso │ 1649 │ 989 - Shōriaku │ 1650 │ 990 - Chōtoku │ 1655 │ 995 - Chōhō │ 1659 │ 999 - Kwankō │ 1664 │ 1004 - Chōwa │ 1672 │ 1012 - Kwannin │ 1677 │ 1017 - Ji-an │ 1681 │ 1021 - Manjū │ 1684 │ 1024 - Chōgen │ 1688 │ 1028 - Chōriaku │ 1697 │ 1037 - Chōkiū │ 1700 │ 1040 - Kwantoku │ 1704 │ 1044 - Eijō │ 1706 │ 1046 - Tengi │ 1713 │ 1053 - Kōhei │ 1718 │ 1058 - Jiriaku │ 1725 │ 1065 - Enkiū │ 1729 │ 1069 - Jōhō │ 1734 │ 1074 - Jōriaku │ 1737 │ 1077 - Eiho │ 1741 │ 1081 - Ōtoku │ 1744 │ 1084 - Kwanji │ 1747 │ 1087 - Kahō │ 1754 │ 1094 - Eichō │ 1756 │ 1096 - Jōtoku │ 1757 │ 1097 - Kōwa │ 1759 │ 1099 - Chōji │ 1764 │ 1104 - Kajō │ 1766 │ 1106 - Tennin │ 1768 │ 1108 - Ten-ei │ 1770 │ 1110 - Eikiū │ 1773 │ 1113 - Gen-ei │ 1778 │ 1118 - Hōan │ 1780 │ 1120 - -[Note 1: From official sources.] - -[Note 2: Beginning 660 B. C.] - - Tenji │ 1784 │ 1124 - Daiji │ 1786 │ 1126 - Tenjō │ 1791 │ 1131 - Chōjō │ 1792 │ 1132 - Hōen │ 1795 │ 1135 - Eiji │ 1801 │ 1141 - Kōji │ 1802 │ 1142 - Ten-yō │ 1804 │ 1144 - Kiū-an │ 1805 │ 1145 - Nimbiō │ 1811 │ 1151 - Kiūju │ 1814 │ 1154 - Hōgen │ 1816 │ 1156 - Heiji │ 1819 │ 1159 - Eiriaku │ 1820 │ 1160 - Ōhō │ 1821 │ 1161 - Chōkwan │ 1823 │ 1163 - Eiman │ 1825 │ 1165 - Nin-an │ 1826 │ 1166 - Ka-o │ 1829 │ 1169 - Jō-an │ 1831 │ 1171 - Angen │ 1835 │ 1175 - Jishō │ 1837 │ 1177 - Yōwa │ 1841 │ 1181 - Ju-ei │ 1842 │ 1182 - Genriaku │ 1844 │ 1184 - Bunji │ 1845 │ 1185 - Kenkiū │ 1850 │ 1190 - Shōji │ 1859 │ 1199 - Kennin │ 1861 │ 1201 - Genkiū │ 1864 │ 1204 - Ken-ei │ 1866 │ 1206 - Jōgen │ 1867 │ 1207 - Kenriaku │ 1871 │ 1211 - Kempō │ 1873 │ 1213 - Jōkiū │ 1879 │ 1219 - Jō-ō │ 1882 │ 1222 - Gennin │ 1884 │ 1224 - Karoku │ 1885 │ 1225 - Antei │ 1887 │ 1227 - Kwangi │ 1889 │ 1229 - Jō-ei │ 1892 │ 1232 - Tempuku │ 1893 │ 1233 - Bunriaku │ 1894 │ 1234 - Katei │ 1895 │ 1235 - Riakunin │ 1898 │ 1238 - En-o │ 1899 │ 1239 - Ninji │ 1900 │ 1240 - Kwangen │ 1903 │ 1243 - Hōji │ 1907 │ 1247 - Kenchō │ 1909 │ 1249 - Kōgen │ 1916 │ 1256 - Shōka │ 1917 │ 1257 - Shōgen │ 1919 │ 1259 - Bun-ō │ 1920 │ 1260 - Kōchō │ 1921 │ 1261 - Bun-ei │ 1924 │ 1264 - Kenji │ 1935 │ 1275 - Kōan │ 1938 │ 1278 - Shō-ō │ 1948 │ 1288 - Einin │ 1953 │ 1293 - Shōan │ 1959 │ 1299 - Kengen │ 1962 │ 1302 - Kagen │ 1963 │ 1303 - Tokuji │ 1966 │ 1306 - Enkiō │ 1968 │ 1308 - Ōchō │ 1971 │ 1311 - Shōwa │ 1972 │ 1312 - Bumpō │ 1977 │ 1317 - Gen-ō │ 1979 │ 1319 - Genkō │ 1981 │ 1321 - Shōchū │ 1984 │ 1324 - Kariaku │ 1986 │ 1326 - Gentoku │ 1989 │ 1329 - Shōkiō [Genkō] │ 1992 │ 1332 - Kemmu │ 1994 │ 1334 - Rekiō │ 1998 │ 1338[1] - Kōei │ 2002 │ 1342[1] - Jōwa │ 2005 │ 1345[1] - Kwan-ō │ 2010 │ 1350[1] - Bunna │ 2012 │ 1352[1] - Embun │ 2016 │ 1356[1] - Kōan │ 2021 │ 1361[1] - Jōji │ 2022 │ 1362[1] - Ōan │ 2028 │ 1368[1] - Eiwa │ 2035 │ 1375[1] - Kōreki │ 2039 │ 1379[1] - Eitoku │ 2041 │ 1381[1] - Shitoku │ 2044 │ 1384[1] - Kakei │ 2047 │ 1387[1] - Koō │ 2049 │ 1389[1] - Engen │ 1996 │ 1336[2] - Kōkoku │ 1999 │ 1339[2] - - [Note 1: Northern Dynasty,] - - [Note 2: Southern Dynasty.] - - Shōhei │ 2006 │ 1346[1] - Kentoku │ 2030 │ 1370[1] - Bunchū │ 2032 │ 1372[1] - Tenju │ 2035 │ 1375[1] - Kōwa │ 2041 │ 1381[1] - Genchū │ 2044 │ 1384[1] - Meitoku │ 2050 │ 1390 - O-ei │ 2054 │ 1394 - Shōchō │ 2088 │ 1428 - Eikiō │ 2089 │ 1429 - Kakitsu │ 2101 │ 1441 - Bun-an │ 2104 │ 1444 - Hōtoku │ 2109 │ 1449 - Kōtoku │ 2112 │ 1452 - Kōshō │ 2115 │ 1455 - Chōroku │ 2117 │ 1457 - Kwanshō │ 2120 │ 1460 - Bunshō │ 2126 │ 1466 - Ō-nin │ 2127 │ 1467 - Bummei │ 2129 │ 1469 - Chōko │ 2147 │ 1487 - Entoku │ 2149 │ 1489 - Mei-ō │ 2152 │ 1492 - Bunki │ 2161 │ 1501 - Eishō │ 2164 │ 1504 - Dai-ei │ 2181 │ 1521 - Kōroku │ 2188 │ 1528 - Tembun │ 2192 │ 1532 - Kōji │ 2215 │ 1555 - Eiroku │ 2218 │ 1558 - Genki │ 2230 │ 1570 - Tenshō │ 2233 │ 1573 - Bunroku │ 2252 │ 1592 - Keichō │ 2256 │ 1596 - Genna │ 2275 │ 1615 - Kwan-ei │ 2284 │ 1624 - Shōhō │ 2304 │ 1644 - Kei-an │ 2308 │ 1648 - Jō-ō │ 2312 │ 1652 - Meireki │ 2315 │ 1655 - Manji │ 2318 │ 1658 - Kwambun │ 2321 │ 1661 - Empō │ 2333 │ 1673 - Tenna │ 2341 │ 1681 - Jōkiō │ 2344 │ 1684 - Genroku │ 2348 │ 1688 - Hō-ei │ 2364 │ 1704 - Shōtoku │ 2371 │ 1711 - Kiōhō │ 2376 │ 1716 - Gembun │ 2396 │ 1736 - Kwampō │ 2401 │ 1741 - Enkiō │ 2404 │ 1744 - Kwan-en │ 2408 │ 1748 - Hōreki │ 2411 │ 1751 - Meiwa │ 2424 │ 1764 - An-ei │ 2432 │ 1772 - Temmei │ 2441 │ 1781 - Kwansei │ 2449 │ 1789 - Kiōwa │ 2461 │ 1801 - Bunkwa │ 2464 │ 1804 - Bunsei │ 2478 │ 1818 - Tempō │ 2490 │ 1830 - Kōkwa │ 2504 │ 1844 - Ka-ei │ 2508 │ 1848 - Ansei │ 2514 │ 1854 - Man-en │ 2520 │ 1860 - Bunkiū │ 2521 │ 1861 - Genji │ 2524 │ 1864 - Kei-ō │ 2525 │ 1865 - Meiji │ 2528 │ 1868 - ────────────────────────┴───────────┴─────── - - [Note 1: Southern Dynasty.] - - -NOTE H - -(From Clement’s “Handbook of Modern Japan”) - -CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF EMPERORS AND EMPRESSES[1] - - 1. Jimmu (660-585 B.C.) - - 2. Suizei (581-549) - - 3. Annei (548-511) - - 4. Itoku (510-477) - - 5. Kōshō (475-393) - - 6. Kōan (392-291) - - 7. Kōrei (290-215) - - 8. Kōgen (214-158) - - 9. Kaikwa (157-98) - - 10. Sujin (97-30) - - 11. Suinin (29 B.C.-70 A.D.) - - 12. Keikō (71-130 A.D.) - - 13. Seimu (131-190) - - 14. Chūai (192-200) - - [15. _Jingō_[1] (201-269)] - - 16. Ōjin (270-310) - - 17. Nintoku (313-399) - - 18. Richū (400-405) - - 19. Hanzei (406-411) - - 20. Ingyō (412-453) - - 21. Ankō (454-456) - - 22. Yūryaku (457-479) - - 23. Seinei (480-484) - - 24. Kensō (485-487) - - 25. Ninken (488-498) - - 26. Muretsu (499-506) - - 27. Keitai (507-531) - - 28. Ankan (534-535) - - 29. Senkwa (536-539) - - 30. Kimmei (540-571) - - 31. Bidatsu (572-585) - - 32. Yōmei (586-587) - - 33. Sujun (588-592) - - 34. _Suiko_ (593-628) - - 35. Jomei (629-641) - - 36. _Kōgyoku_ (642-645) - - 37. Kōtoku (645-654) - - 38. _Saimei_ (655-661) - - 39. Tenchi (668-671) - - 40. Kōbun (672) - - 41. Temmu (673-686) - - 42. _Jitō_ (690-696) - - 43. Mommu (697-707) - - 44. _Gemmyō_ (708-715) - - 45. _Genshō_ (715-723) - - 46. Shōmu (724-748) - - 47. _Kōken_ (749-758) - - 48. Junnin (758-764) - - 49. _Shōtoku_ (765-770) - - 50. Kōnin (770-781) - - 51. Kwammu (782-806) - - 52. Heizei (806-809) - - 53. Saga (810-823) - - 54. Junna (824-833) - - 55. Nimmyō (834-850) - - 56. Montoku (851-858) - - 57. Seiwa (859-876) - - 58. Yōzei (877-884) - - 59. Kōkō (885-887) - - 60. Uda (888-897) - - 61. Daigo (898-930) - - 62. Shujaku (931-946) - - 63. Murakami (947-967) - - 64. Reizei (968-969) - - 65. Enyu (970-984) - - 66. Kwazan (985-986) - - 67. Ichijō (987-1011) - - 68. Sanjō (1012-1016) - - 69. Go-Ichijō{1} (1017-1036) - - 70. Go-Shujaku (1037-1045) - - 71. Go-Reizei (1046-1068) - - 72. Go-Sanjō (1069-1073) - - 73. Shirakawa (1073-1086) - - 74. Horikawa (1087-1107) - - 75. Toba (1108-1123) - - 76. Shutoku (1124-1141) - - 77. Konoye (1142-1155) - - 78. Go-Shirakawa (1156-1158) - - 79. Nijō (1159-1165) - - 80. Rokujō (1166-1168) - - 81. Takakura (1169-1180) - - 82. Antoku (1181-1185) - - 83. Go-Toba (1186-1198) - - 84. Tsuchimikado (1199-1210) - - 85. Juntoku (1211-1221) - - 86. Chūkyō (1222) - - 87. Go-Horikawa (1222-1232) - - 88. Shijō (1233-1242) - - 89. Go-Saga (1243-1246) - - 90. Go-Fukakusa (1247-1259) - - 91. Kameyama (1260-1274) - - 92. Go-Uda (1275-1287) - - 93. Fushimi (1288-1298) - - 94. Go-Fushimi (1299-1301) - - 95. Go-Nijo (1302-1307) - - 96. Hanazono (1308-1318) - - 97. Go-Daigo (1319-1338) - - 98. Go-Murakami (1339-1367) - - [99. Chōkei (1368-1383)] - - 100. Go-Kameyama (1383-1392) - - 101. Go-Komatsu (1392-1412) - - 102. Shōkō (1413-1428) - - 103. Go-Hanazono (1429-1464) - - 104. Go-Tsuchimikado (1465-1500) - - 105. Go-Kashiwabara (1501-1526) - - 106. Go-Nara (1527-1557) - - 107. Ōgimachi (1558-1586) - - 108. Go-Yōzei (1587-1611) - - 109. Go-Mizuno-o (1612-1629) - - 110. _Myōshō_ (1630-1643) - - 111. Go-Kōmyō (1644-1654) - - 112. Go-Saiin (1655-1663) - - 113. Reignen (1663-1686) - - 114. Higashiyama (1687-1709) - - 115. Nakano-mikado (1710-1735) - - 116. Sakuramachi (1736-1746) - - 117. Momozono (1747-1762) - - 118. _Go-Sakuramachi_ (1763-1770) - - 119. Go-Momozono (1771-1779) - - 120. Kōkaku (1780-1817) - - 121. Ninkō (1817-1846) - - 122. Kōmei (1847-1867) - - 123. Mutsuhito (1867- ) - -N. B.—Nos. 36 and 38 were the same empress; likewise Nos. 47 and 49. - Note 1: Empresses in Italics. Bracketed names (Nos. 15 and 99) are -omitted from some lists. - - -We append also a list of the sovereigns of the “Northern Court” during -the separation, as follows: - - 1. Kōgon (1332-1335) - - 2. Kōmyō (1336-1348) - - 3. Shukō (1349-1352) - - 4. Go-Kōgon (1352-1371) - - 5. Go-Enyu (1372-1382) - - 6. Go-Komatsu (1383-1392) - -In 1392 Go-Komatsu became emperor over the reunited empire. - -[1: _Go_ is a prefix signifying the second of the name.] - - -NOTE I - -OMITTED DOCUMENTS - - -I. Letter of the Emperor Iyeyasu (Ōgosho-Sama) to the king of -England—(James I.).[133] - - “Your majesty’s kind letter, sent me by your servant, Captain John - Saris (who is the first that I have known to arrive in any part - of my dominions), I heartily embrace, being not a little glad to - understand of your great wisdom and power, as having three plentiful - and mighty kingdoms under your powerful command. I acknowledge your - majesty’s great bounty in sending me so undeserved a present of many - rare things, such as my land affordeth not, neither have I ever - before seen; which I receive not as from a stranger, but as from - your majesty, whom I esteem as myself. Desiring the continuance of - friendship with your highness, and that it may stand with your good - liking to send your subjects to any part or port of my dominions, - where they shall be most heartily welcome, applauding much their - worthiness, in the admirable knowledge of navigation, having with much - facility discovered a country so remote, being no whit amazed with the - distance of so mighty a gulf, nor greatness of such infinite clouds - and storms from prosecuting honorable enterprises of discoveries and - merchandising, wherein they shall find me to further them according - to their desires. I return unto your majesty a small token of my love - (by your said subject), desiring you to accept thereof as from one - that much rejoiceth in your friendship. And whereas your majesty’s - subjects have desired certain privileges for trade and settling of a - factory in my dominions, I have not only granted what they demanded, - but have confirmed the same unto them under my broad seal, for better - establishing thereof. From my castle in Suruga, this fourth day of - the ninth month, in the eighteenth year of our Dairi, according to our - computation. Resting your majesty’s friend, the highest commander in - the kingdom of Japan: - - “[Signed] - - MINNA. MONTONO YER. YE. YEAS - - [MINAMOTO-NO-IYEYASU].” - - -II. An ordinance of the Emperor of Japan sent to all the governors of -the maritime districts to prevent the landing of Portuguese:[134] - - “The express and reiterated commandments against the promulgation of - the religion and doctrine of the Christians have been duly published - and everywhere proclaimed; but it being found that these edicts - were not efficacious, they (that is, the Christians) were forbidden - to approach the coasts of Japan with their galliots and other sea - vessels; and some of them, in contempt of this prohibition, having - come to Nagasaki, orders were given, in punishment of this offence, - to put them to death. It was commanded, last year, by a special - edict, that in case any sea vessel were seen on the coasts of Japan - or entered any port, it might be permitted to anchor, with a strong - guard on board, till what they proposed was sent to the emperor. This - commandment is now revoked; and it is ordered instead that these - vessels (that is, Portuguese and Spanish vessels), without hearing a - word which those on board have to say, shall be destroyed and burnt, - whatever pretence they may set up, and all their crews to the last man - be put to death. - - “It is also commanded to erect watch-towers on the mountains and all - along the coast, and to keep constant watch to discover Portuguese - vessels, so that news of their arrival may at once be spread - everywhere; and if such a vessel shall first be discovered from a - more distant point, it shall be imputed as a crime to those in charge - of the nearer watching places, and the governors thus guilty of - negligence shall be deprived of their offices. As soon as a Portuguese - vessel shall be discovered, news shall be sent express to all the - neighborhood, to the governors of Nagasaki and Ōsaka, and to the lord - of Arima. - - “It is expressly forbidden to attack or molest any Portuguese vessel - at sea, but only in some road, port, or haven of the empire, as to - which you will conform to the orders that may be sent you from the - governors of Nagasaki or the lord of Arima, except where necessity - obliges instant action, in which case you will act as already - commanded. - - “As to vessels of other nations, you will, according to the tenor of - former ordinances, visit and examine them; and, after placing a strong - guard on board, without allowing a single person to land, send them in - all safety to Nagasaki.” - - -III. Letter from Louis XIV to the Emperor of Japan:[135] - - “To the sovereign and highest emperor and regent of the great empire - of Japan, over subjects very submissive and obedient, the king of - France wishes a long and happy life and a most prosperous reign: - - “Many wars, carried on by my ancestors, the kings of France, and many - victories gained by them, as well over their neighbors as over distant - kingdoms, having been followed by profound peace, the merchants of my - kingdom, who trade throughout Europe, have taken occasion very humbly - to beg me to open for them the way into other parts of the world to - sail and to trade thither like the other European nations; and I - have the rather inclined to accede to their request, from its being - seconded by the wishes of the princes and nobles among my subjects, - and by my own curiosity to be exactly informed of the manners and - customs of the great kingdoms exterior to Europe, of which we have - hitherto known nothing but from the narratives of our neighbors who - have visited the East. I have, therefore, to satisfy as well my own - inclination as the prayers of my subjects, determined to send deputies - into all the kingdoms of the East; and as my envoy to your high and - sovereign majesty, I have selected _Francis Caron_, who understands - Japanese, and who has many times had the honor of paying his respects - to your majesty, and of audience from you. For that express purpose - I have caused him to come into my kingdom, knowing him very well to - be of good extraction, though by misfortunes of war stripped of his - property; but re-established by me in his former condition, and even - elevated in honor and dignity, to make him more worthy to approach - your high and sovereign majesty with all due respect. An additional - motive for selecting him was fear lest another person, from ignorance - of the wise ordinances and customs established by your majesty, might - do something in contravention of them, and so might fall under your - majesty’s displeasure; whence I have judged the said Francis Caron - the most capable to present my letter and my requests, with such - solemnities as might secure for them the best reception on the part - of your majesty, and to make known my good affection and my frank - desire to grant to your sovereign majesty whatever you may ask of me, - in return for the grant of what I ask: which is, that the merchants - of my kingdoms, who have united themselves into a company, may have - free commerce throughout your majesty’s empire, without trouble or - hindrance. I send you the present of trifling value here noted.... I - hope it may be agreeable to your majesty, and that some things useful - to your majesty may be found in my country, of which I voluntarily - leave open and free all the ports. - - “At Paris, the twenty-fourth year of my reign [1666]. - - “THE KING LOUIS.” - - NOTE.—What is said above of Caron’s good extraction, of his having - lost his fortune by the chances of war, and of his re-establishment - in his former position by the favor of the king, was, it is - probable, merely intended to reconcile the Japanese to receiving as - an envoy from the king of France a man whom they had known only in - the—according to their ideas—low character of a Dutch merchant. - - In the instructions drawn up for the bearer of this letter, the - following curious directions were given as to the answer to be made - to the inquiries of the Japanese on the topic of religion: “As to the - article of religion you will say, that the religion of the French - is of two kinds—one the same with that of the Spaniards, the other - the same with that of the Dutch;[136] and that his majesty, knowing - that the religion of the Spaniards is disliked in Japan, has given - orders that those of his subjects who go thither shall be of the - Dutch religion; that this distinction will be carefully attended to; - and that no Frenchman will ever be found wishing to contravene the - imperial orders.[137] Should they advance as an objection, that the - king of France depends upon the Pope, like the king of Spain, you will - answer, that he does not depend upon him; that the king of France - acknowledges no superior, and that the nature of his dependence upon - the Pope may easily be seen in what has happened within two years, in - consequence of an outrage at Rome upon the person of his majesty’s - ambassador. The Pope not making a sufficiently speedy reparation, his - majesty had sent an array into Italy, to the great terror of all the - Italian princes, and of the Pope himself, who sent a legate to him - charged with the most humble and pressing supplications, whereby his - majesty was induced to recall his troops, which already had encamped - in the Pope’s territories. So that the king is not only sovereign - and absolute in his own domain, but also gives the law to many other - potentates; being a young prince, twenty-five years of age, valiant, - wise, and more powerful than any of his ancestors; and, withal, so - curious that, besides a particular knowledge of all Europe, he eagerly - seeks to know the constitution of the other countries of the world.” - - - - -INDEX - - - Abegawa, River, i., 385. - - Acorns, Edible, ii., 142. - - _Acorus_, ii., 124. - - Actors, i., 212, 360-365; ii., 160, 161. - - Acupuncture, ii., 145, 202. - - Adams, ——, ii., 345. - - Adams, Captain Robert, i., 240. - - Adams, Thomas, i., 172. - - Adams, William, i., 169-179, 192, 199-204, 206, 207, 210, 211, 213, - 224, 225, 239, 240. - - Ainslie, Dr., ii., 208. - - “Ainu and their Folk-lore, The,” ii., 345. - - “Ainu of Japan, The,” ii., 345. - - Akechi Mitsuhide, i., 116, 117. - - _Alcea rosea_, ii., 124. - - Alcock, ——, ii., 345. - - Almeida, Louis, i., 93, 95, 96, 153, 165. - - Alphabets in use, i., 78; ii., 164. - - Alvarez, George, i., 38, 50. - - Ambassadors to the Pope, i., 103-115, 121, 122, 126, 128, 132. - - Ambergris, i., 329. - - Amboyna, Massacre of, i., 240, 241; ii., 355. - - “America in the East,” ii., 273. - - “American anchorage,” ii., 291. - - American relations with Japan. _See_ United States’ relations with - Japan. - - Amida, the god and his idols, i., 399; ii., 49, 65. - - Amiot, Père, i., 7. - - “Amœnitates Exoticae,” i., 289, 315. - - _Amomum miōga_, ii., 124. - - _Anas galericulata_, ii., 135. - - Ancestor worship, ii., 188. - - Anderson, W., ii., 345. - - Angelis, Jerome de, i., 220, 265. - - Animals and birds eaten for food, i., 54, 75, 187; ii., 135; - those not eaten, ii., 253. - - Anise-tree, i., 401; ii., 126. - - Anjirō, i., 38, 39, 41, 49-54, 82, 359. - - “Annales des Voyages,” ii., 349. - - “Annals des Dairi,” ii., 89. - - “Annals des Empereurs du Japon,” i., 257, 391; ii., 108, 165. - - “Annals of the Dairi,” i., 357. - - Apples, ii., 140. - - Arai, ii., 65, 70. - - Arai Hakuseki, ii., 112. - - _Aratame_, ii., 65. - - Architecture, domestic, i., 77, 187, 218, 339, 340, 390-392, 395; ii., - 52, 63, 79, 129-131, 306, 318-322. - - “Archives of Japan,” i., 8. - - _Argonaut_, English ship, ii., 191. - - Arima, King of, i., 98, 102, 126. - - Armies and soldiery, i., 59, 215, 258. - - Armor, i., 139. - - Arms, or mark, upon clothing, etc., i., 116, 188, 371, 373; ii., 17, - 18, 285, 322. - - _Artemisia_, ii., 146. - _See also_ Wormwood. - - “Arts and Crafts of Old Japan,” ii., 345. - - _Arum dracontium_ and _esculentum_, ii., 142. - - Asakawa, ——, ii., 345. - - “Asiatic Journal,” i., 195; ii., 46, 72, 108, 254, 352. - - Aston, W. G., i., 8, 145; ii., 199, 206, 345. - - Astronomers, ii., 143, 201, 223, 251. - - Asukagawa, River, i., 385. - - “Atlas Japonensis,” i., 266. - - _Atotsuke_, i., 370, 372. - - Atsuta (Miya), ii., 69. - - Audiences with emperor and princes, i., 175, 189-191, 217; ii., 55, - 56, 60-62, 85-104, 149-153, 331-334. - - Audsley, ——, and Bowes, ——, ii., 345. - - Austerities practised by both bonzes and Jesuits, i., 71, 88. - - Autographs of travellers, i., 218. - - Awa, Provinces of, ii., 283. - - Azuchiyama, i., 103, 116. - - - Bacon, Miss, ii., 344. - - Baggage, i., 370-377. - - Baker, Edmund, i., 177. - - Baptiste, Father Pierre, i., 242. - - Barley, i., 76. - - Batchelor, John, ii., 345. - - Baths, ii., 9, 52, 134. - - Batoli, Father Daniel, i., 115. - - Bedding, ii., 5, 133, 156. - - Beechey, Captain, ii., 282. - - Beer, ii., 207. - - Beggars, ii., 23-28, 58. - - Bell in Miyako temple, ii., 105, 108. - - Benriū, River, i., 385. - - Bent, Lieut., ii., 302. - - Bettelheim, Rev. B. J., ii., 266, 267. - - Biddle, Commodore, ii., 261-265. - - Bidinger, Mr., ii., 300. - - _Bikuni_ (nuns), ii., 23, 24. - - Binding of prisoners, ii., 214, 270. - - Bird, Miss, ii., 344. - - Birds eaten for food, ii., 135. - - Biscanio, Sebastian, i., 270. - - Biwa, Lake, ii., 63, 67. - - Black, ——, ii., 345. - - Blindness, ii., 29. - - Blomhoff, Herr, ii., 245, 247. - - Blomhoff, Mme., ii., 245. - - _Blossom_, English ship, ii., 282. - - Bonin Islands, ii., 282, 292. - - Books, i., 77; ii., 118, 123, 224. - - Bōshū (Awa) Province, ii., 283. - - “Botanical Magazine” (Curtis), ii., 125. - - Botany, i., 374, 375; ii., 123, 157, 162, 253. - - Bowes, ——, and Audsley, ——, ii., 345. - - Bowmen, ii., 149. - - Bramhall, Mrs., ii., 344. - - _Brassica orientalis_, ii., 124, 137. - - _Breskens_, Dutch ship (1643), i., 262-264. - - Bridges, i., 385; ii., 50, 51, 57, 58, 67, 78, 329. - - Brixiano, Father Organtino, i., 149. - - Broadcloth, English, i., 224. - - Broughton, Captain, i., 265; ii., 191. - - Brown, Mr., ii., 302. - - Buddha, The great, ii., 108. - - Buddhism, i., 65, 70-74, 139, 275-277, 342, 343; ii., 28, 65. - - Buddhist clergy, i., 72-74, 275-277, 342, 343; ii., 65. - - Buddhist temples (_Tera_), i., 71, 275, 342, 397, 398; ii., 65, 304. - - _Buke_ (military nobility), i., 63. - - _Buku_, ii., 187. - - Bullocks, ii., 317. - _See also_ Oxen. - - Bungo, Kingdom of, i., 25-29, 34-36, 84-86, 93, 98, 102, 118-120, - 124, 125, 145. - - Burger, Dr., ii., 252. - - Burial service, Jesuit, i., 88. - - Burrows, Silas E., ii., 312-314. - - Burying-grounds, ii., 123, 296, 307, 316. - - “Bushido—The Soul of Japan,” ii., 344. - - Cabot, Sebastian, i., 167. - - Cabral, Father, i., 97, 98, 100-101. - - _Cactus ficus_, ii., 159. - - _Caladium_, ii., 142. - - Calendar, Japanese, i., 32, 357. - - California, ii., 276, 278. - - Call to arms, i., 34, 35. - - Cambodia River, ii., 354. - - _Camellia sasankwa_, ii., 125. - - Campbell, ——, i., 302; ii., 345. - - Campbell, Archibald, ii., 203. - - Camphor-tree, i., 76; ii., 46, 125, 250. - - Candles, ii., 38, 39. - - Canvas batteries, ii., 257. - - “Capital of the Tycoon, The,” ii., 345. - - _Capsicum_, ii., 124. - - “Captive of Love, A,” ii., 345. - - “Captivity in Japan,” i., 33. - - Carac of Macao, Cargo of, i., 153, 154, 269, 270. - - Card games, ii., 224. - - Caron, Francis, i., 224, 240, 243, 253-257, 260, 261, 266, 267, 273, - 343, 352, 368, 373; ii., 16, 30, 46, 65, 135, 355, 365, 366. - - Carvilho, Father Valentine, i., 227, 242. - - Cassa, Heer, ii., 207, 209. - - Castles, i., 186, 392-394; ii., 48, 54, 58, 63, 69, 80-83, 86-88. - - _Castricoom_, Dutch ship (1643), i., 262, 264, 265. - - Casuar, rare Batavian bird, i., 265, 368; ii., 53. - - Catechists, Native, i., 100, 127, 128, 231. - - Catholic Church in the East, i., 40, 41, 45-47, 65, 205, 235, 261, - 267, 277, 396. - _See also_ Missionaries _and_ Xavier, Francis. - - Cats, ii., 138, 253. - - Cavendish, Thomas, i., 167, 271. - - Cecille, Admiral, ii., 265. - - Cedar-trees, ii., 141. - - _Celastrus alatus_, ii., 124. - - Cevicos, Don Jean, i., 245, 246. - - Chamberlain, ——, ii., 345. - - Chaplin-Ayrton, Mrs., ii., 344. - - Charlevoix, Father, i., 20, 85, 101, 115, 154, 232, 246, 265, 290. - - Charms against evil spirits, ii., 323. - - Cherry-trees, ii., 10, 140. - - “Child Life in Japan,” ii., 344. - - Children, i., 259, 260, 353; ii., 41, 73, 121, 135, 211. - - China trade, i., 12, 270, 273-275, 277-281; ii., 111, 275, 276. - - “Chinese Repository,” ii., 254, 255, 258, 284. - - “Chiushingura, the Loyal League,” ii., 345. - - Chronicles, Japanese, i., 1, 64. - - _Citrus tripoliata_, ii., 142. - - Civility of Japanese, i., 287; ii., 34, 41. - - “Classical Poetry of the Japanese,” ii., 345. - - Clement, Ernest W., i., 78; ii., 343, 357, 360. - - _Cleopatra_, French frigate, ii., 265. - - Climate, ii., 162. - - Clocks, ii., 126, 251. - - Coal, ii., 311, 312. - - Cocks, Richard, i., 213, 223-225, 229, 234, 236, 239, 240; ii., 121, - 122. - - Coimbra (Portugal) University, i., 45; - Jesuit college, i., 46, 85. - - Coins and currency, i., 59, 60, 257, 272, 273, 277, 278, 322, 372; - ii., 109-111, 309-311, 337. - - “Coins of Japan, The,” ii., 310. - - Colbert, ——, i., 266, 368; ii., 355, 364. - - Colds and catarrh, ii., 134. - - Colewort, ii., 124. - - Colic, Treatment of, ii., 145. - - Collado, Father, i., 244-246. - - _Columbus_, American ship, ii., 261-265, 283. - - Company of Jesus. - _See_ Order of Jesuits _and_ Missionaries, Jesuit. - - Company’s Island, i., 124, 265. - - Compliments, i., 27. - - Concubines and courtesans, i., 260, 279, 292, 310, 340, 341, 356; - ii., 23, 30, 120, 121, 175, 249. - - Conder, ——, ii., 7. - - Contee, Mr., ii., 284. - - “Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Japanese Empire,” ii., 247. - - Converts, native, i., 84, 85, 88, 94-98, 100, 102, 103, 118-121, - 124-129, 134, 140, 141, 145, 155-158, 162-164, 195, 207, 211, 222, - 227-234, 243-248, 267, 268. - _See also_ Missionaries. - - Cook-shops, ii., 12, 13. - - Cooper, Captain, ii., 260, 261. - - Copper, i., 329; ii., 159, 202, 203. - - Corean expedition, i., 128, 140, 141, 144, 145, 151, 162; ii., 108. - - Corvailho, Father. - _Same as_ Carvilho, Father Valentine. - - Couros, Father Matthew de, i., 159. - - Cows, ii., 137. - - Craftsmen segregate, i., 187, 217. - - Credit on accounts, ii., 127. - - Crucifixion, i., 156. - - _Crusado_, i., 17. - - Cuello, Father Gaspard, i., 102, 119, 126. - - _Cupressus japonica_, ii., 141. - - _Cyprus_, English brig, ii., 254. - - - Daguerreotypes, ii., 302. - - Daibutsu Temple, ii., 106. - - Daifu-Sama. - _See_ Iyeyasu. - - _Daikoku_, i., 359. - - Dairi, or Mikado, i., 60-66; ii., 166, 167. - - Dale, Sir Thomas, i., 237, 238. - - Date Masamune, i., 204. - - Davidson, J. W., i., 302; ii., 345. - - Davis, pilot of Dutch vessel, i., 169, 177; ii., 353, 354. - - Dee-yee-no-skee, Japanese seaman, ii., 312-314. - - De Jancigny, ——, ii., 254, 274, 277, 310. - - Dening, ——, i., 150. - - Deshima, Island of, i., 248, 262, 291-294; ii., 117. - - Devereux, Captain, ii., 194. - - _Diana_, Russian sloop, ii., 212, 226-243, 324. - - “Diary of Richard Cocks,” i., 226, 267. - - Dick, Stewart, ii., 345. - - Dickins, ——, ii., 345. - - Dickson, ——, ii., 345. - - Dictionary, Japanese-Dutch, ii., 210. - - _Dioscorea Japonica_, ii., 124. - - Distance, Measures of, i., 382, 391; ii., 89. - - Dixon, ——, ii., 345. - - Doeff, Heer Hendrick, ii., 194-212, 245. - - Dogs, ii., 138, 253. - - _Dolichos polystachos_, ii., 159. - - _Dolichos soia_, ii., 159. - - Dominicans in Japanese missions. - _See_ Missionaries, Catholic, other than Jesuit. - - Dosha powder, ii., 147. - - Dōshin, or imperial soldiers, i., 257, 346; ii., 223. - - Drake, Sir Francis, i., 167; ii., 351. - - Draughts, Game of, ii., 224, 225. - - Dress, i., 105, 210-212, 276, 375, 376; ii., 55, 56, 58, 143, 154-156, - 248, 285, 331, 332. - - Dress, ease of adjustment, ii., 9, 133, 156. - - Dresser, ——, ii., 345. - - Drinking, i., 343; ii., 39, 226. - - Dutch East India Company, i., 169, 209, 238, 251-253, 261, 272, - 283-336, 366; ii., 31-41, 101, 109-111, 114-120, 122, 123, 126-129, - 136, 139, 193-209, 245, 246. - _See also_ Dutch in Japan. - - Dutch in Japan, i., 165, 167-175, 177, 179, 181-185, 191, 192, - 195-204, 206-209, 220, 221, 223, 228, 233-238, 240, 241, 251-256, - 261-267, 271-273, 277-281, 284-301; ii., 274, 275, 325. - _See also_ Dutch East India Company. - - _Dyosperos kaki_, ii., 159. - - - “Early Institutional Life of Japan,” ii., 345. - - “Early Study of Dutch in Japan, The,” ii., 210. - - Earthquakes, i., 77, 151, 391, 392; ii., 50, 85, 143, 173, 324. - - _Eclipse_, American ship, ii., 203. - - Eclipses, ii., 143, 223. - - Edicts, i., 395, 396. - - _Edmund_, English whaler, ii., 273. - - Education, i., 77, 88. - - Elephant, ii., 209, 223. - - Elgin, Lord, ii., 335. - - _Eliza_, American ship, ii., 193, 194. - - Elserak, Dutch director, i., 264. - - Embassy to Washington, ii., 335-339. - - Emperor, Castle of, ii., 80-83, 86-91, 148-153. - - Emperors, Chronology of, ii., 158, 166, 360, 361. - - Empress, ii., 91. - - English East India Company, i., 178, 219, 220, 225, 236-241, 267. - _See also_ English in the East. - - English in the East, i., 167, 169, 175, 178, 179, 207-209, 219-221, - 228, 230, 233-240, 278; ii., 246, 259, 260, 272, 273, 323, 324, 335. - _See also_ English East India Company. - - Enoshima, Island of, ii., 74. - - “Essay on the Commerce of Japan,” ii., 274. - - Everett, Hon. Edward, ii., 280. - - “Evolution of the Japanese, The,” ii., 344. - - “Examiner” (London), ii., 259. - - Executions and tortures, i., 156, 214, 246, 247, 333-335, 349, 353, - 354, 396; ii., 75. - - Eye diseases, ii., 29, 123. - - - Fans, i., 376. - - Farming class, ii., 159. - - “Fauna Japonica,” ii., 253. - - Feith, M., ii., 157. - - Fernandes, Jean, i., 52. - - Ferreyra, Father Christopher, i., 247, 248, 264. - - Ferry-boats, i., 385. - - Festivals, i., 69, 223, 224, 356-365; ii., 188, 189, 225, 226. - - “Feudal and Modern Japan,” ii., 344. - - _Figara peperita_, ii., 124. - - Figure-treading, Ceremony of, i., 298, 352, 396; ii., 128, 271. - - Fillmore, President, ii., 276-281. - - Firearms, i., 24, 25, 33; ii., 149, 224, 346-348. - - Fire-extinguishers, i., 367; ii., 52, 79, 303. - - Fire-flies, ii., 158. - - Firemen, ii., 76, 79, 200. - - Fires, i., 77; ii., 70, 71, 78, 79, 143, 173, 200, 303, 321. - - Fir-trees, ii., 141. - - Fischer, ——, i., 33. - - _Fiscus pumila_ and _erecta_, ii., 124. - - Fishermen, i., 214; ii., 213. - - Fisscher, Herr, ii., 210, 247-250. - - Fitch, Ralph, i., 269, 270; ii., 351, 352. - - “Flora Japonica” (Siebold and Zaccarini), ii., 253. - - “Flora Japonica” (Thunberg), ii., 162. - - Floris, ——, ii., 354. - - Flower-arrangements, ii., 7. - - Flute, ii., 315. - - Food, i., 54, 75, 76, 187, 216, 286, 343; ii., 12, 13, 38, 75, 98, 99, - 102-104, 126, 127, 140, 159, 215, 217, 220, 317, 318, 333, 334. - - Foot-coverings, ii., 142. - - Fords, i., 384, 385. - - Foreigners, Antipathy to, i., 214. - - Forestry regulations, i., 381. - - Formosa, i., 252-255, 262, 271, 274, 302; ii., 355. - - “Formosa under the Dutch,” i., 302; ii., 345. - - Fowls, Domestic, ii., 138. - - Foxes, i., 75; ii., 42, 43. - - Franciscans in Japanese missions. - _See_ Missionaries, Catholic, other than Jesuit. - - _Franklin_, American ship, ii., 194. - - “Free Press” (Serampore), ii., 265. - - French East India Company, i., 266. - - French in Japanese affairs, i., 266; ii., 265, 335. - - Frisius, of the Dutch East India Company, i., 265, 266. - - Froez, Father Louis, i., 95, 96, 131, 133, 141, 159, 165, 266; ii., 38. - - “Frog-in-a-well” policy, ii., 170, 171, 193. - - “From Far Formosa,” ii., 345. - - Fruits, ii., 140, 159. - - Fuchū, i., 25, 27, 35, 36. - - _Fucus saccharinus_, ii., 140. - - Fujigawa, River, i., 385; ii., 72. - - Fuji-jedagawa, River, i., 385. - - Fuji-no-Yama, ii., 72, 141, 286, 328. - - Funeral customs, ii., 183-189. - - Furniture and interiors, i., 340, 391, 392; ii., 4-8, 52, 55, 62, 130, - 131, 133, 303, 330. - - Fushimi, i., 140, 151, 215; ii., 58. - - - Gago, Balthaza, i., 87, 90, 93. - - Galvano, Antonio, i., 13, 14, 40, 41, 56. - - _Gardenia Florida_, ii., 142. - - Gardens, i., 194; ii., 10-12, 52, 82, 322. - - Gate Guard, Nagasaki, i., 312. - - “Gate of the two kings,” ii., 108. - - Gaubil, Father, i., 8. - - _Gege_ (plebeians), i., 62. - - Geisenger, Captain, 266. - - “Genji Monogatari,” ii., 345. - - Gin, ii., 206. - - Ginseng, ii., 118. - - “Glimpse at the Art of Japan, A,” ii., 345. - - “Glimpses of Unfamiliar Japan,” ii., 344. - - _Globe_, English ship, ii., 354. - - Globius (Takaro Sampei), ii., 201, 222, 223, 239, 248. - - Glyn, Commander, ii., 266-269, 271. - - Gnecchi, Father, i., 97, 103, 119, 146, 155, 159, 164. - - Goa, i., 12, 38, 41, 48; ii., 350-353. - - Godō, i., 277. - - _Goede Frouw_, Dutch ship, ii., 206. - - Go-kirai (The Tenza), i., 164. - - Golownin, Vassili, i., 21, 22, 33, 59, 66, 124, 162, 221, 265; ii., - 140, 159, 200, 208, 212-244, 246. - - Gomez, Father, i., 126. - - Gongen-Sama (Iyeyasu, _which see_), i., 230. - - Gordon, Captain, ii., 246. - - Goseman, ——, ii., 205. - - Gotō Shōzaburō, treasurer to Emperor Hashiba, i., 199, 200. - - Governors of Nagasaki, i., 347. - - Gowns presented to Company, ii., 104, 154; - to U. S. Consul, ii., 333. - - Griffis, William Elliot, i., 74; ii., 273, 324, 344. - - Gros, Baron, ii., 335. - - Grote, George, i., 275. - - Gruy, ——, ii., 345. - - “Guitar” (samisen), ii., 315. - - Gulick, Sidney, ii., 344. - - Gusman, Father Luys de, i., 115, 131. - - Gutzlaff, Mr., ii., 255. - - Gysbert (or Guysbert), Roger, i., 243, 244, 352, 354. - - - Hackluyt’s translations, i., 14, 122, 150, 152, 165, 177, 178, 270; - ii., 350, 351. - - Hagenaar, ——, i., 247, 253-255, 261, 343; ii., 355. - - Hagendorp, Heer, ii., 196. - - Hair, Manner of wearing, ii., 147, 148. - - Hakata, Island of Shimo, i., 82, 213, 214. - - Hakodate, Island of Matsumae, i., 221; ii., 191, 213, 216, 305, 306. - - Hakone pass, ii., 65, 73, 141, 328. - - Hamamatsu, ii., 70. - - Hamilton, Dr., ii., 316. - - _Hanashikimi_ (anise-tree), i., 401. - _See also_ Shikimi. - - “Handbook of Modern Japan, A,” i., 78; ii., 343, 357, 360. - - Handkerchiefs, ii., 155. - - Harada Kiyemon, i., 134, 135, 142, 148. - - Hara-kiri, i., 78, 79, 229, 260. - - Harbors, i., 386, 387. - - “Harper’s Magazine,” i., 166. - - Harris, Mrs., ii., 345. - - Harris, Townsend, ii., 325-335. - - Hartman, S., ii., 345. - - Hartshorne, Miss, ii., 344. - - Hashiba (Taikō-Sama), i., 117-121, 123, 124, 126-144, 147-151, 155, - 158-161, 193; ii., 54, 167. - - Hatch, Arthur, i., 240. - - Hawkins, Sir Richard and Sir John, i., 167. - - Hay’s (John) translations, i., 115, 132, 150, 165, 205. - - Healthfulness of houses, i., 392. - - Hearn, Lafcadio, ii., 344. - - Heating of houses, ii., 5, 6, 120, 131, 303, 321. - - Hecr, ——, ii., 346. - - Heine, Mr., ii., 302. - - Hemmi, Adams’s estate, i., 225, 240. - - Hemp, ii., 124. - - Heusken, Mr., ii., 328, 332. - - _Hibiscus manihot_, ii., 132. - - Hidetsugu (Kwambacudono), i., 140, 149. - - Hideyori, son of Taikō-Sama, i., 150, 161, 163, 197, 198, 229. - - “Hideyoshi’s Invasion of Korea,” i., 145. - - Hieizan, Mountain of, i., 98; ii., 67. - - Highways, i., 189, 216, 380-384; ii., 15, 16, 33, 123, 328, 329. - - Higo, Castle of, ii., 54. - - Hildreth, Richard, i., 10; ii., 364. - - Hiōgo, ii., 334. - - Hirado, i., 254, 261. - - Hirado, Prince of, i., 177, 184, 185, 196, 197, 210, 213. - - “His Pilgrimes” (or “His Pilgrimage”), i., 177, 178, 220, 225, 232; - ii., 354. - - “Hist. Gen. des Voyages,” i., 198. - - “Histoire de la Dynastie des Mongoux,” i., 8. - - “Histoire du Japon,” i., 20, 115, 246. - - “Histoire Général de la China,” i., 7. - - “Histoire Mythologique,” i., 357. - - “Historia de la Compagnia de Gesu,” i., 115. - - “History of Greece,” i., 275. - - “History of Japan” (Adams), ii., 345. - - “History of Japan” (Charlevoix), i., 290. - - “History of Japan” (Kämpfer), i., 289-291. - - “History of Japanese Literature,” ii., 345. - - “History of Java,” i., 272; ii., 110-112. - - “History of Plants,” ii., 125. - - “History of the Empire of Japan,” ii., 346. - - “History of the English Factory at Hirado,” i., 226. - - “History of the United States,” ii., 364. - - Hizen, Province of, i., 82, 120. - - Hoffman, assistant to Siebold, i., 8. - - Hōin-Sama. - _See_ Hirado, Prince of. - - Homicide, Punishment for, i., 354. - - “Honda the Samurai,” ii., 344. - - Horseback-riding, i., 370-377. - - Horse-shoes, i., 373. - - Horses, i., 215; ii., 138, 317. - - _Hotei_, i., 359. - - _Hotoke_, or idols, i., 399. - - Houtman, Cornelius, i., 168, 169, 177; ii., 353. - - Huish, ——, ii., 345. - - Hyōgo, Province Settsu, ii., 49. - - - “Ideals of the East, The,” ii., 345. - - Idols, i., 193, 399, 400; ii., 45, 106-108. - _See also_ Temples. - - “Illustrations of Japan,” i., 79; ii., 81, 147, 168, 174. - - Image-trampling. - _See_ Figure-treading. - - Imhoff, author of Dutch memoir, i., 272; ii., 110. - - _Imi_, ii., 186, 187. - - Incomes of princes, i., 240, 256-259. - - “Indian History,” i., 14. - - Indulgence-boxes, i., 401. - - Ingen, Buddhist priest, i., 275-277. - - Inns, i., 187, 216; ii., 2-13, 29, 36-41, 328. - - “Intercourse between the United States and Japan, The,” ii., 273. - - Interest, ii., 127. - - Interpreters, i., 302-306, 369, 370; ii., 34, 117, 164. - - Ise Temple, i., 68, 69; ii., 20, 21, 69. - - “Island of Formosa, The,” i., 302; ii., 345. - - Iyeyasu (Tokugawa Iyeyasu), i., 161-163, 175-177, 190-193, 200, 201, - 218-223, 230. - - Izu, Cape, ii., 283, 328. - - - Jacatra (Batavia), i., 237; ii., 354. - - Jancigny. - _See_ De Jancigny. - - “Japan” (De Jancigny), ii., 254, 277. - - “Japan” (Dickson), ii., 345. - - “Japan” (Reed), ii., 345. - - “Japan—An Interpretation,” ii., 344. - - “Japan and her People,” ii., 344. - - “Japan and its Art,” ii., 345. - - “Japan in Art and Industry,” ii., 345. - - “Japan in History, Folk-lore, and Art,” ii., 344. - - “Japan, its Architecture, Art, and Art Manufactures,” ii., 345. - - “Japan: presented in Sketches of the Manners and Customs of that - Realm, especially of the Town of Nagasaki,” ii., 249. - - Japan Society, London, i., 8. - - “Japanese Armour,” ii., 149. - - “Japanese Art,” ii., 345. - - “Japanese Boy, A,” ii., 344. - - “Japanese Calendars,” i., 352. - - “Japanese Costume,” ii., 154. - - “Japanese Education,” ii., 345. - - “Japanese Fairy World” (Griffis), ii., 344. - - “Japanese Fairy World, The” (Ozaki), ii., 344. - - “Japanese Fans,” i., 376. - - “Japanese Funeral Rites,” ii., 183. - - “Japanese Girls and Women,” ii., 344. - - “Japanese Heraldry,” i., 117. - - “Japanese Homes,” ii., 344. - - Japanese in America, i., 152. - - “Japanese Life in Town and Country,” ii., 344. - - “Japanese Plays,” ii., 345. - - “Japanese Rituals,” i., 66. - - Jarves, J. J., ii., 345. - - Jesuits. - _See_ Order of Jesuits. - - Jewels, ii., 332. - - Jizō, Idol of, i., 399; ii., 45. - - Jodogawa, River, ii., 50. - - Johannis Botanicus, ii., 201. - - Jones, Sir William, ii., 164. - - Jontoux, Father, ii., 118. - - “Journal of Commerce” (New York), ii., 293. - - Jūdo, i., 74, 277. - - _Jugulans nigra_, ii., 144. - - _Junrei_, ii., 22. - - - _Kago_, i., 377-379. - - Kahei, Takataya, ii., 228-243. - - Kakegawa, ii., 70. - - Kamakura image of Buddha, i., 218. - - Kamakura, Island of, ii., 74. - - _Kamban_, i., 323-325. - - Kamel, George Joseph, ii., 125. - - _Kami_, i., 66. - _See also_ Shintō. - - Kämpfer’s account of Japan, i., 8, 27, 32, 59, 64, 66, 196, 202, 225, - 240, 244, 249, 256, 257, 267, 272, 274-401; ii., 1-109, 118, 125, - 146, 159, 169, 250, 254, 300. - - Kanagawa, ii., 74, 293, 300, 303, 334. - - _Kanrin-maru_, Japanese steamer, ii., 336. - - “Keramic Art of Japan,” ii., 345. - - Kinosita, Yetaro, ii., 345. - - Kitchin, ——, ii., 345. - - _Kitō_, i., 60, 276; ii., 167. - - Kiūshiū. - _See_ Shimo. - - Klaproth, Heinrich, i., 32, 69, 181, 257, 357, 359, 391; ii., 46, 62, - 67, 72, 89, 108, 112, 165, 199. - - Knapp, A. M., ii., 344. - - Knox, Dr., ii., 112. - - Knox, G. W., ii., 344. - - Kōbō, saint and sage, ii., 147. - - Kochebecker, of the Dutch East India Company, i., 261. - - “Kojiki,” i., 359; ii., 346. - - “Kokoro,” ii., 344. - - _Koku_, i., 240. - - Kokura, capital of Buzen, ii., 48. - - Konishi Settsu-no-Kami, i., 163. - - Kōshi (Confucius), ii., 68. - - Koxinga, Chinese pirate, i., 302. - - Koya, near Miyako, i., 292. - - Kōzukeno-Suke, secretary to Emperor Hashiba, i., 199, 200. - - Kramer, Conrad, i., 252. - - Krusenstern, Captain, ii., 196, 197. - - Kublai Khan, i., 2, 4, 8-10. - - Kubō-Sama, i., 58, 61, 62, 64. - - Kuchiki Samon, ii., 163. - - Kuchinotsu, i., 94, 102. - - _Kuge_ (patricians), i., 62, 66; ii., 21. - - Kuno, Fortress of, ii., 71. - - _Kuri_, i., 300, 308. - - Kurile Islands, i., 123, 221, 265; ii., 190, 212, 213. - - Kurume, Castle of, ii., 47. - - Kuwana, Province of Owari, ii., 69. - - Kwambacudono, i., 118, 123, 140, 149, 150. - - Kwannon Temple, ii., 107. - - Kyōto (Miyako, _which see_), i., 215. - - - _Ladoga_, American whaler, ii., 266, 269. - - _Lady Pierce_, American ship, ii., 312-314. - - _Lady Rowena_, ii., 258. - - Lampacau Island, i., 19. - - Lancaster, Captain, i., 167, 177. - - “Land of the Morning, The,” ii., 345. - - Langsdorff, Attaché, ii., 197. - - Lanterns, i., 373; ii., 329. - - La Perouse, Voyage of, i., 124, 221, 265; ii., 190. - - La Salle, ii., 364. - - Lattices, ii., 91. - - _Lawrence_, American whaler, ii., 265. - - Laws, i., 78, 206, 260, 354; ii., 161, 162, 245. - - Laxman, Lieut., ii., 191, 192, 196, 219. - - Lay, ——, ii., 183. - - Leeds, ——, ii., 351, 352. - - Lepers, i., 164. - - “Letters Written by the English Residents in Japan, 1611-1623,” - i., 178, 207, 219. - - Lew Chew Islands, i., 31, 124, 181, 281; ii., 312, 355. - - Liano, Spanish gentleman, i., 142. - - Linschooten, Hugh, i., 168. - - Liverwort used as charm, i., 401. - - “Log of a Japanese Journey,” ii., 345. - - Lowell, P., ii., 344. - - Loyola, Ignatius, i., 42, 43, 90. - - “L’univers, ou Histoire et Description de tout les Peuples,” ii., 254. - - - Macartney, Lord, ii., 164. - - Mackay, ——, ii., 345. - - Maclay, A. C., ii., 345. - - Maffei, ——, i., 14, 81, 165. - - Mahay, Jacques, i., 169, 170. - - Maize, ii., 317. - - Makino Bingo-no-Kami, ii., 84. - - Malela, Father, i., 7. - - _Malva Mauritiana_, ii., 124. - - _Mamori_, ii., 179. - - Manchu dynasty, i., 274. - - _Manjū_, a cake, ii., 13, 98. - - _Mankoku_, i., 240. - - Manners, ii., 174. - _See also_ Civility of Japanese. - - “Manners and Customs of the Japanese in the Nineteenth Century,” - ii., 254. - - Manufactures, i., 77; - of Miyako, ii., 63, 64; - of Suruga, ii., 71. - - Manuscript history, ii., 168. - - Maple-trees, ii., 141. - - Maps, ii., 157, 251, 252. - - Marco Polo, i., 1-6, 13. - - _Mariner_, English ship, ii., 272, 273. - - “Marriage Ceremonies,” ii., 170, 172. - - Marriages, i., 259; ii., 174-183, 225. - - Marsden, ——, translator, i., 2, 4, 6. - - Matheson, Commander, ii., 272, 273. - - Mats, Floor, i., 391; ii., 5, 52, 89, 91, 131, 152. - - Matsumae, ii., 220, 226. - - Matsumae Island. - _See_ Matsumaye Island. - - Matsumaye (Yezo or Matsumae) Island, i., 123, 124, 220, 221, 262-265; - ii., 222. - - _Matsuri_ (public spectacle at Nagasaki), i., 296, 356-365. - - Matsuura Hoin. - _See_ Hirado, Prince of. - - “Matthew Galbraith Perry,” ii., 324. - - May, Henry, i., 178. - - McClatchie, ——, ii., 345. - - McCoy, American seaman, ii., 270, 271. - - McDonald, Ranald, American seaman, ii., 271, 272. - - Meals, ii., 39, 133. - - Measures and weights, i., 23, 59, 249, 272. - - Medhurst, Mr., ii., 210. - - Medicine and surgery, i., 26, 28, 77; ii., 68, 93, 94, 118, 122, - 145-147. - - _Melea azedarach_, ii., 125. - - Melis, Thomas, i., 169. - - “Memoir on the Trade of Japan, and the Causes of its Decline,” - i., 272; ii., 110. - - “Mémoires concernant les Chinois,” i., 7. - - “Memoirs of the Shōguns” (or Djoguns), i., 98; ii., 168. - - “Memorable Embassies of the Dutch to the Emperors of Japan,” i., 266, - 272; ii., 88. - - “Memorials of the Empire of Japan,” i., 225. - - _Mentha piperita_, ii., 124. - - _Mercator_, American whaler, ii., 260, 261. - - Merchant class, ii., 139, 174, 243, 244. - - Merchant marine of Japan, i., 180, 181. - _See also_ Trade. - - Mermaids, ii., 53. - - _Mespillus japonica_, ii., 159. - - Messengers, ii., 2. - - Meylan, G. F., ii., 248-250. - - Mimitsuka Chapel, ii., 108. - - Mindanao, Island of, i., 55, 56. - - Mines, ii., 111, 112, 250. - - “Mirror of Yedo,” i., 257. - - Mirrors, ii., 133. - - _Miseratsie_, or wall adornments, ii., 4, 6-8. - - Missionaries, Catholic, other than Jesuit, i., 147-149, 151, 152, - 155-160, 163, 164, 179, 223, 228-232, 241-248, 268. - - Missionaries, Jesuit, i., 38-41, 45-56, 60, 63-65, 67, 70-72, 81-91, - 93-98, 100-103, 116-121, 124-136, 138, 142, 143, 145-149, 151-160, - 162-164, 175, 179, 205, 222, 227-234, 241-248, 263, 264, 268, 269, - 279, 280; ii., 169, 259. - - Missionaries, Protestant, i., 147; ii., 255, 259, 266. - - _Mississippi_, American frigate, ii., 281, 282, 287, 291, 314, 315. - - Mitford, A. B. F., ii., 344. - - “Mito Yashiki,” ii., 345. - - Mitsukuri, Dr., ii., 210. - - Miya (Atsuta), ii., 69. - - _Miya_ (Shintō temples), i., 67-69, 398, 399; ii., 302. - - Miyako, i., 61, 83, 96, 97, 155, 161, 163, 164, 192, 222; ii., 58, - 62-66, 104-108, 140. - - Mongols, i., 2, 6-10. - - “Moniteur des Indes,” ii., 274. - - Monsoons, i., 316. - - Moor, Captain, ii., 228, 229, 236. - - Mōri Motonari, i., 90, 95, 103. - - _Morrison_, American brig, ii., 255-258, 284. - - Morse, E. S., ii., 344. - - _Morus papyrifira_, ii., 132. - - Mossman, ——, ii., 345. - - Mountain priests, i., 74; ii., 23-25, 72. - - Mountains, i., 386, 387; ii., 134, 255. - - Mourning, ii., 178, 185-187. - - Moxa, ii., 126, 145, 146. - - Mulberry-trees, i., 76; ii., 132. - - Munro, ——, ii., 310. - - Murakami, N., i., 226. - - Murakawn, K., i., 178. - - Murray, D., ii., 158, 344. - - Murray, Lieut., ii., 302. - - Mushrooms, ii., 159. - - Music and musicians, i., 212, 213, 357, 362; ii., 28, 315. - - - Nabores, Hieronymo de, i., 270. - - Nagasaki, i., 97, 102, 125, 128, 143, 145, 156-160, 164, 234, 235, - 244, 275, 284, 285, 291-294, 337-353, 355-365, 397. - - _Naibun_, ii., 241. - - _Namida_ (Sanscrit prayer), i., 344; ii., 27, 73. - - “Narrative of a Japanese, The,” ii., 346. - - Natural history researches, ii., 251-253. - - Nettles, ii., 124. - - “New Japan,” ii., 345. - - “New Life of Toyotomi Hideyoshi,” i., 150. - - New Moon ceremonies, ii., 316. - - New Year’s Day (European), ii., 126. - - New Year’s Day (Japanese), i., 357; ii., 127, 225, 226. - - “New York Times,” ii., 310. - - “New York Tribune,” ii., 301, 316. - - Newbury, John, ii., 351, 352. - - _Niagara_, U. S. frigate, ii., 337. - - Nicholson, Lieut., ii., 302. - - _Nihombashi_, or great bridge at Yedo, i., 380; ii., 78, 200. - - Nikkō Temple, i., 230, 253. - - Ningpo, i., 13. - - Ni-ō-mon, “gate of the two kings,” ii., 108. - - Nippon, i., 1, 27, 57, 124. - - “Nippon Ōdai Ichiran,” ii., 165. - - “Nippon, or Archives for the Description of Japan,” ii., 254. - - Nitobe, I. O., ii., 273, 344. - - Nobles, i., 240, 256-260; ii., 70, 81, 149-153. - - Nobunaga (Oda Nobunaga), i., 96-98, 102, 103, 116, 117, 139. - - Noises of the town, i., 344; ii., 189. - - Noort, Oliver, i., 169, 171. - - _Norimono_, i., 347, 377-379; ii., 327. - - _Noshi_, ii., 177. - - “Notes on the Intercourse between Japan and Siam in the Seventeenth - Century,” ii., 354. - - “Notices et Extraits des Manuscrits,” ii., 165. - - “Noto, an Unexplored Corner of Japan,” ii., 344. - - “Nouveau Journal Asiatique,” i., 181; ii., 112. - - “Nouveau Mélanges Asiatique,” ii., 146, 165. - - Nugnes Barreto, Father, i., 88-90. - - Nuyts, Peter de, i., 252-254; ii., 355. - - - Oaks, ii., 142. - - Oars, i., 389. - - Ōbaku, papal residence of Ingen, i., 276. - - Odawara, ii., 73. - - Official life at Nagasaki, i., 345-350. - - Ōgosho-Sama, i., 163. - _See also_ Iyeyasu. - - _Oharai_, or indulgence, ii., 21. - - Ōigawa, River, i., 384, 385; ii., 71. - - Ōita, i., 27. - - Okakara, ——, ii., 345. - - Okasaki, ii., 69. - - Ōmura, town and bay, ii., 45. - - Opium war, ii., 259. - - Order of Jesuits, i., 41-46, 54. - _See_ Missionaries, Jesuit. - - Orfanel, Father Fray Jacinto, i., 246. - - Oriental Translation Fund, ii., 165. - - “Oriental Travels,” Marco Polo, i., 1-6. - - “Origin of Spanish and Portuguese Rivalry in Japan, The,” i., 135. - - “Origin of the Riches of Japan,” ii., 112. - - _Oryris japonica_, ii., 142. - - Ōsaka, i., 118, 127, 155, 161, 164, 175, 195, 214, 215, 230, 382; - ii., 49-54, 324, 334. - - Ōshima, Island of, ii., 305. - - Ōtsu, town and lake, ii., 63, 67. - - Outcast Japanese, i., 249; ii., 192, 258. - - Oxen, ii., 59, 137. - - Ozaki, Miss, ii., 344. - - - Pacheco, Father, i., 245. - - Pack-horses and travellers’ equipment, i., 370-377. - - Palaces, i., 188, 189, 340; ii., 80. - _See also_ Castles _and_ Emperor, Castle of. - - Palanquins, i., 216. - - Paper, ii., 132, 133. - - Paper-hangings, i.,340, 392; ii., 52. - - Parish priests, i., 180, 229. - - Parker, Dr., ii., 255. - - “Parli, the Last of the Missionaries,” ii., 345. - - “Past and Present of Japanese Commerce, The,” ii., 345. - - Paul of the Holy Faith. - _See_ Anjirō. - - Pazio, Father Francis, i., 163. - - Pearls, ii., 45, 46. - - Pears, ii., 140. - - Peel’s Island, ii., 282. - - Pellew, Captain, ii., 204, 205. - - “Peregrinations in the East,” i., 14, 15; ii., 348-350. - - Perry, Commodore, ii., 238, 276-324. - - Persecution of Catholic missionaries, i., 119, 120, 125, 126, - 155-160, 164, 205, 222, 227-234, 240-251, 261. - - _Phaeton_, English frigate, ii., 204, 205, 208. - - _Phascolus_, ii., 124, 159. - - _Philadelphia_, U. S. steamer, ii., 336. - - Philippine Islands, i., 56, 134, 135, 152, 166. - - Physicians, i., 28, 29; ii., 68, 93, 94, 103, 144-147, 157, 172, 250. - - “Pictorial Arts of Japan, The,” ii., 345. - - Pilgrimages, i., 69; ii., 20-22, 69. - - Pillows, ii., 5, 133. - - Pilotage rates, ii., 311. - - Pilots, i., 387. - - Pinkerton’s collection, i., 261, 267. - - Pinto, Fernam Mendez, i., 14-31, 34-38, 49, 52, 84, 88, 89, 91, 92; - ii., 112, 348-350. - - _Pinus abies_, ii., 144. - - _Pinus silvestris_, ii., 142. - - _Pisum sativum_, ii., 124. - - Plane-trees, ii., 82. - - Ploughing, i., 216. - - _Plymouth_, American sloop, ii., 282. - - Police protection, i., 188, 214, 349-353, 356. - - _Pologonum_, ii., 124. - - Population, i., 186, 190, 192, 195, 257; ii., 53, 57, 65, 74. - - Portraits, i., 33. - - Portuguese in the East, i., 11-34, 36-41, 45, 48, 49, 57, 58, 64, - 71, 84, 90, 91, 102, 103, 120, 127, 134-136, 138, 139, 142, 145, - 147, 153, 154, 158, 159, 164, 166, 167, 174-176, 179, 181, 182, - 196-199, 208, 209, 221, 228, 248-251, 255, 261-265, 269-271, 278. - - Post-houses, ii., 1, 2. - - Potatoes, ii., 124, 317. - - Poverty, i., 77, 87, 395; ii., 162. - - _Powhatan_, United States ship, ii., 297, 324, 336. - - Prayers for the dead, i., 344. - - _Preble_, American ship, ii., 265-269, 271, 272. - - Precious metals, Export of, ii., 112, 113. - - Presents, i., 217, 367, 368; ii., 59, 85, 96, 97, 104, 141, 175. - - Pring, Martin, i., 237-239. - - Printing, ii., 157. - - Prisons, ii., 217, 220-222. - - Protestants in Japanese missions. - _See_ Missionaries, Protestant. - - Provinces, as found by Portuguese, i., 57, 58; - division by “Circuits, “vii., 343. - - Purcell, ——, ii., 345. - - Purchas, ——, i., 165, 177, 184, 220, 225, 232, 236, 240; ii., 349, 354. - - “Pure Shintō,” i., 66. - - - “Quarterly Review,” ii., 247. - - - Radishes, i., 286, 383; ii., 215. - - Raffles, Sir Stamford, i., 272; ii., 110-112, 195, 196, 202, 208-210. - - Rain-coats, i., 375; ii., 143. - - Rain-maker, Priestly, i., 276. - - Rank, The distinction of, i., 60. - - Rationalists. - _See_ Jūdo. - - _Rebecca_, American ship, ii., 206. - - “Recollections of Japan,” ii., 194, 195. - - Reed, ——, ii., 345. - - Regamey, ——, ii., 345. - - “Relation du Japon,” i., 224. - - “Religions of Japan, The,” i., 74; ii., 344. - - Religious sects and beliefs, i., 65-74, 138, 139, 194, 195, 207, 261, - 291; ii., 65. - - Rémusat, Abel, i., 70; ii., 146, 165, 169. - - Resanoff, Count, ii., 196-199. - - _Rhus succedanea_, ii., 125. - - _Rhus vernix_, i., 76; ii., 125. - - Rice, i., 76, 257, 343; ii., 47, 59, 136, 159. - - Riess, Dr. L., i., 178, 240. - - Rikord, Captain, ii., 226-243. - - Riordan, R., and Takayanagi, T., ii., 344. - - Rivers, i., 384, 385; ii., 50, 63. - - Road-books, i., 376; ii., 13. - - _Roanoke_, U. S. steamer, ii., 336. - - Rodriguez, Father, i., 32, 60, 63, 133, 136, 156, 158, 162, 165. - - Roofs, i., 339, 392; ii., 52, 130, 303, 306, 321. - - Rowing, Method of, i., 389. - - _Rubia cordata_, ii., 124. - - Rundall, ——, i., 225, 230, 240. - - Russian American Company, ii., 203. - - Russian relations with Japan, ii., 190-192, 196-199, 203, 212-244, 323. - - Ryōzayemon, a Russian prisoner, ii., 226-229. - - - Saddles, i., 371, 377. - - Sadono-Kami, president of Prince Hideyori’s council, i., 201. - - Saga, capital of Hizen, ii., 46, 47, 129. - - Sagami, Cape, ii., 283. - - _Saguer_, a rare tree, ii., 11. - - _Saikaidō_, i., 381. - - Sakai, i., 95, 118, 215; ii., 49. - - _Sakana_, ii., 38. - - _Sake_, i., 76, 216, 343; ii., 54, 324. - - Sakhalin, i., 123, 124, 265; ii., 212. - - Salt butter as a remedy, ii., 127. - - Salutation, Ceremony of, i., 210. - - Samisen, i., 212; ii., 315. - - Sancian Island, i., 13. - - “San Francisco Herald,” ii., 313. - - _San Jacinto_, American steamer, ii., 325. - - _San Philip_, Spanish galleon, i., 151, 152, 154, 159, 160, 180. - - Santvoort, Melichor von, i., 203, 244. - - Sao harbor, ii., 70. - - _Saramang_, English frigate, ii., 259. - - _Saratoga_, American sloop, ii., 282. - - Saris, Captain John, i., 196, 207-225, 229, 232, 343. - - Satow, ——, i., 66, 86, 135; ii., 354. - - Sawaas (or Sowas), i., 330, 344. - - Sayer, agent of English East India Company, i., 230. - - Scherer, J. A. B., ii., 344. - - Scheuchzer, Dr. I. G., i., 290. - - Schools, ii., 135. - - Science, Study of, i., 77. - - Scurvy, ii., 229. - - Sea-weeds, Edible, ii., 213. - - Segaki, ii., 26. - - Seimei, and the table of unfortunate days, ii., 41-44. - - Seminary at Goa, i., 41, 49, 55. - - Serfs, i., 59. - - Serqueyra, Father Louis (Bishop of Japan), i., 227, 242. - - Servants, i., 354; ii., 177. - - _Sesamum orientale_, ii., 125. - - Settsu-no-Kami, governor of Nagasaki, i., 347; ii., 100. - - “Seven Gods of Happiness,” i., 359. - - Shaëp, Captain, i., 263, 265. - - Shigemi, S., ii., 344. - - _Shikimi_ (anise-tree), ii., 126. - _See also Hanashikimi_. - - Shikoku Island, i., 123, 124. - _Same as_ Sikoku Island. - - Shimabara Fortress, i., 94, 248, 261. - - Shimada, ii., 71. - - Shimo, i., 27, 57, 93, 97, 98, 119, 124, 125, 145, 164, 213, 228. - - Shimoda, town and river, ii., 301, 302, 305, 316-324, 326. - - Shimonoseki, i., 368, 381; ii., 48, 49. - - Shinagawa, ii., 75, 247, 248. - - Shintō, i., 66-70, 138, 139, 342, 359, 360, 399; ii., 65. - - Shintō clergy, i., 74, 342, 359, 360, 398; ii., 65. - - Shintō temples (Miya), i., 67, 342, 399; ii., 65. - - Shiota, ii., 129. - _See also_ Shiwota. - - Ships and Harbor Guard, Nagasaki, i., 312, 348. - - Ships and boats, i., 77, 387-390; ii., 72. - - Shōgun-Sama, i., 230, 247. - - Shōguns, The, i., 58; ii., 158, 166-173. - - Shooting of birds, ii., 308. - - Shops, i., 394; ii., 11, 52, 77, 247, 319-323. - - Shotten, Timothy, i., 169. - - “Sidney Gazette,” ii., 258. - - Siebold, Dr. Philipp Franz von, i., 8, 9, 31, 33, 123, 338, 351; - ii., 43, 46, 125, 149, 237, 248, 250-254, 274, 310. - - Signs, ii., 320, 323. - - Sikoku Island, i., 57, 119. - _Same as_ Shikoku. - - Silk, i., 76, 101, 321. - - Sitting posture, ii., 133, 303. - - Sloane, Sir Hans, i., 290. - - Small-pox, i., 400. - - _Smilax China_, ii., 124. - - Smoke-holes, i., 3. - - Smoking articles, ii., 37, 38. - - Smuggling, i., 300, 314, 328, 332, 333, 353, 397; ii., 115, 116, 275. - - Soap, ii., 126. - - Soil, i., 76. - - Soldiers, ii., 223, 224. - _See also_ Armies and Soldiery. - - Solis, Jean de, i., 135, 136, 142, 143. - - Sotelo, Father Louis, i., 203-205, 245, 246. - - “Soul of the Far East, The,” ii., 344. - - Sowaas. - _See_ Sowas. - - Sowas (_or_ Sawaas), i., 330, 344, 377. - - Soy, ii., 13, 119, 159. - - Spanish in the East, i., 56, 134-136, 142, 143, 147, 148, 151-154, - 159, 160, 166, 167, 179, 180, 191, 197, 199, 202-204, 208, 209, - 221, 228, 237, 241, 261, 270, 271. - - Spex, Jacob, i., 197, 198, 202, 203, 206. - - Spinola, ——, i., 241. - - _Spirea_, ii., 142. - - Springs, ii., 46, 129. - - Spy Guard, Nagasaki, i., 312, 348. - - State’s Island, i., 124, 265. - - Sterling, Admiral, ii., 323. - - Stevens, Thomas, ii., 350, 351. - - Stewart, Captain, ii., 193-196. - - St. Michael, patron saint of Japan, i., 98. - - Stockings, ii., 143. - - Story, ——, ii., 351. - - “Story of Japan,” ii., 158, 344. - - Street-government of cities, i., 188, 349-353, 356, 361-363; - ii., 51, 80, 330. - - “Suburb of Yedo, A,” ii., 345. - - Sugar, ii., 117, 275. - - Sun-Goddess (Tenshō-daijin), i., 66, 67, 69, 224, 357-359. - - “Sunrise Stories,” ii., 344. - - Superstitions, i., 48, 74, 207, 401; ii., 68, 223. - - Suruga, i., 163, 186, 190, 217; ii., 71. - - _Susquehanna_, American frigate, ii., 282, 291, 314, 315. - - Suwa, Festivals of, i., 296, 356-365. - - Suwa, Temple of, i., 356, 357. - - Suyematsu, ——, ii., 345. - - Sweetmeats, ii., 13, 29, 331. - - Swine, ii., 138. - - Swords, i., 59, 106, 185, 210, 290, 349, 369; ii., 149, 155, 168, 243. - - - Taikō-Sama. _See_ Hashiba. - - Taikō-Sama, Castle of, i., 118; ii., 54. - - Taikō-Sama, Temple and Tomb of, i., 193. - - Takayanagi, T., and Riordan, R., ii., 344. - - “Tales of Old Japan,” ii., 344. - - Tanners, i., 334, 349. - - Tartars, i., 5-10. - - Tashima, Legend of, ii., 42. - - Taxes, i., 258, 355, 356. - - Tea, i., 76, 216; ii., 13, 14, 128, 158, 220. - - Teisuke, Murakami, ii., 221, 223, 226, 239. - - Temples, i., 67, 68, 71, 161, 193, 194, 216, 218, 222, 275, 342, - 356, 357, 397-399; ii., 59, 69, 75, 79, 104-108, 304, 307, 316. - - “Temples of Riches,” i., 275. - - Tennōji, ii., 54. - - Tenriū, River, i., 385. - - Tenshō-daijin. - _See_ Sun-Goddess. - - Tenza, The, i., 164. - - _Tera_ (Buddhist temples), i., 71, 275, 342, 397, 398; ii., 65, 304. - - Terazawa, i., 145, 146, 156. - - Theatrical representations, i., 77, 212, 213, 360-365; ii., 53, 160. - - Thevenot, ——, i., 243, 261, 265; ii., 354. - - Threshing, ii., 158. - - Thunberg, Charles Peter, i., 60, 290, 376, 391, 392; ii., 16, 114-163, - 169, 210, 213, 254. - - _Thuya dolebrata_, ii., 141. - - _Tiger_, English ship, ii., 353, 354. - - Tillage of the soil, i., 76, 381, 386, 387; ii., 134, 136-138, 317. - - Time, Division of, i., 351. - - Time-measurers, ii., 126, 251. - - Titsingh, Isaac, i., 59, 79, 98, 230, 240, 257, 276, 281, 351, 357, - 376; ii., 43, 81, 85, 112, 146, 147, 163-189. - - Tobacco culture, ii., 123. - - _Tōkaidō_, i., 382; ii., 15, 23. - - _Toko_, or cupboard, ii., 4, 7, 178. - - - _Tokowaki_, or side cupboard, ii., 5. - - Tolls, i., 385. - - “Tomb of Ears,” ii., 108. - - Tomb of Taikō-Sama, i., 193, 194. - - Torey (Stewart, Captain), ii., 196. - - Torment of the Fosse, i., 246, 247. - - Torres, Cosme de, i., 52, 54-56, 87, 91, 97. - - _Toshitoku_, i., 359. - - Towns and villages, i., 394, 395; ii., 57, 74. - - “Townsend Harris,” ii., 325. - - Toyohashi (Yoshida), ii., 70. - - Toyotomi Hideyoshi, ii., 54. - _See also_ Hashiba. - - Trade, i., 77; ii., 202, 274, 275. - - Transactions and Proceedings of the Japan Society, London, i., 376. - - Transactions of the Asiatic Society of Japan, i., 32, 66, 86, 117, - 135, 145, 178, 204, 226, 257, 290, 352, 359; ii., 7, 77, 112, 144, - 149, 154, 174, 183, 199, 206, 210, 315, 346, 354. - - Translations, i., 121, 122, 158, 222, 223, 280; ii., 122, 123, 164, - 165, 210, 222. - - Transportation in the interior, i., 216, 347, 371-385. - - Travellers on the highways, ii., 15-36, 41, 42, 45, 58, 329. - - Trays, ii., 333. - - Trial by torture, i., 353, 354. - - Trials, i., 78, 355; ii., 218. - - Trigault, Nicholas, i., 232. - - Tsadanil trees, ii., 57. - - _Tsubaki_, ii., 125. - - Tsuchi Yama, ii., 69. - - _Tsuitachi_, or first day of the month, ii., 58. - - Tsuni Yoshi, Emperor, ii., 85. - - Turks, i., 16. - - - Ukondono, i., 117-119, 129, 229. - - Umenoki, ii., 68. - - - “Unbeaten Tracks in Japan,” ii., 344. - - Unicorns’ horns, ii., 117, 118. - - United States’ relations with Japan, ii., 193-196, 206, 255-258, - 260-273, 276-339. - - Uraga, i., 218. - - Utensils and dishes, ii., 8. - - - _Vaccinia_, ii., 142. - - Valignani, Father Alexander, i., 100-103, 121, 126-136, 138, 143, - 162, 165; ii., 349. - - Van Braam, ——, ii., 164. - - _Vandalia_, ii., 293. - - Van Linschoten, John Huigen, ii., 351, 352. - - Van Sturlen, director of the Company, ii., 250. - - Varnish-tree, i., 76; ii., 125. - - Vasco da Gama, i., 11. - - Vault, for fire protection, ii., 52. - - Vaz, Alvares, i., 49, 50. - - Vega, Lopo de, Spanish poet, i., 231. - - Vegetables, i., 76; ii., 124, 159, 317. - - Verhagen’s fleet (Dutch), i., 169-177. - - Verhœven fleet (Dutch), i., 182, 196, 198. - - _Viburna_, ii., 142. - - _Vicia faba_, ii., 124. - - Vilela, Father Gaspard, i., 89, 94, 95, 97, 133, 165; ii., 189. - - _Vincennes_, American frigate, ii., 261-265, 283. - - Vivero, Don Rodrigo de, governor of Manila, i., 180, 185-261, 265, - 266; ii., 118, 355. - - Volcanoes, ii., 46, 170, 173, 305. - - “Voyage around the World, A,” ii., 203. - - “Voyages au Nord,” i., 250, 254, 261, 265, 266; ii., 118, 355. - - “Voyages Curieuse,” i., 261. - - “Voyages des Indes,” i., 243, 252, 254, 261; ii., 355. - - - Waardenaar, Heer, ii., 207, 208. - - Wada Iga-no-kami, i., 96, 97. - - Wadenaar, Heer, ii., 195. - - Waganaar, of the Dutch East India Company, i., 265, 266. - - Walnuts, ii., 144. - - Warm drinks, i., 216. - - Water-clocks, ii., 251. - - Water supply, i., 293, 343; ii., 54. - - Weapons, ii., 149. - - Webster, Daniel, ii., 276-281. - - Weddell, Admiral, i., 255. - - “Wee Ones of Japan, The,” 344. - - Weights and measures, i., 23, 59, 249, 272. - - Whale fishery, i., 255. - - Wheat, i., 76, 216. - - Wheeled vehicles, ii., 137, 138. - - Whiskey, ii., 206. - - Whiting, Lieut., ii., 302. - - Whitney, Dr., ii., 144. - - Williams, S. W., ii., 255, 258, 284, 310, 318-323. - - Windows, i., 391; ii., 4, 130, 131, 322. - - Wine, ii., 206. - - Wittert, Admiral, i., 197. - - Women, i., 98, 120, 127, 149, 161, 211, 212, 214, 243, 259, 260, 279, - 292, 340, 341, 345, 361; ii., 23, 24, 29, 30, 47, 58, 70, 91, 96, - 97, 120-122, 127, 153-156, 161, 167, 169, 174-183, 211, 225, - 231-233, 242, 249, 304, 315, 329, 330. - - Wormwood, ii., 125, 146. - - Written language, i., 77, 78. - - - Xavier, Francis, i., 38, 39, 41-43, 46-55, 64, 71, 72, 81-88, 98; - ii., 353. - - - Yakushi, patron of physicians, ii., 68. - - Yamabu. - _See_ Yamabushi. - - _Yamabushi_, or mountain priests, i., 74; ii., 23-25, 72. - - Yamaguchi, capital of Nagato, i., 82, 89, 90, 96. - - Yams, ii., 124. - - Yebisu, patron of fishermen, i., 359. - - _Yebumi_ (figure-treading, _which see_), i., 352. - - Yedo, i., 163, 186, 187, 218, 230, 265, 380; ii., 76-83, 324, 326, 330. - - “Yedo Kagami” (“Mirror of Yedo”), i., 257. - - Yezo Island. - _See_ Matsumaye Island. - - Yodo, ii., 50, 57. - - Yokkaichi, ii., 69. - - Yokohama. - _See_ Kanagawa. - - Yoritomo, Prince, ii., 28-30. - - Yoshida, ii., 70. - - Yoshimune, i., 119, 120, 125, 127, 144, 145. - - “Young Japan” (Black), ii., 345. - - “Young Japan” (Scherer), ii., 344. - - - Zelandia, Fort, in Formosa, i., 262, 302. - - _Zeni_, i., 372, 373; ii., 309. - - Zipangu, i., 1, 3-6, 14. - - - - -BOOKS ON JAPANESE SUBJECTS - - -A HANDBOOK OF MODERN JAPAN - -By ERNEST W. CLEMENT. With two maps and over sixty illustrations from -photographs. Fourth Edition. Cloth, 12mo. $1.40 _net_. - - -JAPAN AS IT WAS AND IS - -A Handbook of Old Japan. By RICHARD HILDRETH. Edited by Ernest W. -Clement, with an Introduction by William Elliot Griffis. With maps and -numerous rare illustrations. In two vols., cloth, 12mo. $3.00 _net_. - - -ARTS AND CRAFTS OF OLD JAPAN - -By STEWART DICK. With thirty illustrations. Gray boards, 8vo. $1.20 -_net_. - - -FAR EASTERN IMPRESSIONS - -Japan, Corea, and China. By ERNEST F. G. HATCH, M. P. With three maps -and eighty-eight illustrations from photographs. Cloth, 12mo. $1.40 -_net_. - - -KAKEMONO - -Japanese sketches. By A. HERBAGE EDWARDS. With frontispiece. Cloth, -8vo. $1.75 _net_. - - -THE MAKERS OF JAPAN - -By J. MORRIS. A series of biographies of great Japanese statesmen and -soldiers. With twenty-four illustrations. Large 8vo. $3.00 _net_. - - -McDONALD OF OREGON - -A Tale of Two Shores. By EVA EMERY DYE. The chronicle of the earliest -Japanese refugees to land in America, and of the first Americans who -visited Japan, later to act as interpreters to Perry. Illustrated by W. -J. Enright. 8vo. $1.50. - - -RECENT PRESS COMMENTS ON - -A HANDBOOK OF MODERN JAPAN - - -“One of the most valued, because fruitful, members of the Asiatic -Society of Japan, and with the advantage of over fifteen years’ -residence in the provinces and capital of the Mikado’s Empire, -Professor Clement is probably the best fitted to give us not only a -handbook of Japan, but _the_ Handbook. His twenty-one chapters, with -appendix and index, abundant bibliography, rich discussion of varied -topics, make this the best book-picture of the Japan of to-day. Besides -readableness, one has the sense, while enjoying it, to know that -it is perfectly trustworthy. A laborious and conscientious student -has patiently sifted and tested his facts, and with judicial mind -presented them. No subject of importance concerning the Japanese and -their country is left without treatment.... This is the book for the -library and the busy man in 1903—whether there be peace or war with -Russia.”—_The Outlook._ - -“Just what Americans wish to know of Japan.... The ‘Handbook’ is a -veritable storehouse of information. It is surprising how much can be -crammed into so small a space, and how conveniently and attractively it -can be done. The volume is copiously and artistically illustrated, and -plentifully supplied with maps which show clearly just what one wants -to know about the Empire of the Mikado. Great familiarity with his -subject is shown by Mr. Clement’s work.”—_Chicago Journal._ - -“The book is evidently written by an authority on Modern Japan, -and is just what its title indicates—a handbook of the Japan of -to-day.”—_Denver Republican._ - -“We feel no hesitation in affirming that for one seeking within the -pages of one book the most information of Japan and its people, and of -a reliable character, there has been nothing heretofore produced that -excels this Handbook of Modern Japan by Professor Clement.”—_Japan -Evangelist._ - -“The immediate charm and sterling value of Prof. Ernest W. Clement’s -‘Handbook of Modern Japan’ lie in the fact that he speaks for -the most part from immediate knowledge and experience, and from -an inside view.... Likely to be wanted constantly on the table -of most intelligent people interested in the Far East and its -possibilities.”—_The Nation_, New York. - - -RECENT PRESS COMMENTS ON - -A HANDBOOK OF MODERN JAPAN - - -“This is the book for the hour when Russia looms and Korea shrivels, -or for the year and decade when the map of Eastern Asia may be -arranged.”—_The Dial_, Chicago. - -“For those who would acquire exact information concerning the ‘Yankees -of the Orient,’ and who cannot obtain it at first hand, no better book -has been issued than Ernest W. Clement’s ‘Handbook of Modern Japan.’ -... The reliability and completeness of his information cannot be -questioned.”—_Chicago Evening Post._ - -“Perhaps there is no other single book in which may be found such -varied, compact, and up-to-date information.”—_Springfield Republican._ - -“Just what Japan will develop into no one can say. What Japan is now, -is most ably described by Mr. Clement, whose book is illustrated with -photographs which really illustrate, and help one to realize the -extraordinary progress made in the land of the Rising Sun.”—_New York -Times._ - -“Will appeal especially to the intelligent American reader who desires -to get into closer touch with the Mikado’s Empire.”—_Review of -Reviews_, New York. - -“Alike for the traveller, the new resident, and the reader at a -distance, it provides just the essential facts about Japanese life, -public and private, while its well-chosen bibliography affords guidance -for further study.”—_The Churchman_, New York. - -“Will probably be for some time to come the authority in this country -as to those conditions of Japan which affect our interest in her.... -It is an admirable book, and the reader who reads this from beginning -to end, especially the statistics and notes at the close, can say -that he knows Japan as a world power. The illustrations are many and -excellent.”—_Minneapolis Times._ - -“It is no exaggeration to say that this book probably contains more -practical information about Japan and the Japanese than any other -volume of the same size. This is no disparagement of a number of -excellent and informative works written by English and American -authors, but is a tribute to the conciseness of Mr. Clement’s book and -the manner of arrangement. Of all the books published upon Japan there -is hardly one which covers the same ground in the same way that Mr. -Clement’s book does.”—_Chicago Tribune._ - - -A. C. McCLURG & CO., PUBLISHERS - - - - -FOOTNOTES: - -[1] It is also used as a toilet-box, in which to keep combs, brushes, -etc. - -[2] See Conder’s illustrated paper in vol. xvii of the Transactions of -the Asiatic Society of Japan.—EDR. - -[3] The most recent visitors to Japan all agree in representing the -common tea of the country as an inferior article, not suited for -exportation. - -[4] These great retinues are thus accounted for by Thunberg: “As both -the monarch himself and all the princes of the country are clothed and -dress their hair in the same manner as the rest of the inhabitants, -and being destitute of thrones, jewels, and other like paraphernalia, -cannot be so distinguished from others, they have adopted the expedient -of exhibiting themselves on journeys and festive occasions according to -their condition in life, and the dignity of their respective offices, -with a great number of people, officers, and attendants hovering about -them.” The statement already quoted from Caron (see vol. i, p. 259) as -to the numbers composing these princely retinues, is much less than -that given above, and probably nearer the truth. - -[The numbers of the retinues which Kämpfer gives are too large.—K. M.] - -[5] This is the Sanscrit. - -[6] The letters of the Jesuit missionaries contain accounts of Buddhist -devotees who went so far as to drown or otherwise destroy themselves. -Kämpfer, and the writers since his time, make no mention of such -extreme fanaticism, which, however, is a natural outgrowth from the -doctrine of the Buddhists. - -[7] Great numbers of the Japanese musicians, as Kämpfer tells us -in another place, are blind men, who constitute a sort of order or -society which boasts as its legendary founder a certain general of the -family of the Heiji, who, at the time of the civil war which ended -in the destruction of that family, was taken prisoner by Yoritomo. -Notwithstanding repeated attempts at escape, he was very kindly -treated, and was pressed to enter into the service of his captor. But, -not being able to look upon the destroyer of the Heiji without an -irresistible desire to kill him, not to be outdone in generosity, he -plucked out his eyes and presented them to Yoritomo on a plate! - -There is another—more ancient, but less numerous—order of the blind, -composed exclusively of ecclesiastical persons, and claiming as its -founder a legendary prince, who cried himself blind at the death of his -beautiful mistress. - -The blind are numerous, and disorders of the eyes are very common in -Japan. - -[8] Froez, in one of his letters, defines this Japanese word as -signifying a kind of salted vegetable, like olives. It seems to include -all kinds of refreshment occasionally offered to visitors. - -[9] The total expense of the entire journey, including the presents to -the emperor and others, is estimated by Kämpfer at twenty thousand rix -dollars, equivalent to about the same number of our dollars. - -[10] The fox is regarded by the Japanese as a sort of divinity, though, -according to Siebold, they seem in doubt whether to reckon it a god or -devil. If a Japanese is placed in circumstances of doubt or difficulty, -he sets out a platter of rice and beans as a sacrifice to his fox; and -if the next day any of it is gone, that is regarded as a favorable -omen. Wonderful stories (equal to any of our spirit-rapping miracles) -are told of the doings of these foxes. Titsingh gives the following -by way of specimen: The grandfather of his friend, the imperial -treasurer of Nagasaki, and who had in his time filled the same office, -despatched one day a courier to Yedo with very important letters for -the councillors of state. A few days after he discovered that one of -the most important of the letters had been accidentally left out of the -package,—a forgetfulness which exposed him to great disgrace. In his -despair he recurred to his fox and offered him a sacrifice. The next -morning he saw, to his great satisfaction, that some of it had been -eaten; after which, upon going into his cabinet, the letter which he -had forgotten to send was nowhere to be found. This caused him great -uneasiness, till he received a message from his agent at Yedo, who -informed him that, upon opening the box which contained the despatches, -the lock of it appeared to have been forced by a letter pressed in -between the box and its cover from without,—the very same letter, as it -proved, left behind at Nagasaki. The more intelligent, says Titsingh, -laugh at this superstition, but the great body of the people have firm -faith in it. There are in Japan, according to Siebold, two species of -foxes, very much like the ordinary ones of Europe and America, and, -from the immunity which they enjoy, great nuisances. The white fox, of -which the skin is much prized, is found only in the Kurile Islands. - -[11] Of these pearls Kämpfer says, in another place, that they are -found almost everywhere about Kiūshiū in oysters and several other sea -shells. Everybody is at liberty to fish for them. Formerly the natives -had little or no value for them till they were sought for by the -Chinese. The Japanese pretend, as to one particular kind, that when put -into a box full of a peculiar sort of complexion-powder made of another -shell, one or two young pearls will grow out at the sides, and when -they come to maturity, as they do in two or three years, will drop off; -but Kämpfer, having never seen this phenomenon, is not willing to vouch -for its reality. - -[12] The same tree Kämpfer found on his return (May 6) in full -blossom, and a very beautiful sight. It was noticed as still standing -in 1826, by Siebold, who found it by measurement to be fifty feet in -circumference. - -[13] Caron also speaks of these springs, some of which he describes as -intermittent. Some are boiling hot, and their waters had been used, as -we have seen, in the torture of the Catholics. They are all found in a -volcanic mountain, having several craters which eject black sand and -smoke. In the interior of the province of Higo, on the opposite shore -of the gulf of Shimabara, is another volcano. The province of Satsuma -is entirely volcanic, and off its southern extremity is an island that -burns incessantly.—_Klaproth_, from Japanese authorities, “_Asiatic -Journal_,” vol. xxx. - -[14] On Kämpfer’s second journey to Yedo (1692), the second night was -passed at Kurume, which they reached by crossing the bay of Shimabara -in boats, thus leaving the principality of Ōmura and the city of Saga -on their left. The next day at noon they struck into the road followed -on the first journey. - -[15] “Some years ago,” says Kämpfer, “our East India Company sent over -from Batavia a Casuar (a large East India bird, who would swallow -stones and hot coals) as a present to the emperor. This bird having -the sad ill luck not to please our rigid censors, the governors of -Nagasaki, and we having thereupon been ordered to send him back to -Batavia, a rich Japanese assured us that if he could have obtained -leave to buy him, he would have willingly given a thousand taels for -him, as being sure within a year’s time to get double that money only -by showing him at Ōsaka.” The mermaids exhibited in Europe and America -to the great profit of enterprising showmen, have been of Japanese -manufacture. - -[16] A mistake for Yamashiro.—EDR. - -[17] Name of a town on Lake Biwa.—EDR. - -[18] The _Aratame_ is a sort of an inquisition into the life and family -of every inhabitant, the number of his children and domestics, the sect -he professes or the temples he belongs to, made very punctually, once -every year, in every city and district, by commissioners appointed for -this purpose. - -[19] The worshippers of Amida were the most numerous, amounting -to 159,113. The other principal sects had, respectively, 99,728, -99,016, 54,586. Caron had noticed and mentioned this division into -twelve sects, or observances. He states, and other subsequent authors -have repeated, that, notwithstanding this division, they have no -controversies or religious quarrels; but this does not agree with the -accounts of the Catholic missionaries. Every resident of Miyako, except -the Shintō priests, and, perhaps, the household of the Dairi, would -seem to belong to some Buddhist sect. - -[20] According to Klaproth, following Japanese authorities, it is -seventy-two and one-half English miles long, and twenty-two and -one-quarter at its greatest breadth. [The lake Biwa is meant.] - -[21] Kōshi is the Japanese name for Confucius, who, however, can -scarcely be meant here.—EDR. - -[22] Fuji-no-yama, in the province of Suruga, on the borders of Kai, -is an enormous pyramid, generally covered with snow, detached from -and southerly of the great central chain of Nippon. It is the largest -and most noted of the volcanoes of Japan. In the year 1707 there was -an eruption from it which covered all the neighborhood with masses -of rock, red-hot sand, and ashes, which latter fell, even in Yedo, -some inches deep.—_Klaproth_ (from Japanese authorities), in “Asiatic -Journal,” vol. xxxii. - -[23] A mistake for Enoshima.—EDR. - -[24] At the date of these travels, and indeed at a much later period -similar exhibitions might have been seen in Europe. - -[25] See papers on Yedo in vols. i and vii of the “Transactions of the -Asiatic Society of Japan.”—EDR. - -[26] One of these Japanese plans is published as a frontispiece to -Titsingh’s “Illustrations of Japan.” This plan would seem to embrace -only what Kämpfer speaks of, further on, as “the palace itself.” - -[27] The 23d a considerable shock of an earthquake was felt. The -weather that day was excessively hot. The next day it was very cold, -with snow. - -[28] The reigning emperor was Tsuni Yoshi, who had succeeded to the -empire in 1681, the fourth in succession from Gongen-Sama, the founder -of the dynasty. The Japanese accounts, according to Titsingh, give him -but a bad character. - -[29] _Sen_ is not a hundred, but a thousand. According to Klaproth -(_Annals des Dairi_, p. 184), _ken_ does not signify a mat, as Kämpfer -translates it (though mats were made of that length), but a space -between columns. It was a measure of length divided into six Japanese -feet, but equal to seven feet four inches and a half, Rhineland measure. - -[30] In his account of his second visit to Yedo, a year later, Kämpfer -gives the following account of this second audience: “Soon after we -came in, and had, after the usual observances, seated ourselves in -the place assigned us, Bingo-sama welcomed us in the emperor’s name, -and then desired us to sit upright, to take off our cloaks, to tell -him our names and age, to stand up, to walk, to turn about, to sing -songs, to compliment one another, to be angry, to invite one another to -dinner, to converse one with another, to discourse in a familiar way -like father and son, to show how two friends or man and wife compliment -or take leave of one another, to play with children, to carry them -about in our arms, and to do many more things of a like nature. They -made us kiss one another like man and wife, which the ladies, by their -laughter, showed themselves to be particularly well pleased with. It -was already four in the afternoon when we left the hall of audience, -after having been exercised after this manner for two hours and a half.” - -[31] This is what Kämpfer, in another place, describes as a sort of -round cakes, which the Japanese had learned to make of the Portuguese, -as big as a common hen’s egg, and sometimes filled within with bean -flour and sugar. - -[32] See the character given of Settsu-no-kami, as a harsh enemy of the -Dutch, or at least, a strict disciplinarian over them; vol. i 347, 348. - -[33] “Annals des Empereurs du Japan,” p. 405, note, and in the “Asiatic -Journal” for September, 1831. - -[34] The history of this image, derived from the same source, is given -in a note on p. 193. The roof of the temple is supported on ninety-two -columns, each upwards of six feet in diameter. - -[35] In one thousand parts, eight hundred and fifty-four were pure -gold. The pure metal in our American coins is nine hundred parts in one -thousand; or, in the old phraseology, they are twenty-one carats and -twelve grains fine. - -[36] Having been discovered by Sir Stamford Raffles among the public -documents at Batavia, he published an abstract of it in the appendix B -to his “History of Java.” - -[37] Yet Pinto, whose knowledge of Japan preceded the time of Nobunaga, -represents silver as very abundant there; and, indeed, it seems to have -been this abundance which first attracted the Portuguese trade. On the -whole, one does not derive a very high idea, from this tract, of the -extent or correctness of the knowledge possessed by the Japanese of -their own history, even the more recent periods of it. - -[See Dr. Knox’s paper on Arai Hakuseki in vol. xxx of the “Transactions -of the Asiatic Society of Japan.”—EDR.] - -[38] This was a considerable improvement upon the state of things in -the time of Xavier, when every third vessel was expected to be lost. -See p. 51. - -[39] Kämpfer had seen the ginseng cultivated in gardens in Japan, but -it was not supposed to possess the virtues of the Chinese article. -Father Jontoux, one of the Jesuit missionaries in China, employed by -the emperor in preparing a map of the region north of the great wall, -had an opportunity to see the ginseng growing wild. He sent home, -in 1711, a full account of it, with drawings (which may be found in -“Voyages au Nord,” vol. iv), and suggested, from the similarity of the -climate, that the same plant might be found in Canada, as it soon was -by the Jesuit missionaries there. - -[40] This sauce, used in great quantities in Japan, and exported to -Batavia by the Dutch, whence it has become known throughout the East -Indies and also in Europe, is made from the soy bean (_Dolichos Soia_), -extensively used by the Japanese in the making of soup. The soy is -prepared as follows: the beans are boiled till they become rather soft, -when an equal quantity of pounded barley or wheat is added. These -ingredients being mixed, the compound is set away for twenty-four hours -in a warm place to ferment. An equal quantity of salt is then added, -and twice and a half as much water. It is stirred several times a day -for several days, and then stands well covered for two or three months, -when the liquid portion is decanted, strained, and put in wooden casks. -It is of a brown color, improves with age, but varies in quality, -according to the province where it is made. The Dutch of Deshima cork -up the better qualities in glass bottles, boiling the liquor first in -an iron kettle, to prevent fermentation, by which it is liable to be -spoiled. - -[41] The murdering of the children may be explained by the following -passage from one of the letters of Cocks, the English factor, written -at Hirado, in December, 1614: “James Turner, the fiddling youth, left -a wench with child here, but the w—e, the mother, killed it so soon as -it was born, although I gave her two taels in plate (silver) before to -nourish it, because she should not kill it, it being an ordinary thing -here.” - -[42] Cocks also had noticed their existence a century and a half -earlier. - -[43] This was doubtless the lexicon printed at Amakusa in 1595. See -note, p. 158. - -[44] A precedent of a similar permission, formerly granted to the -medical men of the factory, was found, but, upon a critical examination -of Thunberg’s commission, he appeared to be a surgeon, whereas he to -whom permission had formerly been granted had been surgeon’s mate, and -it took three months to get over this difficulty, and to persuade the -Japanese that these two officers were in substance the same. - -[45] This species, the _Dioscorea Japonica_ (confounded sometimes with -the sweet potato), has been lately introduced into the United States. - -[46] Kämpfer who describes the Camellia under the Japanese name of -_Tsubaki_, speaks of it as a large shrub, almost a tree. Thunberg -represents it as attaining the size of a large tree, exceedingly common -in groves and gardens, and a very great favorite, as well for its -polished, evergreen leaves as from the size, beauty, and variety of -its blossoms, which appear from April to October, single and red in -the wild ones, but double and of several colors, red, purple, white, -etc., in the cultivated varieties, of which the Japanese assured -Kämpfer there were several hundreds. Siebold describes the wild kind as -a small tree, growing in clumps and thickets, often with many shoots -from the same root, from fifteen to twenty feet high; while a much -larger size is attained by the cultivated kinds. The name of Camellia -was given to the genus by Linnæus, in honor of George Joseph Kamel, -a Jesuit missionary, who sent to Ray descriptions of the plants of -the Philippine Islands, published by him at the end of his “History -of Plants.” The single-flowering variety was introduced into England, -about 1739, by Lord Petre probably from China, of which it is a native, -in common with quite a number of plants, to which the specific epithet -_Japanese_ has been applied. As late as 1788 (as appears from Curtis’ -“Botanical Magazine,” vol. i) it was very rare and costly. Down to that -time it had been treated as a stove-plant, but soon after, on Curtis’ -suggestion, it was introduced into conservatories, of which it soon -became the pride, and was even found hardy enough to bear the winter in -the open air. Previous to 1806 a number of varieties were imported from -China; many others were produced in Europe, and already by 1825 these -varieties had become very numerous (see “Botanical Magazine,” vols. xl -and lvi). The _Camellia sasankwa_ is smaller, with smaller leaves and -flowers, very closely resembling the tea-plant; and, in packing their -teas, the Chinese are in the habit of putting some of the blossoms into -the chests. It is extensively cultivated for its oil, in China as well -as in Japan. - -[47] The Japanese paper, as well for writing and printing as for the -household uses to which it is so extensively put, is manufactured from -the bark of the young twigs of the paper mulberry (_Morus papyrifira_). -Kämpfer has given a particular account of it in the appendix to his -work. That account, which, now that so many experiments are on foot for -the manufacture of paper, may suggest some useful hints, is abridged by -Thunberg as follows: - -“After the tree has shed its leaves in the month of December, they cut -off the young shoots about three feet in length, which they tie up -in bundles and boil in a lye of ashes, standing inverted in a copper -kettle till the bark is so shrunk that half an inch of the woody part -is seen bare at the ends. If the twigs grow dry before they can be -boiled, they are first soaked in water for four-and-twenty hours. When -sufficiently boiled, they are taken out and the bark cut lengthwise -and stripped off. After being soaked in water for three hours, the -exterior black skin and the green part beneath it is scraped off with -a knife, and the bark is then sorted into qualities; that which is -a full year’s growth makes the best paper, and the less mature an -inferior quality. Thus prepared and sorted, it is again boiled in a -clear lye, being perpetually stirred, and fresh lye supplied to make -up for the evaporation; and this process is continued till the bark -is dissolved, as it were, separating into flocks and fibres. It must -then be washed,—a process requiring care and judgment, as, if not -carried far enough, the paper will be coarse, and if too far, thin and -slazy. This is done in a running stream, by means of a sieve containing -the material, which is perpetually stirred till it is diluted into a -delicate, soft pap. For the finer kinds this washing is repeated, a -piece of linen being substituted for the sieve, to prevent the finer -parts from being carried away. After being washed, it is beaten with -sticks of hard wood, on a wooden table, till it is brought to a pulp, -which if put into water will dissolve and disperse like meal. - -“It is then mixed in a tub with a clammy infusion, obtained by soaking -rice in cold water, and with another mucilaginous infusion, obtained -in the like manner from the root of Oreni (_Hibiscus manihot_). This -mixture, upon which much depends, and the proportions of which vary -with the season of the year, succeeds best in a narrow tub, and -requires perpetual stirring. The whole is then put into a larger tub, -from which the sheets are taken out and put between mats made of -delicate grass straw, and laid one upon another in heaps, being pressed -at first lightly, but gradually harder and harder, till the water is -squeezed out. They are then laid upon a board to dry in the sun; after -which they are packed in bundles for sale and use. - -“For the coarser kinds of paper other sorts of bark are sometimes used. - -“The Japanese paper is very close and strong. It will bear being -twisted into ropes, and is occasionally used even for dresses.” - -[48] Caron, whose opportunities of knowledge upon this point were -much superior to those of Thunberg or any subsequent observer, is -very explicit upon this point. “The parents educate their children -with great care. They are not forever bawling in their ears, and they -never use them roughly. When they cry they show a wonderful patience -in quieting them, knowing well that young children are not of an age -to profit by reprimands. This method succeeds so well, that Japanese -children, ten or twelve years old, behave with all the discretion and -propriety of grown people. They are not sent to school till they are -seven or eight years old, and then they are not forced to study things -for which they have no inclination.” - -[49] In Kämpfer’s time no personal intercourse was allowed with those -of whom articles were bought at Ōsaka, Miyako, and Yedo. In this -respect there would seem to have been a relaxation. - -[50] Kämpfer had noticed similar three-wheeled carts, made very low, -and employed in drawing stone from a quarry. In unloading, the single -wheel was taken off, when the cart formed an inclined plane. - -[51] Kämpfer says that the European apple-tree is unknown in Japan, -and that they have only one kind of pears, such as we call winter -pears. The fruit grows to a great size, but must be cooked to be eaten. -Cherry-trees are cultivated only for the flowers, as apricots and plums -often are, the blossoms being brought by art to be as big as roses. -Golownin, however, ate apples in northern Japan, though of an inferior -quality. - -[52] Kämpfer says there are two species peculiar to Japan, the acorns -of which are boiled and eaten. - -[53] Later accounts represent cloth or cotton stockings, or socks, -as frequently worn in cold weather, resembling mittens, in having -a separate accommodation for the great toe, so as to permit the -introduction between that and the others of the shoe-holding strap. - -[54] See paper by Dr. Whitney, in vol. xii of the “Transactions of the -Asiatic Society of Japan.”—EDR. - -[55] There have not been wanting attempts to introduce acupuncture into -European practice. See a sensible article on this subject by Rémusat -(“Nov. Mélanges Asiat.,” vol. i), in which he gives an analysis of a -Japanese treatise on acupuncture, which, with a translation of it, was -brought home by Titsingh. - -[56] Kämpfer treats at length on the acupuncture and moxa, and gives in -his appendix a translation of a Japanese treatise on the parts to be -selected to be burned, according to the object to be accomplished. - -[57] Of the Dosha powder, to which the Japanese ascribe singular -effects, M. Titsingh has given a curious account. “Illustrations,” p. -283. It was the invention of _Kōbō_, a great saint and sage, who, by -profound meditation on the writings both of his own sect and others, -had discovered that the great scourges of mankind are four; namely, -_Jigoku_, hell; _Gaki_, hungry demon, woman; _Chikushō_, the man with a -perverse heart; and _Shura_, war. - -[58] From Thunberg’s account of the arms of the Japanese, they cannot -be regarded as very formidable soldiers. He mentions bows and arrows, -scymitars, halberts, and guns. Their bows are very large and their -arrows long, like those of the Chinese. The bowman, in order to shoot, -places himself on one knee, a position which renders it impossible to -discharge his arrows with any great rapidity. Guns were not ordinarily -employed. Thunberg saw them, apparently matchlocks, only as articles of -show in the houses of the imperial officers, displayed upon a stand in -the audience chamber. The few cannon at Nagasaki, which once belonged -to the Portuguese, were discharged only once in seven years, the -Japanese knowing little or not at all the proper management of them, -and fixing the match to a long pole, so as to touch them off at a safe -distance. Their longer swords are broad-backed, a little curved, a yard -long, and of excellent temper; the hilts somewhat roundish and flat, -furnished with a round substantial guard without any bow. The scabbard -is thick and rather flat, made of wood, and sometimes covered with -shagreen and lackered. The shorter sword is straight. These swords are -costly and rated at a high value. - -From a Japanese work, Siebold states their method of making -sword-blades: “The blades, forged out of good bar-steel, are plastered -over with a paste of potash, porcelain clay, and powdered charcoal, and -dried in the sun. They are next exposed to the fire and heated till -the mass assumes a white hue. The glowing blades are then plunged into -luke-warm water, three-fifths boiling to two-fifths cold, and cooled -gradually. Often the edge only is heated, and then the cooling is with -cold water. The reforging of old blades is not uncommon.” Of the two -swords worn by the Japanese, one is long and slightly curved, the other -short and straight. [See also paper on “Japanese Armour,” in vol. ix of -the Transactions of the Asiatic Society of Japan.—EDR.] - -[59] This appears to have been the substitute for those private -interviews in which the doctor and secretary were expected to show off -for the entertainment of the Dutch, and of which Kämpfer has given so -curious an account. - -[60] It would take a thousand of the ordinary Japanese mats to cover -such a floor; but Thunberg says the mats upon it were of an extra size. - -[61] This was a different arrangement from that which prevailed in -Kämpfer’s time, when the ambassador had the whole, except those -presented by the emperor himself. - -[62] See paper on “Japanese Costume,” in vol. viii of the “Transactions -of the Asiatic Society of Japan.”—EDR. - -[63] The two swords, the badge of nobility, are worn stuck into the -belt, on the left side, with no belt of their own, a little crosswise, -and with the edge upwards. When a person is seated, the longer sword is -taken from the belt and laid on the ground by him. - -[64] The bosom of the gown is also used for the same purpose. For -pocket-handkerchiefs, the Japanese carry about them a supply of small, -square bits of soft paper, which they throw away as they use them. - -[65] The Japanese print entirely from stereotype plates. They do not -employ movable types, and they print on one side of the paper only. - -[66] The emperors are seldom or never spoken of, in the Jesuit letters -and other contemporary memorials, by their personal or family names, -but only by some title, as Kubō-Sama; Kwambaku-dono,—the Kwambaku (or -bonnet-keeper) being a high dignitary in the court of the Dairi, regent -in case of a minority or a female Dairi;—Taikō-Sama, mighty lord; -Shōgun-Sama, etc., etc. - -[67] For a complete list of Shōguns, see Appendix III of Murray’s -“Story of Japan.”—EDR. - -[68] Kämpfer represents the Japanese strawberry as entirely insipid, -and the raspberries and brambleberries as not agreeable; and Golownin, -from his own experience, agrees with him in this statement. - -[69] This plenty is in strong contrast with the famine, scarcity, and -distress frequently noted by the Jesuit missionaries, as prevailing -during the civil wars of their time; yet, even at present, occasional -seasons of scarcity seem to occur. - -[70] See a notice of Titsingh’s collection, by Rémusat, in “Nouveau -Mélanges Asiatique,” vol. i. It included, besides the works since -published, a manuscript history of Japan, in eighty volumes (Japanese -volumes are quite thin), also a Chinese Japanese encyclopædia, -several copies of a large map of Japan, colored drawings of plants, -several botanical treatises, with wood-cuts, very well done, etc., -etc. The encyclopædia was presented to the _Bibliothèque au Roy_, and -Rémusat has given a full analysis of it in “Notices et Extraits des -Manuscrits,” vol. xi. - -[71] Theoretically the Shōgun is but an inferior officer at the court -of the Dairi. The first rank belongs to the Kwambaku, who represents -the Dairi when that dignity devolves on a woman or a child. The -Shōgun, it is said, cannot hold this office. It was assumed, however, -by Taikō-sama, and even conferred by him on his presumptive heir. -Ordinarily the Daijō daijin, or president of the council, is the -first officer; then follow the Sadaijin and Udaijin, officers of the -left and of the right hand. These constitute the Dairi’s council, and -theoretically the Shōgun can do nothing without their consent. It is -esteemed a great honor to the Shōgun to receive even the third of these -titles. - -[72] There is no such consonant as Dj in Japanese, and the proper -reading is not Djogoun, but Shōgun. An English translation, including -both the Memoirs of the Djogouns and the other pieces, was published at -London, in 1822, with the title of “Illustrations of Japan.” - -[73] These two were the very pupils of Thunberg, though he writes their -names somewhat differently. - -[74] See also paper in vol. xiii of the “Transactions of the Asiatic -Society of Japan.”—EDR. - -[75] There are three classes of women-servants. Those of the first -class make the clothes of the mistress, dress her hair, and keep -her apartments in order. Those of the second wait on her at meals, -accompany her when she goes abroad, and attend to other domestic -duties. Those of the third are employed in cooking and various menial -offices. - -[76] The toko, as already described in Chapter XXXII, is a sort of -recess, or open closet, opposite the entrance, considered the most -honorable place in the room. The above ceremony might call to mind the -_confarratio_ of the ancient Roman marriage. - -[77] This is a small, square or oblong bag, containing a small image -of metal, wood, or stone, supposed to operate as a sort of amulet, -something like the medicine-bag of our North American Indians. - -[78] See Lay’s paper on “Japanese Funeral Rites,” in vol. xix of the -Transactions of the Asiatic Society of Japan.—EDR. - -[79] Better _sekihi_.—EDR. - -[80] Father Vilela, in a letter written from Sakai, 1562, in the month -of August (at which time this festival happens), describes it in a very -lively manner. He represents the people as going out two days before, -as if to meet their dead relations, spreading a feast to refresh them -after their long journey, escorting them to their houses, talking -to them as if they were present, and, finally, dismissing them with -torches, lest they might stumble in the dark, or miss their way. This, -Vilela adds, is a great time for the bonzes, the very poorest offering -them some gift for their religious aid on this occasion. - -[81] Krusenstern, in his narrative of the Russian embassy of Resanoff -(as to which see next paragraph of the text), speaks of the last -expedition of Stewart as fitted out by some English merchants in -Calcutta, and gives to the captain the name of Torey. Very likely he -had both names. - -[82] The whole party consisted of fifteen, but of these only five, -and those the most worthless, were willing to return home. The others -preferred to remain in Siberia. - -[83] See also Aston’s paper in vol. i of the “Transactions of the -Asiatic Society of Japan.”—EDR. - -[84] Golownin was informed, during his captivity at Matsumae, that it -is part of the duty of the Japanese soldiers to assist in extinguishing -fires, for which purpose they are provided with a fireman’s dress of -varnished leather. To extinguish a fire is stated to be considered a -glorious achievement. But, though fire is almost the only element the -Japanese soldiers have to contend with, they do not seem to be very -expert at subduing it. - -[85] The expenses of the visits to Yedo, in 1804, were sixteen thousand -six hundred and sixty-six rix dollars. - -[86] See “A Voyage Round the World,” by Archibald Campbell, a -Scotchman, who served as a common sailor on board this ship. Doeff also -mentions her arrival. - -[87] See also Aston’s paper in vol. vii of the Transactions of the -Asiatic Society of Japan.—EDR. - -[88] The ships of 1799, 1800, 1801, 1802, and 1803 had been Americans. -The renewal of the war in Europe having again driven the Dutch flag -from the ocean, the ships of 1806 had been an American and a Bremener; -and those of 1807 an American and a Dane. One of the ships of 1809 was -also an American, the “Rebecca.” - -[89] This is Doeff’s account, but, according to Golownin, at that time -a prisoner in the north of Japan (see next chapter), and who learned -from the Japanese the arrival of the two vessels above mentioned, he -communicated to the Japanese the fact of the capture of Batavia by the -English, which fact, it was afterwards reported to him, the Dutch had -confessed. Baffles also, in his memoirs, in speaking of Ainslie and his -good treatment by the Japanese, clearly implies that he was known to be -English. - -[90] Mr. Medhurst, English missionary at Batavia, who has published -an English and Japanese vocabulary, enumerates, in a letter written -in 1827, as among his helps to the knowledge of the language, besides -five different Japanese and Chinese dictionaries, a Dutch, Japanese, -and Chinese one, in two thick 8vo volumes; also a corresponding one in -Japanese, Chinese, and Dutch. These were printed in Japan, and were, -perhaps, fruits of Doeff’s labors. - -[See also paper on “The Early Study of Dutch in Japan,” by Dr. -Mitsukuri, in vol. v of the Transactions of the Asiatic Society of -Japan.—EDR.] - -[91] The English translator of Golownin’s narrative mentions a species -of sea-weed collected for eating, on the northern coast of Scotland -and Ireland, and there called _dhulish_, or, when boiled, _sloak_, and -which, he says, answers exactly to Thunberg’s description of the edible -fucus of the Japanese. - -[92] “The Japanese radish,” says Golownin, “is in form and taste very -different from ours. It is thin and extremely long. The taste is not -very acrid, but sweetish, almost like our turnips. Whole fields are -covered with it. A great part of the crop is salted, the remainder -is buried in the ground for winter, and boiled in soup. Not even the -radish-leaves remain unused; they are boiled in soup, or salted and -eaten as salad. They manure the radish fields with night-soil; this we -ourselves saw at Matsumae.” - -[93] The fort on the island where they were taken prisoners, when first -seen from the ship, was hung round with striped cloths, which concealed -the walls. These cloths had embrasures painted on them, but in so -rough a manner that the deception could be perceived at a considerable -distance. - -[94] The description of this prison corresponds very well to Kämpfer’s -description of the one at Nagasaki. - -[95] The tea in common use, Golownin, like other travellers in Japan, -observed to be of a very inferior quality. Green tea was used as a -luxury on occasions of ceremony. Sugar was rare and costly, being -brought from Batavia by the Dutch, and packed for retail in small -baskets. Golownin saw also a very inferior kind, which he concluded to -be of domestic manufacture. - -[96] This was the name of one of Golownin’s fellow-prisoners, who -had made himself quite famous among the Japanese by his skill as a -draftsman. - -[97] Golownin mentions the scurvy as a prevailing disease among the -Japanese, perhaps occasioned by their thin diet. - -[98] These released Japanese were sent to Matsumae, and, after -remaining about a week, were forwarded to Yedo. The shipwrecked men -did not give, so Golownin was informed, a very favorable account of -their entertainment in Kamtschatka. Ryōzayemon praised Irkutsk, but -represented eastern Siberia and Okhotsk as a miserable country, where -scarce anybody was to be seen except beggars and government officers. -He thought very meanly of the Russians, a few individuals excepted. -From their military spirit, even the boys in the street playing -soldier, he thought they must meditate conquest, probably that of Japan. - -[99] There has been a great alteration in the last twenty years. -Siebold states that sixty-eight square-rigged vessels—mostly, no -doubt, American whalers—had been counted by the Japanese as passing -Matsumae and Hakodate in one year. According to a memorandum furnished -to Commodore Perry during his recent visit to Hakodate (May 3, 1854), -there had been, in the years 1847-1851, no less than five foreign -vessels wrecked in that vicinity. - -[100] In Japan, as elsewhere, etiquette requires a good many things -to be done under feigned pretences, and on many occasions an affected -ignorance of what everybody knows. The Japanese have a particular term -(_naibun_) to express this way of doing things. - -[101] Yet Kahei wore two swords, though perhaps he did it in the -character of a ship-master, or as an officer in authority in the island -to which he traded from Hakodate, carrying on the fishery there chiefly -by means of native Kuriles. These islands appear to have been farmed -out by the government to certain mercantile firms, which thus acquire a -certain civil authority over the inhabitants. The privilege of wearing -swords, like other similar privileges elsewhere, is probably rather -encroached upon by the unprivileged. On festival days, even the poorest -inhabitants of Nagasaki decked themselves out, according to Kämpfer, -with at least one sword. The present of a sword as a marriage gift—and -it is ceremonies practised among the mercantile class, to which -reference is made—is mentioned on p. 181. - -[102] The old East India Company having become extinct, the Dutch trade -to Japan had been revived as a government affair. A new Dutch East -India Company having been formed, it was handed over to that company -in 1827, but, after a two years’ trial, was restored again to the -government, in whose hands it still remains. - -[103] See London “Quarterly Review,” for July, 1819, in a note to an -article on Golownin’s narrative. The statement about bartering is -questionable. - -[104] Siebold represents the Dutch at Deshima as humoring the Japanese -antipathy to change, by adhering in their dress to the old fashion, -and as rigged out in velvet coats and plumed hats, in the style of -Vandyke’s pictures. - -[105] A series of numbers, professing to give the substance of the -recent works on Japan, principally Fisscher’s, Meylan’s, and Siebold’s, -appeared in the “Asiatic Journal” during the years 1839 and 1840, and -were afterwards collected and published at London in a volume, and -reprinted in Harper’s Family Library, with the title of “Manners and -Customs of the Japanese in the Nineteenth Century.” The same numbers, -to which some others were subsequently added in the “Asiatic Journal,” -were reprinted in the “Chinese Repository,” with notes, derived from -the information given to the editor by the shipwrecked Japanese, whom, -as mentioned above, it was attempted to carry home in the “Morrison.” -In the index to the “Chinese Repository” these numbers are ascribed to -a lady, a Mrs. B. - -A still more elaborate and comprehensive work, based mainly on the same -materials, and often drawing largely from the one above referred to, -but rendered more complete by extracts from Kämpfer and Thunberg, is De -Jancigny’s “Japan,” published at Paris, in 1850, as a part of the great -French collection, entitled “L’univers, ou Histoire et Description de -tout les Peuples.” - -Neither of these works contains any account of the Portuguese missions. - -[106] Three accounts of this voyage have been published: one by -Williams (“Chinese Repository,” Nov. and Dec. 1837); a second by -Parker, London, 1838, and a third by King, New York, 1839. It is -possible that outrages by whaling vessels, which had begun to frequent -the seas of Japan in considerable numbers, might have somewhat -increased the antipathy of the Japanese towards foreigners. Of -transactions of that kind we should be little likely to hear, but that -they did sometimes occur seems to be proved by a paragraph in the -“Sidney Gazette” of February, 1842, warning mariners to be cautious how -they landed on Japan, as a Japanese village on the east coast of the -islands, somewhere near 43° north latitude, had been recently destroyed -by the crew of the Lady Rowena, then in the harbor of Sidney, and whose -captain openly boasted of the fact. - -[107] Had the Japanese been readers of the London newspapers, they -might have found in the following paragraph, which appeared in the -“Examiner” of January 21, 1843, fresh motives for persisting in their -exclusive policy: “MISSIONARIES TO CHINA.—One of the largest meetings, -perhaps, ever held in Exeter Hall was held on Tuesday evening, convened -by the London Missionary Society, to consider the means of extending -and promoting in China the objects of the society. Wm. T. Blair, -Esq., of Bath, presided. Dr. Liefchild moved the first resolution, -_expressive of thanksgiving to God for the war between China and -Great Britain_ (the infamous opium war), and for the greatly enlarged -facilities secured by the treaty of peace for the introduction of -Christianity into that empire. This resolution was seconded by the Rev. -Dr. Adler, and was carried unanimously.” I have met with nothing in the -letters of the Jesuit missionaries, nor in the Jesuit missions, that -can be compared with this specimen of Protestant zeal. - -[108] His instructions cautioned him not to do anything “to excite a -hostile feeling, or distrust of the United States.” The official papers -relating to this expedition, and to the subsequent one of the “Preble,” -will be found in “Senate Documents,” 1851-1852, vol. ix (Ex. Doc. No. -59). - -[109] Dr. Bettelheim is at this moment in this country, anxious to -be employed as a missionary to Japan, for which his experience, -derived from a nine years’ residence in Lew Chew, gives him peculiar -qualifications. His treatment there was characteristic. The authorities -were anxious to get rid of him, but afraid to send him away by force, -while he was determined not to go. The inhabitants were ordered to -keep away from his house, to sell him nothing beyond a supply of food, -and to avoid him whenever he came near; while officers were appointed -to watch and to follow him wherever he went. See “Glyn’s Letter” in -Senate Documents, 1851-1852, vol. ix No. 59. There are also two curious -pamphlets on the subject, written by Dr. Bettelheim, and printed at -Canton. - -[110] The same officers probably, designated by Kämpfer as deputies -of the governor, called by Thunberg, Banjoshū, and by the more recent -Dutch writers, Gobanjoshū. - -[111] See also “America in the East” (Griffis) and “The Intercourse -between the United States and Japan” (Nitobe).—_Edr._ - -[112] By Siebold, in “Moniteur des Indes,” vol. ii, p. 346, in his -“Essay on the Commerce of Japan.” - -[113] The official documents relating to this expedition were printed -by order of U. S. Senate, 33d Cong., 2d Sess. Ex. Doc. No. 34. - -[114] Japan, p. 197. Perry, to judge by his letters (Dec. 14, 1852, -May 6, 1853), did not place much reliance on the aid of the Dutch. -The British Admiralty showed their good will by furnishing the latest -charts and sailing directions for the Eastern seas. - -[115] As some persons may feel a curiosity to see Mr. Webster’s -original letter, and as it is not to be found in the edition of Mr. -Webster’s writings edited by Mr. Everett, I have copied it from the -Senate Documents 1851-1852, vol. ix. The expansion given to it in the -letter actually sent was not according to Japanese taste, which greatly -affects brevity. - - - “TO HIS IMPERIAL MAJESTY THE EMPEROR OF JAPAN. - - “GREAT AND GOOD FRIEND: - - “I send you this letter by an envoy of my own appointment, an officer - of high rank in this country, who is no missionary of religion. He - goes by my command to bear to you my greeting and good wishes, and to - promote friendship and commerce between the two countries. - - “You know that the United States of America now extend from sea to - sea; that the great countries of Oregon and California are parts of - the United States, and that from these countries which are rich in - gold, and silver, and precious stones, our steamers can reach the - shores of your happy land in less than twenty days. - - “Many of our ships will now pass in every year, and some perhaps - in every week, between California and China. These ships must pass - along the coast of your empire; storms and winds may cause them to be - wrecked on your shores, and we ask and expect from your friendship and - your greatness, kindness for our men and protection for our property. - We wish that our people may be permitted to trade with your people; - but we shall not authorize them to break any laws of your empire. - - “Our object is friendly commercial intercourse, and nothing more. You - have many productions which we should be glad to buy; and we have - productions which might suit your people. - - “Your empire has a great abundance of coal; this is an article which - our steamships, in going from California to China, must use. They - would be glad that a harbor in your empire should be appointed to - which coal might be brought, and where they might always be able to - purchase it. - - “In many other respects, commerce between your empire and our country - would be useful to both. Let us consider well what new interests arise - from these recent events which have brought our two countries so near - together, and what purposes of friendship, amity, and intercourse, - they ought to inspire in the breasts of those who govern both - countries. Farewell. - - “Given under my hand and seal, at the city of Washington, the 10th - day of May, 1851, and of the independence of the United - (L. S.) States the seventy-fifth. - “M. FILLMORE. - “By the President: - “D. WEBSTER, _Secretary of State_.” - - -[116] These islands lie between 26° 30´ and 27° 45´ north latitude, -about five hundred miles west of Lew Chew and the same distance south -of Yedo, on the direct route from the Sandwich Islands to Shanghai, -three thousand three hundred miles from the former, and about one -thousand one hundred from the latter. They consist of three groups. -The largest island is about forty miles in circumference. There are -nine others, diminishing down to five or six miles of circumference, -and about seventy rocky islets, all evidently of volcanic origin. The -extent of the whole is about two hundred and fifty square miles. The -name is Japanese, and signifies “uninhabited,” descriptive of the state -in which they were found when discovered by a Japanese vessel in 1675; -and, except some ineffectual attempts at penal colonization by the -Japanese, so they remained till occupied, in 1830, by a colony from the -Sandwich Islands, partly Americans and Europeans, and partly Sandwich -Islanders. They had been visited and claimed for the British crown in -1827, by Captain Beechey, in the surveying ship “Blossom.” The larger -ones are fertile and well watered, but scantily wooded. The largest, -called Peel’s Islands by Beechey, has a good harbor, and here Perry -bought a piece of land from a squatter for a coal depot. - -[117] There is another province of the same name in the island of -Shikoku. That above-mentioned is otherwise called Bōshū. - -[118] The squadron had as Chinese interpreter Mr. S. W. Williams, an -American, long resident at Macao, one of the editors of the “Chinese -Repository,” and one of the party of the “Morrison,” to carry back the -shipwrecked Japanese, from whom he had obtained some knowledge of that -language. - -[119] The account of this visit is drawn partly from Commodore Perry’s -official reports, and partly from the letters of Lieutenant Contee and -others, published in the newspapers. - -[120] Mistake for Kanagawa.—EDR. - -[121] Rather on their heels. - -[122] The number of American officers present at these interviews was -from twenty to fifty. - -[123] The treaty is dated at Kanagawa, probably because it was the -nearest town. See Kämpfer’s mention of it, p. 74. Mr. Bidinger, -chaplain of the squadron, in one of his excursions on shore, managed to -reach and pass through it. He found it a large town. - -[124] See, as to the roofs in Hakodate, p. 306, and employ these two -passages to reconcile the discrepancy noticed in vol. i, p. 392, note. - -[125] There is a volcanic island similar to this, off the south coast -of Satsuma, and another near Hirado. - -[126] It is said that these coins are called koban, but that ancient -name can hardly be applied at the same time to three coins, of such -different values. The old koban of Kämpfer would be worth at present -rates about eleven taels; the new koban of 1708 not quite six taels. -For the above account of the Japanese coins and monetary system, on -which subject the official report of the two American commissioners is -rather blind, I have been much indebted to an elaborate paper on the -trade to Japan, written by S. Wells Williams, the Chinese interpreter -to the embassy, and originally published in the “N. Y. Times.” No -person in the fleet was so well prepared by previous studies and the -experience of a long residence in China and familiarity with Chinese -literature to make intelligent observations in Japan. Japan has, like -Europe, its numismatology. Jancigny mentions a Japanese treatise on -this subject, published at Yedo in 1822, in seven volumes, which -describes five hundred and fifty coins, with colored prints (the color -being given in the impression) of most of them. The Japanese coins are -not struck, but cast in a mould. They are, however, exceedingly well -finished, and the impression sharp. Siebold speaks of halfs, quarters, -and sixteenths of a koban in gold; and of eighths and sixteenths of -a koban in silver; and, according to his account, there are in some -provinces zeni, and eighths of a koban in paper notes. This practice -might have been borrowed from the Chinese—paper money being one of the -numerous inventions in which they anticipated us of the West. [See also -“The Coins of Japan” (Munro).—EDR.] - -[127] The following is given in the “San Francisco Herald” as a copy of -the address presented to Mr. Burrows on this occasion: - -“With pleasure we welcome you to Yedo Bay, and in doing so, can assure -you that your ship, the ‘Lady Pierce,’ is the first foreign vessel that -has been received by us with pleasure. - -“Commodore Perry brought with him too many large guns and fighting -men to be pleasing to us; but you have come in your beautiful ship, -which is superior to any we have before seen, to visit us, without any -hostile weapons, and the Emperor has ordered that you shall have all -the kindness and liberty extended to you that Commodore Perry received. - -“You have, Mr. Burrows, come here, relying on our friendship and -hospitality, and we assure you that, although we have been shut out -for ages from other nations of the world, yet you shall bear with you, -when returning to your country, the knowledge that our Emperor and the -Japanese his subjects will never fail of extending protection to those -who come as you do to Japan. But the Emperor is particularly desirous -that you should extend the terms of the treaty made with Commodore -Perry, wherever you may go, to prevent any more ships coming to Yedo -Bay, as all must hereafter go to Shimoda or Hakodate. - -“It has given the Emperor and all the Japanese great pleasure that you -have returned to Japan our countryman, Dee-yee-no-skee[This name is -unintelligible, except that “skee” stands for “suke.”—EDR.], who was -shipwrecked, and who has been residing for some time in your country, -where he states he has been treated with the greatest kindness, and -particularly so on board your ship, the ‘Lady Pierce.’ That you should -have made a voyage to Japan to restore him to his friends and home, -without any other inducement, as you say, except to see Japan, and -to form a friendship with us, merits and will ever receive our most -friendly feelings; and be assured, if any of your countrymen, or other -people, are shipwrecked on our shores, we will extend the same kindness -to them that you have to our countrymen, and place them at Shimoda or -Hakodate, and thus open to the world that our religion, which is so -different from yours, governs the Japanese, in all their dealings, by -as correct principles as yours governs you. We understand what ships -of war are; also what whaling ships and merchant ships are; but we -never before heard, till you came here, of such a ship as yours,—a -private gentleman’s pleasure ship,—coming so far as you have, without -any money-making business of trade, and only to see Japan, to become -acquainted with us, and bring home one of our shipwrecked people, the -first that has returned to his country from America or foreign land. - -“You offer us, as presents, all the rare and beautiful articles you -have in your ship; but have received orders from the Emperor that we -must not tax your kind feelings by taking anything from you, as you -have already been sufficiently taxed in returning Dee-yee-no-skee. - -“The Emperor also directs that all the gold pieces you have presented -to the Japanese must be collected and returned to you, and to say that -he alone must make presents in Yedo Bay. He has directed presents to be -made to you, in the Emperor’s name, by the governor of Shimoda, where -he desires you will proceed in your ship, the ‘Lady Pierce,’ and land -Dee-yee-no-skee, which will be in compliance with the treaty. - -“Your visit to Japan in the ‘Lady Pierce’ has been attended with great -interest to us, and you will not be forgotten by the Japanese. We hope -we may meet you again, and we hope you will come back to Japan. - -“The Emperor has directed that two ships like yours shall be built, -and we thank you for having allowed us to take drawings of the ‘Lady -Pierce,’ and of all that we desired on board.” - -[128] See papers on Japanese music in vol. xix of the “Transactions of -the Asiatic Society of Japan.”—EDR. - -[129] This, probably, is one of the Portuguese legacies to Japan. - -[130] See also “Townsend Harris” (Griffis).—EDR. - -[131] The title of a work ascribed to Valignani, the same visitor of -the Jesuit missions in the East, repeatedly mentioned in the text, -vol. i, pp. 100 _et seq._, and whom Purchas elsewhere calls the “great -Jesuit.” - -[132] See Satow’s “Notes on the Intercourse between Japan and Siam in -the Seventeenth Century” in the Transactions of the Asiatic Society of -Japan.—EDR. - -[133] See vol. i, p. 221. - -[134] Sec vol. i, p. 250. - -[135] See vol. i, p. 266. Colbert’s East India Company and scheme of -opening the commerce of China and Japan was simultaneous with his -West India Company, and his attempts to strengthen and build up the -establishments of the French in the Carribee Islands and in Canada. -La Salle, who immortalized himself as the discoverer of the Upper -Mississippi, and as first having traced that river to its mouth in the -Gulf of Mexico, came originally to Canada with a view to the discovery -of an overland western passage to China and Japan. See Hildreth’s -“History of the United States,” vol. ii, p. 113. The Japan enterprise, -however, proved a failure, and the letter given above never actually -reached Japan. - -[136] This was before the revocation of the Edict of Nantes. - -[137] This reads very much like the third clause in the American letter. - - - -*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HILDRETH'S "JAPAN AS IT WAS AND IS", -VOLUME II (OF 2) *** - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the -United States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where - you are located before using this eBook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that: - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without -widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. |